Healing From Within - Sheryl Glick: Recent Episodes

Sheryl Glick

HEALING FROM WITHIN is a radio series designed to encourage self-investigation and self-mastery of emotions, thought processes of the mind and how they inform the physical body. The show will present ways for listeners to align their inner essence with their daily physical life for the purpose of promoting positive experiences. Such results affirm the individual and are reflected in better group communication and interaction.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits which shares stories and messages from spirit to show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our inner being or soul wisdom. I am delighted to welcome Matthew Mc Kay a clinical psychologist and author of his newest book The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife as he shares the channeled journey of his son’s travel across time and space as he shows us what really happens as we transition from a physical life to a spiritual energetic experience.

As Listeners of “Healing From Within” have come to expect over the years my very intuitive and inspirational guests and I share intimate and illuminating views of life in both the physical and energetic aspects. As we explore the duality of our life force, we come to realize that Consciousness survives physical death and life is eternal as our soul incarnates into different times and places to continue to grow through experience, greater awareness of love, and compassion. Life beyond life, is as real as a physical life in the three-dimensional world, but can be more expansive.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Matthew McKay specifically descries the transition experience of his son Jordan who has channeled to his father the early stages of the afterlife he experienced as he passed from this life to Spirit and shows how death is a realm of imagination and thoughts and intentions creating a luminous landscape entirely of consciousness. This wisdom provides profound relief from the fear of death, as well as exercises to learn how to communicate in spirit. We will discover the unbreakable bond between the living and dead and the love that remains forever.

Matthew tells us in detail what Jordan experienced after collapsing on a doorstep while seeking help and when he first died and how Jordan eventually made contact with his father in dreams.

Matthew writes, “That when his son died he had no idea or belief that the dead could talk to us. At best, they seemed gone in another world, separated by loss and the deafening thunder of our grief. Perhaps even worse, their passing spoke a truth far more dire: that they ceased to exist and that these sweet ephemeral spirits lived only in memory. But then Jordan started speaking to me—at first only in dreams—but then through mediums through a process called induced after death communication and then through the gift of channeled writing he told me he was here with me and could teach me what he knows about the afterlife. Here was a window into the world of spirit, an invitation to listen at the curtain between worlds and a clear awareness that death is neither an end nor even a loss. It is merely the time when we finally remember who we are and where our home is.

About five years into our channeled exchanges, Jordan decided we should write a book. Within a few minutes he had outlined all the chapters and over time he dictated much of what became our first book, Seeking Jordan.

Jordan let his father know that at the moment of death we lose our senses, our nervous system and all that has anchored us to the world. We lose our families and goals in life. We find ourselves in a place where thought creates visions, where a mere idea projects images that can capture and overwhelm us. The physical world is gone, and for a time we may not be able to hear or recognize the spirits that have come to help us. The love we feel for our soul group and guides may be masked from us. In this confusion, souls struggle to get their
bearings. Some don’t yet recognize that they are dead. Some are so attached to the people and things of their past that they cling to the physical plane. Some are filled with emotions—fear anger grief shame greed that obscure the life of spirit. Some souls expect an afterlife that doesn’t exist, a picture of heaven painted from pulpits and religious training that actually prevents them from seeing what’s really there. Some souls expect nothing, an extinction of consciousness and can’t understand why they are still thinking and aware outside of their bodies.

Jordan goes on to tell us the time immediately after death is disorienting. This is because a soul who has newly crossed over is still an amnesiac. They don’t yet know what they know. How we communicate and navigate in spirit has been forgotten. How to focus our energy in spirit has temporarily been lost. For example, we see in all directions. We move by intentions rather than physically walking. We hear telepathically rather than listening to sound and words. We connect through the medium of love rather than touching or holding or conversing.

Death cannot be understood unless the purpose of life is also recognized. We are not here to be redeemed, proven worthy or to earn a high station in heaven. We are here Jordan says, to love and to learn. Death merely facilitates moving from the physical dimensions into the world of spirit. Our life as a soul has the same goals—here and in the afterlife—to evolve and to grow.

Sheryl shares with Matthew that as a medium, practicing for the last 25 years, she always tells her clients the same thing: that we will continue to learn and love beyond this physical life, and live in Spirit similar to the way we create and manifest our life on earth by our thoughts and actions or intentions. It is like the Law of Attraction that what we focus our time and energy on manifests.

Sheryl goes on to share what happened to her sister Rodelle who passed from pancreatic cancer and was given morphine before her passing and though our father was calling her to come forward, she was confused for perhaps the medicine made her passing more difficult.

As a medium Sheryl did a reading hoping to connect to her energy months after she passed and shared it in her new book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided insights to Support Global Awakening. Here is what Sheryl wrote “When I interviewed Annie, I had no idea that before long, my sister Rodelle would pass. As a medium, I received thoughtful, creative, validating messages for my clients. I assumed that was the way Spirit intended for me to use the gift of spiritual communication. However, I was told years ago that I could ask to speak to any soul energy, anywhere, alive or in spirit. I never tried to contact my own family members, as I felt that should they need to reach me, they would. Eight months after Rodelle’s passing, I decided to meditate and try to check in to see how she was relating to her new world. Unlike Billy, who reached out to his sister Annie, I reached out to mine in spirit. Usually when I do a reading, I simply write down whatever is presented to me. It seems the information is usually perfectly tailored to what my client needs at the moment. With Rodelle, however, I decided to ask her questions. When she was ill, I tried so hard to show her that she was in for an amazing journey into forever and beyond, which was something Rodelle was not able to believe in. I already knew that there is no death, for our true-life essence, or soul, survives physical death. Sadly, she did not.

I soon felt her energy around me and sensed she was surrounded in a blanket of green glory and quietness, but her heart still hurt. She had not wanted to depart, as her love of life was quite palpable and her fight to stay alive was most courageous. I was aware that she was being cared for by souls and spiritual teachers that attended to her and her soul energy in the process of refreshing itself after her long, challenging illness and the sorrow of many personal disappointments in her past life.

Healing of the soul is necessary before creating a new life in spirit filled with the effervescence and joy that many of us know or try to remember from our childhood of hope and possibility for love and friendship. My sister would fully heal with the help of the divine, as she was always one to try her best no matter what the challenge was. I asked her who was there to meet her. Immediately I began to feel a pressure, a tightening on my head, as perhaps the drugs she was given before passing confused her. She was frightened. Our dad was calling to her to move forward.

Rodelle soon saw the head of the Statue of Liberty immense in size; the face was very close to her face. The beams of light from the crown on the statue’s head enlarged, and many people moved forward to meet her: relatives, friends, and guides. Rodelle seemed to feel free, as the immigrants who had come to our shores looking for a new life must have felt, filled with the hope that they would be welcomed. Tears started to fill my eyes as I realized how joyful she was to find this new world and see so many souls she loved there to greet her.

Then I asked Rodelle if she was aware of how her daughters, granddaughter, and sisters were managing. She responded by showing pain, which I felt intensely in my left arm, and she expressed to me that relationships with several women in her life had been hard. Friends were easier for her to embrace than family members. It might be like that for all of us, since the family supplies the hardest challenges for resolving karmic cycles and some may not even be resolved in a single lifetime.

Quite suddenly, Rodelle’s spirit and energy dancing around me seemed to lift up, and she expressed that since there were many old thoughts still within her, opening the door to the exquisiteness of this new vision of light and energy was taking some time. I saw in my inner vision an astronaut floating in space trying to move freely and easily without gravity holding him back, but wearing the spacesuit was still a hold to life that had to be discarded for Rodelle to be truly free.

There were many more messages and the final message shared with me showed me conclusively that she had found a new soul family in spirit and was helping others, as it was the best way she had discovered to serve.

How beautiful, I thought, and knew that she was safe. For some time after this reading with Rodelle, I often loved to think of my sister as being surrounded and loved in the blanket of green glory and quietness, as it was soothing to me and helped me resolve the sorrow of her difficult illness and passing.

We return to Jordan as he goes on to tell us how he felt immediately after his passing,…”He felt cold and had a sense of shock. He saw his body on the ground. It occurred to me I was dead and that struck me with horror. Not so much for myself, but for everyone I loved and was connected to. The panic of disconnection for me, was intense. I thought of the route to the flat I shared with Elisa and found myself moving rapidly there. I simply went through the wall and watched her sleeping. It was a feeling not of tears, but a sense of time stretching out without each other a bleakness. Next I visited my friend Mauchi. When I thought of someone and pictured where they were, I could be there. In the first hours after my death I could only go to places I knew well. Now I can be with anyone I want, instantly, just by thinking of them. ”Sheryl says she tells her clients, “Anytime they think of a loved one in Spirt and say their name that soul is right by their side.”

Next Jordan tells us there was a jumble of stuff around him, remnants of his life that seemed real but they were just images made of energy. He was projecting. He felt a hand touching him urging him to slow down and received information telepathically He could also feel love bathing him. Someone maybe a guide asked him to select one image that could stabilize the scene-some place beautiful or peaceful. Jordan was told he was in a Landing Place just outside the spirit world and would remain there until the residual distress from his death had calmed. He also heard the sound of love and with it a sense of belonging of being part of a great whole. He belonged not with the souls of his family but to a sense of all, of all that is.

When Jordan entered the Spirit World he sensed all around souls were huddled focusing inward He was able to meditate on the life he had just lived. It was a Life Review In my connection with my mother I learned about the unconquerable cycle of love and loss that marks our life on Earth. I felt the timelessness of love the moment between a mother and her son carried the light of all the love in the universe. I also realized the cruelty I had inflicted on my sister Bekah. I felt a deep need to know how my actions had affected her.

Matthew tells us that for many souls, death doesn’t begin a nonstop flight to the Spirit World. There are some potential layovers that may interrupt their journey back to Spirit. The first of these has to do with souls who get stuck on Earth. Many souls are afraid to leave the
site of their death. As the body cools and is no longer animated by a soul withing they continue to cling. The gentle pull toward spirit is lost for a time in a kind of soul panic: the release, the sudden freedom from the physical seems so strange that the spirit is flooded with an urge to get back inside. They are what people call ghosts. Frightened souls who continue clinging to their bodies, these souls are captured by the emotions of a past life and resist moving to the next place…

The Healing Place which is the next stop for many distressed souls. It is quiet and insulated from telepathic and psychic noise. It has the appearance of some kind of open- air hospital with countless souls lying motionless apparently sleeping. Healing guides minister to them as the souls “live” whatever vivid stories they’ve created. For some souls these stories are experienced in mental or dream states. Some souls have more serious problems to work out and actually travel to dimensions designed for intensive learning. Once you are assigned to the healing place, you have very little control over events. You are spiritually unconscious. The flow of your stories, the strength of your leftover beliefs and assumptions, and the surges of raw emotion will gradually subside. The treatment process is titrated by guides; you are entirely in their hands. Sheryl realizes that the Healing Place was where her sister had communicated her status eight months after her physical death.

Souls arrive in the healing place for many reasons. These can include:

  • Dying while in a coma and unaware of the transition.
  • Dying in a psychotic state with a loose grasp of conventional reality and arriving in the spirit world influenced by brain-based hallucinations.
  • Dying a sudden or violent death—in a state of terror or rage—and in some cases not yet knowing they’re discarnate.
  • Having had a life strongly influenced by fear and fear avoidance.
  • These souls often arrive terrified, with minds practiced at inventing catastrophic possibilities. Each catastrophic thought turns into a vivid experience that only terrifies them more. The harsh bardos described in the Egyptian and Tibetan Books of the Dead derive from these fear-fueled stories. Fear avoidance is also a factor. These souls become frantic, trying to escape the images of their own making.
  • This painful scenario—panicking, trying to get away, and panicking even more when there’s nowhere to go— continues until these stories and images are slowly turned around by guides.
  • Having had a life strongly influenced by anger. Anger and violence are the opposite of love. Incarnate souls who’ve learned to respond to pain with anger are unprepared for the spirit world. 27 Violence is even more problematic. Violence inflicts wounds as much on the perpetrator as the victim. It creates pockets of inert ordistorted energy in the perpetrating souls. A part of the soul literally goes dead and loses all responsiveness. These souls, as a result, suffer isolation and cannot hear love. They arrive deeply alone and require major energy transfusions (much like blood transfusions) before they can even begin to connect. Some of them remain in the healing wards for Earth centuries.
  • Having had a life influenced by greed. Because greed is the product of delusion—that we are all separate, unconnected by love—it leaves souls profoundly confused immediately after death. Their lives have been about having and taking rather than loving and sharing. As with anger, greed isolates; souls see themselves alone, fighting for limit resources. And like angry souls, they arrive largely deaf to love.
  • Having had a life ending in despair. Souls who despair have missed the point of life. They think life is about achieving happiness and that pain indicates a blatant failure. But life isn’t about being happy. It’s about learning to love, no matter what level of pain or suffering we face. The pain is an essential part of the lesson, not a sign of failure. Despair is really the inability to express and act on love during periods of extended pain. When despairing souls—particularly those whose death was a suicide— arrive in the afterlife, they may be unattuned to love. While souls aren’t blamed or judged for their despair, it takes time to awaken.
  • Having had a life marked by shame and self-hate. Shame occurs when a soul believes their life choices to be at odds with what is good and right. They feel judged, a failure in the eyes of others. Because they believe they are undeserving, they remain deaf to the sound of love permeating the afterlife.

The best preparation for this bardo, while still incarnate, is to work on the realization that your thoughts aren’t real, and use meditation to observe thoughts rather than get caught and consumed in them.

Souls who go to the healing place, while from outward appearances sleeping, can be elsewhere. Souls with intense, dominant emotional states may have some of their soul energy sent to dimensional realities (special bardos) designed for their recovery. There are dimensions, for example, where matter can appear and disappear by mere intention. The soul, while not occupying a physical body, doesn’t have to contend with the organ and biochemical systems of the bodies we have on Earth—and that body can’t be damaged, no matter what the soul does or conjures up. In these dimensions, the soul’s unprocessed emotions from Earth are turned into adversaries, love objects, events (storms, quakes, arrivals and departures), familiar environments, alien environments, and elaborate plots with spine-tingling crises and crescendos. The soul conjures most of this, but some elements are added or remodeled by guides to help resolve the jagged remnants of emotions from the soul’s last life.

Souls who’ve lived many lives have experienced the passage from a physical body to being in spirit hundreds of times. They more easily recognize that they have died, remember and allow the tug toward spirit, and may cross directly into the arms of guides and loved ones. They know the routine and what to expect. They are attuned to love. The hallucinations suffered by emotionally disturbed or less experienced souls are not their fate These more advanced souls have worked through many karmic lessons. Their lives—while often marked by pain and great challenges—were guided by a sense of mission and spiritual truth. They were not lost or alone. They saw through the amnesia and didn’t forget that Spirit lives with and in them. As a result, many make the direct flight to a soul group and quickly resume their work—often learning special skills—there are many careers in the spirit world—that they will utilize on Earth or after they’ve stopped incarnating. These souls may not pause for a full life review but will, in time, consult with guides about the life just lived.

When Jordan had finished his Life Review he tells us a guide led him to a passageway a wide hallway, perhaps more like a tube of light. Hallways leading to city-size collections of soul families flashed by and if you think of each soul as a point of light, the spirit world is a vast array of such lights. And there are many more souls than have incarnated on earth. You might think of the Spirit World as a gigantic brain with each cell(soul) located in a particular place and performing a particular function.

Jordan was heading back to his region town and family. His soul group, “the farm” appears to live in an old Victorian house. This isn’t a physical house, but energy projected by agreement to resemble a house. We create the image that is comforting to us much the same way that souls who incarnate as water creatures might project a quiet lake or bay. We call our soul group “the farm” because we are working to learn methods for helping consciousness grow on a mass level. The laws of change are part of what we study. They were all waiting for me. Eleven of them and I make 12.

Reminds Sheryl of when she had her first Reiki healing initiation and there were 12 in the group.

The soul group is our family, our classroom, and our main source of strength and belonging. We learn together, reincarnate together, and nourish each other with love. The activities I’ve just described are part of daily life. We aren’t playing harps, sitting on clouds, or drinking grog in some Viking Valhalla. We aren’t living in mansions or walking in sandaled feet on the courtyards of temples. We are just a group of souls who learn and love together

Matthew writes, “Jordan shares with us what he learned in the spirit world. Souls have an individual lesson plan. Even souls in the same group, like “the farm,” have unique learning objectives. While guides may teach certain lessons collectively, much of the knowledge we acquire is through study of the Akashic Record (the history of every life, every event, every choice made during incarnations—(both as it happened and as it could have happened). Studying the Akashic Record—sometimes alone, sometimes with guides—is the primary way we review and learn from each incarnation. We examine with great attention every choice and each word spoken as if it were happening now, studying how it affected ourselves and others, feeling the impact of anger or of love. And then we open chapters in the Record that reveal what could have happened if we made different choices.

We also study the Akashic Record to learn the intricacies of cause and effect, watching years-long sequences of events all flowing from a single choice. A single moment. A father slapping a child and yelling, “You’re bad!” can launch a ripple effect that will churn through generations. But we don’t just study the effects of human action. We examine every instrument of change: how water erodes rocks in a stream, how freezing and unfreezing rain in the cracks of granite causes mountains to rupture, how the Big Bang pushes matter ever further into entropy, the silence of nothingness. We can look at cause and effect on every level so that eventually souls can recognize the underlying force driving every phenomenon, be it physics or human behavior. Related to the laws of cause and effect—and also studied in the Akashic Record—are the laws of change. These principles guide
conscious interventions that allow souls to interrupt cause and effect and rechannel the course of human events. In the same way a dam can alter a river’s flow, laws of change, judiciously applied at a moment in time, can redirect history.”

Our lives in the spirit world are multifaceted—just as they are on Earth. What we do keeps changing, so we are never bored. To understand what it’s like in the afterlife, you have to realize how much souls love learning. That is our purpose, our mission. We were created for this one reason—to absorb knowledge and experience, and give it to all. We incarnate into a physical universe to learn from that; we love each other and learn from that love and connection; we develop expertise at our spiritual careers. Everything we do fills us with an
ever increasing sense of truth. We never arrive at truth. No one does, not even the all (collective consciousness). We keep moving toward truth—holding more and more of it—but never arriving. A “day” in the afterlife—every moment of it—is spent loving and learning. And remember, we can do multiple things at once, so much of what we do is simultaneous rather than sequential. For example, I can visit my loved ones who are still incarnate while at the same time deeply studying the Akashic Record. Or I can be listening to a guide give a lecture while being a tourist on another planet and learning from the life forms there.

So with this in mind, let me list some of the activities I’m involved in.

  • Visiting much loved souls. While we can communicate telepathically across infinite distance, it’s like talking on the phone
  • Connecting to embodied souls. Communicating to loved ones who are still incarnate is a challenge. The vibrational levels, as noted before, are so different that direct communication is often impossible. Any time a soul on Earth thinks of me, it opens a channel, and if they are receptive, I can answer telepathically.
  • Connecting to all. Part of my time is spent in a kind of meditative state, where I connect to collective consciousness. It’s like turning on a radio in which you hear the broadcast for every channel simultaneously. Knowledge fills me, as does this deeply peaceful sense of being part of the whole, of belonging through love.
  • Reviewing lessons from past lives. Again, this is all done through study of the Akashic Record. Guides are often involved,
  • Creating things. Most souls engage in some creative activities.
  • Rituals. Our soul group doesn’t eat together like families do on Earth, but we do connect ritually. We take time, periodically, to do a form of singing that synchronizes our energy patterns for a while, and helps us feel closer. We do ritual merging—sometimes as a group to strengthen the emotion of belonging and sometimes in pairs, where we experience a deep intimacy and knowing of each other that feels energetically similar to sex.
  • Lectures and seminars with advanced souls. Part of our training involves being exposed to the wisdom, skills, and experience of advanced souls
  • Movies. These are special “videos” from the Akashic Record that form amazing travel logs. We can watch the Big Bang, we can see the formation and evolution of previous universes, we can watch documentaries of life forms who host incarnating souls on other planets, and we can peer down the timeline to future events. We also watch and learn from documentaries of souls who have led inspiring lives.
  • Enjoying “the darkness.” We don’t sleep, but we can enjoy periods alone and draw a sort of cover over ourselves. We can have our ownthoughts, our own memories, and our own hopes and plans in privacy—there’s no telepathic seepage of our thoughts to other souls.
  • Skills training. As described earlier, there are many spiritual careers. After we’ve been incarnating for a while, and we’re not using all the time between lives to review and learn from our most recent incarnation, guides begin encouraging us to consider a career in the spirit world.

Sheryl asks Matthew to tell us what he conceives Love to be? Matthew writes, LOVE IS A PLACE, A LOCATION. It is where consciousness resides. It isn’t a feeling, or a state, or a form of experience. It is the place of all thought, all knowledge, all truth. It is the essence of beauty and what moves us to recognize beauty and know love in the presence of beauty. Love is joining; it is the act of seeing, knowing, and, for a time, becoming the beloved. Love is a place of pure belonging where we enter each other and, finally, the whole. Love is not a subject and object, nor is it a lover and a recipient of love. It is the place where they live together, having the same awareness, the same memory, the same truth. Love in the spirit
world—that place of merging, knowing and belonging—lives as a shadow, a faint presence inside of us. That shadow is the source of our loneliness here on Earth.

Sheryl says she remembers once being wounded by a friend who didn’t back her up in a decision that affected many people and which Sheryl as a medium and healer knew to be correct, and Sheryl said to that soul. I thought you were home… According to the definition of Love Sheryl always wanted to be home to everyone and to be known as love by everyone.

We can make it easier to pass through the stages of death to enter the Spirit World. There are things you can do now to have a more direct flight after death. Layovers on Earth, in the healing place, or in the “strange dimensions” can be minimized by doing these six things:

  • Prepare now to recognize when you are dead. While out-of -body and near-death experiences are not rare, most of the time when you’re outside of your body, you have crossed over. Pay attention to the events surrounding your out-of-body experience. Are lifesaving efforts continuing? Are people mourning? Are they wrapping or cleaning your body? Also note how long you have been out-of-body. If a lot has happened and significant time has gone by, your incarnation is likely over.
  • Feel and accept the tug up to Spirit. If you are out-of-body, pay attention to the tug toward Spirit. It may show up as a desire to “let go,” it may come as a movement upward, or it may simply arrive as a graying out of the physical scene of your death while your conscious awareness continues. However it shows up, allow it. Encourage it.
  • Accept and go with it. Trust that you will be guided and cared for. From the moment you leave your body, guides are closely attending to you. Expect them. Trust that they are with you, even if you can’t see them. Let them take you where you need to go. They love you; they have only your best interests at heart. Their sole job is to care for you.
  • Listen for a voice or words in your mind. Your guides will very soon start communicating telepathically. In some cases, the guides communicate with a simple awareness, a sense of knowing. Put your full attention to hearing whatever they convey.
  • Avoid forming mental images or pictures. This often leads to disturbing visions that plague souls just arriving in spirit. Instead, focus on your feelings of love for souls who’ve already crossed over. You’ll see them soon. Anticipate that and keep your attention on love.
  • Feel it. Listen for it. As soon as you see guides or loved ones, attend fully to them. Listen to them. Feel the love flowing between you. Love is your passport. When you feel it, you won’t wait long before entering the spirit world.

Matthew Mc Kay and his son Jordan might like readers of The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife to take away with them after reading this very detailed view of the journey during the transition to spirit. Matthew Jordan and Sheryl might like readers to know that there is no death only life after life and in spirit more PLEASURE FOR SOULS. Learning is only part of the experience in spirit. There’s actually more fun in the afterlife than on Earth. In the physical world, pleasure is experienced in the nervous and limbic systems. It peaks and then quickly decays as we desensitize to the experience. Our bodies can’t retain sensations of pleasure for very long because our arousal system is designed to return to baseline quickly. In the spirit world, enjoyment can be sustained indefinitely because it doesn’t depend on bodily reactions.

But on the other, we can hold deep, sustained enjoyment through experiences such as:

visiting and connecting to soul friends intimate merging tourism—visiting other worlds, other times, and other stages in the development of consciousness meditating on the love of all creating—everything from music to energy sculptures to planets.

We thank Matthew McKay Ph. D author of The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife for showing us through the experiences of his son Jordan who passed at the age of twenty three his wondrous journey to the Spirit World and the loving connections to loved ones, higher vibrational beings, guides who have been with us here in life and again with us in the afterlife. he makes as we learn that all life is simply about experiences learning and loving and evolving to a higher level of compassion for all that is.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within’ we have interacted with our minds and our souls to the distinct need to understand death dying and life eternal, through the feelings and awareness of Jordan in spirit shared with his father Matthew who wrote a book where we have a true vision of the state of the soul, the reasons why souls choose a physical life, the beauty of living learning and loving and the journey back home which can be made more wondrous if we leave fear out of the process at the time we leave our physical bodies and begin again our life in Spirit.

Matthew wrote, “THE DEEPEST TRUTH of the universe is that love is eternal; our relationships to each other and the whole go on forever. Reuniting is a myth born of our physical lives. We are always together (even though on Earth we forget), always united in love, always and irrevocably connected to all of consciousness. So, reunion is merely a ceremony where incarnated soul energy returns to spirit, and our soul group and friends bang the drum to welcome us home. But in truth we never left them. Our collective love has always held us as if we were one breath. We feel so alone on this planet, and the love of incarnates is so tenuous and conditional that isolation seems normal. The emptiness of having our deepest selves unseen (hidden within a body and a personality) is the root of human sadness, and it is why the hope for union animates all our relationships—with both the living and the dead. We cannot know in this place that our aloneness is an illusion created for our own growth. As we approach death, the thought of reunion often seems more sweet. We have lost loved ones, and even in our most intimate relationships we may continue to feel a distance—as if we have always lived a little apart—beyond being held, beyond being known. And because merging in love is so difficult here, we yearn all the more for it as life reaches its end. Instinctively, if we listen to our soul’s truth, we can feel the imminent approach of our joining to all that we love. We can use this hunger for reunion to begin welcoming the transition. Souls we love who are now in spirit often appear to us in the days or hours before death, when possible, as part of the plan to ease our transition; they remind us that we are going home and there is nothing to fear. ……”

Matthew and I would have you know the more you allow accept and surrender to all experiences, without judging them good or bad, you will begin to be comfortable and in tune with the challenges of the physical world, and will come to have an easier transition back to Spirit when that time comes for you. The cycle of life is miraculous, whether in or out of a body.

I am Sheryl Glick host of “Healing From Within” medium and author of A New Life Awaits and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to metaphysicians visionaries spiritualists scientists medical professions psychologists and travelers of time and space help us recognize our uniqueness and eternal spiritual capacity to evolve and live in all phases of exploration of self, the world and beyond. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

http://www.mathewmckay.com

The post A Channeled Guide to the Life-Death Transition appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our inner being and soul wisdom. Today Sheryl welcomes David Richards, a decorated marine Corps officer and author of The Lighthouse Keeper: A Story of Mind Master whose main character Sam finds ways and transformational tools to manifest the life he truly wants and leaves behind the life he was currently living.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her guests share intimate stories and insights into life as it really is exposing who we are and how this life enables us to remember much as we wade through the challenges of the physical world and find ways to create life as we wish it to be and not merely accept the mindset of others which may limit restrict or create fear and pain. We seek ways to understand life as both an energetic soul and physical being living in a duality that can be merged for best results.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within David Richards has written a fictional tale of a young man who knows how the life he’s currently living ends and it isn’t the life or the ending he wants. He makes a conscious choice to try his hand as a lighthouse keeper’s apprentice as the life of a lighthouse keeper promises responsibility and adventure as well as offering transformational tools which can be practiced in everyday life to improve himself and the conditions he is dealing with. We discover and share Sam’s journey as a lighthouse keeper’s apprentice finding adventures he could never have imagined and the changes that are possible when we engage life in a creative fashion

David tells us why he decided to write a fictional tale of transformation and life changing situations Perhaps what David has written about Sam the main character in the story reflects the need of all of us to learn more about ourselves, follow our inner soul guidance and create the life we truly want to live or were born to live.

David writes, “His father was late getting back from town, but having sold all the eggs, called the day a success. Sam had spent the afternoon finishing his chores and then stayed outside, drawing trees and birds, and occasionally pulling out his ball-cup game. Now, as they ate, Sam wrestled with his thoughts. “Something on your mind?” his father asked in between bites of food. Sam pushed his fork around his plate, plowing indifferently through his mashed potatoes. Before he spoke, he felt the tremble in his throat rise. “I don’t want this.” “It’s what’s for supper.” Sam pushed his plate away from him. “No, not this. I want to leave. Leave here. Find my own way.” His father stopped eating and set his fork on the plate. “What about the farm? I need you here.” “But you don’t need me. You just need a body. You can find someone local to help out.” It was a truth, neither damning nor invigorating, but like a truth once spoken, it couldn’t be taken back.

“Sam’s father responded “I’m surprised it’s taken you this long.” His father said, without turning back to look at him. “I figured you’d have gotten sick of this place two seasons ago. Was surprised when you stayed on. Happy of course, but surprised.” Sam looked at his father, then looked away. He had been wanting to leave. Had played out the conversation in his head so many times, but always met resistance”

Sam unfortunately, he thought, had to hurt his father if he ever was to realize his own needs to explore life beyond the narrow confines of his father’s farm. He tells his father since there is not enough money for going to college, he wants to go work at the lighthouse near the ocean. He describes the lighthouse as…. “Black Eagle Lighthouse sat atop a small cropping of rock a few meters above sea level. It reached up from the ocean floor like a hand, the dark, jagged appendage of some earthly celestial, its fingers spread wide, the fingertips disappearing into the sea on the island’s eastern side. The waves made
splintered assaults into the grooves between the fingers, crashing against the rocks in their ceaseless assault. On occasion, reached more than half the lighthouse’s height. On the back of the hand sat Black Eagle Lighthouse. Slightly less than fifty meters high, it was painted in equal thirds of navy blue, white, and navy blue again before surrendering to the catwalk and lantern. A single door on the southern side supplied entrance to the lighthouse, which could be accessed by way of a small dock on the leeward side to the west. Once docked, one followed steps which had been dutifully carved out of the rock as they meandered their way up to the entryway.”

David describes his military life and the values and dreams of that experience that are reflected in the Lighthouse Keeper. He tells us that perhaps military life was something like being a lighthouse keeper. Plenty of time for silence thinking and being alone…David writes, “He wanted to find it peaceful, but could only manage to find it depressing. This led him to think, How did someone find peace in this kind of life or perhaps in any life? David learned much from living and working with Armand the lightkeeper who was a mysterious
man and in time he taught him a great deal about using your imagination and inner thoughts to create peace no matter what kind of life you were living. His entrance into a tavern was enough to quiet the crowd until he made his way to the bar and ordered his usual; a glass of water. He had discovered his name by accident. “Armand” was scribbled on a parcel he’d once delivered years ago. The first time he called him by his name, he seemed surprised at hearing it. He must lead a hollow, barren life, he thought. Alone, on purpose. By choice.
Other captains had mused that lighthouse keepers were a tranquil lot, especially now that most lighthouses had moved away from oil lamps, which were labor intensive and called for multiple keepers per house. These speculations were issued side by side with stories of catches of fish too big to haul, mermaids, and other maritime tales.

David shares with us that the character of Sam could be any one of us moving through these treacherous and extraordinary times. In Sam’s memory of his mother we can all recognize qualities that sustain us and help us to grow more aware and trusting of life. Sam’s memory of the mother he loved before she died reminds us that there are people we meet in life who share the brilliance of their spirit and often that interaction helps us to discover the best within ourselves.

David wrote of Sam’s mother, “Her brilliant blue eyes shifted their gaze from his father to him. The spark in her eyes caught a different kind of fire. Her face softened gracefully, the way clouds soften sunlight. Her eyes grew bigger. He didn’t understand the look at the time, not in any comprehensible way he could articulate, but now saw it plainly. It was hope. Adoration. Joy. It was the look of love, the kind of look that is somehow reserved for mothers and their children. He was conscious of how close to the ground he was; he saw himself as a dragonfly, moving just above the blades of the tall, swaying grasses. He closed the distance between them as she pulled on a bunch of grapes. She extended her hand and he gingerly plucked one from its pedicle. She ran a hand through his hair and pulled him close to her. He felt all the warmth, safety, and tenderness of a mother’s embrace. Could smell her perfume. It was a sublime space of happiness.

David shares transformational tools found in the story and how they can be used and practiced in real life. Sam describes ways he learned to use his time while at the lighthouse, “Nor was he afraid of a little solitude. In school, he enjoyed time to himself. While the other boys tackled athletic pursuits, he wrote. He wrote poems, or stories of faraway, imagined lands with mystical creatures and people. Sometimes he wrote letters to different people in his life. One day, a note to his father. The next, a teacher. The day after that, a girl in class he liked. He never delivered the letters, but writing them made him feel better in some strange, unexplored way. He told himself it didn’t matter, and found an odd comfort in that. When he ran out of words, he turned to drawing pictures. These too he never shared with anyone, but they adorned the walls of his bedroom like errant pieces of wallpaper. Moreover, at the lighthouse, he wasn’t alone. True, the lighthouse keeper…Armand, he had introduced himself as…was there. He learned to express his innermost feelings and thoughts clearly and without judgement. This time at the lighthouse encouraged him to grow in confidence and becoming a friend to himself, so he was aware he was never alone. He learned time was not his enemy, but a chance for continued renewal of faith and trust in the universal plan, for him and for everyone.

Several valuable insights gleaned by David in order to write this story and become the man he is today, may be seen in the following story: The following story is how Sam learned to value “Focus” in completing all tasks and David wrote the following story of sweeping the steps at the lighthouse which was a daily chore.

David wrote, “Sam looked at him (Armand), confident that he had done a crisp, efficient job. Armand placed a crate on top of another. “Do you know how many stairs there are from top to bottom?” “Stairs? No.” It wasn’t something Sam had ever thought about. “Eighty?” “One hundred and forty-four. Do you know how long it took you to clean them this last time?” Sam shook his head. “Twenty-six minutes.” Sam took in a deep breath as his chest swelled. “I almost cut my time in half.” Armand adjusted his glasses at the end of his nose and frowned without looking up from his watch. “Yes. True. And yet it you were truly focused, it would take you even less time.” Sam looked at Armand, then walked to the room center and looked up. It was a dizzying view. He couldn’t believe there were less than one hundred fifty stairs; it felt like twice that many. And how much more time could he cut out of the whole affair? “If you’re focused, you should be able to clean the stairs completely in less than ten minutes.” “That’s ludicrous.” Sam said, a laugh escaping before he could stop it. Armand grabbed the broom and went to the bottom step. He swept from the outside in with five successive sweeps, counting aloud as he did. “One, two, three, four.” “Each step takes four seconds. If you want to do the math, you’re welcome to.” Armand held the broom out at arm’s length and let go. The broom balanced on its bristles before falling towards Sam, who caught it as Armand ascended the stairs.

Armand shares with Sam another insightful way to achieve your best in life and writes. “The questions we ask ourselves are the pathway to the kind of life we will have.” “Explain more,” Sam said, intrigued. Armand scratched his beard, reminding Sam of a dog feverishly scratching at fleas. Such an odd man. “If I wake every morning with the thought, ‘What dread is life going to throw my way today’, my mind will come up with an answer. ‘Mind’ will respond with something like, ‘Today you’re going to have a terrible argument with your brother’ or ‘Today you’re going to step in a puddle and ruin your shoes’. In other
words, ‘mind’ will look for things to make my day full of dread.” “That’s silly. No one asks themselves that question.” “Possibly true,” Armand said, finally leaving his beard alone, “But people talk negatively to themselves more so than the opposite. More than that, they worry about the things beyond their control.”

Sheryl tells us one of the stories in the book that she likes from the book. Sheryl likes that David tells us about Sam having a waking vision or as mediums receive messages in dreams or even while awake from Spiritual guidance: prophetic visions, and David writes,
“Something by the desk flashed again, and this time he was able to center his attention on the area of the flash, but could see no objects. It flashed again. Sam saw himself. He looked a little older than he presently was, and smiled in a childish, pained way at the fitful, patchwork beard his older self was trying to grow. There was a young woman with him, though her features weren’t clear to him. He was tripping over himself with excitement, walking in front of her, darting from side to side, hands gesturing wildly as he talked. Sam could make out none of the words his older self was speaking, but understood the scene readily enough. The young woman was hesitant, but attentive. She followed him with her eyes (what color were they?) he insisted to no avail, and frequently her gaze lingered long enough where she would catch herself. She would then gracefully look down on the path they walked. He thought her hair blond, but the vision was unclear. It fanned coolly off her shoulders, like curtains stirred by an evening breeze. She did her best to measure her smiles, so as not to convey enjoying his company too much. For his part, Sam sensed his
older self in love. It wasn’t a love of hopeful anticipation, or short-lived fiery passion. It was a defining love. A love that would alter the flow of his life, become his life. And somewhere within him, he felt pride well up. Pride in seeing this version of himself recognize such a thing at an early age.”

David continues to share with us some ways we may find “stillness” in the chaos. David writes of the routines Armand who had been at the lighthouse for a considerable time told Sam, “There was the morning ritual Armand had of sitting cross-legged on the ground floor on a small mat. Just sitting. Perhaps meditating. Eyes closed. Sam thought him a fool. These odd events together were cause enough to re-think this entire venture. “I’m not mad.” Armand said as they passed the seventh floor. It was Sam’s turn to stop. Had he been talking out loud? They ate in silence—Armand at his usual pace, Sam anxiously swallowing his meal. When he finished, he broke the swollen silence between them. “What disease are you talking about?” The disease of distraction Armand set his plate down next to him. He ran his fingers through his beard, inspected what morsels had been caught there, Your thinking is distracted.

Distracted thinking makes it harder to accomplish things. Look at that ship.” He pointed to the north. Several miles away from them, a large schooner headed west, its sails gleaming in the sun and full of a steady wind. Armand continued. “Focus on that ship. By focus, I mean direct your attention to it. And rubbed his hands together. “

Focus on that ship. By focus, I mean direct your attention to it.” Sam looked at the ship. “Okay.” Now, assign it some meaning.” Armand grew animated. He stood, walking to the railing nearest the ship. “What do you mean?” “Imagine for example, it’s a ship in distress. That ‘meaning’ leads to possible actions, right? We might light the lamp, signal the coastal guard or, were they closer, row out to see how we might assist.” Sam set his plate down and joined Armand on the railing. “I guess so.” “Of course,” Armand continued. “Now, don’t focus on the ship.” “What?” “Ignore the ship for a moment. Ignore it, and all the meaning we just assigned to it.

“Focus. Meaning. Action.” Armand said matter-of factly. “This is our first crucial decision cycle. If those are pirates, our actions would be very different than if it were a ship in distress. A person’s life…how they view their past, how they live in the present, and how they look to the future…all depend on the meaning they assign to each.”

David might want readers of The Lighthouse Keeper to take away with them after reading your book that they should remember what Armand told Sam….” Crazy or not, long after we finished the day’s tasks, Armand’s words stayed with Sam, and if I’m honest with myself, I wanted to hear more. We picked up on our catwalk conversation at dinner. He expanded on some of the things we had discussed earlier. I’m not sure it all makes sense, but I surprised myself by grabbing for my journal, even before readying for bed, to write down all the recollections from the day.

What we focus on—this is the most important decision we can make. We can put our energy towards things we can control, or lose it by focusing on the things we can’t control. We can direct our focus to the past, the present, or the future. ILL. What meaning do we assign to it—the meaning we give to the thing we focus on creates the feelings. Two people can look at the same thing and have completely different feelings. This is based on their experiences, their thought patterns, and their values and beliefs. The past, present, and future all have different meanings, depending on the meaning we assign to them. (Must ask Armand more about this…isn’t my past unchangeable?) The feelings that come from the meaning given lead to… What actions we take—based on the meaning we attach to what we focus on, we choose what to do. We develop patterns of thoughts—These patterns become habits. These habits become our beliefs. These beliefs become our lives. We cannot focus on two things at once…Armand said this. It seems so obvious, and yet I play with the idea over and over in my mind. He said, ‘there can only be one master’ and I’m quite certain I don’t know what he’s talking about. Further, he said the quality of the questions we ask ourselves leads us to the quality of our lives. If we ask questions about why life is unfair, our mind will come up with answers to reinforce that perspective. But if we ask what are the things that make life so enjoyable, the mind will answer that question in a similar fashion

Sheryl would like to thank David Richards for sharing a most courageous story both of himself and his main character Sam in The Lighthouse Keeper as like each of us, we move through life experiences with certain questions in mind…Who are we? Where do we come from? What is life really about? And if we are lucky, aware, and insightful, we find answers which help move us past the chaos to allow, accept, and surrender to all things, become more of who we have always been, our soul essence, and to mature, so we may move past fear and limitations to know love, compassion, and peace as our natural birthright.

In summarizing today’s episode, David Richards author of The Lighthouse Keeper and Sheryl have discussed the fictional tale of a young man Sam who seeks to know who he is and how to find a path to a life of adventure, creativity and sensitivity, and to become the best version of himself. Sam has the courage to leave his father’s farm and go to be an apprentice in a lighthouse, where the lightkeeper teaches him a great deal about the mysteries and wonderment of life and how to focus, find meaning, and act on those references.

David shares a story of how Sam began to realize his dreams could materialize and how he didn’t have to listen to the negative attitudes of others, but needed the courage to pursue what interested him most.

Sam tells us “He poured himself a cup of water and drifted back to what he had seen yesterday beyond reef. The pages in the water and image of the woman. His family. His book. It excited him, awakened something inside that he had put to rest in recent years. He had set aside any dreams of writing when he left school. It simply hadn’t seemed like a realistic way of making a living, not when so many of his classmates were pursuing what he thought of as ‘real. And his father had deterred him. He remembered in particular a conversation he and his father had shared while extending the fence line of their property “Writing,” Sam had offered, fighting off the urge not to curse as the wire chewed into his dry fingers, “I like it. I like telling stories.” His father had chuckled. “What’s funny?” Sam asked, the wire digging deeper. He could see a blossom of blood open on his index finger. “The people who write are professional writers”, his father huffed, “they have a gift, and hone their craft”. Sam released the wire. He looked at his father. A wound opened somewhere inside him. Not unlike his cracked fingers, it too bled. It was something he couldn’t verbalize and nothing he could point to. But it was there, bleeding. And that had been that. The idea had been shelved!”

David and Sheryl would have you remember that the thoughts we focus on and intentions we set within our mind, as well as the dreams we seek to make real, are truly possible and must keep trying to make them materialize, for it will, if it is in your life plan and soul destiny. No set back will stop your goals from finally happening, in the right time and best way to support your soul journey and refine your spirit, often filling it with greater love and compassion for yourself and others. It is not in the doing, but in becoming and BEING, that we discover the truth about our eternal selves!

Sheryl Glick, host of Healing From Within and author of a trilogy: Life Is No Coincidence The Living Spirit and her newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to learn more about the true nature of life and energy and to listen to leaders in the metaphysical, spiritual, scientific, educational, medical, and arts, and music share stories of finding out the truth of improving life both personally and collectively Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.amazon.com

The post Finding Stillness in the Chaos appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our modern day challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom. We are delighted to welcome Dr. Megan Rose author of Spirit Marriage to share a unique view of interactions between those in a body and those in spirit who find love and connection from different levels of life.

As listeners of Healing From Within have discovered over the years, Sheryl and her intuitive insightful guests share intimate stories and insights into the duality of life our energetic soul life force and physical life as we learn that life is indeed a journey of healing learning and love and we have opportunities to self-investigate and self-master our emotions guided by intuition and cooperation of higher Universal Source or those in Spirit who mentor and help us follow our destiny and life plan.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Megan Rose who has a doctorate in East West psychology is an initiated ceremonial magician, a Shakta Tantric Practioner and a senior seer in the House of Brigh Faery Seership Institute and serves as an Interfaith minister and psycho-spiritual counselor shares an in-depth exploration of the practice, relevance and purpose of spirit marriage.

When Rose is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to them or others the life path and interests she might pursue in adulthood for it seems to me that we are born with a soul physical world and to raise to a higher awareness and vibration on love Megan begins to remember:

Megan writes, “My inquiry into spirit marriage is inextricably connected to the unfolding and evolutionary stages of my devotional life: growing up a spirit filled Pentecostal, communicating and praying with and to trees, being in The Present dissatisfied with a sexless Christian God and his disembodied practices, attending seminary and feeling a profound yet confusing call to public ministry, longing for a tradition that held reverence for and primacy of women and the Divine Feminine, and finally—seeking a path that embraces both light and dark as co-equal and indivisible.

My choices in life have almost invariably been guided by what Orion Foxwood refers to as “sacred longing and divine discontent.” As a child, I often felt the presence and fullness of the Holy Spirit as a palpable sensation in my body. Even though I did not understand exactly how, I knew it was a different sensation from the ones I felt when I prayed to Jesus or his Father God. This Holiest of Spirits often felt most alive to me in and through nature. Later I would come to understand that the experiences I had been having were the indwelling contact of the Goddess, the Divine Feminine, but as a child I simply knew that this contact awakened me in a vital and primal way and left me feeling ablaze.:

The term highly sensitive I define as having a highly attuned intero and extero-ception of stimuli. Experiences like ESP or visionary states are beginning to be understood as the extreme reaches of a spectrum of highly attuned sensitivities ranging from having heightened capacity with one’s five physical sense organs, to empathic or precognitive perception, to full-blown mystico-psychic encounters. Being a highly sensitive person (HSP) on any range of the spectrum can cause subtle shifts and cues in one’s environment to blare as strongly as a loudspeaker announcement, and often lead the HSP to interpret and interact with the world around them in a manner that buffers them from the onslaught of external inputs. These two psycho-spiritual aspects of my personality bear a tremendous amount of weight and influence on my story.

Sheryl says that as a sensitive to energy and as an empath medium and healer there are many challenges to feeling the impact of words and the energies held in places events and in daily communication with people and perhaps 20 percent of the population who are highly sensitive have challenges in learning to utilize these gifts helping themselves and others.

In her book The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love Sheryl writes, “In The Living Spirit I share simple but powerful exercises that I personally use to shed negative energy, resistance, and mental clutter. These exercises and insights can help us to
protect ourselves from “energy vampires,” people who may try, knowingly or unknowingly, to rob us of our state of joy and well-being. Learning to act proactively rather than reactively may teach us how to respond when family and close friends are not supportive. Perhaps more importantly, I also share incredible stories from my own spiritual journey that will illustrate these points and hopefully illuminate the path for others. The timing for this book could not be better. For years, the metaphysical community has predicted a tremendous shift in human consciousness, and it is happening now. More than ever, people are feeling the need to rediscover their life’s purpose, and the economic downturn in recent years has given many the freedom, opportunity, and necessity to change their lives and work. Energy healing—including Reiki, Healing Touch, Reflexology, Chiropractic Adjustments, Acupuncture, Massage and Body Work, Rolfing, Polarity, Trager, Chromotherapy, Radionics, Alexander, Bioenergetics, Feldenkrais, Deep Tissue Work, Osteopathic Manipulation, and other modalities—has become one of the fastest growing fields of complementary health care, and it is part of my mission to help healers develop their God-given gifts. I have written The Living Spirit not just for healers, but for anyone who wants to
awaken to their soul’s mission and to the incredible plan God has for them. It is intended as a compassionate and supportive guide for others beginning their spiritual journey as mediums, psychics, and energy healers or simply for those with questions about who they are, what life is all about, and whether there is indeed life after death.

Megan tells us what Spirit Marriage is and how it is different from other psychic phenomena such as channeling or mediumship. Megan is one of those rare treasures and her book reflects sound research, deep understanding, and the type of clarity that will make it a classic for the researcher and practitioner alike. To these qualities, Megan offers a broad survey of types of spirit-beings encountered, traditional and contemporary approaches to the topic, and a view into the benefits and challenges of these companionships. Additionally, she offers us a rare glimpse into the lived experience of her research subjects as well as herself, and into subtleties that can only be known by experience. There is an old saying, “See and you will know, but do and you will understand—therein lies the difference between knowledge and wisdom.” This is wisdom in your hands.

Spirit marriage is a form of embodied spirituality and a transpersonal phenomenon. To put it as clearly as I can, it is the bonded or intimate relationship between a human and a subtle or discarnate entity such as a deity, spirit, or extraordinary intelligence. In this practice, the consciousness of the practitioner is linked or wedded to a specific entity, and the two beings share a co-creative consciousness forthwith. This practice has appeared in many cultures, among a strikingly large number of religious traditions ranging from African indigenous spirituality to Tantric yoga to Christian mysticism. The practice of union with a spirit can manifest in many different forms—channeling, possession, sexual encounters, visitations, and the like. However, for the purposes of her book, Megan has limited her definition of spirit marriage to practitioners who have gone through a ritual or ceremony of union, designed to align them with a particular spirit in a committed and dedicated fashion much like a marriage on earth between two living souls.

Megan has been in a spirit marriage for well over twenty years. In those years she has gleaned transformative wisdom from traditional folkloric material and revealed information that came through from her spirit companion as well as personal revelation. In fact, there was so much powerful material that she created a seven-year Faery Seership apprenticeship program that fosters these kinds of relationships for hundreds of people worldwide. Their lives have been deeply enriched by the material, and the spirit contacts that have been nurtured during the trainings have led my apprentices to become co creative agents of change—especially as it relates to ecology and ancestral healing. Her own life with an ancient nonphysical being led me to push off from all that was familiar, and journey into ancient and often uncharted landscapes of the soul of humanity, Earth, and the cosmos.

Her spirit marriage has expanded her positive impact on the world in ways she could never have imagined. Layers upon layers of wisdom have been gleaned from this profound symbiosis. Her spirit-wife, Brigh, and Megan have tested each other as her nature had to recalibrate her nature to ensure that we could co-create together in a healthy way
Whether it is the “fire in the head” (a sudden flash of illumination) of the Celtic tradition, or an inner-heating force that reveals the spiritual light of vision and inspiration, or a spiritual force or a spiritual being that is mediated or indwelled by a human host, profound wisdom and healing is often found in the spirit or invisible realm.

In ancient Rome, when a person had an uncommonly high intellect, its source was thought to be a particularly potent guiding spirit known as a genius. Thus, to this day we refer to a brilliant person as a genius. We all have these helpful spirits but most of us never allow ourselves to be open to them. And when they do come through, too often they are called demons—a word derived from the Greek word daemon, which originally denoted a divine being, not an infernal one.

In this book many types of informing spirits are discussed. They include human ancestral, faery, divine, and more. Each spirit marriage has its own nuances, challenges, and benefits, and each has changed its human counterpart forever. In the spirit marriage accounts relayed herein, Megan feels that spirit and human partnerships have always been important to the spiritual and intellectual development of humanity. The farseeing eyes of the ancient, immortal, divine, unseen, human ancestral, and other beings are crucial if we are to see outside of our limits and beyond time.

The bottom line is that humans are moving rapidly into an era of expanded and fluid states of consciousness, and we must perceive the invisible relationships between visible things if we are to grow with our own destiny. We are human-becoming; we are not finished growing in our understanding of healing, the intimate workings of our planet, the causes and cures for maladies likely induced by human technology, and actions that impact nature in ways we cannot see. If we are to thrive and if we are to save our Earth from a forthcoming extinction event, then we must perceive beyond the perspectives that challenge the life of our species and our world. The eyes that are invisible see what is invisible to our eye, whereas the ear that extends beyond the audible may hear a silent tongue of wisdom. Our ancestors held in highest esteem those who heard beyond the range of sound, who were guided by ancient forces, who knew the very beginning of life, and whose reach was into the unfolding future—for they knew the unknowable. Perhaps the time to know beyond knowing, sense beyond feeling, and dance in balance to a tune of helpful harmony is now.

Sheryl says as an intuitive empath and medium who connects to Universal source and downloads information to add herself family and clients she is aware that we are in the midst of a spiritual revolution helping through these challenging changing events of war pandemic political divide economic problems climate change being given an opportunity to transcend the physical issues and rise to a higher vibration of energy understanding feeling and acceptance surrendering to the immediate event as we go beyond it to create more tenable solutions.

Sheryl wrote in her newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening the following, “ Many years ago, after a series of mystical experiences that I could not explain with my logical mind, I found myself experiencing feelings within that related to a life that was more than my physical experience. As I began to quiet my mind, I began to know my inner thoughts in a way that went beyond the five senses and the way I was accustomed to experiencing the physical world. I became aware that I was able to use an intuitive sense that had nothing to do with my mind, years of education, or life experiences. It was a sense of knowingness and awareness to history, our humanity, and the past in a way that went beyond normal explanation. In dreams and in my interactions with numerous people that I later dis[1]covered were Spiritual guides brought into my conscious reality for the important purpose of realizing my life plan and my inner soul being, a new awareness emerged, enabling me to constantly review past beliefs seen purely from a physical indoctrination of this time, place, and present life experience into another way. I am incredibly more able to accept new ways of knowing myself and those who walk this journey with me and to discern the true meaning of life.

Spirit Marriage different from channeling or possession in that is a constant and continuous connection to enhance the personal and spiritual development of both souls who have committed themselves to each other to support love and assist in all areas of soul growth.

The practice of spirit marriage has allegedly been with us since the dawn of civilization. Through folklore and mythology, we hear of its ancient roots. We first start to see textual records of the practice in the ancient Mesopotamian sacred marriage, where it is reportedly undertaken to aid humans in the development and expansion of consciousness, both spiritual and every day. It is said to result in the development of extrasensory perception (ESP), esoteric revelation, and personal and societal transformation. Quite lofty outcomes! With that in mind, in Megan’s book we explore the possibility that spirit marriage as a viable means of personal and planetary evolution, and to investigate why it has seemingly been marginalized and obfuscated throughout history.

Personally, Megan believes that spirit marriage has the potential to be a kind of liberation spirituality. At crucial moments in history it seems that it has offered spiritual empowerment, co-creative engagement, and conscious evolution to its practitioners.

We are all surrounded and guided by entities beyond the physical human range and communicate with them in different ways. Some meditate and connect as Sheryl does to garnish guidance and information from these souls to help us merge our spiritual gifts and human life so using clairvoyant clairaudient clairsentient see hear feel smell taste and simply know through intuitive thoughts what Spirit wants us to know can lift up our awareness to a higher consciousness and serve to overcome human challenges. That is the difference between one highly sensitive person medium or channeler and another who chooses a Spirit Marriage for their spiritual growth.

Megan tells us why marrying a spirit has benefits. Megan postulates that the use of spirit marriage was and is a theurgic undertaking used by humans as a tool for personal transformation and evolution of consciousness—an assertion rooted in prehistorical hints of the phenomenon of Gods and Goddesses mating with humans.

And what is the purpose of this kind of bonded intimate relationship or what is the outcome of this kind of undertaking? (Co-creation, evolution of the species) perhaps. To better place this research within a psycho-spiritual context, let’s look at two key figures who have contributed to the realm of transpersonal philosophy and psychology and who also claimed an ongoing relationship with tutelary spirits or extraordinary guides. Although these relationships do not qualify as a spirit marriage as previously defined, these sources do report on the kinds of relationships that may be cultivated between humans and Otherworldly entities. They include well-known scholarly figures who have ascribed their ideas and inspirations to a relationship with a spirit guide or inner teacher. The Past First, the Austrian philosopher, social reformer, and esotericist Rudolph Steiner attributed much of his spiritual knowledge and practical philosophy to guidance by a group of nonphysical beings he called “the Masters.” In a Berlin lecture on July 14, 1904, Steiner reports, “The Masters can be regarded by us as Ideal. They have attained what we must attain in
the future. We can therefore question them about our future development.” Steiner claimed that his knowledge of plants, the cosmos, and human nature all came to him through his conversations with the Masters. His lectures from 1904 to 1909 often had references
to his calling on them to be present and thanking them for participating. And he specifically stated that in some instances that the Masters used his body to deliver a lecture. The Anthroposophical Society, founded by Steiner, later removed many of these references from the literature on him to distance him from the fake psychics and dubious channelers of the time.

Sheryl says it is too bad that was necessary for most people know the real deal and those who are truly messengers of Spirit as he and so many are and were in the past.

Much of this connection to Spirit and guides has been hidden in plain sight but we are just hearing about this now. Yet to be explored is the question of exactly why the mating of humans and angels was considered taboo. It is an open question as to whether the original act was a direct violation of God’s commandment or simply something frowned upon due to the aftermath of problems it created. According to paranormal investigator Andrew Collins, whose work centers on questioning the origin myths of Christianity, the early church fathers cultivated a climate of fear around the dangers of “seducing angels”—for the primary purpose of keeping women veiled and silent. Many of the early church leaders from the first to the third centuries used and openly quoted from the Enoch texts and generally accepted that the fallen angels possessed corporeal bodies. It was not until the fourth century that these assumptions were questioned, and subsequently the book of Enoch and many teachings on angelology were suppressed.

Accounts of Christian mystics and monastics from the Middle Ages still hint at the continuing presence of these fallen angels. It is also surmised that spirit lover practices may have been hidden in plain sight within Christianity. Specifically, St. Teresa of Avila’s autobiography is a primary testament to the ongoing practice of spirit marriage—or at least human-entity eroticism.

In her autobiography St. Teresa describes one encounter as follows:

I saw in his hand a long spear of gold, and at the iron’s point there seemed to be a little fire. He appeared to me to be thrusting it at times into my heart, and to pierce my very entrails; when he drew it out, he seemed to draw them out also, and to leave me all on fire with a great love of God. The pain was so great, that it made me moan; and yet so surpassing was the sweetness of this excessive pain, that I could not wish to be rid of it. The soul is satisfied now with nothing less than God. The pain is not bodily, but spiritual; though the body has its share in it. It is a caressing of love so sweet which now takes place between the soul and God, that I pray God The Past of His goodness to make him experience it who may think that I am lying.

We share our planet with many other species and beings—both seen and unseen from the bacteria that live as some of the smallest units of measurable life to the celestial forces and powers that shape our solar system. These “invisibles”—although most often unseen, unheard, and untouched—have long been held by many spiritual traditions as integral to human development. Indeed, on occasion they are believed to make themselves known and available to the worthy individual. The wisdom traditions of our planet have long held the practice of spirit marriage to be a powerful means for the cultivation of extraordinary powers, acceleration of evolutionary development, and progression of humanity. These practices are esoteric and often shrouded by mystery cults and shamanic initiations. The calling to a spirit marriage comes in many ways and affects each individual differently. As such, the procedure and journey vary from person to person. Whereas one person may self-medicate to shut out this extraordinary experience, another may be compelled to seek this union from an early age. Each person’s path to spirit marriage is unique. I believe it’s important to openly share our stories of extraordinary intimate spiritual contact so that we may frankly discuss what appears to be a thriving practice amongst a not insignificant portion of the population. To that end, in this section I’ve chosen to highlight the individual experiences of those who have participated in a spirit marriage, rather than just giving you an overview of the practices. I call this form of extraordinary, experiential storytelling normalizing the paranormal

Megan tell us something of after the marriage, when Brigh began to reveal the purpose of their union As she put it, Brigh used the platform of my humanity to teach me about humanity.” She inspired him to ask specific questions about the human experience, which led me to finally ask, “Brigh, there’s a wound in humanity and it’s delivering it to the ecology, delivering it to each other. She sensed it was something beyond our avoiding extinction, or even restoring our relationship with the life of this planet.

That is when Brigh revealed “the dampers on the blue flame of the soul.” Brigh said the number one damper, the number one wound in the human experience, is the illusion of isolation. This wound shows up primarily as abandonment pain, and abandonment pain expresses itself as fear, resentment, or shame. All the other dampers, she revealed, are products of this primary one. It became clear to Megan that humanity has a great need for reconnective remembering practices that were part of the original instructions of our species but have been lost or forgotten. Orion believes that all the medicine and indigenous wisdom practices, as well as the sacred teachings of the ancient world, hold these original instructions. Many of these practices have been destroyed due to persecution and suppression, and must be reclaimed, resurfaced, or repurposed for modern people.

The thing that drives people to spiritual traditions and religious practices is homesickness. It’s all homesickness. People want to feel connected to the family of life. When they’re willing to detox the fear . . . get rid of the illusion of isolation that breeds such things, like believing we’re exiled from the oneness of life, which we’re not. People want to feel home again, and they’re driven by this homesickness. Drug abuse, the overuse of alcohol, sex, you name it, is all connected to trying to feel alive, home. In order for me to teach this and to teach restorative and integrative practices, Brigh had me figuring out with her a way to help awaken those senses in the students that would come [to study with us].

Sheryl agrees that it was her search for HOME that led her to delve into metaphysical and alternative healing methods as well as meditation and developing her mediumship abilities so she could understand Spirit, Spirit Communication, the Afterlife. and Universal Energy to know that we are never alone and connected to the energies of our beginning from our Home to physical life and always connected to the Divine and every other living entity “All The Time.”

One of the most important points emphasizes repeatedly in our conversations is how healing and regenerative a spirit marriage can be. She emphasizes how our fear of sexuality and intimacy often leads to disease in our bodies, minds, and spirits, and how opening to the spirits can help us heal this. One of her key motivators for agreeing to be interviewed was her desire to set the record straight on this front: The spirits don’t make us sick. We make ourselves sick with our own fear and repression, by rejecting the gifts they have for us.

Entheosis (Awakening the Divine Within) relates to Spirit Marriage. Entheosis is an ideology to inspire the rising generation to reach the heights of their potential, ignite their curiosity to venture into challenging new learning experiences, and empower them to be leaders through service who are committed to family and community.

Dr. Megan Rose might like readers to take away with them after reading Spirit Marriage a better understanding of Magic. She writes, “Finally, I offer a note on the term magic. In renowned parapsychologist Dean Radin’s groundbreaking work Real Magic: Ancient Wisdom, Modern Science and a Guide to the Secret Power of the Universe, he explores the intersection of science and magic, stating: “Real magic falls into three categories: mental influence of the physical world, perception of events distant in space or time, and interactions with nonphysical entities . . . [Magic can be reframed as the academic study of the full capacities of consciousness in light of the rising interest in informational descriptions of reality.”

She follows his definition and writes, “I define magic as a consciousness-based technology—that utilizes the emotions, thoughts, and vital/erotic energy of the human body in collaboration with the vibration, magnetism, and regenerative qualities of Earth and her morphogenetic field—to affect change. These two physical systems, human body and nature body, are not limited to the surface world. My training as a Faery Seer has taught me that we also collect and circulate the energy of the cosmos and the under- world throughout both our human and natural systems. However, for the purposes of this definition, magic is the end result of all three levels—upper, middle, and lower—working together through demonstrable manifestation’,

We thank Megan Rose author of Spirit Marriage for sharing an in-depth exploration of the practice relevance and purpose of Spirit Marriage around the world and exploring the phenomenon of the spirit spouse or spirit lover—an entity to which a human is psychically bonded as she shares her interviews with ten contemporary practitioners of spirit marriage.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Dr. Megan Rose has shown us that Spirit Marriages like marriages between any two people or entities of human or divine nature offer opportunities to evolve know ourselves our world and universe going beyond the physical five senses to develop psychic and feelings that guide us to know we are more than physical beings but spiritual souls having a physical life for the CHANCE to remember the eternal nature of all living sentient beings and to grow more loving in energy light love and compassion.

In the stories of spirit marriages of ten people Megan references Suzette and writes “Suzette suggested that being married to a spirit is not all that different from being married to a human. You are in a relationship with a someone. You are married to a person, a consciousness, except they are not in a physical body. You cultivate a relationship with your spirit spouse just like you would a relationship with a physical spouse. You talk to them every day, not just once a week on a “special” day. You carry out a daily ongoing dialogue in which you share your hopes, dreams, fears, and concerns. Megan shared with Suzette her belief that we season ourselves with the relationships we develop in life, and spirit relationships are no different. We bring things to them; they bring things to us. We become more of who we truly are by being in relationship with someone else, and we are given greater access to the realms of spirit and expanded consciousness by seasoning ourselves with spirit marriage.”

Dr. Meghan Rose and Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher would have you know that each of us are presented with people and experiences that come to us in the course of a physical lifetime which are neither random or meaningless. We have the free will to choose and explore those situations as a platform to expand and evolve into a higher sense of our divine soul presence. Relationships are the prime reason for a physical life. Wherever you find love healing and higher awareness of yourself know that relationship is meaningful,
Relationships with our spiritual friends, guides, angels, higher vibrational beings, and Source or creation are ALL wonderful opportunities to simple FEEL and know life in its fullness. Let yourself be open to these possibilities.

Sheryl Glick RMT host of Healing From Within and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific psychological and healing fields as well as educators attorneys and those in the arts and music fields seek answers to age old questions guiding us to open our hearts and minds to infinite new ideas to live with hope happiness and age old wisdom. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.drmeganrose.com/home

The post Spirit Marriage appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but often a deep disconnect from our true inner being or soul wisdom. Today I am delighted to welcome Judy Wilkins-Smith author of Decoding Your Emotional Blueprint which is a powerful guide to transformation through disentangling multigenerational patterns every human being grapples with and uncovering these DNA patterns helps to understand both the limitations and gifts that are innately ours.

Judy as listeners of the show over the years have discovered my intuitive and open- hearted guests share intimate and insightful stories of awakening to the deepest aspects of their inner being and in doing so spread new understanding of eternal energy and divine possibilities to be and do all that their dreams lead them to becoming better equipped to employ the energy of soul and physical life to create and become the best version of yourself by learning and loving as spiritual beings having a physical life to self master their emotions and have a happy healthy prosperous life journey.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Judy tells us the day you agree to become “Big” is the humblest day of your life. Because, that’s the day you are truly in service of your best life and the lives around you. Being “big” challenges you to expand your consciousness and live as a free spirit.” We will discover that every human being is born to be remarkable. And yet every human being is shaped by patterns handed down by their ancestors—invisible multi-generational patterns of decisions, thoughts, feelings, actions, reactions and choices that limit their responses to events and influence every decision of their lives, unconsciously running the show. We will uncover these Emotional DNA patterns, embrace them and learn to make new choices and rewire the brain to become like the phoenix the best of who we really are.

When Judy is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have shown the lifestyle or interests she might embrace as an adult for it seems we are born with a life plan and destiny and the imprint of our ancestors and have merely to remember who we are and what this life is supposed to be about Judy says two things come to mind. She had a teacher who asked for someone to go get medical supplies and Judy jumped up and said I will get them because I’m going to be a doctor and the teacher said that Tracey should do it as she was going to be the doctor and Judy a writer. Judy also remembers when Walt Disney died when she was about eight or nine years old and she felt so bad for she thought who is going to bring magic into the world and she decided she would just have to do it and always open to the “portal of possibility.”

We know people the world over are fascinated with their ancestry. Over 100M family trees have been built on Ancestry.com alone. Judy shows us why it is important to recognize the patterns in your life and also research those family trees for a greater understanding of our Emotional DNA. In her book, we will explore the conscience of systems and understand how “acknowledging what is” is a pivot point to what’s possible for you. You will learn to identify the patterns that want to stop and start for you. You will learn about the wisdom of your heart, brain, and gut and how constellations help to create profound and lasting shifts. We have the incredible ability to evolve into whatever we choose. As you read this book, Decoding Your Emotional Blueprint, you may be shocked to realize the limiting patterns you have unconsciously taken on as your own from past generations. Yet, you will also find yourself inspired by the wisdom of the multigenerational patterns in your family system and their gifts of emotional DNA waiting to be seen, enhanced, or changed through you and for you. Transformation is not for the chosen few. It’s been here waiting for you all along. You are a remarkable being—you just have to know how to see you. Once you learn who you are through the lens of systemic work and constellations, you will see that there is an incredible life just waiting for you to shape and embody it.

There is scientific evidence of Emotional DNA. That said, we are all human, and many people can’t immediately bring themselves to move out of judgment. Perhaps your father is really toxic, and you struggle with even thinking about him. However, when you learn how to see and understand what lives in his experience, something may shift for you. When you do your own deep work and your heart, head, and gut grasp what the family situation really was and see what your father was experiencing that made him so toxic, you may be able to accept the new context this deeper dimension of information creates. Doing so can prompt a new truth for you that allows you to shift . . . which is the whole point. Otherwise, you, too, may unconsciously follow the pattern and become toxic. It’s not about your mom or dad or whoever. It’s about you. When you shift your thoughts and understanding, you can escape ancient history and begin creating new emotional DNA. In doing this, you are also giving part of your emotional blueprint a different meaning and potential outcome. After that, your relationship with your family system and its members—and with yourself—will no longer be the same

We begin to understand our Relationship Patterns in order to become “Unstuck.” This lack of judgment is not easy to adopt, but it is necessary. Getting unstuck from patterns in the family system means approaching issues as openly as possible, exploring the system and all it contains—abuse, sexual molestation, abandonment, joy, sorrow, love, lack of love with curiosity, so we can find the information that can help us heal. If we judge and reject people or events that occur within a system, we exclude ourselves from a possible source of wisdom—an answer to an inexplicable limitation or the directions for our dreams to follow. For example, I had a client whose mother left her when she was eight. It broke her heart; she had dreadful fears of abandonment and was totally emotionally stuck around this issue. She didn’t trust relationships yet desperately wanted one and kept looking for someone to stay. At the same time, she searched for their flaws and felt terrified they would leave too. Yet when we looked at how independent she was and how good she was at figuring things out, she could see that her mother’s absence had given her the ability to take
care of herself and ignited a fierce desire in her to be available to her own children no matter what. Gifts are often disguised and hidden within the pain and messiness of the family system and its dynamics. But they are always there. We have just not been taught to see them. That said, we are all human, and many people can’t imagine why they feel so bad when they make mistakes…they want to be perfect, but in human form we can never be perfect only learning from our mistakes and loving ourselves even through what we feel are failures.

Sheryl tells us of the false illusion of Perfection and in her new book A New Life Awaits writes, “Many seek to be the best they can be and are encouraged to be perfect. They do not allow less for themselves than what others deem to be perfect for them. But since we are always in a state of change, the ideas and wishes of others are not nearly as important as our welcoming the experiences and challenges that surface and handling them to the best of our ability. We should aim to become a person who doesn’t find fault in others, moving past personal obstacles with courage, hope, and faith to find peace. Be free of any influence of others that take that state of mind-peace away from you. In the imperfection of each life lies the way to understand perfection is in the being not the doing.”

Sheryl goes on to say that there are no failures, only opportunities for experiences necessary to refine our soul energy and grow more aware of our true nature and capacity to love.

Judy tells us that several of her clients have said, “My family is cursed.” It seems an extreme declaration until we realize that research shows that patterns of thoughts, feelings, actions, and even events in areas like health, relationships, and leadership can be passed down through the generations. I see it play out in families who struggle with certain issues like lack of education, dysfunctional relationships, addiction, failure in careers, or an inability to create financial success. It is not a curse, it’s an inheritance. I call this inheritance your emotional DNA, and it is based on your interpretation of the events in the emotional blueprint of your family system. Your emotional DNA is expressed very strongly in your thoughts, words, tone, and meaning-making. The language that you speak creates your truth, direction, purpose, sense of self, and sense of others. It creates your future, whether successful, mediocre, or dismal. Your family system’s emotional DNA is also felt very strongly in your body, even when you’re not aware of it. The feelings that arise as part of a system give us a strong internal compass to steer by. We know we’re in alignment with our family or organizational systems because we can feel it. We know we’re in bad conscience with the system because we feel it. We know when we belong or when we’re being excluded because we feel it.

Judy tells us about Systemic Work and Constellations. Even if you feel like you’ve been hitting the same brick wall in the same way over and over again—making then losing money, walking away from relationships, helping others succeed at the cost of your own success or well-being, not feeling good enough to succeed all the way—I’m here to tell you
anyone can use systemic work and constellations to change and grow into their potential and their dreams. I’ve seen people restore broken relationships, establish lasting ones, move past their limiting money thoughts and behaviors, lean into stability, and bring wealth to their family. I see people understand origins of chronic multigenerational conditions and release them in favor of a healthier body and mind. Transformation is not for a chosen few. It’s available to all of us. And when you suddenly see and understand patterns in your family
system or other systems of influence, when you listen to your heart and the wisdom of your ancestors and climb out from beneath the tangled patterns that you and they have interwoven, you will be amazed and overjoyed to see the possibilities that are waiting for you.

We easily navigate complex systems every day, adapting to fit each one’s rules. If you are a child of divorced parents, you learn very quickly that there are different rules in Mom’s system than in Dad’s. You can watch TV for as long as you want at Dad’s house. In Mom’s house, everything is done by the book, and you cannot watch TV until you’ve done your homework. When you go to school, you don’t take the family dog. When you drive to work, you follow the rules of the road. You don’t go into a bar and pray, and you don’t go to a church and start cussing. It’s that simple. We are surrounded by systems.

We live in a planetary system situated in a relatively unpopulated area of our galaxy. On our planet we have created highway and telephone systems, computer systems, political systems, business systems, clubs, and social and economic systems like capitalism. Any
collection of people coming together within a common framework that contains rules and regulations for its members to follow to ensure belonging and survival of the group is a system.

Our primary pattern maker is our family system consisting of our parents, siblings, and other relatives. It is our most influential system and the origin of much of our success and failure. A large part of systemic work centers around the patterns created in the family—their origins, content, and impact. Systems teach us how we can and cannot behave and how to succeed or fail within them, and they define our parameters for belonging with respect to relationships, money, emotions, leadership, spirituality, success, and purpose by impressing behavioral patterns upon us. For example, a family might have strict rules for children of dating age and follow certain rituals, such as always eating Sunday dinner together or not eating with cell phones at the table. Clubs have rules pertaining to membership, and corporations have rules bringing people together for a particular mission with shared work ethics, goals, inter-office rules, etc.

In organizations we call the system’s thoughts, feelings, and patterns its culture.

It was German psychotherapist Bert Hellinger, the “father” of systemic work and constellations, who recognized that every individual family is a system in its own right. At age twenty, Hellinger entered the religious order of the Jesuits. In the early 1950s, the order sent him to South Africa to bring Christianity and “civilized” thinking to the Zulu tribe. However, living within the tribe, he soon realized that it was the Zulus who were teaching him. As he learned their language and participated in their rituals and daily routines, he observed that individually and as a tribe, they didn’t have many neuroses, and he couldn’t understand why. Gradually he noticed that the strength of their connections to their ancestors, whom they frequently consulted to find out what might have happened in the past, was influencing what was going on in the present. He realized that their respect for the
family system and their desire to understand what might be unresolved within prior generations had led them to a healthy approach for tackling issues within the family and the tribe as a whole. Essentially, they knew that an unresolved past was in the way of a dynamic future.

After living with the Zulus, he left the priesthood and South Africa, eventually becoming a certified psychoanalyst. Over the next few decades, he developed Family Constellations and Systemic Constellations. He explored all manner of systems, travelling, lecturing, and teaching all over the world. By the time he died, he’d founded the Hellinger School and written over ninety books explaining his insights, mostly into family systems and what was happening within them.

There are what Hellinger calls “orders” of the soul in systems. Orders are overarching, deep truths that are present in all systems. Hellinger names three.1 I have extrapolated and created a fourth order because I see it a lot in systemic work. First order: Everybody has a right to belong. Every single event, every member, every decision belongs because each one shapes the system that shapes you.

Judy goes on to tell us, “One of the basic tenets of all systemic work is that evolution lies in observation, acknowledgment, and giving each member in a system their place. There is no judgment of people or events. Whatever is there is there. Whatever happened, happened. It might not be pleasant or kind or healthy. It may well be horrific. But every event serves a purpose and gives information. It all belongs, and when we can acknowledge what has happened as it is without wishing for it to be different, then we can learn from it, choose something different, and evolve

We can identify inherited Relationship Patterns. We are deeply connected. From the time we’re conceived until long after we die, we’re part of a multigenerational family system that goes back to the dawn of humanity. We’re part of a social system thousands of years in the making. We can see this legacy in our own lives: most of us are raised in a religious system of some sort, and all of us are the product of widely differing cultures. All of these different
systems—their unique traits, their defining decisions, and the language we have inherited from our family system (our parents, grandparents, and those who came before them; our siblings; and our children) and our organizational systems (the companies we work in, the careers we choose)—determine how we think, what we think about, what we feel, what we choose, and how we act and live. They determine the direction our lives take, often shaping our fate when we should be creating our destiny. These systems that influence us, commanding our unconscious loyalty from first breath to last, are largely invisible yet intensely powerful.”

The following examples show how within us is an ancestral connection to the tragedies and difficulties our ancestors faced. ”We haven’t got a clue that great-great-grandfather’s terrifying struggle with poverty after the Bolshevik Revolution destroyed the family fortune is what drives us to pinch every penny long after our bank balance has passed the million-dollar mark. We have no idea that the anxiety that overwhelms us every time we’re alone at night stems from a long-dead ancestor’s abandonment as a little child. We just pop a Xanax and soldier on. We don’t realize that our career ambitions started when we saw our parents struggle.

Or how about what happened to Lucia? She came to me puzzled and upset because yet another fast-growing, non-cancerous tumor had bloated her abdomen into a mock pregnancy. This was the seventh tumor she’d had in as many years, and her doctors had no idea why her body kept producing them. She’d had six surgically removed so far, and each time a tumor formed, her body would swell as if she were with child. During our work together, it came to light that her grandmother had had seven miscarriages. Her grandmother and the rest of the family had refused to speak about any of those lost babies because it was too painful. Through a systemic lens, we know that what or who we exclude from our own experience finds a way to reappear through someone else later in the system. Exclusion of a grandmother who is institutionalized can reappear as a child who feels trapped in some way or excluded from the family. When Lucia could acknowledge each one of those seven beings, giving all the missing ones their place in the family system, the seventh mass shrank within a month. No surgery was needed, and no more tumors occurred after that.

Once we identify those patterns, we can break free of them. When I work with people to explore their family system, we surface the hidden patterns and unconscious loyalties between and around family members going back several generations. We examine the language and actions the family uses. Clients learn to create a full-on 3D experience
around their issues and aspirations . Together we explore their pain and fear, the insistence that they’re always second best, the belief that they’re always “the invisible one” or “the unloved one” or “the unworthy one.” They actually walk through the emotional pattern that’s
stunted their growth and, in a short period of time, they “get” the pattern and rewire their brains, changing how they think and act for good. “Oh!” I hear people say. “I’m not this small incapable being I thought I was. I’m really bigger than that! I can really make a difference with my voice and my presence!” Or, “I never saw that before! No wonder I’ve been so ___________ (afraid, resentful, anxious, fill in the blank).

On Valentine’s Day many people are not feeling the love. Your ancestry could be messing up your love life Tell us something of this. Remember, if you are adopted, you have twice the field and energetic flow—once from your biological parents and the second time from the parents who chose you. You don’t have less, you have more. You know the gifts your adoptive parents gave you. What are the gifts your biological parents passed on? Did it take courage to have you and give you up? Selflessness? What other gifts did they pass on that you have not considered? Your strength? Your smile? Your humor? Your gift of
music? Systemic patterns pass on to you whether you are conscious of them or not. You have only to watch shows like Long Lost Family to see how patterns repeat. Even when we don’t know our family of origin growing up, it’s surprising to find how much of their history we have repeated without even knowing them.

Burgeoning studies indicate that external factors such as diet and exercise, trauma, emotional stress, and other physical and psychological effects can result in epigenetic changes that can be passed down to subsequent generations. For example, rats exposed to prenatal stress, maternal separation, abusive caregiving, and adult social stress show epigenetic changes in their DNA. There is also evidence that abusive caregiving traits are passed down to both offspring and grand-offspring.

Judy shares with us that studies of children of Holocaust survivors have revealed that the trauma their ancestors experienced may have left a chemical mark on their genes that was passed down, resulting in higher anxiety levels, lower self-esteem, greater inhibition of
aggression, and more relational difficulties than those found in control groups. Love then and the ability to give and receive love depend on physical elements and the conditioning of generations of our relatives who may have suffered and endured hardships that affected their soul spirit and physical DNA . Healing some of the issues of our families history can open our hearts to greater compassion and love for self and others.

A system to bring love into your life

Set up a constellation of all the men in your life. Be sure to include a representative for yourself. Look for patterns and relationships. Set up a constellation with you, your family, and all the men in your life. Look at the relationships not only between men and women but
also between women and women and men and men in the multigenerational pattern that has you stuck. If there’s enough information, set up a constellation of your mother and all the men in her life. Once you’ve set up the constellation, look for relationships. Who is close to whom, and who is further away? Just that initial picture in front of you begins to bring insight to what may be happening and illuminate your issue. Links, relationships, and patterns begin to emerge along with those pesky little jailers, our unconscious loyalties. I have women who tell me men don’t stick around in relationships only to find that a man in their family system left, or was lost. The original woman who was left may have said
something like: “You can’t depend on a man, they all disappear.” Then generations of women are loyal to that saying and, in effect, to that first woman who lost her man. There seems to be an inner systemic sentence that goes something like this: “Dear Mom. If you couldn’t keep a man, I won’t either.” And now all the women unconsciously align with the governing sentence in the family system.

You can change that system by letting go of that person’s ideas and not embracing them any longer. Change your own thoughts to a more positive way to relate to a loved one and change your reality and love will follow your new thoughts.

Judy might life readers to remember after reading your book? Decoding Your Emotional Blueprint that life is change and change is possible because the brain is always able to adapt. As American psychiatrist Dr. Milton Erickson once said, “If you want happiness, you have to work for it. ”And, he was right. Happiness in life isn’t automatic or guaranteed. But no matter what the past has brought us, the possibility for creating the world we want, including happiness, begins with us. Until recently, doctors and researchers believed that
the human brain was “hard wired” by the time we were in our twenties—that our thoughts and beliefs were difficult, if not impossible, to change after that, and that we inevitably became more inflexible as we got older.

And yet, as far back as the early twentieth century, the “father of neuroscience,” Santiago Ramón y Cajal, described nonpathological changes in the neuronal structure of adult brains as “neuronal plasticity.” In 1949, the Canadian psychologist Donald Hebb studied how neurons in the brain adapt during learning. He talked about how new neuronal patterns in the brain are developed through association, famously saying, “Neurons wire together if they fire together.” By the time the 1960s came along, the term “neuroplasticity” had come into vogue, but the age-old belief that adult brains are unchanging prevailed in the mainstream until the end of the century. Fortunately, researchers like American psychiatrist Norman Doidge, MD, author of the book The Brain That Changes Itself: Stories of Personal Triumph from the Frontiers of Brain Science, have finally helped us change our minds. “The brain can change itself,” writes Doidge. “It is a plastic, living organ that can actually change its own structure and function, even into old age.” The vision of a living, changing brain that responds to new experiences throughout one’s lifespan is most certainly a vision of hope.

Studies now show that new neural pathways can be formed or reprogrammed over a period of about twenty-one days, with the new behavior becoming automatic within sixty-six days on average. And yet most people live on autopilot most of their lives, changing very little. This is, to a great extent, because our neural pathways operate under the law of least effort or the path of least resistance, allowing us to conserve mental energy and respond quickly to life experiences

We thank you Judy Wilkins Smith author of Decoding Your Emotional Blueprint for using your ability to understand critical dynamics in personal and organizational systems and the points at which they intersect, to create growth and success. Your passion about visionary leadership and positive global change is much needed during these critical changing times.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we clearly have seen that everything in our development from the earliest days of this life to the imprints of ancestors and family dysfunction fear and limitations affect our decisions and choices and until we realize the patterns and make changes in our thoughts and actions we are being overly affected and restricted from living our most authentic and healthy life experience here and now.

Judy wrote, “Evolution is a step-by-step process. What worked for one generation likely won’t work for the next precisely because we are evolving. Unfortunately, we tend to demonize what came before us, judging our predecessors for their beliefs, lifestyles, and actions. Even as the survivors of World War II were sitting around watching John Wayne movies, reminiscing about the liberation of Europe and American soldiers’ heroism, their children were marching in the streets shouting anti-Vietnam War counterculture slogans like, “Make love, not war!” We also judge our successors. We look at the “youngsters” who come after us and call them reckless and irresponsible precisely because we are not seeing the world through their generational lens, facing their generational issues. We sneer at the future, unable to see beyond the limits of our old rules. Instead of celebrating the steps forward and the steps behind us, each generation excludes the other instead of learning from each other. We can sometimes fail to put into evolutionary context what looks to us now like errors and limitations. Those were the solutions the system came up with for its time and place. When we only negatively label our forefathers and mothers, we exclude their lived wisdom from the system and set the stage for old patterns to repeat. Growth comes with a commitment to look at and learn from past and future generations with
appreciation and informed perspective, not with hate, blame, and judgment. Instead of labeling things as wrong, it is so much more helpful when we notice that life happens in steps—that we are all standing on “our step,” looking to take the next step up. When old and new systems collaborate, we benefit broadly. If we can garner wisdom from the past and be open to and curious about the future, we take our foot off the brake and grow and elevate.”

Judy and I would have you begin to appreciate yourself as you continue to grow and prosper through self-awareness self-love and self-acceptance of all that is and become an observer of your own reactions to others and to situations so you may remember many of your behaviors are based on past imprints from family and ancestors and you can change those that no longer bring you happiness. Create new thoughts and patterns that fit your perspectives in the moment.

Sheryl Glick RMT author of a new book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to listen to and read about Energy practices, spirituality metaphysics science and the visionaries who help us awaken our souls so we may remember the best of the past and create the best future going forward. Shows may also be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.net

Today’s Guest

Main Home

The post Empathy and Intuition and Heal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT medium, author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spiritual Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our greatest challenges are not economic political or societal but often simply a disconnect from our inner soul awareness. Today we are delighted to welcome Tamika S. Thomas, author of The Sensitive Stone, showed us that many people who are seen as too sensitive have an amazing ability to constantly overextend themselves to help others through their trials and tribulations. They work too hard and exhaust themselves, sometimes succumbing to emotional stress, anxiety or anger issues. But once they master their own will to be balanced and strong, the good they do in the world is admirable.

Tamika as listeners of Healing from Within, well known over the years, my amazing insightful and knowledgeable authors share intimate and intuitive stories that help us unravel many of the mysteries of the duality of life, both energetic and physical . We seek to answer age old questions. Who are we? Where did life come from? And What happens at the end of our physical life?

In today’s episode of Healing from Within Tamika S. Thomas will share the nature of sensitivity as the gift and challenge it can be for those who love deeply and are their own unique group of helpers or spiritual messengers. We thank Tamika for joining us on Healing From Within to discuss her own growing awareness of energy and how to apply Universe laws to enhance and improve human life for all sensitive people which in some respects is everyone.

When Tamika is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have influenced her life direction and interests as she grew into the adult version of herself Tamika tells us she was born a preemie—breech birth—and a little doctor had to rush in to safely unwrap the umbilical cord from around her tiny neck. Though she made it, she has been fighting to express her somebodiness ever since. In the beginning, she developed slower than others. Apparently, it was ammunition for people to spit venom whenever they needed to feel good about themselves. When there was an audience around, they went for the Grammy! You’re stupid! You will never amount to anything! You’re nothing and you will never be! That’s why you’re in Special Ed! Those words killed me inside. It felt like I was the only one being ridiculed simply because, mentally, I did not develop as quickly as others early in life.

Sheryl says the traumas of early life often leave an imprint on our bodies and minds and until we realize they are but a memory of that past time and place and don’t hold power over us now in this moment, can we be free to create new realities for ourselves. Sheryl shares as she often has related synchronicities or coincidences with her guests that her twin granddaughter had much the same birth experience and while not a preemie was much smaller than her sister and if the doctor had not intervened using great skill, a caesarian section might have been needed even though Sheryl had been sending Reiki energy and prayers throughout her daughter’s pregnancy for a natural birth.

Some of the characteristics of a sensitive and a sensitive might not always be an empath

The Too Sensitive Chart Telltale signs you might be too sensitive

  • You can be guilted into doing something you are against
  • You can be guilted out of something you are passionate about
  • Negative opinions about you affect you
  • You may even find yourself constantly explaining and defending yourself
  • You constantly offer to help when it is not asked of you
  • You lose yourself trying to see the good in others
  • You spend way too much time trying to get others to understand your point of view
  • Compliments given to you feel awkward or undeserving
  • You allow people to mooch off you
  • It is hard to say “No” and stick to it
  • Your “no” to someone else makes your “yes” to yourself seem bad and selfish
  • You overextend and exhaust yourself for others
  • You believe others are more deserving of what they desire than you are
  • You give what you barely have and even go into debt to help another
  • You feel guilty for spending money or time on yourself
  • You can’t find your heart Oh, look! There it is! It’s on your sleeve
  • Your superhero cape is dirty because you never take it off
  • You don’t appreciate the beauty in being beautifully you

Tamika writes, “In the eyes of the many, people who are too emotional are coined too sensitive. They do not have a backbone and need to have a thick skin. While it is true, we are too sensitive, it is also true that we have this amazing ability to constantly overextend ourselves to help others through their trials and tribulations. We love too hard, lose ourselves, succumbing to emotional and mental instability such as having meltdowns, anxiety, and anger issues.

Some of the patterns that can lead to detrimental habits that can harm us are the too sensitive part that comes in when we continuously exceed our capacity even when we know we are being depleted. We don’t realize that this depletion takes a toll on us. For instance, let’s say that you have a car full of gas. You’re driving everyone all over the place without stopping to refuel your tank. You see the gas getting low. Do you stop to get gas, or do you keep driving until everyone is home? You probably would stop to get gas, otherwise you’d be stuck in the middle of nowhere. You wouldn’t know how you were going to get home. No one would be aware you are in trouble, so chances are no one would be able to assist you. Would you make it home? Eventually, but look at the toll it would take if you did not take heed to your gas running on empty. When we do not take the time to “refuel,” our energy runs on “empty.” We cannot be our best selves, which leaves us feeling lost, confused, and left behind. Do you see where the dangerous part comes in?

There are 6 types of sensitives.

First you must know the 9 traits of a sensitive.

THE SENSITIVE TRAITS

The worrying one: You worry about everything all the time.

The introverted superhero You stay to yourself but will dash out of your comfort zone to help others.

The somewhere-in-between one You want to fit in, but you also want to be yourself. This trait causes you to constantly explain the kind of person you are to satisfy others.

The good and bad news one You hesitate to speak your good news, fearing that others will feel bad about their unfortunate situations.

The lose-an-opportunity one You hold off on “rising” if it affects other people’s shine. You may also inconvenience yourself so that others feel more comfortable.

The peacemaker You expect everyone to be accountable in a situation for the sake of fairness. However, this can make situations worse.

The “bright side” guilty one You feel guilty for always looking on the “bright” side.

The Sensitive Frenemy The sensitive frenemy is someone who will do anything for attention, even if it means putting a friend in harm’s way. This is the most dangerous trait of all!

The Judgy One Sometimes when we are being compassionate with someone, we can become frustrated or pushy if we don’t see them becoming the best versions of themselves. We can become hurtful or controversial without realizing it

How exactly did we get this sensitive? Well, I can certainly say that we did not just wake up one morning and decide, “I know what I wanna be. I wanna be too sensitive. I want to go above and beyond for everyone and lose myself in the process.”

There are several reasons why people have become sensitive ones.

Some sensitives have low self-esteem. People with low self-esteem need someone else to make them feel special. They need to feel needed, liked, and validated. Over time it can become a habit that they won’t be able to break even when they know that they should.

Another reason sensitive ones become sensitive is because of the perception of how we should treat others. At a young age, most of us learned that we should treat people as kindly and as compassionately as we were treated or as we would like to have been treated. And though we were born with attributes that we used for the benefit of others, we forgot to use those attributes on ourselves.

Being kind is admirable but we must realize that just because we are kind, others do not have to be. But kindness makes the world a better place, doesn’t it? In your and my opinion, yes. But this is just our opinion. If everyone were kind without a level of balance, we’d all believe that the word “no” was unkind just because others may feel bad about us saying “no” to them. Whether we feel it is best for the world, everyone does not have to be kind.

Kindness is more of an individual and moral choice than it is an obligation.

Sheryl says it seems we must learn that not everyone is on the same path and we must accept everyone as they are even though we are not that way. Allow, accept, and surrender and hold your own personal power truth and be free of judgment and controlling others.

A sensitive must find their inner rock. You cannot become the rock you need to become if you do not know and accept your worth. You will not be able to continue this journey if you do not actualize your self-worth. You will not implement the practices or enforce them if you do not truly know what it means to be worthy.

Though many of us really are too emotional, that is not the extent of what being too sensitive is. Being a Sensitive One is like being a superhero with a backwards power. We help people heal. We do and say things to encourage them. We even make them feel like they are safe enough to breathe, laugh, and live. We help them feel as if they can conquer their issues and work toward their goals. Do you know the amount of strength it takes to do that? Go on. Pat yourself on the shoulder. You deserve it

When people say we are too sensitive, they are most likely referring to our emotional state. They are referring to our outbursts, meltdowns, cold shoulders, and withdrawals. And it may be that we have good reasons for our emotional imbalance, but that does not mean we cannot take the time to learn how to control it. The Sensitive Stone is not just about how to stop going above and beyond our capacity for others. That was only part of it. It was, just as important, about how to undo the damage caused by our superhero-super sensitive nature. It is about how to calm our inner selves after the storm that had brewed for so long.

We can learn to control our emotions. From Tamika’s own experience and the experiences of others, she has come to understand that something that triggers us is powered by the belief we have in it. Our belief in this “thing” has the power to persuade or dissuade us. It can encourage or discourage us. It can free or imprison us. It can make us stand still or help us move forward. It can inspire us, but it can also destroy us. This thing can make us lose or find ourselves. The most amazing thing about this thing is that its power can grow or weaken. This thing is called “WORDS.”

You may have heard the phrase, “sticks and stones may break my bones, but words can never hurt me.” That applies to those who do not believe in the words people use to hurt them. Just like in the song, “Let it go!” There is a beautiful phrase that I use very often to brush off the cold words people say to me, “the cold doesn’t bother me anyway.”

You see, words can trigger us when we give them power. How many times has someone told you something you did not believe? When you did not believe the meaning in their words, they held no power. The power in words is measured by the level of belief we have in them. Also, the level of importance and power in the words depends on who speaks them. For instance, if a stranger says that you are nothing, it may hold no value. If someone whose words you value utters those same words, it can devastate you.

When we are affected by the moods of others, we must consider that sometimes their moods are not necessarily about us We just happen to be around them when they are in their feelings, and we get caught in the crossfire

Whether or not someone is being mean to us personally or because they are just in a mood, we must accept that people do not pick their moods; it just happens that way

At some point in my relationship with my ex, I had to act Instead of waiting for him to come around, I decided to keep my distance from himI made a habit of doing it to the point it became second nature Unfortunately, it just made us grow further apart until we eventually ended It hurt for quite some time, but time healed that wound

The thing about moods… Sometimes when people are in a mood, we do not allow them to deal with their issues on their own

We want to help them so that they are not in a bad mood, but this can make things worse Sometimes people just need to be alone without our interference It’s kind of like when a child has to sit in a corner and think about their behavior That is what others have to do Sit and think about their mood and why they are in one in the first place They need time to absorb what they are feeling before they can resume being the people we know and care for

We are all unpredictable beings. Our moods change with our circumstances. We won’t always agree with someone’s mood swings. But we can learn to get out of the way and let others be

Tamika are some tips you can give to those who may feel too sensitive or others may call too sensitive?

One tip might be…..When you are speaking to someone about their problems, you can envision that each person has their very own basket in which you will allow their contents (issues, concerns, and thoughts) to reside

Imagine that each basket is a different size depending on the level of importance this person has in your life

Once their basket is filled with their contents, that is the extent to which your capacity should allow

This means that while you are engaging in anyone’s situation, you can still be present, but you are limiting how much of yourself you are investing

It is also important to imagine that each basket has a lid

Once you have invested your capacity, put the lid on the basket so that none of their contents leak out into your daily life

The point of that exercise is not to disregard someone else’s problems

The point is to not always be available because we won’t know how and when to turn it off

We must be able to measure our capacity

We must be able to separate our contents from someone else’s

This is how we keep other people’s contents from being attached to us

We can still listen

We can still understand, and we can still offer advice

But with practice, this can be an effective way to establish a safe emotional distance

Also Here are a few things that helped me on my journey. I am sure they can help you too:

Talk to someone: Everybody needs someone sometimes. When we are down and out, it is important to tell someone.

Choose the ears that will listen. While it is important to let in on how you are feeling, it is equally important to pay attention to the people you are expressing yourself to. Just because you start expressing your feelings does not mean you should start pouring your heart out to anyone willing to listen. Not everyone is a candidate to listen to your problems. Your problems may become worse. People tend to get annoyed if they feel you are in the habit of needing them too much.

Seek professional help. When we are battling with our emotions, we don’t know whether to go up or down. We are everywhere, but nowhere. Seeking a therapist, anger management counselor, or anyone in the field of mental and emotional healing can help you gain the control you need to live a fulfilling life.

Talk to the ones you are at odds with. Sometimes people do not know that you are hurt by something they’ve said or done. Letting people know that you are hurt or have an issue with them is one of the best ways to find resolve.

Calming tools. There are many tools available to help you work on your emotions These tools help you regulate your breathing and can offer immediate relief when you are experiencing anxiety. They are specially created to lead you back to a mentally, emotionally, and spiritually calming state The prices of calming tools vary but there is most likely one that can fit your budget without breaking the bank!

Invest in counseling Apps. Sometimes it is hard to talk to a therapist Thanks to modern technology there are AI (artificial intelligence) applications that you can download

There is always a more productive way to blow off steam without causing things to get out of hand. A few things might include:

Taking a walk. If possible, remove yourself from a toxic environment. The sun kissing your skin or the wind blowing in your face can take away the focus of what it is that is troubling you. ~ Sitting for a while and relaxing. Sometimes if you are not in the position to take a walk, you could just sit and relax while imagining walking along a beautiful beach. Imagine the water softly swishing as you watch the waves rocking back and forth, enticing you to jump into the water!

Taking deep breaths. Deep breaths tell your mind that you will be okay. It prevents you from losing control and can prevent you from having an anxiety attack.

Having a nice calming cup of tea. A hot cup of herbal tea can relax your mood. It is something that may be easy to come by and can be healing not only to your mind but also your body.

Taking a warm bath. Few activities are more soothing than hop[1]ping into a hot shower or sinking into a nice hot bath. Start by lighting a lightly scented candle and take in the aroma. Play soft music as you relax your mind, body, and soul. Soaking away your troubles is more rewarding than exploding.

Crying it out. Sometimes we do not allow ourselves to release our pain through our tears because we don’t want to look “weak.” Crying is not a sign of weakness. There is strength in tears because tears can be detoxing. Sometimes it can be the medicine we need in our lives.

Some of us, however, believe that if we start crying, we will never stop. My therapist told me something that I will forever hold dear, “in all my years of counseling, I have never known anyone to cry forever. It’s all right to cry.”

Tamika shows us that sensitive people learn to control their emotions and take back their power. When we are too sensitive, we compromise our wellbeing: We begin to let ourselves go because we stop paying attention to our appearance. We may lose or gain too much weight. We may sound different, speaking sluggishly or too excitedly. We may become withdrawn and have no desire to participate in activities that once interested us. We may become angrier or sadder. We stop recognizing who we are.

Being sensitive does not only affect our wellbeing. It also affects the wellbeing of the relationships we have with others because:

  • People stop recognizing us.
  • People begin to see us in a different light.
  • People may only see the “dark” in us.
  • People start believing that we are just angry or upset for “no reason.”

A sensitive toughen up or while still maintaining compassion. It is a good thing to be compassionate. Yes, of course it is. With the current state the world is in, compassion is what we need the most. It’s not about compassion, it’s about how our level of compassion is negatively affecting us. Sensitive Ones or shall I say, sensitive superheroes, have people-pleaser syndrome—that is, we cannot stop exhausting ourselves financially, mentally, emotionally, spiritually, and physically for others. We spend most of our time helping others cultivate themselves while losing ourselves in the process. This makes our level of compassion dangerous. If we don’t realize that, we won’t take our too sensitive nature seriously. We don’t always recognize we are in a danger zone because it isn’t so in your face. We don’t have to be crawling on our knees bringing water to someone while we’re dying of thirst. The danger zone could be from our extreme generosity and kindness, our time, effort, and patience. Our level of compassion can be so high that we not only overexert ourselves for those who deserve our compassion but also for those who do not. And when we receive compassion in return, we often do not expect it and will not accept it

Sheryl says, “So very capable compassionate sensitives must learn to say NO when their efforts will not be appreciated and wait to be asked for any assistance. Sensitives also need to learn it is okay to receive as well as give. It is in the flow of give and take that one finds balance and well- being. I often turned away gifts and efforts by others because I didn’t want them to have less, and I simply didn’t need much more. But I learned that when someone offers anything it is an offer of love and gratitude and needs to be accepted with compassion and thankfulness.”

Tamika might like readers of The Sensitive Stone to take away with them after reading the what is written below.

Tamika wrote, “I finally had to realize how my sensitive nature was affecting my life. I learned that if I continued to only take the time helping others, I would deny myself any chances of being happy. Discovering what was really going on inside, I was able to focus on what I needed to attain the peace and happiness that awaited. If you continue the path of an unhealthy level of compassion, you will continue to create unhealthy results. You will never know when the world is getting too heavy for you to carry. You will not recognize when your feet are so deep in the cemented ground that they prevent you from moving forward and taking healthier steps in life. It is time to lighten the load that you carry for others.

What makes The Sensitive Stone so unique? The Sensitive Stone is a vehicle that drives your mind to important places in your life. These “places” may have created your overly sensitive nature. Each stop you make on your ride will help you assess yourself. You will be able to reset so that you finally live in your truth.

Part 1: Being a Sensitive one—You will discover the patterns leading to the detrimental habits that caused you to lose yourself.

Part 2: Becoming a Sensitive Stone—You will learn to toughen up with your newfound inner power while maintaining your compassionate nature.

Part 3: Balancing the Stone— You will learn to find a balance between using your gift of compassion and owning your true power. Without balance, you will use your gift but lose your power. Part 3 will help you maintain both.

We thank Tamika S. Thomas author of The Sensitive Stone for sharing the many attributes and skills of a sensitive person and ways for them to enhance their compassionate giving nature as they develop the strength within to share their many spiritual gifts and grow healthy joyful and strong in their inner being.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Tamika has shared the story of most of us who in some way or another is a sensitive being. For a soul in a physical body deal with the outside world and the emotions and belief systems of other human beings who interact with them and since we all see the world according to our own perceptions we often develop sensitivities and don’t allow ourselves the luxury of accepting we are not perfect nor is anyone else perfect. But a physical life offers us the chance to develop self- love and a sense of worthiness for the person we are and the person we aspire to become over time and with awareness.

Tamika writes about love, “If we are talking about us receiving love from someone else, let’s first establish that love is not about who someone is to you, but how someone is to you. In other words, love is when someone does or says something that feels good to your heart, soul, spirit, and mind. Love is when your heart trusts a presence because of the goodness this presence brings.

The other faces of love… There are many faces of love. Love is a force, but it cannot be forced from or upon you

Love cannot be locked away, yet it can be torture when it is hidden

Love is so beautiful that it can make you feel beautiful even when the only thing you believe in is the ugly parts of yourself

Love is boundless It can be places, things, memories, and split moments A breeze, a thought, a taste, a smell, a sound

Love is so fierce that it cannot be taught Morals and grace—those can be taught, but not love

Your physical appearance is of no concern to love It also does not care if you are financially successful, nor can you buy love This is the beauty and magic of love!

Now, let’s go through what love is not.
Love is not Acts of violence against you
Abuse in any form from yourself or anyone else
Someone constantly hurting your feelings

It does not matter what someone’s intentions are If hurting you or seeing you cry or suffer is a constant thing then this person is committing unloving acts against you

People making fun of you when it hurts you Putting yourself down Pursuing your worst

Tamika and Sheryl will have you begin to realize that life is simply an opportunity for learning and loving and once you know who you are and what makes you shine your true uniqueness into the world YOU WILL HAVE CONQUERED your sensitivities and be at peace with yourself and the world. It takes time, patience and effort to learn to find self-worth love and joy in your own soul essence but once you begin the search the journey to success begins not only possible but probable.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher Medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual religious medical and energy healers psychologists and those in the arts and music fields seek answers to age old questions of human and divine interest. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

anaonejoy@yahoo.com

The post Using Sensitivity to Discover Your Inner Rock appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of a trilogy with the newest edition A New Life Awaits: Spiritual Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal, but often a deep disconnect from our inner spiritual guidance system, or heart- based awareness of life. Today we welcome Sallie Wagner a speaker lawyer real estate broker and life coach and author of Discover Your Success with MSG which incorporates out-come based techniques such as EFT Emotional Freedom Techniques and NLP Neuro Linguistic Programming as well as trauma aware modalities to help you ditch those unwanted behaviors and habits fears and phobias limiting beliefs and decisions that keep you from living your best life.

As listeners of Healing from Within have come to expect over the years, Sheryl and her guests share intimate open- minded stories that help us understand the dual nature of human and spiritual life while showing us how to become aware that we are spiritual beings having a physical life in order to refine our thoughts actions relationships and all experiences to refine our soul energy so we can share greater love and compassion.

In today’s episode of Healing from Within Sallie Wagner will share her MSG secret. MSG stands for Mindset, Skillset, Get Off Your Asset to discover the keys to self- love and how to reclaim power over your life with MSG awareness. Also how going From Regret to Resilience with MSG in four areas of life -physical, emotional, mental, social is most beneficial.

When Sallie discusses MSG she tells us she guides people – just like you – to identify and get rid of beliefs that hold them back from the results they want in life. Once you get rid of limiting beliefs, you’ll be ready to discover, create, and Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive! .

It all starts with 3 simple steps – MSG. Mindset! Skillset! Get Off Your Asset!

As you explore Sallie’s book, you’ll learn about each of these 3 steps and you’ll see how important it is to make sure they all work together:

Mindset – your Mindset will either move you forward or hold you back.

Skillset – you need the right Skillset to get the right Mindset.

Get Off Your Asset – you absolutely must take action to Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive!

MSG encapsulates key concepts that are crucial to success in business and in life when you ask yourself the question, “Are you Living the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive?”

Be honest . . . If you’re not sure, that’s your answer! And if you think you’re sure . . . Ask yourself . . . Have you had changes in your life?

Dramatic changes like:

  • births
  • deaths
  • marriage
  • divorce
  • job change

If you’ve had those changes – and we all have, right? If you’ve had those changes, have you fully embraced them and faced the challenges that they brought to your life?

Or maybe you’ve had less dramatic, yet no less significant changes, like life creep:

you wake up one day and wonder what happened with your life

you don’t feel at home in your own skin, as if the life you’re living belongs to somebody else

you feel as if your life is beyond your conscious control – it’s controlled by outside forces

you’re going through the motions, not really engaged, not really living your own life

it looks good on paper, but it doesn’t feel so good on the inside

Or maybe you’re dragged down by stress from:

not enough time or money

relationship troubles

health and fitness concerns

no clear meaning and purpose for your life

burn out – all the stress and frustration have caught up with you

Or you feel stuck and unfocused because you don’t have definite goals for your life. Do you ever ask yourself . . . What if . . . Do you ever daydream about . . . If only . . . How many of these sounds and feel familiar to you?

Maybe other things are holding you back from the results you want . . . Then it’s time to REBOOT Your Thinking with MSG! When you REBOOT Your Thinking, you’ll:

discover the right Mindset to get the results you want in your life

learn the right Skillset to develop the right Mindset

Get Off Your Asset by taking the right action to Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive! So, get ready for some fun and fabulous results as you start your journey to LIVE THE LIFE THAT MAKES YOU COME ALIVE

We start with Mindset. Because, ultimately, it’s all about Mindset. It may sound strange at first, but your results don’t come from doing certain things – your results come from doing things in a certain way.

That’s what Mindset is all about. Having the right attitude about what you’re doing. And why you’re doing it. But Mindset isn’t just thinking happy thoughts, like Peter Pan. There’s much more to it than that.

We’ll start with your 6 mental faculties:

  • Perception
  • Will
  • Imagination
  • Memory
  • Intuition

Reason Don’t worry!

We’re only focusing her on 3 of them – Perception, Will, and Reason. All your mental faculties contribute to your Mindset. But we’ll talk about some simple steps you can take to strengthen these 3 – Perception, Will, and Reason – so that you can see some quick progress toward Living the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive.

First is Perception, Remember the story of the blind men and the elephant? Each of them felt and experienced a different part of the elephant – trunk, tail, tusks, and so on — and so each of them defined it in a different way. They were all right, and they were also all wrong, because their perceptions were incomplete. Just like those men in the story, your Perception is also incomplete. Your Perception may be right as far as it goes . . . However, it’s limited, especially when you rely on your physical senses. Because your physical senses can perceive only 0.00001% of what’s out there in your world – did you know that? That’s 1 one-hundred-thousandth of 1%! 99.99999% of what’s happening in the universe is beyond your ability to perceive it. There’s a party going on all around you, and you don’t even know it!

So your Perception is always limited, always incomplete. Yet, the big mistake that most of us make is thinking that what we perceive, what we think we “know” is all there is to know. Not even close. Because, as much as you may think you know and perceive, it’s still incomplete. However, as incomplete, and as limited as your Perception may be, it’s still critically important because it’s in charge of the stories you tell yourself about life – like the stories the blind men had about the elephant. Those stories matter, because they – which are your Perception – will either move you forward or hold you back, depending upon the messages they contain. Especially the stories you tell yourself about yourself.

One way you can expand your Perception is to consider different perspectives. Tell yourself different stories about life, and about yourself.

What’s your Perception of yourself? What stories are you telling yourself about yourself? And all the possibilities for your life? If you perceive yourself as having limitations, those limitations will carry over to how you perceive and participate with everyone and everything in your life. If you perceive yourself as capable and able to get the results you want in life, those stories will also carry over to how you perceive and participate in life.

How can you expand your Perception to tell yourself different stories about yourself?

One simple way to start is this . . . Think of a time in your life where things maybe didn’t work out quite the way you had hoped. Retell the story to show yourself from a different, better perspective. For example – imagine that I spilled a glass of water at a restaurant. I felt embarrassed and stupid. However, I can change my perspective by retelling the story. I remind myself that it was only water. It didn’t really cause any damage, just a slight inconvenience. And the staff in the restaurant were so nice about it, they reassured me that it wasn’t a big deal. So, I don’t need to feel bad about myself. Ask yourself . . . When you retell your stories like this, how do those new messages change how you think about yourself and your capabilities?

Next is your Will. This isn’t will power. If it’s a matter of will power, you’ve already lost the battle. Your Will is your ability to focus. You’ve heard it said, where there’s a will, there’s a way? The truth is, when you focus your Will, you’ll see the way to get the results you want in your life. As you focus on your goals and the results you want to see in your life, you increase your power to make those results happen – clarity is power, right? So exercise your Will. Focus, for yourself, for your goals, for your future.

How can you strengthen your Will, your ability to focus

Last, we have Reason. This is your ability to think. You need to learn to think in the right way that will support you in getting the results you want to see in your life. Most people think about the wrong thing – they think about the results they currently see in their lives. They define themselves by those results.

So, they’re controlled by those results that they see in their current, external circumstances.

People who are Living the Life that Makes Them Come Alive focus on the results they want to see in their lives, rather than the results they currently see. They define themselves in terms of those results they want, not the results they currently see. That shift in focus puts them in control of their external circumstances, so they can respond, rather than react.

How can you strengthen your Reason For example, imagine that I drink to many soft drinks, and I know I should drink more water. So rather than tell myself to stop drinking soft drinks, I focus on drinking more water. I don’t dwell on the unwanted action of drinking too many soft drinks, I focus on the new action I want to have of drinking more water.

So to bring it all together . . . Perception, Will, Reason, all these, and more – this is Mindset. It all starts with Mindset. How do you know whether you have the right Mindset? Simple . . . look at your results. Your results are a direct reflection of your Mindset.

Acting is crucial to making lasting change and improvement in one’s life.

When you have the right mindset and skillset, Action becomes inevitable. You have many skills, right? But you may not have the right Skillset to support the right Mindset you need to “Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive.”

Skillset can be actual new skills, like how to install tile or, learning to play the piano. All part of Skillset. Skillset can also be new knowledge.

Knowledge – SKILLSET – of how to change your thinking to have the right Mindset.

So, let’s talk about the Skillset that will help you harness the power of the right Mindset.

Let’s start with how most people think. You know from the chapter on Mindset that most people think about their results. They look at their current results. They think certain thoughts about them. They have certain feelings about them based on those thoughts. Which leads them to take certain actions based on those thoughts.

Think about the results you want to see in your life, rather than the results you currently see in your life. Remember your thinking determines your feelings. Your feelings determine your actions. Your actions determine your results. And your results reinforce your thinking, which means that until something changes at one of those points, you’ll continue to get more of the same. The easiest way to interrupt the cycle is to start with your thinking and feelings. Those actions lead to certain results in their lives. Those results reinforce their thinking .

Sallie shares with us that the reason so many people live in regret, successfully discontent, not living the life that makes them come alive?

Perhaps they have not asked themselves the right questions or formulated goals that would make their life come alive

Here’s a simple step you can take to build big goals . . . Think of 1 big goal you’d like to see in your life. Focus on it for 1 minute, 3 times a day, for 21 days. How does that change how you think about that goal? How does that change the actions you take to achieve that goal?

The second principle to help you build your goals is . . . Ask the right questions! The quality of your life is determined by the quality of the questions you’re willing to ask. So, ask the hard questions.

This is a skill, that most of us lack. Start by asking yourself what makes you come alive! Pretend you’re a child again. For you, there’s no difference between fantasy and reality. If you can imagine it, it’s REAL! When you put that superman cape on, you can FLY! When you catch somebody with your wonder woman lasso of truth, it WORKS! Everything is possible. Now . . . be honest with yourself . . . what makes YOU come alive?

That’s the question you MUST ask yourself. Because your goals should represent what YOU really want. Not what somebody else wants for you. Not what somebody else thinks you should do. Not what you think you should do

We take advantage of Post-traumatic Growth and Post -Ecstatic Growth to launch us out of regret into an authentic life of joy and peace? Once you design and build your goals, you’re ready to take action to make them happen. However, be prepared . . . what comes next is what stops most people before they even get started. As they start to develop the right Mindset . . . As they start to learn the right Skillset to design and build their goals . . . They get stopped by fear. Fear is subtle, it doesn’t show up with drums banging and trumpets blaring, announcing that it’s here to keep you trapped in a miserable life. It says things like . . . How am I going to do that? I’ve never done that before . . . Now’s not a good time . . . I can’t do that . . .

All those sound like the voices of reason, don’t they? Ask yourself, what voices of reason do you hear when you think about the goals you want to build for your life? Those voices probably don’t sound like fear . . . but that’s exactly what they are!

There are benefits of building resilience and all areas of life can benefit. The benefits of building resilience is you can survive all life’s challenges. Life is not for the faint of heart. When you have resilience, you have coping skills survival skills and persistence to achieve your most desired goal. We need resilience in all areas of life as that is what allows life to be filled with hope joy love and achievement or prosperity. We are what we think ourselves to be capable and resilience is necessary to add to the mix of creating and manifesting all that our soul is capable of.

By learning to trust yourself love yourself respect life and other people’s life journey you build resilience and overcome your fear lack of faith or past beliefs which no longer serve you. Trust is the key to making life like the dream you wish it to be Making a dream a reality is based on trust on universal truths faith and pe

You’ve started the process to REBOOT Your Thinking with MSG! How does it feel? You’ve taken a big step . . . Now the big question is . . . Are you ready to Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive?

The quality of your life is determined by the quality of the questions you’re willing to ask.

So, ask yourself:

Does your Mindset keep you from asking the right questions? – when you experience the full REBOOT Program, you’ll strengthen your Mindset even more and get rid of beliefs that hold you back so you can ask those questions.

Do you have the Skillset you need to ask the right questions? – REBOOT will teach you these skills and many more so you can design the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive!

Once you ask the right questions and get the right answers, how can you use your assets to take action on those answers so you can Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive? – REBOOT will show you techniques to overcome that inertia so you can take the actions that will help you Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive!

When you have the right Mindset . . . When you have the Skillset to ask the right questions . . . You see answers and opportunities that other people miss. When you see those answers and opportunities, and act on them, you’re on the path to Live the Life that Makes YOU Come Alive!

The most important thing you can do to maintain the right Mindset, to develop the right Skillset, and to USE your Assets by taking the right action, is to put the right support structures in place.

Every great athlete, every great achiever, has a coach, a mentor.

We thank you Sallie Wagner author of Discover Your Success with MSG a system for evaluating a person’s life experiences to discover what may be subconsciously holding them back from letting go of past beliefs and traumas that have become embedded into their thoughts and behaviors or actions limiting them from living their best life journey and to learn more about Mindset Skillset and Action for change.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing from Within Sallie Wagner author of Discover Your Success with MSG has shown us how we may let go of past restrictions fears old beliefs and build a new Mindset Skillset and Assets for achieving our deepest desires and goals. Our thoughts skills and actions are the tools to creating new realities and eliminating harmful remembrances of trauma or past disturbances to our soul’s love of self/

When we develop the right Mindset and focus awareness on our ability to make conscious choice and when we enhance our Skillset to overcome unconscious programming that controls 95 to 99% of our daily activities and then take action through accountability to increase our success rate we are in charge of our own destiny and the outside world or other people do not have control over us.

Sallie and Sheryl would have listeners remember to think of their dreams, as well as the challenging circumstances present in life, and call on the help of those in Spirit to guide you to ask the right questions. Pay attention to receiving intuitive guidance to allow the right Mindset Skillset and Actions to be welcomed into your expanding view of how life can become more of what you need and desire. Remember there is no progress or change without effort and resilience.

I am Sheryl Glick author of A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to authors metaphysicians visionaries spiritualists scientists energy workers medical practitioners psychologists and those in the arts and music fields share their search for understanding the human and divine condition. Shows may also be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.net

Today’s Guest

swagner@salliewagnerenterprises.com

The post Reboot our Mindset Skillset Asset for Success and Happiness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within with your host Sheryl Glick, Reiki Master Energy Teacher, Medium, who assists clients connect to their life plan goals and manifest through thought and action their most spiritual and physical life realities. As author of her newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Share Global Awakening, Sheryl is delighted to welcome Mary Petto, author of The Family Guide to The Law of Attraction, who’s stories and research help readers understand the Law of Attraction for manifesting our best life results and it’s all based in using energy effectively, lovingly, and for the purpose of improving one’s self, the community, and world.

As listeners of Healing from Within are well aware, Sheryl and her intuitive guests share intimate stories and insights into the metaphysical world of creation and possibilities for creating while here in a physical world, a life that merges our soul-based memory with our ego-based physical life reality so we may know ourselves more fully and not have the physical world and its challenges take away from the magnificent personal power we all possess within. Like any game to be played well, one must know there are rules, and we must learn to effectively use the tools of our inner wisdom along with meditation, energy healing, higher awareness and higher consciousness in all its aspects, which make manifesting not just a possibility but our everyday reality.

In today’s episode of Healing from Within, Mary Petto shows us how she has discovered the Law of Attraction from her earliest days as a child and has been leveraging the Law of Attraction since she was a teenager to help her achieve many of her goals and successes in life. Mary, as one of her goals, wishes to help parents and teachers assist the younger generation to be aware of these universal laws before they become overwhelmed by the complicated current happenings in today’s world such as the Coronavirus, economic and political upheaval, decisions about their future prospects for their careers and health among other things.

When Mary is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person, place, or event that signaled to her or others around her the interest and lifestyle she would embrace as an adult, she tells Sheryl that she had a very happy childhood and always knew she was supported to make choices that would ultimately bring her closer to achieving all her goals. She was actually practicing the Law of Attraction, which suggests that the energy that you give out into the world brings back the same results that you are focusing your thoughts on. One of the Universal Laws of Energy, which when understood and practiced can allow for a healthier and more prosperous physical life journey is the Law of Attraction. Other laws include The Law of Totality, Karma, Wisdom , Love, Harmony, Abundance Attraction, Evolution, Manifestation, Destiny, Non-locality. (in that order)

Mary tells us that one of the first things that she is aware of in using the Law of Attraction in a positive way was when she manifested her first boyfriend whom she met on her first day at a new summer camp. The night before she had decided to become someone new. In her 14 year old mind in the early 1980’s that meant the kind of person that was popular and had a lot of friends. She repeated to herself that she was popular and would have a boyfriend…She had made a shift in perception and as a result attracted what she wanted to herself. Sheryl goes on to reveal that she herself has always been using the Law of Attraction well before she even knew about it.

Sheryl has a similar happening to Mary’s. When she was 15 going on 16, she was a CIT or Counselor in Training and away from home for the first time. “There was a counselor Ira in charge of the horses and agriculture and he was 22 and a Senior in College. He was going with the most popular girl in the camp and secretly she found him attractive. Shortly after he broke up with her and we all were at the campfire one night. When he walked over to me and sat down, I was mystified. How had this guy found me? We were an interesting combination. I was a gifted student and he was a man of Nature…he either wanted to be a rancher or news anchor…he had a great speaking voice. We went out over the next year when he could travel in from college in Delaware to New York but I was only entering college and he was finishing college and ready for a different chapter of his life. He soon married a girl he had known prior to our meeting and went out west to live on the ranch he manifested in his discussions with me. My life took me in pursuit of many different interests. Kind of funny that he became the rancher and I in time, became the host of a radio show.”

Mary tells us about the Law of Attraction, and how can it help children and young adults thrive.

The Law of Attraction refers to an ancient scientific law of the universe that states that your mind, with the right focus and emotion (intention), can attract to you everything you desire. Harnessing the universe’s field of potentiality is not difficult, and if you are open to acknowledging your own power to make things happen, you absolutely will. Like all scientific laws, the Law of Attraction is happening whether you are aware of it or not. You could be manifesting exactly what you don’t want by focusing your intention in the wrong direction.

Many experts around the globe, for thousands of years, have explored the important connections between the mind and the body. From science and psychology, from modern-day life coaches and the great philosophers, there is agreement on these few matters:

  • Thoughts create things.
  • Your thoughts attract the people and situations that vibrate at the same frequency.
  • Energy flows where your intention goes!
  • You have enormous healing potential. The goal is learning to access it.

Sheryl is reminded of the many times she has been guided by Spirit to see the Law of Attraction at work and in her newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening. While at hospice one day, Spirit showed Sheryl once again how the Law of Attraction is always at work to help us and others, and shares the following story:

Sheryl writes, “Suddenly we noticed snowflakes falling, and within a few minutes, enough accumulated to make the open plains beyond the building glisten and shine with freshness. The patient wanted to go outside to smoke, and he told his son to get a nurse to help them. I said that that would not be necessary as I was trained to take him. He was so thrilled not to have to wait. I told the patient “This is the first time I’ve done this, so if we cooperate, we can show the staff how expert we are at this maneuver.” I was acutely aware that only an hour ago, I had said to myself “Why do they keep teaching me how to use the wheelchair when I would never have to do this?” Was the Universe saying, “Never say never,” or did I intuitively pick up that I would have to help this man by using a wheelchair? It might be that the Universe gives us what we most want, or what we do not want, as it doesn’t analyze it but just delivers it. Make sure of where your concentration and thoughts are, as they are crucial in manifesting your reality.

The Law of Attraction works well when we learn how to” ask, believe and receive”. Those are the three words to remember.

Mary would tell us that it is possible to begin to assist your children to learn the techniques and thought processes necessary to know that their inner happiness comes from their own creation not the outside world

You can begin by helping them make bookmarks. On one side of your bookmark, you can make a list of ten things you are thankful for. On the other side of the bookmark put ten more things you are thankful for. You are actually creating positive thoughts which assist in manifesting positive events people and success in your life.

It’s also helpful to have groups at home or a club while reading this book so you can share what you have learned and how you are implementing it into your daily life experiences. Next we can make a vision board and think about what we are grateful for and what we hope to create in the days ahead that will supplement the high-vibe energy we are creating.

Sheryl suggests another great series of books for parents and children to read together It is called Sara written by Esther and Jerry Hicks and shares the Law of Attraction and other energetic awarenesses. A group of young teenagers Sara Seth and Annette go through tough times and are assisted by their spiritual teacher an owl named Solomon they learn to understand life, death, energy and how their thoughts are changing their lives and the lives of those they love.

It is great way to teach our children the Universal Laws of Energy so they can begin to use their inner energy and begin to work with the Law of Attraction and other Universal Laws as described by a former guest on the show, Dr. Carmen Harra, a psychic medium and psychologist who wrote The Eleven Eternal Principles.

Mary tells us how she became more aware of the Universal Laws of Energy and how it helped her greatly. After she got married and had two small children, she suffered from anxiety. She was stricken by fear on a daily basis…fear of death, fear for her kids safety, fear of flying and so on. This is not uncommon for people who are sensitives or empaths and eventually are guided to find their spiritual path and know how the Universe works through energy and to eventually connect to soul energy to harness the personal power within, which can sustain us through any challenges the physical world throws at us.

Being with groups or individuals who have been able to sustain their spiritual memories of their connection to the universe and the oneness of Being and manifesting our best lives helps us to be more successful as when we are supported by our tribe like when we are on the same page as our parents and our friends and co-workers because we are not alone.

Mary shares with us why it is that many people don’t have what they want.

Mary writes, “A primary reason there are people who don’t have what they want is that they are thinking more about what they don’t want than what they do want. So if you are a complainer, The Law of Attraction brings into your life more situations for you to complain about. On the other hand, people who think we think of as “lucky” people who seem to have everything go their way all the time, manifest those good things because they only expect good things to happen. Words + Thoughts = Energy” For those doubters it is good to remember a quote from Dr. Wayne Dyer “If you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.” This means that our perception of the world creates our life experience.

Other scientists such as Max Planck, known as the founder of quantum physics, was a German physicist who demonstrated that when an individual looks at an object the characteristics of the object actually change at a very real and physical molecular level.

Sheryl says “It is interesting but when my oldest granddaughter was little she dressed up as Snow white and with her very dark hair and pale complexion and bright Blue eyes she was perfect as the character. I may have said to her over and times that she was truly like Snow White except Snow White had green eyes. By about the time she was 4 or 5 her eyes changed from the bluest of blue to green eyes. Maybe we both thought of that option and it happened through the Law of Attraction. I still wonder how that change happened? Genetically, both of her parents have blue eyes. Well ultimately I said it but she made it happen. Our thoughts change our perception and then our reality.”

Mary goes on to say “think of something you used to be afraid of or disliked but eventually overcame like fear of the dark or public speaking distaste for a certain food. As soon as your perception flipped, that thing became something different—it went from bad to good. Science has brought us to understanding the opportunities we have to create our environment and our life with our mind or thoughts.”

Isaac Newton first published his theories on gravity and his laws of motion which is the basis for understanding the universe appears to work in a precise and mathematical manner like clockwork. During the era of Galileo there wasn’t a focus on concepts like soul, spirit or consciousness. But just before Newton was born, Rene Descartes, the French “father of philosophy” declared that the best way to understand how the world works would be to divide existence into two parts: the objective, material world governed by the principles of science and the subjective world of the mind and the soul which would be understood by religion. He was emphasizing the duality of life, the physical and energetic both very real. Descartes famous statement “I think therefore I am” helps us to understand how to use The Law of Attraction to create that which we truly want and not accept the random outside world to impress negativity or other goals or desires for us.

In the beginning of the 20th century Albert Einstein, a mathematician, found that the only way to explain the behavior of light was to stop looking within the framework of traditional Newtonian physics. He introduced the Theory of Relativity which described how energy and matter are not only related to each other but can be transformed back and forth into each other.

Einstein’s breakthrough comes down to this. Everything is energy. Everything you can taste touch or smell is made of molecules. What you’re made of, atoms, is literally vibrating packets of energy.

Years after Einsteins work other scientists Neils Bohr and Warner Heisenberg realized when you take a deeper look at atoms, they aren’t just protons, neutrons and electrons. At the even smaller level they are packets of energy called quanta and suggested that physical matter—reality and real things—are not solid substances but fields of energy and that a particle takes on the specific character of a material thing only when it is measured or observed.

Thought is where everything comes from.

Dr Fred Alan Wolf an authority on quantum physics and consciousness says you can’t have a universe without the mind entering into it. The mind is actually shaping what we perceive

Here is all you need to know:

Everything in the physical world is made of atoms.
Atoms are made of energy
Energy is influenced by consciousness

Sheryl says “Years ago when everyone was so concerned that the year 2012 was going to be cataclysmic I was at a spiritual psychic development workshop with advanced practitioners of metaphysical theories and we were guided into a deep meditation and ask a single question of the Universe so I asked What will happen to humanity in 2012. I felt myself as a single atom in the dark skies of the universe Nobody but yet I was me Sheryl Glick all consciousness … .I was frightened for a moment and when I pulled myself out of the meditation had no idea where I had just traveled to. Was it where I existed all the time as a single atom creating a life from the mind of the Universe? We all shared our experiences. One woman had a very similar vision to mine and suggested it meant humanity would become aware of their soul or energetic being and there would be a Spiritual Evolution for humanity. I liked her version better than the idea that we would all return to Spirit from where we had originated.”

Mary shares some of the amazing stories from her book about kids she’s worked with and the seemingly miraculous situations they manifested.

Trina, a woman spoken of in the book, tells how using the Law of Attraction helped her make her bullies go away. Trina was in fourth grade and was with two girls who had been at one time her best friends Jenny and Leila. They had decided they no longer wanted to include Trina in their little group and they also convinced other girls in their class not to include her or sit with her at lunch or talk to her. This made Trina very unhappy. Trina began to image what if Jenny and Leila weren’t at school as if they didn’t exist. She visualized getting off the bus, going into class sitting with the girls she used to have fun with before bullies told them to stay away from her. And she noticed how relaxed she began to feel. She also started to repeat a new affirmation or mantra in her thoughts: “I have lots of friends at school and everybody likes to be with me.

The next day she went into school and notice Leila wasn’t there. Maybe she was sick, Trina thought. Trina sat down and one of the girls in the class came over and said hello and showed her the new gloves she got from her mom the night before. Trina turned and saw Jenny behind her at her usual seat but she appeared to shrink away when Trina turned to look at her and Trina felt so powerful. Then class started and the principal entered and called Jenny out of the classroom and rumor was that Jenny was being reprimanded for bad behavior. At lunchtime when Trina sat down another girl called out her name and came over to sit with her. Some other girls came over too and Trina was busy telling stories and doing all the talking and the other girls were listening and laughing. One of the girls kept in touch with Trina and several years down the road she had lots of friends and worked on community service attended honor’s program at her high school and was accepted into the college of her choice. Trina learned when she was 9 years old how powerful and magical, she really was and how to conquer bullies or other challenges with courage and faith. So, learning how to use The Law of Attraction at a young age is very beneficial.

Another story is that of Jenny who had a bad divorce and the worry about her daughter having bad relationships made her talk negatively about many situations. Jennifer had also given up on the idea of dating or even finding love again. Mary spoke with Jennifer and convinced her that the dating scene she disliked so much was the result of her thoughts and she had the power to change the whole situation. She learned about vibration and that the energy was emanating from her was her decision to be single for the rest of her life. How could she possibly attract others into her life when she asked the Universe to keep her single? When Trina asked Jenny what kind of relationship she wanted, Jenny immediately though of an older couple she had seen in the parking lost at the grocery store the day before. The woman was using a scooter due to a handicap and her husband was walking at a slow pace next to her with his hand gently placed on her back. Jennifer longed for that kind of unconditional love and companionship Now that she had that feeling behind what she thought true love was Trina could guide her to visualize what it would be like to love a man deeply and nonconditionally and have it reflected back to her equally. Trina gave her two affirmations to say as she fell asleep that night believing it already had brought her the love she needed. “ I am in an exciting and wonderful relationship. There are so many great men around me all the time.” It wasn’t long before she was smiling just thinking that it was going to happen. And of course it did.

Mary explains the life-long impact on kids who understand their manifesting power this has.

They could learn where quantum physics intersects with thoughts intentions and visualization and how everything has to do with the Law of Attraction and the outcome you want. We now know that everything is energy and there is no difference between matter and energy or soul life and physical life. The boundaries between the physical world and the world of our energetic thoughts is blurred.

Here’s all you need to know:

Everything in the physical world is made of atoms.
Atoms are made of energy.
Energy is influenced by consciousness.
Imagine what can happen if we believe that only the best of everything is happening to us and around us.

Before you can see what people can accomplish by utilizing the Law of Attraction, we might realize who we really are. Some people believe that human beings are made of the same elements as the stars. It seems we are literally made of stardust and the fact that the universe is actually part of us and that we are one with the universe isn’t the only cool scientific proof that we are magical. Of course, scientists like Albert Einstein have discovered that everything is made of energy. You may have learned that we are made of molecules, atoms, protons, neutrons and electrons but there is a smaller component to those components. Deep down inside an atom below the level of protons neutrons and electrons are energy packets called quanta. The vibration of these quanta support or validate that a good decision was made.

Mary shares with us some simple experiments that may show you that the universe Is well aware of your thoughts and wants to help you achieve what you ask for. In the first experiment we ask for a sign, and you get to pick what the sign is.

  • Pick your sign. Mary’s is a clown because she says clowns are weird and a little creepy
  • Say out loud. Universe, prove that you’re listening to me and that I can attract whatever I think about…Within the next 24 hours show me a ______________________. Sheryl did this experiment asking to see an angel. The next day she opened her computer, and there was an email from the guest of the show telling her all about one of the angels she would be discussing on the upcoming show. When Sheryl left the office, she went to a store and standing behind her, she noticed a woman wearing a lovely gold necklace of an angel. It seems the Universe was very much paying attention.
  • Set a timer for 24 hours.

Another good experiment is asking for a gift. Here is the only step- In your mind or outloud very clearly ask the Universe to deliver a special gift in the next 48 hours and say thank you as if you have already received it. There are many responses possible like a letter from long lost friends, gift cards, getting asked out by a co-worker getting a raise checks in the mail etc. Shery also did this activity and when she arrived at home, there was a check in the mail, and her assistant handed her a crystal tree of life ornament. So it worked, and rather quickly.

Another good experience is asking show me I’m on the right path.

Sheryl tells us that now in this time of political upheaval and change and recovering from the Covid pandemic is it the perfect time to instill self -confidence and courage in our children. As we are becoming more aware of our spiritual gifts and ability to use the Law of Attraction, we may realize that the political concept of “wokeism” is not the same as people seeking enlightenment, evolution, a true connection to Universal Source, and the oneness of being. People on a spiritual journey “Awaken,” transform any negativity and false beliefs, and eventually transcend the limitations of their physical life.

Sheryl says: Anytime is a good time to help children develop an awareness of their own personal power and courage to face life’s challenges by using solutions not fear. Understanding that they have choices and helping then learn about energy and how it influences our emotions and state of being is perhaps the most important information you can share with them for to live life you need to learn the rules of the game. And the Universal Laws of energy assist us in living out our life plan and destiny with boldness creating much of what we bring into our lives.

Mary reminds us that in manifesting better results and outcomes in these challenging times after we ask for what is needed, we must believe.

  1. We must also remember not to be judgmental or feel bad about asking. The Universe is like a big catalog. Everything you want is already available whether it’s a job, good grades, a relationship or a new car. Go ahead and ask for what you want. There’s nor reason to feel guilty. Whatever it is, you deserve it. The Universe wants you to be happy.
  2. We must remember to Think Big. The universe works in mysterious ways, and recognizing that it is mysterious and magical is one of the secret clues to manifesting. Focus on the end result like if you want to go to Europe with your girlfriends don’t think of the money you need or the steps that need to be taken to get there Just ask for the trip,
  3. Make sure it feels really good. Whether it’s something for the next day or forever make sure it will truly bring you joy.

Some things people have asked for and received are listed below:

  • A new job close to home
  • Getting accepted to a program that they had previously been rejected from.
  • Doubling business sales in a week
  • New romantic relationships
  • Getting a seat assignment changed in a science class
  • Enrolling a child in an expensive summer camp when there wasn’t enough money for it
  • A dream vacation in Malibu
  • A mean teacher transforming into a nice one
  • Invitations to important events
  • Health recovery
  • New friendships
  • A house on the beach
  • A drama fee end to a toxic relationship
  • A massive career promotion
  • The exact wedding dress admired in a fake photo that came in a picture frame
  • All the best shifts at work

Mary might like readers to remember that learning to really believe that you already have what you want is the most important step to manifesting any situation. By excitedly and joyfully believing that you already have an abundance of money, that you have already gotten accepted to your college of choice or that your relationship with your sister, mother, father, friend is terrific you are setting the vibration emanating from your new mindset or thoughts. The world is your oyster and the Universe will reveal to you all of the situations’, people, ideas and clues, that align with your new beliefs.

We thank Mary Petto author of The Family Guide to the Law of Attraction for sharing a practical simple way for our children and young adults or anyone to begin to understand energy, vibration, and how thought creates what we bring into our lives and how to begin to improve our mindset for a more prosperous, happy and creative life of manifesting, all that we desire for it is the natural birthright of the soul to have a good life regardless of outside world influences.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within, Mary and Sheryl have shared their wondrous journeys of discovering that they are spiritual beings having a physical life and matter and energy are interchangeable as we can live in a body or not in an eternal world of dimensions of varying vibrations of thought and creation from mind. Learning to relax becomes an important aspect to achieving your goals and desires.

And Mary writes, “The most important rule about step two Believe is to really believe the Universe is listening to you. If you know that the Universe has what you want and is going to give it to you at some point, you don’t cry, stress, strain or struggle trying to get that thing. If you are anxious and working hard to manifest what you want you are not believing that it’s coming to you by way of the Law of Attraction. The only emotions around what you’re feeling should be joy, because the only thing you believe is that you’ve already magically manifested what you wanted.”

Mary and Sheryl and all the scientists and writers we have mentioned in today’s discussion have had the courage to question their own mind and find the Self of inner being within, who only desires you to ask for help as then everything becomes possible. Open your mind and heart to knowing you are connected to all life now and forever.

Sheryl Glick invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about the nature of human and divine eternal life and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual educational legal and medical fields as well as the arts and music fields explore the Universal Source of life and living in joy knowing who we are and where we come from. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://portablevisions.com

The post Guiding Children to a Sense of Personal Control over their Fate appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Thank you for joining us on Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our spiritual essence or life force our soul awareness and guidance system. Today I once again welcome Elaine Clayton artist illustrator and Reiki Master teacher of intuitive empathic development. For those who wish to listen to former shows with Elaine please go to my website www.sherylglick.com on the radio page April 2020 Angels Fairies Guidance and Magic

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her extraordinary guests share stories and insights into the world of spirit energy and love in order to remember we are spiritual beings having a physical life for the purpose of recreating old stories and handling them in more advanced ways to improve relationships, refine our energy and move towards refinement of thought and action to create a world beyond the fears and limitations of human endeavors. We merge the duality of soul and physical life to create and bring Heaven on Earth.

In today’s episode of Healing from Within Elaine Clayton will share with us ways to see the unseen and welcome the mysteries of life through psychic events synchronicity and fun encounters. As we explore ways to understand empathy and use mystical spiritual and imaginative insight to better understand our place in the universe.

When Elaine is asked to remember her childhood and a person place or event that may have shown her or others the lifestyle work and interests they might explore as adults her grandmother immediately comes to mind as she expresses the delight her grandmother took in seeing her draw and her interest in art work/ She remembers how her grandmothers eyes twinkled with amusement and joy and how each drawing was as fantastical as the one before. So Elaine knew that every mark she made was precious to her grandmother. Sheryl says that that lovely memory is how she hopes her grandchildren remember her one day as she always provided the materials for art work and her four granddaughter all engaged in creating beauty as she was like Elaine’s grandmother and delighted with every movement and interest her granddaughters had.

Elaine decided to write The Way of the Empath at the present time because it was a way for her to share the tools and joy she herself had discovered from using her empathic gifts in a way to balance her own life and help others to understand the need to protect their sensitive energies by having boundaries rest time and simply fun in being alive.

Sheryl says she wrote her trilogy for much the same reason. Told by a medium that she would write three books for spirit she was highly skeptical but in short order she began journaling her experiences as she was also told to do and has seen how much has been discovered through allowing accepting and surrendering to her destiny and God’s direction. In her new book, A New Life Awaits Sheryl writes,” It is quite possible we will discover the reason for venturing out of our original state of life: a spiritual, eternal world of Universal Energy and incarnate into this physical body, in a three-dimensional world. Many of the people I have encountered have suggested to me they would never have embarked on a physical life experience if they knew the pain and difficulties they would have to witness. But at the end of life, as a hospice volunteer, I have been happy to hear people on the brink of returning to their true form as soul beings express to me that life is good and beautiful. As mentioned in my previous book, The Living Spirit, as an answer to this dilemma, I wrote, “Each of us is presented with a series of life experiences and lessons in order to learn and benefit our own soul awareness. In fact, we choose these experiences, pleasant or unpleasant, because of the lessons we need to have, which were chosen by us with the help of our teachers in spirit before we were born into this plane. Each life is important, and at the time of passing, regardless of how easy or hard life was, the soul values the opportunity it has had to increase its emotional quintessence. We have memories of whatever was meaningful and valuable to us and bring it along to the next stage of life.”

Elaine and I are only sharing the miraculous view we have been able to download from Spirit with our empathic gift and making it easier for people to accept and live their dreams through cooperation with Spirit and loved ones.

Elaine tells us the following about Empathic sensing the art of seeing the unseen and welcoming the mysteries of life through psychic events and fun encounters with yourself and others. Living as an empath means embracing the ideal of heart-centered intelligence by attuning to the experiences and well-being of others. Empaths seek to live a life of generosity through sensing and quiet knowing. This intuitive intelligence his psychic clarity the hallmark of “knowing from the heart,” the pinnacle of empathic knowledge.

An empath’s life is not an ordinary life. It requires the strength of a lion, because it takes real courage to be empathic. This form of artful living asks that you develop your imagination, your curiosity, and your consciousness in an extraordinary way that you discover how your perceptions guide and inform you, how they shape you and, at times, challenge you. It encourages you to step into your own innate role as creator and work to bring compassion and an open heart to yourself and others.

We are all sentient beings somewhere on an empathic spectrum, feeling our way toward deeper knowing and seeking, toward compassionate understanding and intuitive awareness. Some are born with an innate sensitivity to their surroundings and those in its proclivity that allows them to feel the presence of life energy in the atmosphere around both people and objects. Empaths sense the unseen, the energy that lies between and within the physical and material. Some develop empathic sensing through life experiences, perhaps by witnessing the suffering of a loved one or possibly through challenges like early childhood traumas that may spark ultra-sensitivity derived from emotional or physical danger. These experiences may cause some to be more compassionate because they have felt so much themselves and are able to see their own experiences reflected in the conditions of others.

With a guiding hand The Way of the Empath shows us how to put yourself in a state of receiving and awareness. By putting yourself in a state of openness and allowing yourself to feel and know all emotions trauma and experience rather than shielding yourself from these difficult experiences a desire to cultivate a heightened sense of empathy and empathic awareness grows and is a very spiritual and worthy undertaking, one that encourages the imaginal aspects of our creative natures to guide us to a balanced and meaningful life. The duality of our existence means that we cannot avoid highs and lows in our lives. We all struggle as individuals to thrive despite the challenges we encounter. But we can learn to go through these experiences with a desire to feel them and an aspiration to understand them. With this understanding comes the potential for transformation and a sense of wonderment about the beauty in humanity. When we enhance our relationship with our higher selves by expanding our consciousness, rather than living lives in which we move from one reactionary episode to the next, we make room for deeper empathic connections with others. And we begin to create the life we’d most like to live.

Taking note of synchronistic events and signs and learning to protect yourself is important to the empath, Natural empaths are “sensitives” who have a genuine intuitive intelligence that allows them to feel the emotions of others as if those emotions were their own. Because they can easily sense the emotional “atmosphere” of a person or place, they are susceptible to the emotional, psychological, mental, and physical energy in the people and objects around them, and they must learn to cope with that. Some choose mystical paths and methods to help them cope, because they are generally open to sensing what is not visible that is, energy. In fact, all natural empaths have an innate ability to sense spiritual energy, and to be accepting of it and oriented to it. Empaths don’t need practical proof of everything. They don’t rely only on material or physical “reality” for knowledge and meaning. Thus, empaths whether their sensitivity is innate or acquired live their lives as a quest for the spiritual and a desire for the transcendental. They seek to become mystically attuned, inspired, and healed.

Sheryl tells of being at a Broadway show when she was 17 years old and hearing the song “The Impossible Dream” and knowing she had to go where others were afraid to go, even angels, and explore all the realms of here and beyond to find out Who we were? Where we came from? And what a physical life and soul life was about in reality and in energy.

Elaine suggests that many perceptions are based in beliefs and societal mores family attitudes and not always what is true or best for each individual. Until old traumas fears and limitations are released, we are not free to change or create new perceptions of our desired reality and to know the greater truth of Universal Source or being. Empaths like everyone else need to recreate themselves using their intuitive knowingness and shedding the past but to do that and Because empaths carry within them an inclination to love unconditionally, it is important to understand that there is no love without self-love. Those who lack self-compassion or patience or self-forgiveness cannot reflect authentic strength in fellow feeling. Self-love is the starting point of empathy. Empaths feel love easily; they see beyond the personalities of others and connect instead with their soul essence. But without self-love, self-respect, and self-forgiveness, they may find themselves bereft, exhausted, or feeling worthless; they may end up in a struggle with the self-loathing facet of the ego that dominates the thinking mind.

As an artist Elaine accesses intuitive knowing through creative drawing and journaling. Elaine writes, “The space between us is sacred. It is the approach, the port, the inhaled breath before the word is spoken. That space holds our intentions, the choices we are about to make, our hopes, our longings, our fears. It is the place where the next miracle will unfold. Through empathy, we can fill that space with clarity and the presence of compassion. We may sense a separation between ourselves and others, but with empathy and compassion, we acknowledge our shared humanity and our common existence. We recognize that we are alive together at a specific point in time, and that we have a lot of power to bestow love, to bring goodness into our shared experiences. How we treat one another becomes, ultimately, how we treat ourselves.

This truth is perfectly expressed by Rabbi Evan Shultz in his 2021 work, “A Poem Using Book Titles in My Library.”

In every generation,
In every tongue, A time to speak.
Like dreamers Stepping forward, Restoring hope,
A passion for truth. Shared dreams,
American values,
Religious voices,
Political tribes,
Tough choices,
Broken tablets. You’re more powerful than you think!
To bless the space between us.

As Rabbi Shultz so gracefully assures us, empathy makes our lives so much brighter. It makes us feel as if we are in a wondrous celebration at times. When we approach others with room to go beyond our egoic sense of pride, competition, and labeling, we fill the space between us with benevolent thoughts and compassion.

Elaine tells us of the mental processing of intuitive-empathic impression. The mental processing of intuitive-empathic impressions usually occurs after the initial gathering of emotive energy rather than in the moment. Through repeated experience, empaths develop a response mechanism that envelops on-the-spot compassion and combines it with kindly self-containment. They learn not to be so influenced by the hurt or even the agendas of others, that they don’t get swallowed up or swept away by them. Because they are sensitive, they are susceptible. When empaths are moved by the words or experiences of others, when they react immediately with mercurial feelings of empathy, they can easily lose themselves in the exchange and make themselves vulnerable. The feelings of others can become theirs and be felt within their own physical being.

Elaine writes, “If I go to a party, everyone’s energy slams me. I feel this person’s tension and that person’s anger and that person’s wish to forget pain. I can tell when someone is holding back and I easily get uncomfortable. I start feeling all this and, before I know it, it’s as if they’re my own emotions. Yet, when I arrived, I was feeling fine. rather than in the moment. Through repeated experience, empaths develop a response mechanism that envelops on-the-spot compassion and combines it with kindly self-containment. They learn not to be so influenced by the hurt or even the agendas of others that they get swallowed up or swept away by them. Because they are sensitive, they are susceptible.

Empaths are caught in a daily storm of varying emotive sensations, even in the most casual of exchanges with others. For them, events that anyone else may consider meaningless and forgettable may seem significant. Reflecting on these empathic storms, in which they are inundated with the emotions or thoughts of others, can help them cope with the residual feelings that may surface for them once the interactions have ended and the cloudburst has subsided. This time of reflection helps empaths review their impressions and find their own place for centering again. It helps them to clarify for themselves what they felt during an encounter and try to understand why they felt it. This takes time, but it is time well spent, because it keeps empaths from getting layered with residual emotions to the point of breaking down. When empaths do end up immersed in the energy of others, whether they want it to happen or not, they must then deal with the consequences.

Compassion empathy and intuition heal your world. Once empaths develop pivotal awareness that allows them to empathize without taking on responsibility for the pain or predicament of others, however, they can more easily manage these emotional onslaughts. By becoming conscious of what is happening while it is happening, and acknowledging that they don’t have to soak it all up in the moment, they realize that the woes they are encountering belong to others and not to themselves. This makes them stronger spiritually, and enables them to be strong for others as well, offering care and listening without being inundated energetically. Instead of drowning in the downpour of impressions, they become able to connect with others through heart-centered healing energy and prayers for their well-being. “When I was a teenager, my mother told me every time I spent time with this one friend, I came home in a terrible mood. I realized I was juggling all of the feelings and energy of that person and that a lot of it was negative. It was going directly from her into me. Sometimes I’d have anxiety from so much energy coming at me. I had to get away from that.” It is not an empath’s job to rescue anyone, although most empaths have tried and perhaps many times over.

But empaths are at their best when for others as well, offering care and listening without being inundated energetically. Instead of drowning in the down pour of impressions, they become able to connect with others through heart-centered healing energy and prayers for their well-being.

Elaine writes, “When I was a teenager, my mother told me every time I spent time with this one friend, I came home in a terrible mood. I realized I was juggling all of the feelings and energy of that person and that a lot of it was negative. It was going directly from her into me. Sometimes I’d have anxiety from so much energy coming at me. I had to get away from that.” Empaths must realize they are not the grand overseers of others’ lives. Nor are they the personal consiglieri of others, although they may very much wish they could help heal those they care about, even those who may try to draw them into every personal drama. Most empaths learn sometimes the hard way that they cannot manage or heal any adult life other than their own. Once they discover ways to take ethical action using their empathic skills without getting enmeshed in the sagas of others, they become more stable and are able to enjoy the many wonderful aspects of being empathic.

Synchronistic events, signs, and mysteriously interesting happenings are what empaths live by and for, even when doing everyday tasks. For empaths, that which is material, physical, or concretely fixed is not just solid mass, because even inanimate objects carry some kind of energetic vibration. Empaths get a surge of energy from everything. For them, objects give off a frequency and a quality of personality that is deeply felt and cannot be ignored. They often attribute human qualities to objects, playfully “seeing into” or even “seeing through” whatever they encounter at any given time. They also know when something feels “good” and when it gives off an unpleasant vibe. In fact, they are spiritually psychogenic toward objects they handle or use.

An example: But how do these impressions arise? “I wanted to enjoy browsing in the antique shop, but found myself in a soup of disturbing feelings, as if I sensed all these people who h/0ad lived and died. There were heavy sentiments attached to the antiques. I had an overwhelming feeling about each thing I laid my eyes on, not to mention when from everything these, objects give off a frequency and a quality of personality that is deeply felt and cannot be ignored. They often attribute human qualities to objects, playfully “seeing into” or even “seeing through” whatever they encounter at any given time. They also know when something feels “good” and when it gives off an unpleasant vibe. In fact, they are spiritually psychogenic toward objects they handle or use. But how do these impressions arise? I touched things. It wasn’t that this was negative energy, but it was all just too much to take in. A silver sable brush or some old oval mirror, a tool chest made of oak—all the objects in the place just weighed me down inside. It was as if I felt the lives of all the people who had used those things and I had to get out and breathe fresh air.”

Empaths receive what may not be visible or immediately obvious to others through a “sixth sense” the mind’s eye, or third-eye visions. They pick up on this wave of feeling, which is often sensed as psychic imagery, internalizing it all and projecting their perceptions back outward. In fact, they “see” in ways that are quite like the way we see when we dream, when our physical eyes are closed. Empaths may receive input from this sixth sense all day long. Empaths receive what may not be visible or immediately obvious to others through a “sixth sense” the mind’s eye, or third-eye visions. They pick up on this wave of feeling, which is often sensed as psychic imagery, internalizing it all and projecting their perceptions back outward. In fact, they “see” in ways that are quite like the way we see when we dream, when our physical eyes are closed. Empaths may receive input from this sixth sense all day long seeing color, details of rooms or spaces, features of landscapes or places, and all kinds of people and animals. These third-eye visions are at times like seeing “through a glass darkly,” and at times as clear as if seen in broad daylight.

Elaine tells us that although empaths may appear to be focusing on events or circumstances in the moment, such as in group conversations, they may also be inwardly seeing what is unfolding on a completely different level on a screen in their minds. They may be listening, but also sensing strongly what is left unsaid, what is felt beneath the surface of people around them. They may be watching the aura of light around others or picking up on some inward sadness that goes unnoticed or appears irrelevant to most. Empaths continually see these mental images these flashes of colorful and impressive visions as information streams in their minds that enter through the third eye or in other forms. This kind of seeing and sensing, without the use of the physical eyes, is most common during the dream state, in which scenes arrive and change in a multi-dimensional or multi-faceted way. In fact, paying attention to dreams is one way we can develop empathic knowing

Seeking wisdom through dreams, signs, and synchronicities is really fun because, when you are open to the expectation and anticipation of these events, you are delighted when you recognize them happening. So much is possible once you develop a strong companionship with your imaginative subconscious self. Often, the line between sleep and wakefulness blurs and you begin to see elements from inside a dream during the day sometimes unexpectedly. Empaths often remark on how exhilarating this can feel when it happens.

Some signs that empaths say they notice regularly include:

  • Cardinals. “It is my grandmother saying hello.”
  • Coins. “I found one in the shower as if it came out of nowhere!”
  • Feathers. “I heard an owl outside my window. In my mind, I asked it for one of its feathers. The next day, while walking the dog in the backyard, I found a huge owl feather beside a tree.”
  • Repeating numbers (3:33, 11:11, 2:22, etc.). “Every time I look at a clock, it’s 3:33!”
  • Ask for signs out loud, with the expectation that you will receive them.
  • Look for signs like a child on a treasure hunt.
  • Get outside in nature with the intention of appreciating every little growing thing.

When I woke up, I asked for a sign that would verify what the spiritual robe in my dream symbolized—that I would come through okay. Later, I went to an art class where the teacher picked up an artist’s smock and said: ‘I’m going to put a robe on you.’ As she put it on me, she explained that it was the most special smock she had ever owned. The fact that she called the smock a ‘robe’ sent a little shock of delight through me. I knew instantly that it was the sign I was looking for.” There are a lot of ways to open yourself up to synchronistic signs.

Here are just a few:

  • Pay attention to numbers, coins, feathers, and other random objects.
  • Pay attention to names, titles, car license plates, etc. as if you’re on a magical journey.
  • Notice things that others say.
  • Open a book at random and point to a word with your eyes closed, then find meaning in the word. ·
  • Journal any thoughts and impressions you have; jot down synchronistic events so you remain in the flow.

Elaine might like readers of The Way of the Empath to take away with them after reading your book that there are many ways to connect to people and explore our human as well as divine spiritual gifts.

Elaine writes, “Sensing what is felt in others and caring empathically about it is, in many ways, the fiber that connects us to one another in our humanity. However, the professional roles people play for example, roles in which they may not be given to seeing beneath surface projections or may never feel inundated with the emotions of others are valuable as well. People get amazing things done and can benefit others greatly without necessarily having an empathic orientation to life. They may be doers-of-great-things and movers-of-mountains; they may be scientists or technical geniuses. They may never immerse themselves in empathic sensing, or they may not come to it until later in their lives. But the world is in need of all kinds of talents, actions, and improvements. And we all have unique gifts and skills that have their own value.”

We Elaine Clayton author of The Way of the Empath for all the beauty she brings into the world through her art her Reiki Healing gifts and this book which most sincerely describes and honors the lives of those whose destiny it is to serve humanity by developing and using their empathic abilities to add a new perspective to the unfolding of everyday events.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Elaine Clayton has shown us that to be an empath is an art form—to discover how our perceptions and feelings guide and inform us, shape us and at times limit us and this requires extraordinary awareness. It takes great courage to walk the path of an empath and to learn how to use spiritual, mystical, and imaginative insight, but, learning ways to protect yourself while living with an open heart is a lifetime experience and one that is not in the least bit boring. Empaths experience synchronicity and coincidences, messages from Spirit that help lead them to use their soul heart centered intelligence in ways that protect, serve, and change old beliefs, as they grow into their awareness and higher consciousness.

Elaine writes, “Cultivate Imagination The imagination is very important as a spiritual conduit and as a creator of human connection and fulfillment. Our imaginations seem to create a momentum that puts our wishes into action on the material plane. The infinite dimensions of possibility invoked by our imaginations help create an intuitive structure, like building an ethereal castle in the air that ultimately engages with the physical world. In fact, the imagination is where it all happens! All good things exist in our minds as ideas first, before we help manifest them on this plane of existence. Cultivating our imaginations is integral to living creative lives and fundamental to living an empathic life.”

Elaine and Sheryl both empaths who have explored the world of spirit and physical life, always trying to merge and use all the awareness and guidance through our duality for best results in our personal lives, and then to share this energy of love and healing, in being observant and helpful at times, discovering that life is a great gift and living it as you have uniquely created it, is being in alignment to the universe and spirit and that was always from the beginning of time the purpose of life.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders and visionaries in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical and energy healing practices as well as psychologists attorneys and those in the arts and music fields explore the possibilities and probabilities of using awareness as the pathway to knowing ourselves the world and life in its totality. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://elaineclayton.com

The post Empathy and Intuition and Heal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Teacher and author of a trilogy with the newest edition A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit showing us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom. Today we welcome Catherine Shainberg Ph.D. author of The Kabbalah of Light who is an internationally renowned transpersonal psychologist, lecturer, and author. The Kabbalah of Light integrates timeless wisdom with modern Western traditions in order to facilitate or catalyze creative manifestation at all levels in all areas of life.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware, Sheryl and her creative guests share intimate stories that reveal we are spiritual beings having a physical life to refine our inner soul energy and improve human conditions. By fully recognizing our duality of spiritual and physical energies, we can know ourselves with more awareness and answer the important questions Who are we? Where do we come from? What is the purpose or scope of this life?

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Catherine Shainberg shows us that from her early remembrances of childhood, she was aligned to spiritual guidance and functioning by downloading information from Spirit. In The Kabbalah of Light, she shares an approach and body of techniques using dreams, images, and inner gazing to communicate with our subconscious, connect to Spirit, and make advantageous changes to our lives.

When Catherine thinks back to her childhood to remember a person, place, event, or interest that may have alerted her to her path in life or destiny, she tells us that she always knew she was here in this life to help others remember their soul and the connection they had to the universal eternal source of life. Catherine tells Sheryl that when she lived in England as a little girl, every night she saw a homeless person outside her window and she imagined that woman being covered in a blue, warm, and comforting blanket that would help her sleep at night. Catherine might not have known it at the time, but she was actually sending Distant healing and helping that woman heal.

Catherine writes, “I have always been fascinated by the subconscious. At first, I didn’t know what the word meant—but I knew I was more interested in following what my imaginary friends were doing, than what was happening around the dinner table. In fact, I saw no difference between the angels and fairies that populated my world, and my little friends I played with in Hyde Park. It was my mother who persistently reminded me to pay attention to the real world, and not to dream my life away. I developed many strategies to remain aware of what was happening around me, and so I was able to accomplish the many tasks that were required of me at home and at school. But at the same time, I couldn’t ignore the goings-on in my other world. It took me years to understand that most people simply lived in the real world and paid scant attention to the other world. To me, this was a terrible loss. The flow of my imagination was varied and quick, and endlessly entertaining. It also educated me. A large dry leaf could be restored to the soft green of early spring, the leaf still attached to its branch, and the branch to a centuries-old tree whose wisdom I could hear booming in my inner ear. Souls required me to accompany them to their heavenly rest. I lived a life of richness and beauty I couldn’t get enough of. I devoured fairy tales and mythological stories. Voices spoke words in my ears that I generously transmitted to my playmates. This led to me being accused of lying and then punished. I soon learned not to communicate what I heard and saw. I became secretive and mute about my inner world, but the lure of the inner world was too powerful.”

Catherine goes on to tells us about the origin of life and writes, “When I go to sleep, this is exactly what I do. I hover over the subconscious and I create light. Have you ever wondered how this inner illumination works? The sun’s rays do not penetrate inside your body, and there are no electric bulbs to illuminate the space within. Inside of you it is dark. And yet, each time you turn your eyes inward, light goes on and forms appear. The Kabbalists call this light the “light of creation” to differentiate it from the light of the sun. They say that God created with this light, but that it was too strong for the vessels that held it and so they shattered. (So,) Then He created the sun and stars‡ to channel the light so that we could be shielded from his naked light and not be destroyed. It is said that only Moses, the greatest of Biblical prophets, had a clear mirror reflecting the pure light of God. We are not Moses, but our work is God creates light on the first day, but the sun, moon and stars only on the fourth day. Kabbalists call the light of the first day the light of creation to slowly acclimatize our eyes to the true light. We start with one sixtieth of this light, the light that we create, like God, by looking into the darkness. Think of it: Each time you turn your eyes inward, you create more light. Of course, unless you consciously pay attention to its appearance, that light won’t stay. If, on the contrary, you make turning inward a conscious practice, the more you look in and create light, the more light coalesces within you. I am talking of a very practical concrete technology of creating light and becoming in effect ‘enlightened.’ Dreaming is not only one of the great paths to enlightenment, it is your path to manifestation. God looks into the chaos and creates light, and out of this light, forms emerge.”

Catherine also tells us about a cultural Dream Field, a national Dream Field, and a universal Dream Field. Carl Jung called our universal Dream Field the “collective unconscious”. “Others have called it the Akashic records. All these different dream fields are interacting networks of experience, cauldrons of images that make us who and how we are. Your subconscious is a container, impressed by the experiences it is filled with. It has no power to change those impressions. Because it is part of your subconscious, your body cannot change itself unless you consciously look into your body and allow it to show you its dreaming. Your experiencing body interacting with your conscious looking is your dreaming. Not all dreams are the same. Some dreams are clues to the next part of your life’s journey. Other dreams fall straight into the source, and like the hero Perceval, you are given a glimpse of the treasure. But, like him, you may not be able to grasp it. We will examine what the different kinds of dreams are in the next chapter, and how they fit into a rising ladder of dreaming that leads to enlightenment. First, we must accustom ourselves to recognizing the storyline, the pattern, and the main question of the dream. If we succeed, the golden fish or secret treasure will jump. This is what is called revelation. Revelation brings greater clarity and power. The dreamer will be shown what the next step is.”

Catherine has created something called Saphire Imagery. Catherine tells us, “Your night dreams and daytime visions are the result of these two activities- the first activity— storage—happens subconsciously, without your active participation. The second—induction—requires a stirring of the subconscious soup. An unexpected jolt or shock may set off a dream or daytime vision. Or you may consciously induce a jolt to provoke a dream or vision. There are two types of induction: the night induction that is called incubation, and the daytime induction that is specific to Saphire, the ancient Kabbalistic lineage I belong to.

Let us first look at the narrower definition of incubation, as it was practiced in classical Greece, and later across the ancient Mediterranean world. Most of the examples of dream incubation that have come down to us are pleas for healing. Asclepius, son of Apollo, was the god of healing. His temples, called Asclepions, were dedicated to the practice of healing through dream therapy.

The pilgrimage, the sacrifice, the sleeping in a sacred place, are all steps that must be modified in a modern context. What do pilgrimage and sacrifice imply? A burning desire—a willingness to “sacrifice” your all—to get an answer. What do you want to know so urgently today, that you are willing to dedicate all your time, energy and resources to it? While most examples we have from the ancient world were requests for healing dreams, your questions can be more far reaching. A modern day example of a priest-interpreter of dreams is Edgar Cayce, with the difference being that he did the dreaming for his patients, using dream incubation to read his patients’ bodies, and then suggested a remedy.”

Catherine shares with us how she found her spiritual teacher in the Middle East and the coincidence discovered later on that her teacher actually knew her mother and aunt from childhood at a school in Algeria. Catherine writes, “I describe my meeting with Colette Aboulker-Muscat, who was to become my Kabbalah teacher and spiritual mother, in my first book, Kabbalah and the Power of Dreaming. A year after meeting Colette, my aunt came to visit. I took her to meet Colette, and to my amazement, the two ladies fell into each other’s arms. They had gone to the same school in Oran, Algeria, where they grew up, as had my mother. My mother at the same school as Colette? In fact, she lived across the street from her! The voice had led me across the seas and all the way to the door of a lady who, while definitely not accessible to my conscious mind, was known to my subconscious mind. How was that possible? I will tell you more about how this amazing story unfolds in the chapter on ancestry. You will find out how my all-knowing subconscious spanned eight hundred years to link my present incarnation to Colette’s ancestors.

Who was Colette? To me she was one of the great loves of my life, my teacher, my spiritual mother, my home. When I was first introduced to her, I had no idea that she was a teacher. She sat me in front of her, looked me in the eyes and said, “What do you want?” To my utter surprise, unrehearsed and unexpected words came out of my mouth, “I want you to teach me how images move and transform people.” This is what I had been pondering since childhood. She smiled and said, “I have waited for you a long time!” Colette was one of the most notable female Kabbalists living in the land of Israel at the time. To the many who came from all over the world seeking consolation and enlightenment she was a revered spiritual teacher. For those of you who wonder about a woman teaching Kabbalah, it is true that Ashkenazi rabbis* required those studying Kabbalah to be men, over forty-years-old, and married. No women were allowed to plunge the depths. But Colette was from a Sephardic family and so no such restrictions applied. Her grandmother had been a famous teacher to the rabbis Ashkenazis were originally Jewish settlers in northern and eastern Europe.”

Sheryl says there really are no coincidences and nothing is random. It was in Catherine’s life plan or destiny to meet this spiritual teacher at the right time in her development. Perhaps the connection to her mother and aunt made her realize that indeed it was a divine plan at work for her empowerment.

Catherine goes on to write “Today an Ashkenazi is one who follows Ashkenazi practices and customs. The rules for teaching Kabbalah have been loosened and there are contemporary rabbis (even orthodox ones) who teach Kabbalah to women and people under forty. Jews living around the Mediterranean sea and Jewish community in Algiers. Her granddaughter was simply following in her footsteps. Colette was the last lineage holder of her family’s ancient Kabbalistic tradition, a tradition that dated back to the thirteenth century, but was said to go back to the patriarchs and prophets who roamed the land during biblical times. Colette restored my joy and trust in the power of dreaming to lead me to myself. Who was I? I was going to find out, and the truth was grander and more magnificent than I had ever dared hope for. I was going to find out that dreaming is a royal road to enlightenment, and that our subconscious holds the key to our true meaning and destiny.”

In The Kabbalah of Life, Catherine shares guided imagery exercises that you can practice on your own. Exercises called “formal” build new habits. They are practiced differently, depending on your gender and age. If you desire to continue a formal practice, vary the exercises. Practicing a different formal exercise each cycle can help your subconscious catch onto the rhythm and incorporate the images.

Breathing is an important aspect of formal exercises. Three exhalations are needed to reach the depth of the subconscious. Most of the exercises are very short and give you thirty seconds to a minute or two to look through the metaphoric window into the subconscious created by the words of the induction. When you go fast you have no time to indulge in fantasy. Breathe out, look through the window, see what you see, and open your eyes.

Here is a practice or exercise that can help you find answer to any question.

“Exercise 10 The Question Banner: Close your eyes. Breathe out slowly three times, counting from three to one. See the one tall, clear, and bright. Gather all the different strands of your question into your hands and roll the strands up into a ball. See the color of the ball. Breathe out. Throw the ball into the sky. Watch it disappearing into the blue sky. Breathe out. On its return, see the ball unfurling like a banner over your head. What color is the banner? What image or words appear on the banner? Breathe out. Open your eyes. If the question does not call for yes or no, try asking for a dream to narrow down the issues for you. You could use this formula: what is the advice of my dreaming on the true question concerning my issue? Your question is the arrow that stirs the subconscious soup and jolts it to respond. “

“This work helps us know that “The unconscious has no hypotheses; it is a cauldron of “swirling experiences.” Tap into it, and up pops a dream image. The unconscious deals only in revelation, and revelation, being an experience, is, by definition, true. If I turn a corner and am suddenly faced with a blazing sunset over the ocean, my heart moves not to the “fact” of the sunset, but to the wondrous experience. The conscious mind deals in facts, the unconscious deals in truth.” Catherine goes on to define the conscious and unconscious mind.

“The conscious mind is naturally antagonistic to the unconscious. It prides itself on its precise observation and objectivity. It likes to separate, analyze, categorize. It uses its powerful logical thrust to establish scientific proof of things that it calls “facts.”

The unconscious has no hypotheses, it is a cauldron of swirling experiences. Tap into it, and up pops a dream image. The unconscious deals only in revelation, and revelation, being an experience, is, by definition, true. You may not mentally understand your image, but the powerful experience energizes and enlivens you. Now you are furiously writing, and your ideas are unexpected and fresh. The Hebrew Bible tells us that on the seventh day, God stopped creating in order to la’asot, to make.1 In other words, stir the pot, but then stop to let the food cook to perfection. When you stop agonizing over your report—through sleep, rest, or simply entering into an empty state of mind—your creative magma can coalesce, and it will manifest one aspect of you, the leopard springing to the task. “The soul never thinks without an image,” says Aristotle, and your leopard proves his point.”

Catherine tells us if we want to means to get to the truth of what you really want, you will tap into the unconscious. The unconscious makes up 95% of our brains activity; a “fact” verified by experimental psychologists and researchers. Our carefully analyzed and agonized choices are mostly decided by the unconscious. Our creative innovations rise up, fully formed from the unconscious, and yet most of us have no clue how to access this great power. Unlike the conscious mind, the unconscious cannot be worked out, analyzed, or pinned down, it can only be received. It will come in whatever form it chooses.

Kabbalah, which means receiving, is the science of letting the unconscious speak. To learn who you are, to discover your hidden motivations, and to speak to your body and cells, you will have to leave behind what you perceive as the safe shores of the conscious mind. When Sigmund Freud coined the words “unconscious mind,” he may not have realized that the concept of a vast unconscious part of ourselves, submerged like an iceberg beneath the surface of what we commonly call the conscious mind, has existed since time immemorial. The ancients were well aware of an unconscious realm populated by dangerous or godlike characters, fierce animals, hybrids of all sorts, and mind-boggling obstacles. What Freud understood as the unconscious mind was a store of memories, repressed emotions, and other mental complexes that remained trapped in a no-man’s-land and could negatively affect our everyday life and behavior. He believed that these repressed emotions and memories should be brought to conscious awareness in order to be cured. He interchangeably used both terms “unconscious” and “subconscious,” until he finally settled for the word unconscious. Today psychologists are still debating the differences between the two, but the word subconscious is rarely used. The preferred term is “unconscious” for all of our “other than conscious processes.”

Catherine writes, “Will you find the light? Yes, you will. This is a tried and true path to enlightenment, based on the knowledge of thousands of years of studying the plunge, and verified by many initiates’ successes in attaining light and what Jewish sages call dveikut, the cleaving of the self to the divine. This Kabbalah of dreaming is also called the Kabbalah of light or Saphire. Saphire is unique among other forms of Kabbalah, in that it limits its practice to the imagination and visualizations to access higher levels of consciousness. Whereas other schools use letters and chanting or mediations on the void, Saphire only works with dreams, day visions, waking dreams and guided imagery exercises to climb the ladder to dveikut. While the practice incorporates Jewish concepts, you do not need to be a Kabbalist, or even Jewish to do this practice, everyone dreams. “

In the practice of plunging, methodologies have varied slightly. Shamans put more of an emphasis on rituals, or chanting. In their mystery rituals, the Greeks liked to embody their gods’ myths, employing theatrical illusions, and rituals. Tibetan Buddhists use very rigorous and specific forms of visualizations of the Buddhas. The Sufis still practice the movements of the dhikr dance to induce mystical visions and heart-to-heart devotion to the teacher, representative on Earth of the perfect man. Jewish, Sufi, and Christian saints and mystics all over the world, throughout time, have plunged into waking dreams to imagine their emotional connection to world alignment. The Kabbalists, like other secrets of light, use visualizations, chanting, movements, and permutations of letters to bring Heaven on Earth.

In the Kabbalah of Light Catherine provides a step by step guide helping readers to tap into their subconscious to activate powers of manifestation and creativity using a practice passed down over eight centuries. The book and Shainberg’s method, the Saphire Imagery is based on the first Kabbalah of Light originated by Rabbi Issac the Blind of Posqjierres, France (1160-1235).

Now, Shainberg’s book draws on this ancient work to help readers discover their path to transformation. The Kabbalah of Light includes 159 short experimental exercise and practices to begin dialoguing with the subconscious through images. Beginning this productive dialogue with our inner world leads us to uncover our soul’s purpose and manifest our dreams in the outer world. Fast and simple, the practices can help readers discover their areas of “stuckness”- releasing past traumas and ancestral patterns, free the imagination, and open the way to the bliss promised by ancient traditions.

We thank Catherine Shainberg author of The Kabbalah of Light for a complete and detailed book of becoming aware of the light “within” or the unconscious mind and connections to layers of life that inform, encourage, and guide us to illuminate the soul and live lives of manifesting which is meaningful and purposeful.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Catherine Shainberg begins a productive dialogue that can help readers tap into the inner world of energy and light to uncover our soul’s purpose and manifest our dreams in the physical outer world of our human pursuits.

Catherine writes, “The sign of a creative mind is the leap, the ability to find unexpected links between apparently disparate elements. “There is nothing new under the sun,” says Solomon, the wisest of men. But we can play with all the forms we do have. There is an inexhaustible cornucopia of possible new configurations. We often hear that many people can reason, but few are creative. Is that true? Creativity can be activated. The ability to know is a gift all men and women have been endowed with, but most adults have lost. As children we all have it—we play, we invent, full of joy and vivaciousness—until we are reined in by linear thinking. Now, as adults, how can we recover our lost joy? How do we open the floodgates of creativity? “The true sign of intelligence is not knowledge, but imagination,” says Einstein, and he should know. He saw himself riding a beam of light when he was a child. His insight was the impetus that led to the theory of relativity. Like Einstein, we do not have to go to sleep to access our creative subconscious. Many people have had sudden flashes of insight, but what brought them on? Is there another way to incubate, one that doesn’t require falling asleep?”

Catherine and Sheryl would have you rediscover the wisdom of your childhood and the dreams and creation of love beauty, kindness and hope, that allowed you to travel, view, touch, and see the world of physical beauty as well as the inner soul world of eternal infinite possibilities. By quieting our physical senses then dreaming, meditating, praying, listening to quiet music, takes us within to the world of silence, knowingness and to the creative forces of Life.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits:Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to my guests authors metaphysicians scientists spiritualists medical professional energy workers and those in the arts and music fields who search heaven and earth to know more about life here and beyond. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com.

Today’s Guest

https://schoolofimages.com

The post Kabbalah: Ancient Practices to Illuminate the Soul appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits which shares stories and messages from spirit to show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our inner being or soul wisdom. I am delighted to welcome Matthew Mc Kay a clinical psychologist and author of his newest book The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife as he shares the channeled journey of his son’s travel across time and space as he shows us what really happens as we transition from a physical life to a spiritual energetic experience.

As Listeners of “Healing From Within” have come to expect over the years my very intuitive and inspirational guests and I share intimate and illuminating views of life in both the physical and energetic aspects. As we explore the duality of our life force, we come to realize that Consciousness survives physical death and life is eternal as our soul incarnates into different times and places to continue to grow through experience, greater awareness of love, and compassion. Life beyond life, is as real as a physical life in the three- dimensional world, but can be more expansive.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Matthew McKay specifically descries the transition experience of his son Jordan who has channeled to his father the early stages of the afterlife he experienced as he passed from this life to Spirit and shows how death is a realm of imagination and thoughts and intentions creating a luminous landscape entirely of consciousness. This wisdom provides profound relief from the fear of death, as well as exercises to learn how to communicate in spirit. We will discover the unbreakable bond between the living and dead and the love that remains forever.

Matthew tells us in detail what Jordan experienced after collapsing on a doorstep while seeking help and when he first died and how Jordan eventually made contact with his father in dreams.

Matthew writes, “That when his son died he had no idea or belief that the dead could talk to us. At best, they seemed gone in another world, separated by loss and the deafening thunder of our grief. Perhaps even worse, their passing spoke a truth far more dire: that they ceased to exist and that these sweet ephemeral spirits lived only in memory. But then Jordan started speaking to me—at first only in dreams—but then through mediums through a process called induced after death communication and then through the gift of channeled writing he told me he was here with me and could teach me what he knows about the afterlife. Here was a window into the world of spirit, an invitation to listen at the curtain between worlds and a clear awareness that death is neither an end nor even a loss. It is merely the time when we finally remember who we are and where our home is.

About five years into our channeled exchanges, Jordan decided we should write a book. Within a few minutes he had outlined all the chapters and over time he dictated much of what became our first book, Seeking Jordan.

Jordan let his father know that at the moment of death we lose our senses, our nervous system and all that has anchored us to the world. We lose our families and goals in life. We find ourselves in a place where thought creates visions, where a mere idea projects images that can capture and overwhelm us. The physical world is gone, and for a time we may not be able to hear or recognize the spirits that have come to help us. The love we feel for our soul group and guides may be masked from us. In this confusion, souls struggle to get their bearings. Some don’t yet recognize that they are dead. Some are so attached to the people and things of their past that they cling to the physical plane. Some are filled with emotions—fear anger grief shame greed that obscure the life of spirit. Some souls expect an afterlife that doesn’t exist, a picture of heaven painted from pulpits and religious training that actually prevents them from seeing what’s really there. Some souls expect nothing, an extinction of consciousness and can’t understand why they are still thinking and aware outside of their bodies.

Jordan goes on to tell us the time immediately after death is disorienting. This is because a soul who has newly crossed over is still an amnesiac. They don’t yet know what they know. How we communicate and navigate in spirit has been forgotten. How to focus our energy in spirit has temporarily been lost. For example, we see in all directions. We move by intentions rather than physically walking. We hear telepathically rather than listening to sound and words. We connect through the medium of love rather than touching or holding or conversing.

Death cannot be understood unless the purpose of life is also recognized. We are not here to be redeemed, proven worthy or to earn a high station in heaven. We are here Jordan says, to love and to learn. Death merely facilitates moving from the physical dimensions into the world of spirit. Our life as a soul has the same goals—here and in the afterlife—to evolve and to grow.

Sheryl shares with Matthew that as a medium, practicing for the last 25 years, she always tells her clients the same thing: that we will continue to learn and love beyond this physical life, and live in Spirit similar to the way we create and manifest our life on earth by our thoughts and actions or intentions. It is like the Law of Attraction that what we focus our time and energy on manifests.

Sheryl goes on to share what happened to her sister Rodelle who passed from pancreatic cancer and was given morphine before her passing and though our father was calling her to come forward, she was confused for perhaps the medicine made her passing more difficult.

As a medium Sheryl did a reading hoping to connect to her energy months after she passed and shared it in her new book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided insights to Support Global Awakening. Here is what Sheryl wrote “When I interviewed Annie, I had no idea that before long, my sister Rodelle would pass. As a medium, I received thoughtful, creative, validating messages for my clients. I assumed that was the way Spirit intended for me to use the gift of spiritual communication. However, I was told years ago that I could ask to speak to any soul energy, anywhere, alive or in spirit. I never tried to contact my own family members, as I felt that should they need to reach me, they would. Eight months after Rodelle’s passing, I decided to meditate and try to check in to see how she was relating to her new world. Unlike Billy, who reached out to his sister Annie, I reached out to mine in spirit. Usually when I do a reading, I simply write down whatever is presented to me. It seems the information is usually perfectly tailored to what my client needs at the moment. With Rodelle, however, I decided to ask her questions. When she was ill, I tried so hard to show her that she was in for an amazing journey into forever and beyond, which was something Rodelle was not able to believe in. I already knew that there is no death, for our true-life essence, or soul, survives physical death. Sadly, she did not.

I soon felt her energy around me and sensed she was surrounded in a blanket of green glory and quietness, but her heart still hurt. She had not wanted to depart, as her love of life was quite palpable and her fight to stay alive was most courageous. I was aware that she was being cared for by souls and spiritual teachers that attended to her and her soul energy in the process of refreshing itself after her long, challenging illness and the sorrow of many personal disappointments in her past life.

Healing of the soul is necessary before creating a new life in spirit filled with the effervescence and joy that many of us know or try to remember from our childhood of hope and possibility for love and friendship. My sister would fully heal with the help of the divine, as she was always one to try her best no matter what the challenge was. I asked her who was there to meet her. Immediately I began to feel a pressure, a tightening on my head, as perhaps the drugs she was given before passing confused her. She was frightened. Our dad was calling to her to move forward.

Rodelle soon saw the head of the Statue of Liberty immense in size; the face was very close to her face. The beams of light from the crown on the statue’s head enlarged, and many people moved forward to meet her: relatives, friends, and guides. Rodelle seemed to feel free, as the immigrants who had come to our shores looking for a new life must have felt, filled with the hope that they would be welcomed. Tears started to fill my eyes as I realized how joyful she was to find this new world and see so many souls she loved there to greet her.

Then I asked Rodelle if she was aware of how her daughters, granddaughter, and sisters were managing. She responded by showing pain, which I felt intensely in my left arm, and she expressed to me that relationships with several women in her life had been hard. Friends were easier for her to embrace than family members. It might be like that for all of us, since the family supplies the hardest challenges for resolving karmic cycles and some may not even be resolved in a single lifetime.

Quite suddenly, Rodelle’s spirit and energy dancing around me seemed to lift up, and she expressed that since there were many old thoughts still within her, opening the door to the exquisiteness of this new vision of light and energy was taking some time. I saw in my inner vision an astronaut floating in space trying to move freely and easily without gravity holding him back, but wearing the spacesuit was still a hold to life that had to be discarded for Rodelle to be truly free.

There were many more messages and the final message shared with me showed me conclusively that she had found a new soul family in spirit and was helping others, as it was the best way she had discovered to serve.

How beautiful, I thought, and knew that she was safe. For some time after this reading with Rodelle, I often loved to think of my sister as being surrounded and loved in the blanket of green glory and quietness, as it was soothing to me and helped me resolve the sorrow of her difficult illness and passing.

We return to Jordan as he goes on to tell us how he felt immediately after his passing,…”He felt cold and had a sense of shock. He saw his body on the ground. It occurred to me I was dead and that struck me with horror. Not so much for myself, but for everyone I loved and was connected to. The panic of disconnection for me, was intense. I thought of the route to the flat I shared with Elisa and found myself moving rapidly there. I simply went through the wall and watched her sleeping. It was a feeling not of tears, but a sense of time stretching out without each other a bleakness. Next I visited my friend Mauchi. When I thought of someone and pictured where they were, I could be there. In the first hours after my death I could only go to places I knew well. Now I can be with anyone I want, instantly, just by thinking of them. ”Sheryl says she tells her clients, “Anytime they think of a loved one in Spirt and say their name that soul is right by their side.”

Next Jordan tells us there was a jumble of stuff around him, remnants of his life that seemed real but they were just images made of energy. He was projecting. He felt a hand touching him urging him to slow down and received information telepathically He could also feel love bathing him. Someone maybe a guide asked him to select one image that could stabilize the scene-some place beautiful or peaceful. Jordan was told he was in a Landing Place just outside the spirit world and would remain there until the residual distress from his death had calmed. He also heard the sound of love and with it a sense of belonging of being part of a great whole. He belonged not with the souls of his family but to a sense of all, of all that is.

When Jordan entered the Spirit World he sensed all around souls were huddled focusing inward He was able to meditate on the life he had just lived. It was a Life Review In my connection with my mother I learned about the unconquerable cycle of love and loss that marks our life on Earth. I felt the timelessness of love the moment between a mother and her son carried the light of all the love in the universe. I also realized the cruelty I had inflicted on my sister Bekah. I felt a deep need to know how my actions had affected her.

Matthew tells us that for many souls, death doesn’t begin a nonstop flight to the Spirit World. There are some potential layovers that may interrupt their journey back to Spirit. The first of these has to do with souls who get stuck on Earth. Many souls are afraid to leave the site of their death. As the body cools and is no longer animated by a soul withing they continue to cling. The gentle pull toward spirit is lost for a time in a kind of soul panic: the release, the sudden freedom from the physical seems so strange that the spirit is flooded with an urge to get back inside. They are what people call ghosts. Frightened souls who continue clinging to their bodies, these souls are captured by the emotions of a past life and resist moving to the next place…

The Healing Place which is the next stop for many distressed souls. It is quiet and insulated from telepathic and psychic noise. It has the appearance of some kind of open- air hospital with countless souls lying motionless apparently sleeping. Healing guides minister to them as the souls “live” whatever vivid stories they’ve created. For some souls these stories are experienced in mental or dream states. Some souls have more serious problems to work out and actually travel to dimensions designed for intensive learning. Once you are assigned to the healing place, you have very little control over events. You are spiritually unconscious. The flow of your stories, the strength of your leftover beliefs and assumptions, and the surges of raw emotion will gradually subside. The treatment process is titrated by guides; you are entirely in their hands. Sheryl realizes that the Healing Place was where her sister had communicated her status eight months after her physical death.

Souls arrive in the healing place for many reasons. These can include:

  • Dying while in a coma and unaware of the transition.
  • Dying in a psychotic state with a loose grasp of conventional reality and arriving in the spirit world influenced by brain-based hallucinations.
  • Dying a sudden or violent death—in a state of terror or rage—and in some cases not yet knowing they’re discarnate.
  • Having had a life strongly influenced by fear and fear avoidance. These souls often arrive terrified, with minds practiced at inventing catastrophic possibilities. Each catastrophic thought turns into a vivid experience that only terrifies them more. The harsh bardos described in the Egyptian and Tibetan Books of the Dead derive from these fear-fueled stories. Fear avoidance is also a factor. These souls become frantic, trying to escape the images of their own making. This painful scenario—panicking, trying to get away, and panicking even more when there’s nowhere to go— continues until these stories and images are slowly turned around by guides.
  • Having had a life strongly influenced by anger. Anger and violence are the opposite of love. Incarnate souls who’ve learned to respond to pain with anger are unprepared for the spirit world.
  • 27 Violence is even more problematic. Violence inflicts wounds as much on the perpetrator as the victim. It creates pockets of inert or distorted energy in the perpetrating souls. A part of the soul literally goes dead and loses all responsiveness. These souls, as a result, suffer isolation and cannot hear love. They arrive deeply alone and require major energy transfusions (much like blood transfusions) before they can even begin to connect. Some of them remain in the healing wards for Earth centuries.
  • Having had a life influenced by greed. Because greed is the product of delusion—that we are all separate, unconnected by love—it leaves souls profoundly confused immediately after death. Their lives have been about having and taking rather than loving and sharing. As with anger, greed isolates; souls see themselves alone, fighting for limited resources. And like angry souls, they arrive largely deaf to love.
  • Having had a life ending in despair. Souls who despair have missed the point of life. They think life is about achieving happiness and that pain indicates a blatant failure. But life isn’t about being happy. It’s about learning to love, no matter what level of pain or suffering we face. The pain is an essential part of the lesson, not a sign of failure. Despair is really the inability to express and act on love during periods of extended pain. When despairing souls—particularly those whose death was a suicide— arrive in the afterlife, they may be unattuned to love. While souls aren’t blamed or judged for their despair, it takes time to awaken.
  • Having had a life marked by shame and self-hate. Shame occurs when a soul believes their life choices to be at odds with what is good and right. They feel judged, a failure in the eyes of others. Because they believe they are undeserving, they remain deaf to the sound of love permeating the afterlife.

The best preparation for this bardo, while still incarnate, is to work on the realization that your thoughts aren’t real, and use meditation to observe thoughts rather than get caught and consumed in them.

Souls who go to the healing place, while from outward appearances sleeping, can be elsewhere. Souls with intense, dominant emotional states may have some of their soul energy sent to dimensional realities (special bardos) designed for their recovery. There are dimensions, for example, where matter can appear and disappear by mere intention. The soul, while not occupying a physical body, doesn’t have to contend with the organ and biochemical systems of the bodies we have on Earth—and that body can’t be damaged, no matter what the soul does or conjures up. In these dimensions, the soul’s unprocessed emotions from Earth are turned into adversaries, love objects, events (storms, quakes, arrivals and departures), familiar environments, alien environments, and elaborate plots with spine-tingling crises and crescendos. The soul conjures most of this, but some elements are added or remodeled by guides to help resolve the jagged remnants of emotions from the soul’s last life.

Souls who’ve lived many lives have experienced the passage from a physical body to being in spirit hundreds of times. They more easily recognize that they have died, remember and allow the tug toward spirit, and may cross directly into the arms of guides and loved ones. They know the routine and what to expect. They are attuned to love. The hallucinations suffered by emotionally disturbed or less experienced souls are not their fate These more advanced souls have worked through many karmic lessons. Their lives—while often marked by pain and great challenges—were guided by a sense of mission and spiritual truth. They were not lost or alone. They saw through the amnesia and didn’t forget that Spirit lives with and in them. As a result, many make the direct flight to a soul group and quickly resume their work—often learning special skills—there are many careers in the spirit world—that they will utilize on Earth or after they’ve stopped incarnating. These souls may not pause for a full life review but will, in time, consult with guides about the life just lived.

When Jordan had finished his Life Review he tells us a guide led him to a passageway a wide hallway, perhaps more like a tube of light. Hallways leading to city-size collections of soul families flashed by and if you think of each soul as a point of light, the spirit world is a vast array of such lights. And there are many more souls than have incarnated on earth. You might think of the Spirit World as a gigantic brain with each cell(soul) located in a particular place and performing a particular function.

Jordan was heading back to his region town and family. His soul group, “the farm” appears to live in an old Victorian house. This isn’t a physical house, but energy projected by agreement to resemble a house. We create the image that is comforting to us much the same way that souls who incarnate as water creatures might project a quiet lake or bay. We call our soul group “the farm” because we are working to learn methods for helping consciousness grow on a mass level. The laws of change are part of what we study. They were all waiting for me. Eleven of them and I make 12.

Reminds Sheryl of when she had her first Reiki healing initiation and there were 12 in the group.

The soul group is our family, our classroom, and our main source of strength and belonging. We learn together, reincarnate together, and nourish each other with love. The activities I’ve just described are part of daily life. We aren’t playing harps, sitting on clouds, or drinking grog in some Viking Valhalla. We aren’t living in mansions or walking in sandaled feet on the courtyards of temples. We are just a group of souls who learn and love together

Matthew writes, “Jordan shares with us what he learned in the spirit world. Souls have an individual lesson plan. Even souls in the same group, like “the farm,” have unique learning objectives. While guides may teach certain lessons collectively, much of the knowledge we acquire is through study of the Akashic Record (the history of every life, every event, every choice made during incarnations—(both as it happened and as it could have happened). Studying the Akashic Record—sometimes alone, sometimes with guides—is the primary way we review and learn from each incarnation. We examine with great attention every choice and each word spoken as if it were happening now, studying how it affected ourselves and others, feeling the impact of anger or of love. And then we open chapters in the Record that reveal what could have happened if we made different choices.

We also study the Akashic Record to learn the intricacies of cause and effect, watching years-long sequences of events all flowing from a single choice. A single moment. A father slapping a child and yelling, “You’re bad!” can launch a ripple effect that will churn through generations. But we don’t just study the effects of human action. We examine every instrument of change: how water erodes rocks in a stream, how freezing and unfreezing rain in the cracks of granite causes mountains to rupture, how the Big Bang pushes matter ever further into entropy, the silence of nothingness. We can look at cause and effect on every level so that eventually souls can recognize the underlying force driving every phenomenon, be it physics or human behavior. Related to the laws of cause and effect—and also studied in the Akashic Record—are the laws of change. These principles guide conscious interventions that allow souls to interrupt cause and effect and rechannel the course of human events. In the same way a dam can alter a river’s flow, laws of change, judiciously applied at a moment in time, can redirect history.”

Our lives in the spirit world are multifaceted—just as they are on Earth. What we do keeps changing, so we are never bored. To understand what it’s like in the afterlife, you have to realize how much souls love learning. That is our purpose, our mission. We were created for this one reason—to absorb knowledge and experience, and give it to all. We incarnate into a physical universe to learn from that; we love each other and learn from that love and connection; we develop expertise at our spiritual careers. Everything we do fills us with an ever increasing sense of truth. We never arrive at truth. No one does, not even the all (collective consciousness). We keep moving toward truth—holding more and more of it—but never arriving. A “day” in the afterlife—every moment of it—is spent loving and learning. And remember, we can do multiple things at once, so much of what we do is simultaneous rather than sequential. For example, I can visit my loved ones who are still incarnate while at the same time deeply studying the Akashic Record. Or I can be listening to a guide give a lecture while being a tourist on another planet and learning from the life forms there.

So with this in mind, let me list some of the activities I’m involved in.

  • Visiting much loved souls. While we can communicate telepathically across infinite distance, it’s like talking on the phone
  • Connecting to embodied souls. Communicating to loved ones who are still incarnate is a challenge. The vibrational levels, as noted before, are so different that direct communication is often impossible. Any time a soul on Earth thinks of me, it opens a channel, and if they are receptive, I can answer telepathically.
  • Connecting to all. Part of my time is spent in a kind of meditative state, where I connect to collective consciousness. It’s like turning on a radio in which you hear the broadcast for every channel simultaneously. Knowledge fills me, as does this deeply peaceful sense of being part of the whole, of belonging through love.
  • Reviewing lessons from past lives. Again, this is all done through study of the Akashic Record. Guides are often involved,
  • Creating things. Most souls engage in some creative activities.
  • Rituals. Our soul group doesn’t eat together like families do on Earth, but we do connect ritually. We take time, periodically, to do a form of singing that synchronizes our energy patterns for a while, and helps us feel closer. We do ritual merging—sometimes as a group to strengthen the emotion of belonging and sometimes in pairs, where we experience a deep intimacy and knowing of each other that feels energetically similar to sex.
  • Lectures and seminars with advanced souls. Part of our training involves being exposed to the wisdom, skills, and experience of advanced souls
  • Movies. These are special “videos” from the Akashic Record that form amazing travel logs. We can watch the Big Bang, we can see the formation and evolution of previous universes, we can watch documentaries of life forms who host incarnating souls on other planets, and we can peer down the timeline to future events. We also watch and learn from documentaries of souls who have led inspiring lives.
  • Enjoying “the darkness.” We don’t sleep, but we can enjoy periods alone and draw a sort of cover over ourselves. We can have our own thoughts, our own memories, and our own hopes and plans in privacy—there’s no telepathic seepage of our thoughts to other souls.
  • Skills training. As described earlier, there are many spiritual careers. After we’ve been incarnating for a while, and we’re not using all the time between lives to review and learn from our most recent incarnation, guides begin encouraging us to consider a career in the spirit world.

Sheryl asks Matthew to tell us what he conceives Love to be? Matthew writes, LOVE IS A PLACE, A LOCATION. It is where consciousness resides. It isn’t a feeling, or a state, or a form of experience. It is the place of all thought, all knowledge, all truth. It is the essence of beauty and what moves us to recognize beauty and know love in the presence of beauty. Love is joining; it is the act of seeing, knowing, and, for a time, becoming the beloved. Love is a place of pure belonging where we enter each other and, finally, the whole. Love is not a subject and object, nor is it a lover and a recipient of love. It is the place where they live together, having the same awareness, the same memory, the same truth. Love in the spirit world—that place of merging, knowing and belonging—lives as a shadow, a faint presence inside of us. That shadow is the source of our loneliness here on Earth.

Sheryl says she remembers once being wounded by a friend who didn’t back her up in a decision that affected many people and which Sheryl as a medium and healer knew to be correct, and Sheryl said to that soul. I thought you were home… According to the definition of Love Sheryl always wanted to be home to everyone and to be known as love by everyone.

We can make it easier to pass through the stages of death to enter the Spirit World. There are things you can do now to have a more direct flight after death. Layovers on Earth, in the healing place, or in the “strange dimensions” can be minimized by doing these six things:

  1. Prepare now to recognize when you are dead. While out-of -body and near-death experiences are not rare, most of the time when you’re outside of your body, you have crossed over. Pay attention to the events surrounding your out-of-body experience. Are lifesaving efforts continuing? Are people mourning? Are they wrapping or cleaning your body? Also note how long you have been out-of-body. If a lot has happened and significant time has gone by, your incarnation is likely over.
  2. Feel and accept the tug up to Spirit. If you are out-of-body, pay attention to the tug toward Spirit. It may show up as a desire to “let go,” it may come as a movement upward, or it may simply arrive as a graying out of the physical scene of your death while your conscious awareness continues. However it shows up, allow it. Encourage it. Accept and go with it.
  3. Trust that you will be guided and cared for. From the moment you leave your body, guides are closely attending to you. Expect them. Trust that they are with you, even if you can’t see them. Let them take you where you need to go. They love you; they have only your best interests at heart. Their sole job is to care for you.
  4. Listen for a voice or words in your mind. Your guides will very soon start communicating telepathically. In some cases, the guides communicate with a simple awareness, a sense of knowing. Put your full attention to hearing whatever they convey.
  5. Avoid forming mental images or pictures. This often leads to disturbing visions that plague souls just arriving in spirit. Instead, focus on your feelings of love for souls who’ve already crossed over. You’ll see them soon. Anticipate that and keep your attention on love. Feel it. Listen for it.
  6. As soon as you see guides or loved ones, attend fully to them. Listen to them. Feel the love flowing between you. Love is your passport. When you feel it, you won’t wait long before entering the spirit world.

Matthew Mc Kay and his son Jordan might like readers of The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife to take away with them after reading this very detailed view of the journey during the transition to spirit. Matthew Jordan and Sheryl might like readers to know that there is no death only life after life and in spirit more PLEASURE FOR SOULS. Learning is only part of the experience in spirit. There’s actually more fun in the afterlife than on Earth. In the physical world, pleasure is experienced in the nervous and limbic systems. It peaks and then quickly decays as we desensitize to the experience. Our bodies can’t retain sensations of pleasure for very long because our arousal system is designed to return to baseline quickly. In the spirit world, enjoyment can be sustained indefinitely because it doesn’t depend on bodily reactions.

But on the other, we can hold deep, sustained enjoyment through experiences such as:

  • visiting and connecting to soul friends
  • intimate merging
  • tourism—visiting other worlds, other times, and other stages in the development of consciousness
  • meditating on the love of all
  • creating—everything from music to energy sculptures to planets.

We thank Matthew McKay Ph. D author of The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife for showing us through the experiences of his son Jordan who passed at the age of twenty three his wondrous journey to the Spirit World and the loving connections to loved ones, higher vibrational beings, guides who have been with us here in life and again with us in the afterlife. he makes as we learn that all life is simply about experiences learning and loving and evolving to a higher level of compassion for all that is.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within’ we have interacted with our minds and our souls to the distinct need to understand death dying and life eternal, through the feelings and awareness of Jordan in spirit shared with his father Matthew who wrote a book where we have a true vision of the state of the soul, the reasons why souls choose a physical life, the beauty of living learning and loving and the journey back home which can be made more wondrous if we leave fear out of the process at the time we leave our physical bodies and begin again our life in Spirit.

Matthew wrote, “THE DEEPEST TRUTH of the universe is that love is eternal; our relationships to each other and the whole go on forever. Reuniting is a myth born of our physical lives. We are always together (even though on Earth we forget), always united in love, always and irrevocably connected to all of consciousness. So, reunion is merely a ceremony where incarnated soul energy returns to spirit, and our soul group and friends bang the drum to welcome us home. But in truth we never left them. Our collective love has always held us as if we were one breath. We feel so alone on this planet, and the love of incarnates is so tenuous and conditional that isolation seems normal. The emptiness of having our deepest selves unseen (hidden within a body and a personality) is the root of human sadness, and it is why the hope for union animates all our relationships—with both the living and the dead. We cannot know in this place that our aloneness is an illusion created for our own growth. As we approach death, the thought of reunion often seems more sweet. We have lost loved ones, and even in our most intimate relationships we may continue to feel a distance—as if we have always lived a little apart—beyond being held, beyond being known. And because merging in love is so difficult here, we yearn all the more for it as life reaches its end. Instinctively, if we listen to our soul’s truth, we can feel the imminent approach of our joining to all that we love. We can use this hunger for reunion to begin welcoming the transition. Souls we love who are now in spirit often appear to us in the days or hours before death, when possible, as part of the plan to ease our transition; they remind us that we are going home and there is nothing to fear. ……”

Matthew and I would have you know the more you allow accept and surrender to all experiences, without judging them good or bad, you will begin to be comfortable and in tune with the challenges of the physical world, and will come to have an easier transition back to Spirit when that time comes for you. The cycle of life is miraculous, whether in or out of a body.

I am Sheryl Glick host of “Healing From Within” medium and author of A New Life Awaits and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to metaphysicians visionaries spiritualists scientists medical professions psychologists and travelers of time and space help us recognize our uniqueness and eternal spiritual capacity to evolve and live in all phases of exploration of self, the world and beyond. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

http://www.mathewmckay.com

The post A Channeled Guide to the Life-Death Transition appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher Medium and author the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit to show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but often a disconnect from our inner soul wisdom and connection to Universal Source or life itself. Today I welcome Vincent Genna, author of The Secret That’s Holding you Back which allows you to see if you’re not pursuing a rewarding career, not in loving relationships, not financially secure, healthy or vital, and don’t even know your purpose or passion, then you are stopping yourself without even knowing it. Sheryl’s dad used to say often, “You are your own worst enemy. Indeed all of us have fears and let’s find out how to improve that form of limitation from our childhood fears.

Vincent joins us on Healing From Within to share his experiences as a gifted psychic medium with the knowledge and experience of a psychotherapist, the personality of a showman and his approach to provide healing for body, mind and spirit.

As listeners of Healing From Within well know Sheryl and her extraordinary guests share intimate enlightening stories that allow us to open our minds and hearts to the mysteries of life here and beyond, in order to begin to understand duality is necessary in a physical world to remind us that we are spiritual beings having a physical life and that we possess a magnificent soul energy that is expansive. This soul essence when used properly can lead us to manifest a life of truth, beauty , prosperity and health and happiness.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Vincent Genna a gifted psychic medium psychotherapist with a genuine loving approach to provide healing for body mind and spirit shares 39 years of training research and experience in the Metaphysical Psychological and Spiritual fields to help you dive into your psyche, to release unconscious blockages, resistances, and self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors, so you can live the life your soul intended to in this incarnation.

When Vincent is asked to think back to his childhood and remember a personal event that may have signaled to them or others around them the lifestyle interests and work they might pursue as adults, he immediately tells us he was often bullied as a child. He was sensitive and loved to sing, dance and act so he was different than many of the other kids. He also says many mentors or helpers came into his life to guide him eventually to his real life work. Vincent tells about his first meeting with Doris, a psychic when he was a young married man. Doris told him he was touched by the energy of Jesus and was going to become a spiritual teacher of great renown. At that point in time Vincent was an actor and singer who had been on television and was pursuing a career in that field. She went on to say he and his wife were very special souls and had been together in lifetimes before. Vincent was a bit saddened to know his life’s work would not lie in the performing arts but happy to hear Jesus was by his side to help him. After the reading profound spiritual events happened which changed my understanding, beliefs attitudes and my course in career and purpose in life. I found I had psychic and medium abilities along with other spiritual gifts which had led me to pursue acting.

Sheryl says after being guided by Spirit to go to a spiritual retreat with psychic medium John Edward of New York and Robert Brown from England she continued going to spiritual development events reading taking yoga to become familiar with energy and her own inner soul talents ultimately remembering her soul life path and knowing definitely that we are Spiritual Beings having a physical life. Life is eternal and there is no end to physical death to our soul life force. Wanting to share this new found wisdom with everyone she made a promise to the Divine Universal Source or God to carry this great blessing this great truth and absolver of many fears forward. At a private reading with Robert Brown when he said “Oh, You have a very powerful guide and I don’t want to make any mistakes in your reading.” Sheryl could see he was moved by what he saw. Down the road in Maine a woman working at the place we were staying walked over to Sheryl and said, “Jesus is your guide and he wants you to put that in the book you are writing. As a child Sheryl had a little plastic doll that she named Jerry and would sit and talk to him sometimes in the closet to find out why the world and many people seemed so lost. Shery didn’t know it at the time, but she was always seeking the Divine and the energy of life beyond here. Sheryl made a promise when she discovered the truth of “Being” to carry the ball to the goal post and share this miraculous truth with as many people as she could. That was over twenty five years ago and while she has not become famous she does host a radio show, Healing From Within, that Spirit encouraged her to participate in, has written three books as Spirit said she would and continues to find joy in the energy of Spirit when she meditates and does readings for people who come seeking divine help.

Vincent Genna has spoken at notable organizations such as the Edgar Cayce Association for Research Enlightenment and the Institute of Noetic Sciences and mentions that after meeting Edgar Cayce’s grandson at the Association for Research and Enlightenment in Virginia he had wanted to be a guest speaker there and after thirty three years it happened. Sheryl often has coincidences and synchronicity with her amazing guests and tells Vincent she also met Edgar Cayce’s grandson at a workshop and had her First Reiki Attunement at ARE his institute in New York City as destiny would have it, and began her mediumship work and Reiki energy practice shortly after. She was told she would teach Reiki and help her students awaken to their soul guided talents. Often Sheryl thinks she is influenced by Edgar Cayce as she does her readings and writes down all that is channeled through her much as Cayce did. He however had an assistant who wrote down all he said while he slept. He was called the Sleeping Prophet.

Learning about healing demands we know the important functions of the human brain. After all the years Vincent studied and researched the body, mind and spirit as a metaphysician and psychotherapist, he concluded the mind is divided into more areas of consciousness than the psychiatrists and psychologists labeled as conscious, subconscious, and unconscious. Sigmund Freud had much to do with the discoveries of the unconscious mind. He along with others concluded that all human innate knowledge comes from the unconscious mind. Carl Jung, one of Freud’s students went on to further describe the unconscious mind and to include the Superconscious mind which is connected to a collective unconsciousness where all knowledge is housed, He refers to this as the Mind of God. This is actually the part of the mind where the souls mind is connected

We take a look at the part of our mind that limits us most. Vincent tells us when we receive our first negative messages from parents’ siblings, other family members teachers or our environment what happens is protective mechanisms in your brain fracture the negative stories of our three dimensional sectioned minds and creates a fourth section known as Environment Made Mind.

The brain forms the Environment Made Mind for two reasons.

One is to house the soul’s mind and only knows God-given positive beliefs and feelings about the world.

The second reason is the brain forms another section is for built in protection mechanisms for survival. This part of the brain holds onto all experiences good and bad just in case it needs to refer to them someday.

The Environment Made Mind is what limits us the most. The brain also develops another section of the brain known as the Adult Made Mind (AMM) which is located just above the Environmental Made Mind and below the Subconscious mind. It is this mind where we develop and harbor a new set of beliefs about who we are and about life based on what makes us feel better and shields us against the Environmental Made Mind. It is here where Sean, one of Vincent’s clients developed the belief that he couldn’t get a job after Covid in the field he had been working because he was fifty and there were no jobs after the Covid pandemic. The Adult Made Mind will construct any defense rather than looking at the real problem. The Adult Made Mind constructs many excuses and falsehoods, prejudices, and blame to prevent us from resolving the issues of fear in our childhood.

Since the AMM is now closest to your subconscious and conscious minds, it has the greatest influence over you. All along the beliefs in your Environmental Made Mind still try to find their way up to the subconscious and conscious mind and occasionally make it there.

Some people’s Adult Made Mind are so weak they hear nothing but the beliefs from the Environmental Made Mind and go through life thinking and saying demeaning self- deflating thoughts to themselves. Meanwhile below both these minds your soul’s mind is desperately trying to speak the truth to you of your unlimited potential to manifest the life you want. One positive benefit of having the Adult Mind is it blocks anything new from entering the Environmental Made Mind where childhood issues are stored.

The bottom line is this: due to your mind fracturing and creating the Adult Made Mind you often don’t believe what you think you believe. You therefore create the Adult Made Mind defenses described here. Freud discovered and lists ten different defense mechanisms we develop in adolescence to help us deal with young adult and adult years. They are rationalization, intellectualization, repression suppression, displacement sublimation and of course denial.

Self-beliefs we form as children are so important. Children translate the attention they receive or don’t receive as whether they’re lovable or not. Our lovability factor is primary to our existence as souls. We were created from love, so love is all we have within our soul mind, And we use love to measure everything about our environment and growth as beings. Positive attention equals we are loveable and negative or lack of attention means we are not. We know those who cannot love themselves cannot love others. And love and belief that life is good are the prime ingredients to living our best life. Where there is doubt, seek knowledge and the truth of you eternal expansiveness.

There are unconscious processes that block our attempts to grow and evolve. Negative unconscious information from the environment and from parents, teachers, friends, failure in certain life activities such as jobs, school, or relationships, set up patterns of resistance, denial, and fear, so we don’t attempt to move beyond these barriers.

How do we start to recognize our own unconscious beliefs/limiting patterns? Vincent says that we finally begin to see dreams come through and understand our goals and potential when we realize that we have to forget what I think I know and live ignorant of all those beliefs If I am not attaining all I want obviously, what I think I know is not enough or is holding me back Albert Einstein said, “You can’t solve a problem with the same set of beliefs that created it.

Vincent tells us that the main steps to begin fulfilling our passions and purpose is to fully become aware of our dual nature as both a physical and spiritual beings

Sheryl says that without knowing this truth, people flounder and fail to achieve a high level of happiness. It is only from within and an awareness of our true divine/human nature that we can full our soul’s mission with great vitality. If you think the physical world can bring you completion you are on a journey of falsehoods. Healing comes from within the soul and connection to All that is!

Therefore going to a medium helps you reconnect to your inner soul wisdom and to know that making a connection to a higher Universal source or Spirit Communication is possible by learning to raise your energy level or vibration. Vincent tells his clients at the end of most reading that they can call for a follow up reading in about three months, as it takes time for the client’s energy to change enough to get new messages, and also so the client doesn’t get dependent on him for guidance. He says the purpose of his readings is to connect clients to their souls and empower them to trust themselves and to connect to Source Spirit God to get their own insights and awareness of their life plan. Sheryl agrees with those suggestions and asks her clients to put their reading in a book and not constantly focus or look at it and be stopped from creating their own new awarenesses of their potential to create new experiences.

Sheryl often has found that the questions and direction the person needs to follow is presented in the first reading and sometimes does not see that person again as they have validated their own soul sense through the messages and is in alignment now to their destiny.

Recently sitting in a nail salon, a young woman looked over and said to Sheryl…”I always remember you!” She walked over and told Sheryl her name was Stephanie and Sheryl immediately remembered she had seen the young woman almost 20 years before. Stephanie told me because of our few sessions, her whole life had changed and she often thought of me. Now she wanted her mother to come see me now. She booked a session for her mother and after her mother came her mother booked a session for her daughter.

Often we don’t know as mediums what course our clients life takes, but Sheryl feels that each person is divinely directed to the appropriate psychic medium to connect to spirit and their inner self and are in many ways reconnected to their life plan and are helped immeasurably.

We can develop our consciousness to elevate our ability to live an authentically expressed life. To do this First you have to know the two functions of the human brain which are to keep you alive and to protect you. From the moment we are born our bodies create antigens and antibodies to protect us from infections and diseases. The same is true of our mind. As our bodies develop so do our mental protection mechanisms. As negative influence from our environment infiltrates our thoughts consciously or unconsciously and created unpleasant uncomfortable and painful emotions and feelings our brains begin to respond by kicking into protective mode.

We must become aware that in adolescence our defense mechanisms begin to form to deal with emotional issues. Freud discovered and lists ten different defense mechanisms we develop in adolescence to help us deal with young adult and adult years. They are rationalization, intellectualization repression suppression displacement sublimation and of course denial. By using these mechanisms we create a new set of beliefs to protect from our original maladaptive beliefs.

Some exercises or activities that people can do to address unconscious beliefs are as follows. One is a coloring exercise, where you are reverting back to your childhood ways of dealing with unpleasant actions or reactions from others, which helps your memory to perhaps click-into a past negative or painful experience. Another exercise is called personification meditation. Close your eyes and you will be in a waking meditation state so you can write down what comes to you, and pretend you are talking to “little you” and see what comes to you.

There are some steps to manifest what you desire and put the Law of Attraction to work. We have already established that the “Law of Attraction” force is everywhere. Supposedly we control it from our thoughts by means of manifesting process. It is all about harnessing the power of your thoughts and intentions, What we focus our thoughts on we bring into our lives. Negativity breeds more negativity. Thinking loving thoughts and being loving brings more love into one’s life. Cooperating rather than competition makes expanding our relationships and creating successful interactions and conclusions more likely. Give to receive and love fully to end doubt and fear and create a life of happiness and health. It is not with your thoughts that you manifest It is with your beliefs that you manifest. And you don’t create with your conscious mind you manifest with your subconscious and unconscious beliefs.

Vincent would like readers to take away with them after reading his book The Secret That’s Holding You Back that while we are talking about creating and manifesting. we need to talk about the spiritual aspect of who we are. After all, we are composed of body mind and spirit which means we are more than physical beings. If you truly want to become unstoppable and create the most bold and joyful life you need to expand your beliefs and develop spiritual ones—what is your relationship with yourself, others, the world, and some deity or greater force. Religion was man’s way of interpreting those beliefs and putting them into practice. No matter what religious belief system you practice, God Yahweh Jehovah Allah Buddha Brahma or whatever you call the Divine or whoever you call the Creator of life to know that force created all that is and all that is around and within each of us, you cannot proceed to live life as the magnificent soul you are until awareness of this truth is found. This knowledge is necessary to fulfil your destiny and life story.

We thank Vincent Genna author of The Secret That’s Holding You Back for a clearer view of the insights and awareness that spiritual teachers, mediums and energy healers bring to their clients in a way that connects them to Universal Source and the wisdom of All That Is.

In summarizing this episode of healing From Within we have explored life as described by Vincent Genna, spiritual teacher psychotherapist medium and provider of information downloaded from Universal Source to help people discover their soul energy and life path, as he helps them remember they are spiritual beings exploring at the present moment a physical life and learning to merge the energies of the universe with a physical life agenda as well.

Vincent writes, “You know there is no such thing as a victim in this life even when it comes down to your own health. I had to explain this very important understanding, This is an orderly world. Even the cells in our bodies act in an orderly manner. Victimization suggest something that happens spontaneously. Spontaneously and randomness mean the same. And you can’t have randomness in an orderly universe. They are like oil and vinegar which don’t mix.

Sheryl says she tells her clients that no one is a victim unless they allow others to take away their personal inner soul power. She also always tells them nothing is random and each experience we have seemingly according to the physical reality are good or bad as perceived by the ego but in essence are neither good nor bad just experiences that the soul arranges for personal growth and refining energy relationships perceptions and divine awareness. Often the soul creates a scenario: an illness, loss of job, relationship, home, in order to facilitate a new form of higher consciousness.”

Sheryl also tells her clients who have health issues that often resolving the fears or limitations imposed on them in childhood or in a past life helps them to self- heal whatever condition they are facing. This takes inner work and challenges the thought processes that have been put in place by societal and family mores. Knowing who you are and allowing. Accepting. and surrendering to all that is is the key to success on a spiritual and physical level.”

Vincent and Sheryl would have you dive deep into your psyche to release unconscious blockages, resistances, and self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors, so you can fulfil the life of dreams that your soul created before incarnating into a physical life. Remember your magnificent soul energy has the potential to manifest all that you need for a successful happy life journey.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher Medium host of Healing From Within and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to listen to and read about leaders visionaries scientists spirutalists energy healers medical practitioners lawyers educators and those in the arts and music share their journey into metaphysical studies learning more about the divine/physical reality and how to live our best lives. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

www.vuncentgenna.com/

The post Main Steps to Fulfilling Your Passions and Purpose appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher, medium and author of a trilogy including the newest book, A New Life Awaits, Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages showing us our challenges are not economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom and connection to All that Is. I am delighted to welcome Mara Branscombe, author of Ritual as Remedy, an evocative guide to ritual and healing practices as a healing balm for the psyche and soul.

We thank Mara for joining us on Healing From Within to share her amazing and versatile adventuresome journey across the Atlantic, trekked across the Himalayas, studied yoga in India, planted trees in Canada’s north, lived off the grid in a remote cabin, worked as a Waldorf Steiner School teacher, and found her passion for dance and choreography, all the while, yoga, meditation, and ritual have inspired her life’s work of earth based, ceremonial intentional and heart centered living and loving. A true Vitruvian Woman.

When Mara is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have shown her or others around her the interests work and lifestyle she might choose as an adult she immediately tells us that as a child she has early memories of summers on the lake and being drawn to the dark night skies where the moon shone bright above in Canada. She was also fascinated and drawn to the Monarch Butterfly. Shery responds that her daughter was also fascinated by rainbows and butterflies and would stand still as the butterflies landed and stayed on her shoulders. Seems soulful children have within them a sense of Universal Source and our connection to life beyond from which we derive our life force.

Mara describes what a ritual is. Imagine the journey of life like a spiral. At times we are inside the center of the spiral, where we find ourselves in the gestating, visioning, planting, or new beginnings cycle. Sometimes we are more expensive, coming to the end of the spiral as we may be completing a specific chapter or cycle. Whatever stage you are currently at in your life, create space in your day-to-day living to trust your process and acknowledge the “divine timings” when they arrive. When we truly dwell in the present moment, set our intentions with clarity, and release our attachment to the outcome or the “final product,” we can witness our life as a living ritual. Not everything happens at once, and when we hold true to our personal process, live inside the current of reciprocity of equal giving to receiving, we are living inside the essence of our true potential.

Cast your visions and prayers out into the world. Create daily rituals to magnetize the energy of what you want in your life while at the same time releasing the outcome. When we can let go of our attachment to the final outcome, we begin to radically accept the universal laws in which we live. Sometimes the universe brings us something a little different than what we asked for, but it was meant to come to us. Once you begin this wildly creative journey, you will unearth an intuitive response pathway, and your own inner guide will be nourished. Embodiment of mind to heart to body to spirit comes alive when we do the work and commit to expressing the highest essence within.

Throughout history, the power of ritual has been at the heart of both ancient and modern civilizations. Within secular and religious cultures, humanity has embraced the deepening of the self, community, and spiritual awakening through the power of ritual. From intricate organized traditions to simply stating your gratitude’s each morning, rituals provide rhythm and repetition; a framework to enter a state of being that’s free of the confusion and chaos of our lives. A ritual can be anything that is done with intention. It can be done alone or in a group, and can be formulaic or intuitive. We can gather and celebrate the turning points in the wheel of the year as the seasons shift, we can share holiday meals or birthdays with intention, we can celebrate the outer expansion of the full moon or the internal expression of the new moon. We can prepare a ritual for a young woman who is coming of age with her menstrual cycle or a blessing ceremony for a mother who is ready to give birth. We can create a personal ritual by lighting a candle and stating our intentions out loud as we come to the end of a project or a relationship, or when we release an old way of being and open ourselves to the next phase in our lives. Rituals give us direct access to our healing, reflect our emotions, and show us how we can access inner transformation and awaken our intuitive power.

Mara says that Rituals can take many forms. For some, it takes place on the yoga mat or the meditation cushion. For others, it is spending time in nature, being physically active, or engaging in artistic endeavors. Through self-guided rituals you allow your mind to release the vibration of negativity or doubt and create a spark within. This spark filters from your mind down into your heart, and your intuitive and creative nature becomes enlivened.

Small rituals can be quite different from going to a yoga practice or sitting in meditation. Creating an altar, sipping tea, lighting a candle, journaling, praying, or chanting out loud are all examples of how the experience can become more textured, creative, fulfilling, intimate, and liberating.,, The daily task of the modern mystic is to bear witness to what thoughts, feelings, actions, and words you are feeding into your being. To become aware of what no longer serves you, and to truly accept what is going on inside of you—the positive, the negative, all of it. What is so important here is not to repress, push down, or bypass the core of your emotions, but to be constantly working with this material as a catalyst to activate a healing experience for yourself.

Mara was inspired to write this book Mara’s growing awareness of the disconnect so many people have from their intuitive nature of soul being has allowed Mass consumption, materialism, and the onslaught of media influence in today’s world are contributing to the rise of anxiety, depression, confusion, and overstimulation. So many people feel estranged from the religious structures in which they were raised, and they are no longer served by their foundations and traditions. This has created separation, and for some, a feeling of loss, disconnect, and a lack of purpose and connection with the earth and her healing rhythms. The planet is at a precarious tipping point right now. Mother Earth is calling to us to change our ways in order to preserve and protect her resources. Her divine feminine energetic pull is reminding us to step up and be earth keepers for future generations. She is opening her arms to us, inviting us to praise her, to celebrate her, and to honor her cycles and rhythms. For many of us, immersing ourselves in earth-based spirituality is the call of the modern church; the awakening of the modern mystic inside of us. Could it be that small daily rituals can be our guide to connect to our best selves, to our most essential selves, to our intuitive power, to strengthening our inner bodies and minds so that we can self-heal and self-direct the life we choose? I believe yes. I wholeheartedly believe in this very simple philosophy: Your life is shaped by what you feed your energy body. Your thoughts, actions, words, and beliefs become your reality.

Sheryl says like Mara she was encouraged, actually told by Spirit, she would write three books and the last book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening was to help people become aware of their intuitive nature so they could raise the vibration of their energy body, improve their thoughts and actions to create a better reality and not succumb to the problems of these modern times.

Sheryl wrote, “I believe that a well-balanced, healthy lifestyle requires being surrounded by supportive people and situations that enhance our positive thinking and produce positive results in our endeavors. Even when some forces may disrupt the flow of events, if we are working within the framework of spiritual or higher values, our choices will be wiser, our recovery from any tragedy will be faster, and we will have a chance for a better outcome and a more lasting impact on others. I am not suggesting that forces beyond our control—illness, loss of a loved one, job, home, friend, physical possessions, or even loss of self, due to doubt or fear—are not difficult. But by shifting our perspective, we can dramatically shift the outcome of any situation; we can even turn them into a positive force for change in our lives.”

Mara begins her chapter on the Moon with a thoughtful poem.

To believe we are composed only of love and light is an illusion.

There will always be darkness and shadow. Even on the darkest of nights, the moon remains invisible, yet a force to be reckoned with. Her unleashed wild swells pull and tug us alive.

Ever evolving, an intricate orb of majestic luminosity. Want to be like the moon?

Build your letting-go muscles, face your fears head on, trust in divine timing, and observe life’s synchronicities with a keen inner eye.

The signs and signals are everywhere, they will come to you when you accept them.

Become a conduit of resilience, resourcefulness, and compassion— this is how you get to the love and light. This is how to find a joyful existence amongst the most reckless of storms.

Since the beginning of time, humans have gathered under the light of the moon to share stories and songs, to attune to the rhythms of Mother Nature, and to bring forth the power of the divine feminine. There is something wildly sacred that happens when we gather during the full or new moon cycles. The moon is the ruler of the waters and water governs our emotions. So we can physically get attuned to the waters inside our bodies and consciously create a container for our emotions to be held in a healing way.

During the full moon, we are naturally more intuitive, receptive, and creative. The new moon phase brings new beginnings when vision seeds can be planted—a time to fill our internal well with conscious rest and reflection. When we create intentional soul care rituals under the light and dark forces of the lunar mystic, we unearth a deep inner listening and answer a call to our most fulfilled life. There is a beautiful vulnerability that comes through our whole being when we can directly and radically state what is moving through our emotional, spiritual, physical, and mental state. When we can reveal to our own self, or share with a circle of like-minded beings, how we really feel and what is honestly going on in our lives. We free ourselves from negativity or imbalance and begin to direct our feminine power towards light, love, and transformation.

Every 29.5 days the earth receives the full cycle of the moon’s magnetic gravitational force in all of its phases. Through this cosmic journey, the moon shines as its surface reflects light from the sun. The sun creates the moon’s darkest shadow to its greatest light—from new moon to full moon and back to new moon.

The moon becomes our timekeeper, our tracker, gatekeeper, twin flame, soul teacher, and numinous guide. The moon is always there, ready to pull us back towards our own medicine. The teachings from the moon evoke present-moment awareness and inspire us to be wildly creative, mysterious, deeply reflective, and revealing all at once. Lunar wisdom reflects back to us the teachings of liberation as we consciously acknowledge what binds our personal freedom. We can evolve as we revolve around her majestic strength and wisdom. The new moon is a cycle of beginnings.

The full moon is a cycle of expansive manifestation and illuminated source energy. A time when we receive intuitive reflections and awakenings on how to align with our highest essence. We remember our vitality, our ability to thread our outer expressions back towards our internal prayers in order to live our fullest life. What if every full moon you created space to reflect on what no longer serves you and intentionally stated what you want to invite? The lunar effect is pure creative alchemy.

Mara shares her background with yoga, meditation, and guiding community ceremony and how these practices can support healing and transformation.

Begin with the breath ana your first awareness of life. Air is what is breathing you, what is giving you life. By bringing awareness to your breath (how you breathe, when your breath is short from stress, how your breath is after exercise or a great night’s sleep, etc.), you will begin to form a reverence for your breath and the element of air that will bring a greater perspective into your life. When we become aware of what affects the tone, rhythm, and quality of our breath, we begin to listen more fully in the moment. You might say to yourself, I feel my breath is restricted, tighter, or shorter—how can I take a deep, long breath in and a deep, long breath out and let go of whatever I am holding on to in this moment? The moment we were born we merged with the element of air with the first breath we took. Our tiny lungs opened and expanded to gift us with this life. Imagine yourself right now, emerging from the womb, taking your first breath, greeting the world with your purest essence in its full capacity. This unique essence is your gift to the world. May you recall, fuel, and breathe into your soul essence every day. May you no longer forget. May you hold, rinse, polish, and share your unique gifts with the world. Sometimes it’s like a quiet revolution inside your heart. Other times, like a fierce mama lion’s roar.

Honor your journey every day. Breathe deeply, with compassion, and remember your pure love heart medicine is the remedy of our times

When we came down to earth through our mother’s body as a channel, we instantly merged with the alchemy of all five elements: earth, air, fire, water, and ether. We are born of this nature, each of us unique in alchemical make-up, yet as a collective, we hold this elemental essence inside us. Integrating the element of air and acknowledging the direction of east, which gives birth to the sun each morning, is to honor all of the winged ones that grace our skies and grant us perspective as we greet the earth, the sun, and the waters with deep respect and reverence. Every day we receive the healing energy of illumination through the elements as we open our perspective to the mystery and grandness of life.

One simple ritual Mara recommends to begin her day with positivity, openness and clarity begins with infusing your day with gratitude, clarity, and compassion.

  1. Begin each morning by quietly greeting the rising sun in the east, attune to the element of air. Be mindful of how it breathes life into you.
  2. Light a candle and acknowledge three or more things that you are grateful for. You may want to write them down or speak them aloud.
  3. It is silent meditation for three to five minutes. You may welcome the support of the mineral world and hold a healing crystal in each hand.
  4. Visualize your day going the way you would like it to go; mentally rehearse. If you can see it, you will align your energy body towards a higher vibrational field.
  5. Bring your awareness to your inhale as a state of receiving and your exhale as a state of giving. Slow down your breath for a count of six, inhale six to receive, exhale six to give good energy out. Repeat six times.
  6. Align with the energy of the rising sun. Visualize the energy of your heart. What does it need for it to be full and free? What seeds are you ready to plant at this time

Mara tells us that when we can let go of our regular programming or social conditioning (or when we can move beyond placing our full attention only on the mundane aspects of life) and engage in life’s inner knowing, we can shift our stagnant energy by becoming aware of the element of air. How we breathe changes us. Our perspective changes when we see from a bird’s-eye view. Take a moment right now and visualize a great bird in flight, a high flyer. Take in a fresh perspective of your life from an entirely different angle. What messages on your current life journey can you receive through this bird’s-eye perspective? Is there a way you are pushing or projecting or forcing that may not be working? Welcome in the powerful element of air to let go of the old ways and begin anew. Air brings fresh beginnings. As you receive the healing of this new viewpoint, what does your heart want to speak? Is there a vision or a healing for yourself or others? See with the eyes of your heart; feel air supporting you in every direction, and welcome in the heart visionary for guidance beyond the mind’s interpretation. Drop your mind into your heart and let it speak to you from this axis. Be the high flyer, breathing deeply, shifting perspective, and flowing with the winds of change as they come ripping through your body. Sometimes the winds are stormy and fierce, other times gentle. Greet them all as guests and material to work with. This will become your healing journey. Welcome all the messengers, whether they be the old friend who calls, the eagle soaring above you, the powerful dream, the thought you had that manifested into reality, or the stormy skies inside your heart. This is your capacity to live a spiritual life in the form of a human body. You get to be the huntress, the warrior, the high flyer, the tracker of the energies and experiences that are currently present in your life.

When we train ourselves not to open our phone first thing in the morning but rather to sit in silence, witnessing the shift of light, ushering in a new day with reverence and possibility, we become connected to our inner rhythms, and we come home to ourselves. There will always be busy times, but if we do not create time for the silence and the stillness, for merging with the forces of the natural world, then we miss this opportunity for personal growth and a reclaiming of our essential nature and unique life journey. Ideas can come in a flash, a download, a fast glimmer of energy; sometimes fleeting, sometimes lasting. Yet, when we can sit intentionally and hold space for the ideas to become seeds we are planting in the garden, we can hold space for the cyclical nature of our own personal growth

Mara shares an evening ritual you can share to enhance sleep release stress and return to your true nature? Here is a prayer that might honor your evening ritual.

A Prayer To Honor Water

I open to the element of water as the sacred teacher of change, creativity, and renewal.

I greet the setting sun in the west and honor the purification that comes through the darkness of the night’s journey.

As I rest and renew, I await the messengers, divine timings, coincidences, symbols, and mysteries into my energy field as soul medicine.

My salted tears pour out of me and flow back into the spirit waters.

I trust this is all part of the great flow of life.

Yesterday, today, and tomorrow is another day of change and momentum.

I flow with my evolving mind–body temple as I hold strong to my sovereign nature, and live out the best version of me.

Like water, I enable my energy body to shape-shift in a flash

Sheryl says her evening ritual begins by saying Lord watch over me this night secure from any fear….Angels protect me till morning light appears and I ask our spiritual guides to provide boundaries of safety to surround me and protect me from any negative vibrations or thoughts to ensure a peaceful sleep and Next I do Reiki healing on myself and distant healing for others asking the guides to shut down my chakra system as soon as I fall off to sleep.

When you merge the creativity of your soul you allow all the wondrous love of the universe to inspire all your spiritual gifts to emerge.

Mara writes, “Open yourself to ask for and receive support through the medium of this intentionality. The body becomes a channel. Your spirit becomes the vessel. The salt of your tears are the medicine through which the energy shifts. Your broken heart slowly begins to mend over time, and the force of compassion swirls into your mind like a wild windstorm. And every day you go back to praying out loud, in the bath, to the trees, to the waters, the mountains, the flowers, to the teapot, to the fire, to your supporting guides, to the divine nature and goodness of all of this that lives in you. You are the visionary. May the eyes of your heart come alive as you tend your grief and longing until one day it shifts. Give in to the shift of the winds of change before you, behind you, and welcome your heart visionary, all around you.

How do you love today, sweet one?

Take my hand, walk me to the river, wash my hands clean of my own dis-ease.

Lay me down beside you, mountain waters caressing my naked body.

Deep blue skies shape-shifting, clearing, limitless creations.

A messenger whispered, “lay it all down here.”

It coursed through my bones and out of my hands.

The unbearable grief, the collective pain, the firm grip on the uncontrollable.

Alas, it ripped out of me like a fierce storm.

Heart pounding, my bones spoke.

A new language surfaced.

And I awoke, inside my own vessel.

A love song emerged like a symphony of the skies,

An invitation I could no longer refuse

In the book there are many techniques on how to work through excess emotions such as fear, shame, guilt grief and low self-esteem. How do you feel rituals alongside soul care practices encourage someone to reclaim wholeness and pursue their life dreams?

Change can be so difficult. And the grieving process as does all emotions like fear shame guilt or negative feelings takes time. As we journey through life, our experience of grief will vary based on what has happened to us and our loved ones. When we begin to weave together rituals to support our grief, when we name it, call it forward like a teacher, unpack, uncover, and unearth every part of it without trying to figure it all out, we begin to listen to the outpouring of our heart’s deepest griefs and longings. We begin to heal. Could it be that the essence of grief is the essence of love? The longing of our heart’s call with nowhere to go, no one to touch or reach towards? Can you hold space in this moment to feel and open to the pain of your own suffering? Can you open yourself in this moment to gather your inner self and acknowledge and be present with the truth of your own loss? Can you open yourself to soften so that you can face life and death and loss and sorrow? Can you locate where this might live inside your body? Can you become present with the sensations, the visuals, the body sensations, the mind talk as they arise? Your pain and your grief do not make you wrong, bad, or unworthy.

Acknowledging that suffering and your pain exist allows you to work with it and not be completely taken over by it.

Breathe into these sentiments: I accept my sorrow yet I am not my sorrow. I accept my grief, sorrow, and pain, and yet understand that this does not limit the vastness and boundlessness of my heart’s capacity to love. I understand that my present-moment awareness of breath, body, heart, and mind will awaken me to the great depths that arise from loss. I accept my capacity to love alongside my capacity to mourn. My heart’s rhythm is the alchemy that will move me into the next cycle of my healing—my living, my loss, and my loving embraced fully

We can work with our grief as a catalyst for the transformation of our mind, body, and heart by holding space for the grief to move through us with the wind, with the water, with the fire, and with the earth. Laying down our sorrows when we no longer need to hold them becomes the catalyst for inner transformation. Allow the process of grieving and feeling to cycle through you and through your day-to-day living in rituals such as a breath exercise, a nature altar, a daily meditation, a journal session, or a creative pursuit.

Mara would like readers to take away with them after reading Ritual as Remedy that Devotion is your lifeline to the divine. As the ancients recall, we came from the stars, and we were transformed down through to the cells in the earth. We morphed over millions of years and arrived as a human species earth-side. We are born of both stardust and the microbes of the earth; we are products of this alchemy. Through this lens we can open more fully to embrace mystery, the unknown, and the cosmic, spiritual nature of life. The whispers of life’s calling come like seeds throughout our lifetime. When we create space for silence, stillness, prayer, and meditation, we discover the gift of deep and radical self-inquiry. From here, we can choose For Review Only Ritual as Remedy 40 to connect with our guides, our teachers, our ancestors, angels, goddesses, gods; the deities that call to you, the ones that resonate with you. As you give yourself permission to trust in your personal evolution, you create pathways to have a cosmic experience in the form of a human body. You will, over time and with devotion, begin to feel yourself supported and held by the grace of spirit.

We thank Mara Branscombe author of Ritual As Remedy for sharing her authentic love of life and spirit and for following the clues of offered by her life journey as it has given her the blessed opportunity to explore the world shamanistic yoga and meditation practices as well as enjoy a life with family and children, helping her to let go of what needs to be shed and share how to tap into our inner powers, going beyond the mundane, to our inner mystic: the unseen realms and the sacred turning points of life, as well as the truth of your soul’s calling.

In summarizing today’s episode we have discovered where we come from, how to live with our spiritual or divine gifts and merge then to our physical life as we connect to those above who guide and help when asked, to make thoughts and dreams a reality in both the physical and also spiritual realms.

Most important to begin to remember our spiritual inner consciousness and ability to create authentic lives.

Mara writes, “Committing to daily mindful and soulful rituals is essential in order to keep your energy field clear. The first place to begin clearing your own energy field is to begin a daily mindful ritual. It could be as simple as lighting a candle first thing in the morning, writing down your gratitudes, walking quietly and intentionally in nature, or taking a candle-lit bath; whatever you choose, you must find ways that support you to come home inside yourself. This is “your” time. Think of it as filling up your inner temple with goodness. It’s a way to check in and perhaps understand what energy you might be holding onto, what thoughts might be ruling you, or where you may be playing the victim. If you consciously “check-in” like this every day without expecting a certain outcome, you will begin to form an intimate relationship with your inner being, your essential higher self. It will become like a conversation you would have with your best friend, except you will be having it with yourself…May you acknowledge and remember: Power is awareness. Power is knowledge. Power is listening. Power is becoming the witness to your own process. Power is releasing the victim mentality. Power is soul care.”

Mara Branscombe and Sheryl Glick would like listeners to know that even though the nation and world are going through challenging world wide events that in every time and place the same has happened. In the duality of divisive thoughts or emotions the opportunity to reunite with the best within ourselves our soul wisdom allows us to allow accept and surrender to the Universal Plan for each of us and for the world knowing it is the way to find new found peace and love eternally as we trust the Divine to guide us to the best within and the best from the outside world. Duality is the key to Unity and Oneness in the end.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Host of Healing From Within and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and Invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to listen to and read about authors visionaries metaphysicians scientists spirutalists energy workers and medical professional artists and musicians share their personal search for knowing more about themselves the nature of physical and spiritual life and a Universe that is eternal and expansive. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.ritualasremedy.com/

The post Embodied Practices for Soul Care appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher, Medium and author of a trilogy with the newest edition A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insight to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges in life are not economic political or societal but a deep disconnection from our true soul wisdom and inner being. Today we welcome Camilla Taft Hicks and Margaret Mindell authors The Gift of Life: Aging Well, Aging Smart & Wisdom for the Journey. a very detailed book on how to move into the last chapters of physical life appreciating ,reviewing, healing, and putting in order the many experiences and joys, as well as difficulties of a life lived as only your soul could. Most people focus on the doing while not reflecting on who we are and who we have become over the course of our journey in life. But this latter part of our life is as meaningful as all the other parts, and if done well, with good intention, can provide the grace that it was intended to be.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her esteemed guests share intimate intriguing stories that often allow for a greater awareness of the challenges we face in a physical three dimensional life experience offering us a chance to recognize and remember we are spiritual beings who have chosen this life for the purpose of evolving to higher vibrations of consciousness and a greater comprehension of our capacity to love and learn compassion. In the duality of life we begin to remember that we are not separate entities but connected to each other through mind, body and spirit allowing us to find a way past human limitations and often suffering.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Margaret and Camille have delivered a book about enjoying life and finding fulfillment as we age. I use the metaphor of the journey to describe living our later years. These years in the final chapter of physical life present all of us with opportunities to “rise to the occasion: the occasion of claiming our accomplishments and strengths, facing our vulnerabilities, and deciding how to complete our individual journeys in a planned and organized fashion that we create. It is not something we often think about, but like anything we have accomplished in our life a great deal of planning and preparation has gone into it and living in senior years demands perhaps even more attention!

Camilla when asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to her the interests work or lifestyle she might have in adulthood immediately tells us about her Aunt Martha Henderson who wrote, “The issue of spirituality, or finding meaning in life and death, is an underlying theme that kept surfacing in my personal and professional life. I have always been drawn to older adults, including their wrinkles and gray hair, markers of their survival skills. I have seen their creative adaptations to chronic illness and living life fully in the face of having to slow down. I have marveled at their wisdom, humor, and perspective. As director of clinical services and a geriatric nurse practitioner at a stimulating and friendly continuing care retirement community for ten years, I had the opportunity to get to know remarkable individuals. I had a primary-care practice for the residents there and provided care for them first in their independence, then in their limitations and dependence, whether in their homes or our sheltered care facility, and finally in their dying, usually in our nursing home. I partnered with them in their health care, helping them through life crises and honoring their decisions about how they wanted to live and die. Through years of working in various settings—hospitals, clinics, nursing homes, assisted living facilities, homes, a retirement community, and a rehabilitation center, I was privileged to observe and share in the lives of individuals who lived well until the moment they died—a great achievement, much of their own making Camilla picked up her very beloved aunts work and finished her book.

Camilla and Margaret tell us what the book is about and why they were guided to write this book. This book is about enjoying life and finding fulfillment as we age. We use the metaphor of the journey to describe living our later years. These years present all of us with opportunities to “rise to the occasion”: the occasion of claiming our accomplishments and strengths, facing our vulnerabilities, and deciding how to complete our individual journeys It is not something we often think about but like anything we have accomplished in our life a great deal of planning and preparation has gone into it and living in senior years demands perhaps even more attention Actually this is a subject that needs to be addressed as the world has an aging population and many issues related to that reality.

Sheryl says that because of fear of dying many just completely ignore and refuse to think about this possibility or answer questions to themselves about what they should do in preparation of that eventuality transitioning from physical life to beyond. All of us share the same gift—the gift of life. All of us will share the same final experience—death. This book invites you to live in the light, not the shadow, of death. Living in the light of death means living in the awareness of our vulnerability as well as our power to live each day to the fullest.

Camille writes, “How can life bring us more joy and meaning? It boils down to deciding on our values and priorities. Practically speaking, on what and with whom do we care enough to spend our time and energy? In this book, I share what I have learned and care about deeply: helping people live and die well. I am a geriatric nurse practitioner who has worked with healthy adults and chronically ill adults for 36 years. I have experienced the death of both my parents in the last four years. Though my focus seems to be on elders, it is really on all of us who are aware of the passing of time and care about making our lives better now and in the future. At 60 years of age, I feel I am on the threshold of my final phase of life. The time for me to write this book is now….. My parents had long, full lives, despite their challenging illnesses. Their deaths were comfortable and in keeping with their wishes. It was a gift to be able to help them receive the care they needed as they finished their lives with dignity, surrounded by love

Sheryl was asked to write a review for The Gift of Life and wrote, “ The Gift of Life: Aging Well, Aging Smart & Wisdom for the Journey shares how the experience of dying can be compared to the experience of being born. It shares how we can find fulfilment as we age and empowers us to control end -of- life decisions so we can surrender at the end of life with grace and gratitude for the miracle of the entire journey. Recommended for everyone ultimately preparing for the final frontier–life beyond life. Thoughtful and explicit details of the process!” —Sheryl Glick, Reiki Master Teacher Host of radio show Healing from Within www.sherylglick.com

The Gift of Life starts with an overview of life’s journey and how we notice that life is changing for us. The first chapter asks you some questions about your phase of life, what you have noticed, and about your preparations to make your future what you want it to be.

It focuses on the transition stages, from active living to the final phase of the journey. I use my parents’ last years to illustrate these stages. I also talk about the challenges and advantages in having your health care provider predict a range of time in which you might expect to die. I discuss some benefits of becoming aware of where you are now and what is ahead. You will learn that you have already started practicing for your death, so it won’t be quite as difficult. The major portion of the book describes traveling the journey of later life, addressing the most compelling issues that I have seen arise in many years of working with older adults.

These are:

  • Managing your health and chronic illnesses,
  • Making future health decisions,
  • Deciding on living arrangements and care options, and
  • Coping with life changes

Margaret gives us an overview of the Journey: Transitions Given the long life expectancy of our times, most of us will live for quite a while with at least one chronic illness such as heart disease, lung disease, or dementia, and then die from it. Despite the hardiness of many elders, increasing longevity and advanced chronic illness has led to a rise in functional disability—a limitation that renders one dependent.

About 35 percent of US adults aged sixty-five and over report having a disability, including difficulty in hearing, vision, cognition, ambulation, self-care, or independent living. Disabilities increase with age. Among adults aged eighty and over, 27 percent report three or more physical limitations.

Dementia, a group of symptoms related to loss of memory, affects many aging adults. Alzheimer’s disease is the most common cause of dementia; it results from vascular illness and causes progressive memory loss. Alzheimer’s disease is not often listed as an immediate cause of death but is the underlying terminal illness. In the last stages, dementia leads to an inability to swallow so that its natural end is a gradual lack of adequate nutrition (a painless process) or infection. According to the National Institutes on Aging, about 5.5 million individuals have been diagnosed with Alzheimer’s nationwide. As with other disabilities, the incidence of Alzheimer’s increases with age. At the present rate of the illness, by mid-century, 13.5 million Americans are anticipated to have Alzheimer’s disease

For most of us, our active lives in our 50s, 60s and sometimes 70s are usually not even considered a part of our final journey. Our bodies and minds are working well and allow us to do what we please. With rarely a thought about dying, we want to remain unaware that our lives will eventually change drastically. This pattern of thinking is normal. We do notice rather benign changes due to aging, such as stiff joints, wrinkled skin, and a need for reading glasses. We develop a chronic illness and manage it quite successfully without missing a step.

As we age, we may develop a more serious chronic illness. The progression of our illness is hardly noticeable to us because our bodies are miraculously adept at compensating for changes in our health. During the active stage of later life, there is a blurring of what is normal aging and the effects of chronic illnesses. There will likely come a time when we observe that changes in our bodies and minds may be heralding something more important than the natural slowing down of normal aging. We notice that a decline in our health interferes with our usual activities of daily living. This change marks what I call the transition phase, which can last for years and during which people continue to function.

The beginning of the transition phase can come at any age and is a combination of physical, emotional, and social factors. Its timing is usually influenced by our genes (what our parents died from), our lifestyle (how well we have taken care of ourselves), how suitable our living conditions are, the illnesses we may have developed over the years, and how we are coping with our changes. This phase has stages, which are not specifically defined, and can be long, short, or overlap. During this transition, people make increasing adjustments and usually continue being relatively active. The transition phase begins when we notice a decline in our health that begins regularly interfering with our usual daily living. I will describe and illustrate five sequential stages. They are somewhat arbitrary but represent a slow decline. They may progress gradually, even over years, and include periods of stable chronic illness. In our journey analogy, while excellent resources, good advice, and the will to live can provide sustenance for many, eventually, the journey as we know it will end. Attention and care should be given to make the ending the most peaceful and comfortable possible.

  1. Noticing the waning: “I’m just more tired.” Some hints of this initial stage of transition may be the following:

    • You notice that your body seems to say, on a daily basis, “I’m running out of steam,” which may be hard to admit.
    • It takes you longer to do everything, to think and move.
    • You may enjoy staying home more than you used to.
    • Adjusting to your changing condition: “I can’t do what I used to do.” Evidence of this stage may be:

    • You can’t physically or mentally do what you could do a year ago.

    • Your interests are no longer expanding, but you enjoy your usual interests.
    • You are taking more medicines than you used to
    • Developing serious limitations: “I’m going to more doctors more frequently and I have to spend more time caring for my health.” Evidence of this stage may be:

    • An increasing number of medical appointments, sometimes including with specialists who help refine your medical regimen.

    • Gaining more knowledge about your illnesses which allows you to keep them somewhat under control. They increasingly limit your activities, but you carry on.
    • Unsteadiness and occasional, unexplained little falls
    • Recognizing that your chronic illness is potentially fatal: “I have a feeling that I should do some of those things I have been putting off.” Evidence of this stage includes:

    • Hospitalization for a flare-up of your illness.

    • Your children (and perhaps you, covertly) start questioning your driving ability; you may have accidents.
    • Loved ones may become more attentive.
    • You become concerned about or interested in pending matters, such as business, updating your will, or your past, perhaps going back to visit your original home.
    • Your physician may begin alerting you to the serious nature of your illness
    • Knowing that death is probably arriving sooner rather than later: “I am really tired.” Evidence of this stage may be:

    • Withdrawing socially and having less and less energy; home becomes more special.

    • Speaking directly or indirectly about death to loved ones; special memories become more meaningful, and dreams or visions may appear.
    • An increase in symptoms of your chronic illness, such as restlessness, increased shortness of breath, confusion, or new symptoms.
    • Wanting to eat and drink less.
    • Relaxing into sleep more often

Camilla talks about Enjoying Life While Caring for Your Health. Some of us enjoy excellent health late in life, but most of us have or will develop a chronic illness. It is usually a manageable one, such as hypertension. For many, something more serious may eventually surface, such as coronary artery disease (disease of the arteries of the heart).

Although we can live active lives for years with chronic illness, at some point, that condition is likely to become life-threatening and ultimately cause our deaths. You and your loved ones should know as much as possible about any chronic illness or illnesses you face.

Take charge of your health by following these guidelines:

  1. Commit to a healthy lifestyle.
  2. Choose the right primary care provider.
  3. Learn about your illness(es).
  4. Complete an advance care plan.
  5. Understand your medications.
  6. Get regular checkups.
  7. As your disease worsens, make helpful adaptations.
  8. Recognize danger signs of progressing illness and take action.
  9. Trust that comfort is possible

Ask these questions:

  • Are you enjoying life while you care for your health?
  • What brings you joy?
  • How can you maximize that joy on a regular basis?
  • What are the most important ways to spend your time and energy

Make a commitment to Live a healthy lifestyle.

Healthy lifestyles help us prevent and control chronic illnesses. There are numerous books and organizations that promote healthy living, so I will not go into detail here.

The below sections focus primarily on aging individuals’ needs. You may know most of this, but many people can use a reminder.

Eat healthfully and avoid being overweight. While there are various nutritional approaches to eating, I suggest that you eat a well-balanced diet high in fresh vegetables and fruits and fiber and low in saturated fat and carbohydrates (sweets and white foods). A multivitamin with minerals as well as 500mg of calcium three times a day and a daily dose of 800 units of Vitamin D are useful for women. Favorite supplements are highly individualized.

Maintain good dental health with daily oral hygiene by brushing and flossing. This is very important in maintaining gum health and preserving your own teeth as long as possible. Avoid extractions to prevent bone loss, thus supporting your teeth and best enabling you to eat comfortably, talk clearly, and look your best as you age. If you have dentures, be sure they fit correctly. Remove and clean them daily, along with cleaning your mouth, to prevent problems.

Exercise every day. Exercise to your capacity for thirty to forty minutes, or at least three times a week, doing something you enjoy. If you have not been exercising routinely, ask your primary provider if you should observe any exercise restrictions. Start slowly and increase your speed and length of time gradually. If you have limitations, exercise within them, but try to do so every day.

This may mean just getting out of bed or your chair and walking some, with a walker or help if necessary.

If balance is an issue, take care to avoid falls with good lighting, walking shoes, and level surfaces. Mental Enjoying Life While Caring for Your Health 39 stimulation is also very important. Engage daily in something you enjoy that uses your mind, such as crossword puzzles, board games, or reading. Stop smoking or vaping. This is possible and very important for your health, especially your lungs, heart, and blood vessels. Follow smoking or vaping cessation guidelines to make it easier, join a smoking cessation program, or ask your provider about medication if you need additional help.

Minimize stress and take steps to manage it. This includes getting adequate rest and taking time for leisure and fun.

Your sleep patterns change as you age. Learn to adjust to these changes and avoid sleep medications. While all of us experience periodic acute stress from an upsetting or demanding situation, chronic or continuous stress is damaging to the body.

Evaluate how you can decrease the stress in your life. Be creative and find something you like to do as a de-stressor, such as dancing or walking. Find sources of emotional, social, and spiritual support. We are whole beings whose physical, emotional, social, and spiritual needs are highly interrelated. If we are failing physically, this stresses our emotions, relationships, and belief systems. Vice versa—when we pay attention to our emotional, social, and spiritual needs, we are likely to benefit physically. We all need someone to care about and someone who cares about us. We also need someone we trust and respect with whom to share our most private thoughts and feelings.

Spiritual nurture, including daily practice, benefits the body as well as the soul. Social groups are important, whether they are centered on an interest, your neighborhood, your faith community, or people in a similar health situation. Volunteering to help meet a community need is excellent for one’s sense of purpose. Many such opportunities exist for seniors. Call your local department (or council) on aging to learn what’s available.

Maintain a positive attitude about your health. This has a known positive effect. We are in charge of how we respond to the challenges our health presents.

Margaret shares how we can make Health Decisions to set up our future. If you are cared for primarily by a specialist, it is important that you also visit your general provider at regular intervals—at least once a year and any time an acute problem arises. These visits allow you to discuss health concerns in addition to any chronic illnesses and to participate in preventive measures such as flu or pneumonia vaccinations and cancer screenings. They also give you a chance to discuss your advance plan for end-of-life care. Always get an appointment for the next visit before you leave the office. If appointments are supposed to be sent and you do not receive one within a reasonable time, call the scheduler to set an appointment date that is convenient for you.

Realize that you are in charge of your health, not your primary provider. You know your body better than anyone else, so you are smart to assume primary responsibility for it.

One aid in doing this is a “health notebook” or folder with divider tabs that you take with you to all medical appointments, emergency room visits, and hospital admissions. Consider including the following items:

  • Front sheet with identifying information, including Medicare and health insurance numbers
  • Calendars listing medical or health appointments for each year you’ve kept records
  • Advance care plan, including advance directives
  • Your list of medications (prescribed and over the counter), vitamins, and supplements
  • General health history, including surgeries, allergies, etc.
  • A section for each provider, including specialists, with contact information, the date of the visit, questions, answers, key information such as your blood pressure, weight, lab results, changes in your medication or therapies, and next appointment
  • Health insurance and payment details Such a health notebook or folder is tremendously helpful to you, your providers, and your loved ones, especially if you have several health problems or are admitted to the hospital

Camilla shares how we can make Living Arrangements and Care Options

There are many possibilities for you to find the optimal living arrangement and services. It takes time and patience to find the information and helpers to meet your needs, but all the resources are available. Knowing where to look and what is required for each setting or service, including financial and health eligibility, can help you determine what is best for you. You may need one kind of care for a period of relative independence and another setting or care arrangement when your illness progresses to greater severity.

Costs involved in caring for yourself depend on many factors, such as your preferences, the complexity of your illnesses, your ability to care for yourself both physically and mentally, and the availability of family members or other helpers.

Regarding financial resources, I will only briefly describe some of the basics about paying for health care during this time of life and refer you to more complete references. It is important to realize that Medicare and health insurance do not pay for nursing home care or ongoing services. (They pay for outpatient services, hospital services, and only limited, short-term “skilled” nursing services for elders in home health and nursing homes.)

Medicaid is another federally funded program administered by each state. To be eligible for Medicaid, you must have a very limited income with no assets except your house and car. If you are eligible, Medicaid does pay for long-term care and medications, with a small copayment required for medications.

Long-term care insurance can help pay for some services, though it’s recommended that you obtain it before you are aged or sick to ensure eligibility and a reasonable price. Policies vary on what services they cover. Unfortunately, our health care system does not provide funds for the ongoing services that most of us will need when we are older.

Individuals who have not saved for long term care expenses and need a nursing home for an extended stay will have to exhaust most personal funds to qualify for Medicaid funding

Staying at Home Ideally, spouses or partners will be able to help each other as they age. Couples often complement each other in their preserved abilities. Ideally, at least one dependable relative or friend will be willing and available to help as needed

Moving to Another City to be Near Children Although staying in one’s own familiar home is often most desirable, moving to a new home to be near children can be a useful alternative. Such a move is a highly individual matter and deserves careful00 consideration.

Adult Daycare and Adult Day Health Services Adult daycare services can provide support for adults who may need limited assistance during the day, offering supervision, activities, a meal, and sometimes transportation. Such programs allow older individuals to get out of the house for enjoyable activities with others while a family member or caregiver goes to work. Another service is an adult day health program, which must be licensed and has trained staff to provide medical monitoring, medications, group activities, and transportation. People with problems such as dementia or chronic physical disability benefit from daytime care. Some adult day health programs specialize in caring for persons with a specific disease, such as multiple sclerosis or dementia

Hospice When your time to die comes, you, like many other older Americans, may want to die at home or in the home of a loved one. Hospice can help make this happen. Some people never have to leave home if they arrange for hospice care.

Living in a Loved One’s Home Even though living with a child may not be your preferred arrangement, it may be more desirable than institutional care. If your child should offer this kind of support, you should carefully consider the option.

The most important thing is to overcome your natural resistance to planning for dependency; spend some time thinking about what you want and what is reasonable for you

Every religion offers a comment on death.

This is the Hindu version.

As the rivers flowing east and west Merge in the sea and become one with it, Forgetting they were ever separate rivers So do all creatures lose their separateness When they merge at last into pure being. —Chandogya Upanishad 10:1–2

Living and dying involve mysteries that surprise and humble us. We realize that we are a part of the universal human community where we are more alike than different. Most of us will live or have lived, long lives, exhibiting our unique abilities to enjoy what life has brought us and rising to meet challenges we’ve encountered. At some point, it will dawn on each of us that we really are aging, and we really will die. Before death comes, we still have now for living. Dr. Elizabeth Kubler-Ross, a psychiatrist well known for her work on loss and death, and David Kessler wrote a wonderful book entitled Life Making the Most of Life Changes about living fully. The authors talk about the importance of authenticity, a life based on who we really are, not who we wish we were or perhaps pretend to be. An authentic life brings peace and joy in little and big decisions.

We can make the Most of Life Changes!

Adapting your home for safety and ease:

  • Put firm cushions in your chairs to help you get up more easily.
  • Use a microwave for simple meal preparation.
  • Use a grocery store or service that will deliver groceries to your home.
  • If your bed is upstairs, have it moved downstairs.
  • Use a wheeled walker to keep you from falling.
  • Get rid of scatter rugs.
  • Have grab bars installed in your bathroom to avoid falls. Note: Do not use toilet paper holders, towel racks, or faucets to steady yourself.
  • Get a shower chair for the shower or tub and a hand-held showerhead.
  • Put a rubber mat in the tub and shower and a rubber-backed bathmat on the floor.
  • If you become unsteady, bathe or shower only when someone is present to help you.
  • Use extra lighting to avoid falls at night.
  • Have good lighting where you walk and read.
  • Buy an elevated seat on a frame with arms to go over your toilet.
  • As you get weaker, you may benefit from a bedside commode; you can throw a bedspread over it and use it as a chair or put it out of sight during the day if you only need it at night

The experience of dying can be compared to the experience of being born. Each is a major transition. Just as labor into life is sometimes difficult, so can be the labor out of life. Some people drift away very comfortably and peacefully with no medications necessary at all; others may experience symptoms that can be effectively treated.

One of the best medicines for pain, shortness of breath, and comfort, in general, is morphine, often in small amounts. Contrary to a common fear, opioids, such as morphine and other similar agents, are not addicting when they are used for symptom control. Some people get confused as they are dying, which may be disturbing to them and loved ones, and there are medications to help this as well. Some individuals need no medications for discomfort, but they are the exceptions.

If you are not getting relief for your symptoms, you or a family member can ask your provider for a palliative care consultant, a “comfort care” specialist, or a hospice consult. Comfort is almost always achievable, and suffering is largely preventable.

Even though most of us avoid thinking about death, especially our own, there are certain events that draw our attention to the subject. It may be the death of a relative or good friend. It may be the death of someone who is similar to us in age and health. It may also be the diagnosis of a potentially serious chronic illness, such as diabetes, or the onset of a terminal illness, such as cancer.

The pandemic has also given us a deeper awareness of how quickly death can come. In any of these circumstances, questions about our own death suddenly become very relevant. After dealing with the shock and sadness of bad news, for someone else or ourselves, a helpful response is to prepare for the end of your own life—what do you want, and how can you make it happen? Starting this planning process often makes people recognize the preciousness of life in a new way.

Advance Care Planning and Why It Is Important Advance care planning is preparing for one’s death. It is the process of reflecting on our lives and values, deciding what we want at its end, then communicating our wishes to others. It means, specifically, understanding our future health care choices in light of what is important to us and what is realistic about our health, making end-of-life treatment decisions in discussions with our professional providers and loved ones, and then putting our wishes in writing.

Over many years of practice, I have found that intellectual and practical preparation for the end is very helpful later when individuals must cope with the emotional impact of facing death. I see advance care planning as a gift to our loved ones and ourselves. It can bring peace of mind to those we love and help ensure we will get what we want.

It is specifically helpful to our health care team in guiding their care of us. Advance care planning is a concrete way of putting the principle of self-determination into practice. One goal of advance care planning is to ensure that we will have a “good death,” one in which all involved are prepared, we are comfortable, and our care is in keeping with our wishes.

Living arrangements might be considered if you are unable to manage on your own. As we anticipate getting older and experiencing a decline in health, we may start to think about what living arrangements we will need. Pondering this early, before the need is urgent, will help us when the time comes for a change.. Most people want to stay at home as long as possible, which can often be achieved successfully while living with controlled chronic illness.

Still, all of us reach a time when we are not as independent as we used to be and need help. Planning for this time when we can no longer care for ourselves is important in dealing realistically with the inevitable. The challenge of deciding on care services and where to live can cause divisions in families. The biggest underlying issues usually come down to control and resources. If you are aware of all the risks involved in staying home, and if you have the necessary financial resources, the decision is ultimately yours. But what if, one day, you no longer fully understand your situation? Should your mental clarity decline—if you become limited in understanding the issues, the options, and the consequences of each—then loved ones will have more influence.

Their decisions will be based on concerns about safety, practicality, matters of finance, and adequate care in addition to your desires. Your health care provider can help with determining your decision-making capacity. Everyone involved in your care should understand what is at stake, with a view to the future, including when you are dependent and dying. This assumes you want to live as independently as possible, whether you continue to live at home, with a loved one, or in a community such as a retirement home, assisted living facility, or nursing home. Planning such contingencies with your family and friends will reassure everyone involved.

Camilla and Margaret might want readers of the book The Gift of Life to take away with them after reading your book another important and more immediate goal is to help us live the rest of our lives to the fullest by Preparation for the two major transitions in our lives, birth and death, which are equally important. Yet as a culture, we pay significantly more attention to preparing for birth than for death. It is commonly accepted that a good birthing is much more likely if we are prepared. The same is true of dying. In childbirth, the parents usually think about family planning well ahead of conception; when pregnancy occurs, they spend time educating themselves about what is happening and preparing to make the birthing process just what they want it to be.

Dying is similar. We can educate ourselves about the decisions that need to be made and how best to care for ourselves in the dying process. The time is full of opportunities to grow, find meaning, share stories, and strengthen relationships. When the labor of dying starts, all involved should be ready with attentive experts guiding the care as needed. There may be rituals to make the event more special. The quality of the dying process will leave an indelible memory for those involved. We can influence that quality through advance care planning.

We thank Camilla Taft Hicks and Margaret Mindell for authoring The Gift of Life a much needed overlooked way to improve and minimize anxiety and concerns in the last part of life- the senior years. Like anything else that is accomplished or done well in our life journey a great deal of attention and planning are needed.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Margaret Mindell has helped us remember that life is about enjoying and finding fulfillment as we age. I use the metaphor of the journey to describe living our later years. These years present all of us with opportunities to “rise to the occasion”: the occasion of claiming our accomplishments and strengths, facing our vulnerabilities, and deciding how to complete our individual journeys It is not something we often think about but like anything we have accomplished in our life a great deal of planning and preparation has gone into it and living in senior years demands perhaps even more attention

We need to be able to assess the transitions that we will face through changing health conditions and to have the right medical counseling so we can best handle changing health challenges and then must determine living conditions that are suitable to our challenges and prepare with family so they know our health proxy wishes and prepare a living will. Preparation is necessary for success in all areas of life and in preparing for the final phase of our life we will make it possible to be less stressed and more accepting of any and all changes as they surface.

As Camille and Margaret write, “Aging can be a time of deepening relationships and appreciating our history and interdependence. Relationships between elders and children become very important. We need each other even more as we realize our time is growing shorter. Family concerns often increase, as aging may bring severe and debilitating illnesses. When death seems closer, worries can multiply—about a spouse left behind, being a burden on our children, finances, business matters, or questions about personnel to give us adequate care. As we age, working out our living and care arrangements should be a matter of family discussion. Sometimes our closest relationships become strained in our later years. Others’ old habits that were always irritating may become more so. Role reversals in which our physical or mental state may leave us dependent on our children or others to do things for us, including making some decisions. These realities should always be discussed, if possible, and you should participate if you can and want to. This is a time of acceptance of one another to live and let live as much as possible”

Camilla Margaret and Sheryl would have you remember that life is but the first step in preparation for an endless journey beyond the physical and for those who can embrace a spiritual awareness of their soul and physical life many painful experiences can be allowed accepted and surrendered to as the ending of this life prepares us for the next.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT host of Healing From Within and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders authors visionaries metaphysicians scientists spiritualists medical professional energy healers psychologists and those in the arts and music fields as they search for a clearer understanding of human and divine nature. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://thegiftoflifebook.com/

The post Prepare for a Healthy Aging Process appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Messages to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but often […]

The post Life is as it Should be Joyful and Always Changing appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which show us that our problems are not simply economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our true inner being or soul wisdom. Today we welcome Dr. Christopher Macklin, author of Centering the Mind, a powerful health practitioner from England who utilizes Divine Healing techniques to help people recover from all types of illness both spiritual and physical.

As listeners of Healing From Within are aware my esteemed guests and I share intimate stories and insights into the metaphysical aspects of energy and Universal Source as we continue to seek a greater awareness of human life Self and life beyond this physical environment. To make the most of our spiritual gifts and to live in the modern physical world we must raise our vibration and cultivate situations that heal, teach and govern our own lives as well as that of our community and world. It is necessary to process new thoughts to create a new reality of love and compassion which is the ultimate quest of the soul journey.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within, Dr. Christopher Macklin will share his impressive healing story from being a highly aware psychic child to a successful aviation industry engineer to a series of financial difficulties and the world as he knew it turned upside down. He promised God that he would use his healing abilities to serve humanity and he surrendered the rest to God. And so started his devotion to Divine Healing methods and helping many. We will discuss raising your immune system, re-balancing the brain through centering the mind, dissolving the enigma of Healing, discuss Covid and the vaccine agenda and the long- term effects of this pandemic and the effects on the health of the general public. Dr. Macklin shares his amazing life journey and ways to understand true healing which combines mind body and spirit unity balance and the centering of the mind.

When Christopher is asked to think back to their childhood and remember a person place or event that could have signaled to him or to others the lifestyle and interests they might pursue in adulthood for it seems that the story is written within our soul and comes into this life with us from the very beginning of this life journey he tells us he was able to see Spirit and knew perhaps it would be better if he didn’t share this ability with too many people so he could fit in with everyone and be like everyone else but eventually guides and help from Spirit guided him to use his healing awareness to help others as that was the plan from the beginning.

Dr. Christopher Macklin tells us about the PRIMARY CAUSES OF MENTAL / EMOTIONAL DISORDERS. The primary causes of the current mental/emotional illness epidemic are directly related to the state of the world we live in, the negative side effects of modern technology and the effects of social engineering. Many of us are living lives that are lacking in true connection. The supportive families and communities that are so necessary for creating a healthy, successful life have been undermined by the constructs of social engineering and the demands of daily life. There was a time when more couples were united in creating their families and at least one parent was at home to care for the children. For many this is a thing of the past. We find ourselves in homes where there are TVs/computers in every room. Many times, they are on and broadcasting information even when no one is watching. This has become a trend and people use the noise to make them feel less lonely. They use these screens to babysit their children and they use the never- ending barrage of information to distract themselves from the problems of daily life. These are habitual ways that people have adjusted to stress. None of it is particularly healthy in the long run. The noise pollution and the messages conveyed from the screens are often times destructive and create anxious feelings.

What is driving all of this over the edge is that we are being pushed to perform at a faster and faster pace within our schools and because of the demands in our jobs. We awaken and are on the go until we fall asleep. We work at full time jobs and then many times don’t have much left from our paycheck after we have paid the bills and buy food. Stress and tension mount and we never really have time to truly rebound and build ourselves back up from these experiences. All of this build’s day after day… week after week…month after month. Because of this, many of us are living in a perpetual state of PTSD. These experiences lack true and fulfilling purpose, happiness, love and joyful creativity.

All of this fuels the “loneliness epidemic” that the world is experiencing. In fact, it’s cyclical. Loneliness fuels the mental health epidemic and the mental health epidemic fuels the loneliness epidemic. The youngest generations…those who have had constant and continual exposure to electronic screens, social media and cell phones are the loneliest. Statistics show that the older generations experience less loneliness in their lives. Their habits are different and their concepts about life are informed by the experiences they have learned and mastered. They are also on their phones and screens less and spend more time in community with others doing meaningful activities. We are slowly and surely…gradually and completely, becoming more and more used to a way of life that is completely undermining our physical, mental and emotional health. And worst of all, this has become our new normal but it is not normal or healthy at all. It is as though we are filling our lives and our minds with poison.

A mere 100 years ago most of these problems didn’t exist. We may argue that life was far more difficult then but the truth is that we are facing a different set of wholly destructive problems today and we are losing sight of our humanity. And years ago, through the difficulties we had stronger communities, better food, clean air and a stronger sense of self. In reclaiming our personal power and sovereignty it’s critical to understand that we can heal the situations that we face.

We have to reclaim our understanding and wisdom around what is healthy. We have to regain the understanding of who and what we are and what we need in order to thrive. We need love. We need community. We need clean air and pure water. We need nature and we need to exercise. We need to feel good about ourselves. We need space to develop, enjoy and share our gifts. We need peace of mind. We need acceptance, kindness and compassion. We need each other. We need to feel a sense of purpose and connection to the Divine and to our values.

Dr. Macklin tells us that most of the mental and emotional illnesses that are besetting the world fall into 4 primary cluster headings: Anxiety Disorders, Depression, ADD/ADD disorders and chronic stress/stress disorders.

Many times, we find that people are suffering from more than one of these disorders at the same time. For instance, people with anxiety can also suffer from depression and one of the different forms of ADD concurrently. Someone may experience PTSD in addition to depression. Or perhaps they are experiencing OCD, anxiety, and depression.

In western medicine, the term for having more than one disorder is called comorbidity. These negative emotions and disorders affect a person’s perception and their capacity to think clearly. Sensitivities can grow while misinterpretations and more painful experiences accrue. Blame, guilt, fear, anger and shame build. Many turn to traditional psychotherapy and allopathic, pharmaceutical medicine hoping to find solutions. However, these traditional modalities are often problematic. Many times, people end up seeing several therapists and taking numerous different medications and yet their problems are never solved. In many cases they get worse because all of these medications have side effects.

There are other more advanced, holistic ways of helping people to resolve these issues and heal from them. We can work directly with the energy within and surrounding the person. Because everything is made from energy, all of these different disorders have a specific vibration and frequency. When we clear and heal the energy within a person’s body and raise their frequency they heal.

In Christopher’s practice, he has found that most of the negative energy in someone’s mental/emotional body is actually contained in the space around the heart and also in the energetic field around them known as “stuck, discordant frequencies” which are largely created because of unprocessed pain and trauma are magnetic. If a person doesn’t have enough present moment awareness to process the painful experiences, the energy of the unresolved issues remains within the person’s body. They energetically attract more experiences that match the frequencies of the earlier pain and trauma previously collected in the areas in and around the body. The result is that the person will continue to create experiences that vibrationally match these unresolved patterns until they become aware enough to do the inner work to heal the negative cycles.

A skilled energy healer can go into the energy in and around a person’s body and find the places where these negative mental/emotional patterns are located and release them. There are many different kinds of energy healing modalities that address these problems and they all work in their own way and at different speeds. Traditional methods from the East such as acupuncture, Chi Gong and yoga all work to gently and methodically release these discordant energetic patterns.

In the western traditions we have myofascial massage, chiropractic practices, therapeutic massage, meditation, present moment awareness and breathing exercises to assist in helping people release these patterns. All of these methods work without causing the dangerous side effects associated with western medicine. In the work Christopher does he helps people release the energy from their heart center and clear the energy from their body, chakra points, energy meridians and biofield using unconditional love energy from the ultimate dimension and angelic assistance.

Sheryl says as a Reiki Master Teacher/ practitioner she works with the help from a higher dimension of pure energy above with guides teachers and angels to allow the body to relax and release blockages and negative thoughts to create an environment that can receive higher vibrations of good will, love. and compassion so according to the Law of Attraction they can begin to improve their lives by becoming more of their soul magnificent and less of the fear induced energy they have had imprinted on them by others in this physical reality.

In Sheryl’s book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening she writes, “In reading A New Life Awaits I know you will discover much synchronicity with your own observations and find comfort in validating many of your own wishes t o live life in an expansive bolder approach creating new perspectives new thoughts taking you in the direction that your heart and soul were born to experience. Unencumbered by the rules and limitations of societal and familial systems imprinted from childhood, that may have made you forget the amazing loving magnificent entity that you are that was born to walk in delight on our beautiful earth landscape and with inspirational light you will find a new life awaits each day and you donot walk alone.”

Dr. Macklin goes on to discuss that “Stress is the greatest factor associated with the rise of mental/emotional disorders. We are experiencing so much continual stress and we are moving so fast that we never truly have time to recover and heal from the daily onslaught and pressure of our stressful experiences. When we don’t have the time and tools to process these experiences the effects of stress compounds. Stress is a state that can be handled in bits and pieces, under normal circumstances and with proper rest and support systems, we can integrate the stress and move on from it. Most people don’t have healthy coping mechanisms in place.

Under normal, balanced circumstances, the neurons in our brains and bodies are transmitting information and working together relaying a symphony of information. The branches of the neurons extend out like trees; and they touch each other, transmitting information and energy from neuron to neuron in the same way that tree tops can be seen touching each other in a canopy in the forest. This is the way information and electrical charges are passed along within the brain and within key areas in the body such as the heart and the GI tract.

The stress literally damages the neurons, causing them to shrink. They become compressed and pull away from each other which interrupts the smooth flow of information in the brain. This deeply affects our capacity to think clearly and how we interpret things. As time goes by, a person experiencing the negative effects of stress in the brain begins to function at less than their potential. They make choices from a skewed perspective because they’re not processing all of the information available. They don’t usually realize this however. Misunderstandings and emotional responses based on partial information create even more problems and more stress. And this in turn, when left unchecked, leads to the mental/emotional imbalances we are seeing in the world today. PTSD is one of the major stress disorders of our day. It results when we don’t recover from the stress and violent scenarios that we have been exposed to. Our system begins to automatically generate negative images and we experience heightened fear and sustained levels of anxiety and vulnerability

ADD and ADHD have become extremely prevalent in the last 20 years. Dr. Macklin tells us more of this often undiagnosed and misunderstood condition.

Both of these disorders are marked, most notably, by the inability to focus and impulsivity. With ADHD there is the added component of hyperactivity. There are more than 3 million new cases a year reported in the US and those who have it often experience high levels of stress due to their inability to focus. This one thing affects every aspect of life.

The different types of ADD have been researched and categorized by Dr. Daniel Amen in his landmark studies on brain scans and psychological/emotional disorders. He has isolated 7 types of ADD. In his brilliant book, “Change Your Brain, Change Your Life”, he states, “Clearly ADD is not just one thing. Knowing someone’s type or types of ADD can make a critical difference in helping them or yourself.

Think of:

  • Classic ADD as the hyperactive child or adult who can’t sit still and is always on the go.
  • Inattentive ADD as someone who is shy and more reserved, yet still can’t focus.
  • Over focused ADD as someone who has ADD symptoms plus gets stuck on bad thoughts.
  • Temporal Lobe ADD as someone who may be more temperamental and struggles with learning.
  • Limbic ADD as someone one who is sad and can’t focus.
  • Ring of Fire ADD where way too much is going on in their brains, and
  • Anxious ADD where someone has both anxiety and trouble focusing.”

The demographic is clearly delineated. More males have it than females by a wide margin and the females that do develop it do so largely as a coping mechanism to stress. Most males who are diagnosed, have it because of organic, neurological factors but it can also be developed in males due to stress and other environmental factors. In addition, ADD is passed down generationally and it is more often found in families where alcoholism is present. Many of the people that Dr. Amen has helped have grandparents who were alcoholics

When working to heal ADD in yourself or others it’s important to be extremely compassionate. I find that so many gifted people have ADD and this is because the world is an extremely difficult place to live in. ADD is the coping mechanism the brain has developed to be able to bring these very high level gifts into the world in the midst of so much heartache and confusion. If you have ADD look at the different ways you have had to compensate in your life. Applaud yourself for all you’ve achieved and have come to understand because you had to find new solutions in order to move forward in life. -Look at the different places where you or your loved ones are experiencing ADD symptoms more prominently. Are you experiencing them when you are exercising? At work/school? While cooking or shopping? Is there a time of day when you are experiencing more problems? Isolating the activities and times of day when ADD is more active will give you great insight into the way the brain is functioning. It can also be seen as a tool to help you really evaluate what you choose to include in your life and why.

Depression is one of the leading mental disorders in America second to anxiety. Dr. Macklin tells us of that. It will plague more people around the world than any other disease and the majority of people on earth will experience it at one point in their lives. The various different types of depression are: major depression, situational depression, psychotic depression, Bipolar- disorder, seasonal affect disorder (SAD), peri and post -partum depression, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, situational depression and atypical depression. Its causes are obvious.

People don’t have enough information about the truth of their own divine souls or the fact that there is a divine plan that has been created for them. In God’s divine plan there is fulfillment, abundance and happiness for every individual. There is joy, community, love and success. Most people don’t even know that this has been created for them or that we access the divine plan for our lives by raising our frequency, developing our relationship with God and through following our intuition. Without this crucial information, however, the world we live in today appears to be a scary, hopeless and violent place that makes no sense. Depression is caused by the repeated, destabilizing effects of stress on the system and the sustained stressful situations in our lives. Family dysfunction, relationship and financial problems, health issues, work and school struggles all create the foundational basis for depression.

Depression can also be caused by a spiritual attack, energetic attachment, ancient rituals or by remote viewers. I have powerful prayers of protection that can be found on the CMM prayer app and that will remove these interferences. You can download the prayer app for phone and use the clearing/protection prayers until you feel a difference. Depression reflects an instability in the limbic system which is found in the central part of the brain. Stressful situations cause a release of stress hormones which causes the neurotransmitter, GABA, to flow at abnormally low levels. This causes the limbic system to begin to overwork. The result is depression. Many times upon waking, people are aware of a sudden strange, irritating and depressing feeling. This is usually a remote viewer. They monitor people from other dimensions and begin to discombobulate and drain them of energy as they wake up. If this is something you or your loved ones are experiencing, play “The Prayer To Remove Manipulation From Your Personal Life”

. PRAYER TO REMOVE MANIPULATION FROM YOUR PERSONAL LIFE

I am of God. I ground myself to the Earth. I command you dear God to break all spells, curses and ancient rituals in my life that are not good and true. I command you God to remove all negative remote viewers. Remove all radionics machines affecting my life now. I command that you rebalance any manipulations of the time/space continuum in this 3rd dimensional world and throughout all the time/space continuum in every dimension. I bring all the beings involved with any of my personal manipulation, infinite levels wide, infinite levels high, though all space/time continuum in every dimension before you God for justice in only the way You know how. It’s not for me to judge them, therefore I release them to you God with unconditional love and forgiveness. I thank you God and I send you my unconditional love. So be it. Amen

From an energetic perspective, a great deal of the time, anxiety has a component that revolves around spiritual attack the use of radionics machines. Negative remote viewers watch people from other dimensions and use different techniques to destabilize people and drain them of energy. They do this because they feed off of the energy and because they don’t want people to live the divine plan of their lives. And so, while a person may have an incredible amount of stress in their lives, this stress causes their frequency and vibration to drop. In doing this, the person lowers themselves into a vibration where the remote viewers can access them. Remote viewers don’t like high vibrational energy which is why keeping your energy clear and your frequency high is a major part of healing from any illness and clearing yourself of anxiety. Many times, when a person is continuously experiencing anxiety there is also an energetic attachment which creates the horrible, shaky feeling in the body that often times accompanies this disorder. These attachments also repeatedly feed negative thoughts into a person’s mind. Without the proper knowledge, people assume that they are simply suffering from a mental/emotional imbalance. They have no idea that they are being manipulated by an energetic attachment

ENERGETIC / SPIRITUAL ATTACKS There are many “less understood” causes of mental/emotional disorders. These sources have an energetic and spiritual nature and they work to influence how people feel and think. They especially work to create greater stress, to prolong duress and to offset people and keep them in mentally ill states so that they can be easily conditioned and controlled. The following is a list of the most prominent energetic/spiritual challenges that I find when working with my clients. I have also included some solutions following this listing which I have found to be very useful in treating these unseen but incredibly destructive, negative influences.

Ancient rituals spells or curses are extremely prevalent in today’s world and cause a lot of problems. Most people don’t really understand how they work or that they are being influenced by them and so they don’t take steps to break and release them. But these energetic intentions to cause problems can be cleared through using the methods listed below. I always advise that someone can send bad energy through wishing someone ill will or speaking with negative emotions against. They may not know that they are creating a curse but this behavior has the same end result and it’s important to clear yourself if you have ever experienced this.

ESOTERIC MERKABA FIELD PRAYER OF PROTECTION I am of God. I ground myself to the Earth. I command God to create 27 esoteric merkaba fields around me to protect me from any negative entities, fractals thereof, manipulations, and transmissional frequencies which are not for my highest good. I command you dear God to optimize the vibration of these merkaba fields with the blueprint of my DNA and the keys of Enoch so as not to allow anything to enter except for my highest good through all space time continuum in every dimension. I command you to activate it now God. And I thank you dear God and I send you my unconditional love. So be it. Amen

PRAYER TO RELEASE ANY CELLULAR MEMORY OR ESOTERIC TRANSFERENCE FROM PAST LIFE I am of God. I ground myself to the Earth. I come before you dear God for forgiveness for anything I have done in any past life to infinitum, through all space and time in any dimension that has been brought back into this lifetime and is affecting me now. I release it all to you God with Unconditional Love. I thank you God and send you my Unconditional Love. So be it. Amen.

PRAYER TO RELEASE PAST LIFE CONNECTION ISSUES I am of God. I ground myself to the Earth. I come before you dear God for forgiveness for anything I have done in any past life to infinitum, through all space and time in any dimension that has been brought back into this life time and is affecting my relationship with the person now. I release it all to you God with Unconditional Love. I thank you God and send you my Unconditional Love. So be it. Amen

Anxiety is a very specific kind of experience that in certain situations requires monitoring to make sure it doesn’t escalate. Whether working with children, adolescents or loved ones, take the steps to understand what would create better feelings when the anxiety is present. List the different solutions and create a plan to implement them when you begin to feel anxious. Dr. Macklin makes suggestions for lessening the effects of anxiety….Some people find that taking a shower or listening to calming music makes them feel better. Other people feel that taking a walk out in nature can help curb the feelings of anxiety. Whatever works, begin to actively incorporate these things into your life. -Create a goal chart and integrate a few new behaviors weekly that will help to keep your energy more relaxed and focused on better feeling states.

Addiction is rampant in America. We are living in a country that is rife with addiction. Let’s try to get a handle on why it is so prevalent today?

Many times, because of the problems that we face in life, people turn to substances or addictive behaviors and get lost in them. This is especially true when people are trying to self -medicate in order to ease the symptoms of stress and different disorders. And yet addiction in and of itself is a mental/emotional disorder.

Addiction is present in nearly all age groups. Children, adolescents and adults alike. Addiction is affecting all of us. Through the different types of foods, substances, electronics and behaviors, we are dealing with a culture that uses addiction as a crutch to ease the pain and keep us distracted, without ever solving the problems that we are encountering. Many times, people have an addictive psychology that they get lost in. The addictive behavior is based on the dysfunction of the glands within the brain. Just as in the case of repetitive negative thinking and OCD, addiction is based on the stressed, overworked state of the anterior cingulate gland. In seeking to heal the addiction and move beyond it, we also have to do things that will bring greater balance to the ACG.

Many times, in the presence of addiction there are also other mental/emotional imbalances, like depression, ADD and anxiety.to actively incorporate these things into your life.

In talking about Christopher’s divine understanding of Covid and whether vaccines may damage certain people’s bodies he is aware that many leaders in government and other agencies may be concerned with population issues and whether there could be long term negative results from the vaccine. That is still to be determined. But why the pharmaceutical companies were so resistant to letting the public know results of testing until 75 years into the future didn’t leave many thinking people with a good feeling. Now we are seeing many people vaxxed and boostered testing positive to Covid over and over again? It is concerning. The virus is there but the people may be asymptomatic as the body is already familiar with the virus and able to ward it off. All not confirmed or understood at the present time.

Dr. Macklin says as we become more aware of who we are as soul beings WE can always TAKE OUR POWER BACK! Many people today live lives where they feel powerless on some level. They are engaged in conscious and unconscious agreements and role playing with people and situations that they have allowed to take their power away and sap their energy. This can happen in a myriad of ways. We can give our power away to other people. We can give our power away to situations. We can give our power away to our schedules. We can give our power away in the family roles that we play, etc. Perhaps we got involved with certain people or situations because they made us feel needed. Perhaps, they made us feel safe in some way. These unconscious agreements create a distortion in our perceptual field that makes us feel powerless when in fact we are full of power.

At a certain point in the healing process, it becomes important to take your power back and live as the sovereign being that you are. You don’t have to compromise yourself and make yourself feel smaller in order to make things work well in your life. You may have felt this before and created situations that didn’t really serve your highest good, although in some way they served a purpose. We can often use these situations to make ourselves feel better by using them to close ourselves down. The most important thing we can realize is that we are not prisoners to these situations. We have in fact given our power over to them for a reason and somewhere in the subconscious mind there is an imprint or pattern that is seeking to be revealed and healed. We are Divine beings and we are fully capable of creating vast goodness in the world for ourselves and for others.

Also rest and rejuvenation are an extremely important part of the healing process. In fact, the value of consistent, regenerative rest can’t be underestimated. It allows the glands in the brain an opportunity to completely relax and it gives the body a chance to recuperate from all of the physically draining, discordant energy and confusion that is present when there is a mental/emotional disorder.

When experiencing an emotional disorder, we have to interrupt the patterns that are supporting the illness and introduce new behaviors that will support our healing. A wonderful place to begin is by creating a more relaxed, stress- free routine that prioritizes rest, rejuvenation and downtime.

It’s a scientific fact that the hormones of stress downregulate genes and create disease. Long term effects. Human beings… because of the size of the neo-cortex …we can turn on the stress response just by thought alone. We think about our problems, we turn on those chemicals. That means then our thoughts can make us sick. And if our thoughts can make us sick, does that mean that our thoughts can make us well? The answer is absolutely yes.” -Dr. Joe Dispenza, best selling author, neuroscience researcher

We thank Dr. Christopher Macklin for delivering “Centering Your Mind” that shares a detailed fact based description on all the issues facing modern day society in terms of health and immune function, affecting both physical and energetic conditions, that can be healed using a mind body spirit philosophy and therapeutic approach.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Dr. Christopher Macklin has explained and exposed new ways to look at depression anxiety addiction many forms of mental illness and healing methods and prayers that address both the body and soul.

Dr. Macklin writes, “The human body was designed to live in a state of coherency where everything works smoothly, cooperatively and in the highest ease and grace. It was designed to be in alignment and operate in a very specific way. When we access the original divine blueprint in regards to our physiological alignment, our minds and brains function in an optimal state and we are able to access more personal power, focus, joy and energy. Our lives are more fulfilling and we live from a place of guided intuition, inspiration, certainty and balance. Our frequency and vibration remain high and we live more effortlessly from a centered state of genuine authenticity…….. In restoring ourselves, we restore our brain. In restoring our brain, we restore the natural Divine order and design of the mind/brain connection. The mind and brain were never intended to function independent of the heart and soul. They are designed to function within the overall energy of the soul’s purpose. In order to live within the divine energy of the soul, we have to restore the mind back to its rightful place within the heart.”

Dr. Christopher Macklin and Sheryl Glick RMT would have you begin to heal -Center the mind into the heart. Center the mind in gratitude. Center the mind into present moment awareness. Center the mind into the depths of self-care. Center the mind into peace, joy and tranquility. Find the love for Self within and shed that love into the world as it was meant to be shared. Find the divine within and remember your personal power to expand and live a life of possibilities allowing your thoughts to create the life and love that is your divine state of being.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical spiritual scientific medical and psychology and the arts and music fields share their views on finding answers to age old questions of Who are we? Where do we come from? and What is the purpose of our life on Earth? Shows may also be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.com

Today’s Guest
  • https://www.globalenlightenmentproject.com/

The post Divine Healing Techniques to Calm the Spirit, Raise Immune System, Re-balance the Brain appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT medium and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but often a deep disconnect from our inner soul life and wisdom. Today we are delighted to welcome Connie Huebner, author of Divine Mother Healing, is a leading spiritual luminary of these times. Connie not only receives Divine messages but teaches others to receive them as well.

As listeners of “Healing From Within”” have come to expect over the years my gifted and expansive guests and I share intimate stories and insights in order to remember we are spiritual beings having a physical life journey in order to refine our soul energy and gather experiences to take with us into other dimensions of life and creative love. Life in a physical world cannot be lived without duality : we must have both sides of the spectrum, good and bad male and female rich or poor black or white to set up ways to bring together and in harmony opposites and recognize the unity that comes from diversity.

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” Connie Huebner shares her journey to explain a profound yearning to communicate with Spirit with the Divine. In her search she learned that The Kingdom of Heaven is within you and through commitment, patience and self-investigation Divine qualities reveal themselves and we will learn about practical methods for both healing and awakening the Divine relationship. Connie shares a series of Healing Tools to heal yourself and loved ones and which can be effective if the words are just read out loud or repeated silently.

When Connie is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have shown her the interests and life path she might follow in adulthood she immediately tells how she longed for a black horse of her own but never expected to actually possess one.

Connie goes on to tell us she was not even slightly spiritual and loved exploring the country side where she lived and dreamed of having one impossible thing in her life..a black horse. Since that wasn’t happening, she rode her bicycle imaging she was galloping across the fields. Unexpectedly her parents told her she could select a horse. It was as if all her prayers and wishes were answered. What Connie thought was impossible became real and she learned the impossible was within reach. Wishes can come true.

Next Connie tells us of an experience much later that began her serious awakening and transformation process. Connie tells us her spiritual journey began when she was 21 lying on the grass gazing up at the sky on a gorgeous autumn day thinking about all the stars and constellations that were hidden in the blue. Suddenly without warning she expanded through the sky and clouds past the planets and galaxies into empty space, where she experienced her Oneness with all of it. It was a profound Unity Experience that has never left her. Over time a profound yearning developed and she wanted to talk to God. Her spiritual practice intensified and Divine Light appeared and the nurturing quality of Divine Love. She discovered that these qualities were being given to her to heal the personal issues that were blocking her ability to receive communication from the Divine Presence.

Sheryl says there are many paths to spiritual transformation meditation healing practices Eastern philosophies that awaken a long held desire that eventually from coincidences synchronicity dreams which are messages from Spirit we all receive, help an awakening and need to learn more about who we are? Where we come from and how to use our intuition or connection to higher consciousness to manifest the best lives for ourselves. However, many people think it is an instantaneous happening but in reality one needs a spiritual practice perhaps mentor or teacher and time to enhance their spiritual gifts of psychic knowing seeing hearing feeling and being the best individual they can be.

Spending so much time on her inner focus, Connie started to get messages from Jesus, Mother Mary Archangel Michael and others. They were encouraging her to share what she was learning and teach people how to wake up the Divine Connection that was available to everyone.

Sheryl says to Connie that although she was always a sensitive empathic child and wished to help others be free of their fear of the physical challenges of life, she was not aware of her strong connection to the Divine and her destiny which was to teach and write about spiritual awareness and healing.

In her book The Living Spirit :Answers for Healing and Infinite Love Sheryl shares a visit from Jesus to her and her healing group while in meditation and the message he gave them and writes, “This is another lesson for everyone, particularly healers: people come into our lives seeking help, and we can only channel the energy to them and trust that whatever happens is for their Highest Good. Sometimes, we may not even know the outcome here in the physical world. At a healing meditation with several students, I had been doing a reading for one of the members of my unfoldment group when I suddenly sensed Jesus next to me. He was crying, and I found myself choking back tears as well. “I have cried for many ills done by unknowing souls,” Jesus said, “just as you and your group members also cry for the injustice and insensitivity of many.” Several other members of the group, including Joyce, who I was reading at that time, sensed his presence. His words to me brought a feeling to my heart that to this day is hard to describe. It was incredible to think that he would visit a simple Reiki teacher and her group, reminding everyone present of the loving messages he had delivered during his earthly life so very long ago. It was as if Jesus wanted us to know that he and other emissaries of the unseen world work by our side for the continued advancement of humanity. They impress upon all of us that self-love and love for others will always be the goal for a soul experiencing a physical and energetic life. To strive for personal excellence without hypocrisy in thought, word, and action, was the message from Jesus two thousand years ago. As the world and its citizens continue to move forward, many will finally hear and truly follow Jesus’s teaching to create a sense of great peace and unity for all, emanating from the Oneness of our soul being.”

Infinite Wholeness is something I talk about a lot in these Healing Tools and Connie wants you to understand what it is. Her book is based on Wholeness, something that is intangible, invisible, and yet builds everything in the universe. Wholeness is the Infinite Source of everything in Creation including your life. It could be called Infinite Presence, the unified field, the quantum ground state, the unmanifest pure potential, or Pure Being. It is everywhere, in everything, in the space between things, yet it is not form. Your True nature is this formless Wholeness. It is your Self.

When you practice Divine Mother’s Tools you experience your Wholeness. These tools in Connie’s effective workbook for using divine energy and light, work by dissolving the blockages in the flow of your life force and you become centered and connected to the Divine Power or Universal Source as Sheryl a Reiki Master Teacher calls it. These tools or Divine Healing methods give you the ability to work at the deepest levels, to change any situation, no matter how long standing.

Divine Mother resides in your heart. The more you can let your awareness embrace your heart the more connected you become to Divine Mother. Breathing into your heart or putting your hand on your heart will help you connect more fully to the heart. The healing sequence begins with the Heart Exercise

Connie has learned many healing practices and developed the Self-Love Exercise a very powerful transformative healing method.

She tells us that the heart exercise is used to begin a Divine Mother healing session:

Begin by breathing into the heart center not just the heart organ but the whole chest area. Breathe as if the breath is coming in through the front of the chest into the heart and soften in the heart to receive the breath. Allow the heart to open, like a flower opening its petals. If you can’t keep your attention in the (10-15) into the chest area. The deep breaths quiet mental activity and then you can focus attention on the heart. Notice the flow of breath moving in the heart. Notice if there is any tightness or discomfort there, If there is breath into it allowing the breath to move through it opening it up and moving the flow of breath through the discomfort. Keep breathing into the heart throughout the Invocation as you unite with Divine Mother and the Great Beings of the Universe.

Then begin the healing sequence.

The Invocation that can be used among others can go like this: I am Whole. I am One with God. I am One in the Infinite Wholeness of all that is. I call upon Almighty Mother-Father God and all of the beautiful expressions of Divine Love who know and live in the Wholeness of Divine Truth.

Here are the names of Great Beings who recognize their Wholeness and Oneness with God.

Connie calls upon Mother Mary (Christian) Shekhina (Jewish) The Divine presence of Fatima (Islam) Mother Lakshmi Saraswati Durga Kali Parvati (Hindu) and Tara and Quan Yin (Buddhist) White Buffalo Calf Woman (Native American) I call upon Gaia, Mother Earth and Mother Nature and invite all the expressions of Divine Mother from the world’s traditions of Truth.

She invites those Great Beings and Master Teachers around whom many of the world’s spiritual traditions have grown. I call upon Jesus Christ (Christian) and the Holy Spirit Abraham and Moses (Jewish) the Divine Presence of Mohammad (Islam) Lord Buddha (Buddhist) Lao Tza Taoist Lord Krishna, Lord Ram, Lord Vishnu, Lord Shiva Lord Brahma (Hindu)

And also calls upon the Archangels: Archangel Michael, Gabriel Raphael Uriel Zaedkiel Jophiel Metatron and all Archangels

She might invite the Ascended Masters Babaji, Sananda Serapis Bey Saint Germain Brother Francis of Assissi Lady Nada and all the Ascended Masters

I invite the Gurus (Spiritual Teachers) who are significant in your life.

Next There is a protective sphere of Holy Light surrounding me now creating a sacred space. Archangel Michael and his legions of angels, guard and protect me and this sacred space so that only the energies of the Archangels Ascended Masters and Beings of Light holding the Wholeness of Divine Truth may enter this space. Archangel Michael stands in front of me, behind me, to the right of me to the left of me above me and below me. I am safe and protected within the sacred sphere of Holy Light. The loving liquid golden healing substance of Divine Love is pouring into me throughout this healing session allowing all the healing, lifting and energy shifting to be smooth comfortable and complete.

If there is a specific issue say:

Please heal the issue of__________________

Name what you want to heal.

Thank you Divine Mother and so it is

These Healing Techniques help us release negative energies that reside in the body often from past traumas there are simple powerful commands like “Break” and “Go Into the Light.” Can you tell us about that?

Connie tells us the discord and blockages that have accumulated in the subtle field of your energy system are compromising the full expression of your True Self.

The Deep Go Command and Go into the Light are tools to let go of these disturbances.

Breathe into the heart and call upon the Divine Mother and all Divine Beings to clear discordant energies blockages confusion from my system.

First the emotional level Say lovingly from your Divine Authority or Higher Soul Self,” I know address all blockages and discord at the emotional level of my energy field. Go into the light.

Repeat Go Go Go Go into the light …..In the name of God I command you to go into the light now. Continue until you feel a shift. By repeating Go into the Light over and over until you notice a shift, a sense of expansion, a deep breath or a settling indicating there has been a release.

Next say: Divine Light is filling the emotional level. Divine Light is pouring into the emotional level. Divine Light is saturating the emotional level, more and more Divine Light fills the emotional level.

Next do the same thing for the mental level.

Next clear the etheric level

Then the physical level and astral level and causal level and Celestial level

Clear all levels of your system as a daily energetic hygiene. Then you can maintain the power of your True Self expressing in all you do. Say “Go into the Light” whenever you engage in negative thinking. This is especially helpful with self-critical thoughts.

After commanding the thought to go, focus on thoughts of self-respect and self-value.

If you are in a public place and see people speaking harshly to their companions or children start silently repeating the First Go Command to clear the energies constricting their hearts. Then fill them with Divine Love.

We must over time and practice become accustomed to experiencing the powerful flows of Light that emerge from the unbounded Source. One time as Connie was enjoying a particularly gorgeous display of light she asked, “Who are you? Immediately the Light answered, I am the Divine Mother. “ I am birthing the universe.” Then she started to demonstrate her creative abilities to Connie. Awed and overwhelmed Connie aligned with Divine Mother who opened the doors to The Kingdom of Heaven she had so diligently been seeking. Connie now brings Divine Mother’s Knowledge Wisdom and Love to people worldwide.

Sheryl and Connie discuss before the Patriarchal Religions developed in the Paegan times men and women worked equally and cooperatively treating each other with the utmost respect and dignity. We need to return to that ideology of spiritual oneness and love for all. Separation and division by religion politics and materialistic practices are unraveling our soul power and refinement and bringing great trauma to the world.

Seeking the aid and wisdom of Divine Mother has had such a profound impact. Many people have made old vows contracts and agreements in different life situations that can often prevent the full enjoyment of your life in the present. Many of these still linger unconsciously in your vibrational system. Some of these agreements may even have been made in previous lifetimes. These contracts need to be released and seeking the aid and wisdom of Divine Mother has a profound impact.

If you feel that vows of poverty chastity or self-denial made in a former lifetime are influencing your present life use this Divine Mother Tool to Break those former vows so you can fully engage in your present life.

As a child you may have made an agreement with yourself to suppress thoughts and feelings and not reveal all of who you are for fear of exposing yourself to criticism and put-downs.

To begin Releasing Agreements

Breath into heart and say I call upon Divine Mother and Archangel Michael to cancel release and dissolve all contracts agreements, vows commitments, trades or exchanges that I may have made in this life time or any other that are blocking or limiting my recognition and full expression of who I am now.

Imagine the frameworks structures circuitry and grids that have developed from agreements and contracts you no longer need and say Break Break Break ….End by saying I am filled with Divine Love. I am aligned with Divine Truth. I am Whole. Thank you Divine Mother and so it is.

The concepts of Divine Light, Divine Love and Divine Nectar have distinct characteristics. Divine Nectar is the essence of Divine Love in material form. Divine Nectar can subtly transform the physical body. It comes from Divine Love in your system as you unite with Divine Mother. As Divine Love penetrates into the physical level it becomes a nectar-like substance that the physical body can receive. Then Divine Nectar flows through your physical system like a transfusion delivering its subtle nourishment to the cells. Divine Nectar awakens the power of the cells for even greater creativity in the body, helping the body heal and become resistant to -disease. Divine Nectar heals relaxes soothes everything that has been disrupted by the presence of untruth. It allows the warmth of “Liquid Love” to melt into you like golden butter on a warm summer day. This nectar allows your system to relax into the Infinite Source and receive its Divine gifts.

Whenever the body lets go of discordant energies as it does when you use the Go and Break Commands, it’s important to fill it with Divine Nectar. Use it also whenever the body is ill to assist healing.

Around children or toddlers read the words of Divine Nectar Tool out loud Children will have a sense of the subtle positive energy and it will produce a positive effect for them.

Say I am One in the Wholeness of all that is. I am receiving the Love of Divine Mother soaking into me as a nectar-like substance, the pure essence of Divine Love. The Divine Nectar the essence of Divine Love is being received on every level of my energy field. I am filled and healed by Divine Nectar.

With Divine Love you experience the world as harmonious and Whole. Divine Love brings you out of separation and into Oneness.

Suggestions for Using Divine Love include:

  1. Before any family gathering. Silently shower your family with Divine Love. If a tense situation arises simply add more Divine Love
  2. If you and your spouse have an argument pour Divine Love into it.
  3. Children can feel alone and rejected if their feelings are hurt by their friends or family. Pour Divine Love to help them reclaim their sense of value.
  4. Any time someone in your life is sad or depressed or is having a hard time fill them with Divine Love and they will feel better and so will you.

Estranged relationships can be improved and often healed by pouring in Divine Love————into yourself the situation and into the other person

How can we breath into and soften the heart in order to activate these healings? Notice the flow of breath moving in the heart. Notice if there is any tightness or discomfort there. If there is breath into it allowing the breath to move through it opening it up and moving the flow of breath through the discomfort. Keep breathing into the heart throughout the Invocation as you unite with Divine Mother and the Great Beings of the Universe. Then begin the healing sequence. The Invocation that is used goes like this: I am Whole. I am One with God. I am One in the Infinite Wholeness of all that is. I call upon Almighty Mother-Father God and all of the beautiful expressions of Divine Love who know and live in the Wholeness of Divine Truth.

Softening Exercise Here is the process

  1. Soften in the heart…Soften the heart center not just the heart organ
  2. Move your attention to the throat. Soften the boundaries of the throat.
  3. Move your attention to the brow area and the eyebrows, often called the Third Eye Soften the brow/third eye
  4. Soften the top of the head the crown
  5. Soften the base of the spine and then the pelvic area solar plexus the diaphragm and the heart again.

The Softening Exercise quiets and balances your system so you begin to move the flow of life force energy up and down your body in a very integrated pattern through your chakra system. Softening connects you with your Infinite source and this connection allows healing

The Divine Truth Healing tool might work best for specific intentions. There are many finite truths, true for a period of time. The Divine Truth is that your are One with everything and your True Self is Infinite and Whole. The Infinite You is permanent: the finite you continues to change. Even thought you might not have conscious awareness of this right now, the Truth is that you are Infinite and Whole. Life’s evolution eventually awakens you to the recognition of your True Self.

Suggestions for Using Divine Truth include:

In business it is easy to make a compromise with truth for the sake of profit. Use the Divine Truth tool often to clarify issues of personal integrity

Connie might like readers of Divine Mother Healing to know the difference between Divine Light and Ascending Light. “Ascending Light” lifts you int a very high vibrational frequency. It creates a vibration in the physical body that unites you with your Infinite Source. The Ascending Light frequency allows the energies of your Divine purpose to come forth and then the energies of your particular skills and abilities will resonate freely and express fully in your actions. It creates health and vitality in your physical body by accessing the ever renewing energy available in your multi-leveled system.

First Divine Light breaks up old, stuck frequencies and initiates deep healing. It’s used to activate Light in the system for the purpose of transforming stuck energy into flowing energy. Then Ascending Light lifts that flowing energy into refinement.

Sheryl says during a Reiki session she assists clients into releasing negative thoughts fears and limitations and send them up to the Universe (ascending light) to be refined and returned either to that person or someone else as energy is never destroyed only refined recycled and reused.

We thank you Connie Huebner author of Divine Mother Healing for sharing your amazing journey to merge with Universal Divine Energy for the purpose of following your intuition instincts and soul wisdom to have conversations and interactions with Spirit, the Divine Mother and to bring practical healing tools in this a workbook format clearly detailed in your book, to the general public, as in the knowing we are already free of the fear and limitations of the physical world, past life realities, we become open to the possibilities of unfounded truths, love and access to Universal Source. To read more about how to communicate with Spirit for healing and personal growth go to www.divinemotheronline.net or www.amazon.com

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Connie Huebner offers a series of vibrational healing tools for body mind and spirit to clear blockages trauma limitations and fears and realign to higher Universal source for merging the best of our physical and spiritual energies. She reminds us that as we are spiritual beings pursuing a phyiscal life journey at the moment we need spiritual tools to assist us in dealing with the challenges of a physical reality. She also helps readers realize they have divine friends who assist throughout each day and an entire lifetime and pour Love and Light into transforming the deepest pain.

Connie writes, “This was a revelation. It made me realize that there is a place within us that is always perfectly healthy. If we can access that level, illness cannot take hold in our bodies. It is a matter of more powerful laws of nature taking over from less powerful laws of nature. The more powerful laws are more closely aligned with the Divine Truth of perfection, that we are made in the image of God. The level of Divine Grace appears to be more fundamental, more universal, and so it’s nature is to transform all levels of space and time into Divine Perfection. Could this be what healing is really all about, remembering our Divine perfection?

Connie Huebner and Sheryl Glick ask listeners to begin a practice of connection to Universal Energy by meditation use of healing tools or methods to align to the peace and the oneness of being as well as to remember we are connected to every living thing in energy and universal love. Just begin slowly to appreciate nature, the elements air water earth and fire and slowly the passion of life will fill you with hope and appreciation for all that is.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Host of Healing from Within and author of a trilogy, the newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to authors metaphysicians scientists, spiritualists medical practitioners members of the arts and music as well as people from all aspects of life who seek answers to the mysteries and miracles of life as we discover we are so much more than we appear to be, and life can be the dream we create with our thoughts. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

http://www.conniehuebner.com/

The post Divine Mother Guidance and Healing appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher, medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true inner soul wisdom and universal source. We are delighted today to welcome Michael Ellegion author of Prepare for Their Landing sharing his experiences with extraterrestrials over the course of his life and Intergalactic Match.com the transformational journey he experienced when he was first reunited with Celeste his own Divine Other-Half, a higher dimensional Immortal Intergalactic Goddess dedicated to restoring Heaven on Earth and the Golden Age.

Michael as listeners of Healing From Within have come to expect over the years Sheryl and her open minded guests share intimate and insightful stories that show us that there is much more to know and feel beyond our senses so we can begin to understand our dual nature as both phyiscal and energetic soul beings who are guided by those in Spirit to learn more about love compassion and to heal any misconceptions about what life is really about so we can begin to use our spiritual gifts to improve this planet and others beyond.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Michael Ellegion having both a UFO researcher as well as “Experiencer/contactee from his first book Prepare for the Landings: Are You Ready?” where he documented and exposed how the vast majority of beings visiting Earth are divinely intervening to help Earth’ s humanity. We will discuss NASA STAR PEOPLE their characteristics and how and when large groups were born. Michael discusses much about the unseen world of benevolent human appearing ET’s which have been the majority of beings visiting earth rather than focusing on the negative greys and reptilian beings and the abductions of humans.

When Sheryl asks Michael to think back to his childhood and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to him or others around him the lifestyle interest and work they might pursue as an adult for it seems we are born with a life plan and destiny which keeps unfolding as we walk through this dream like life Michael writes, “At a young age Michael started to experience “altered states of consciousness” and very intense vivid dreams. His father a professional hypnotist who had studied Edgar Cayce’s life and his famous “life readings” discovered in his research that the so-called Sleeping Prophet was actually activated with the use of hypnosis. Michael’s father realized that he could train his son in this same way that Cayce could induce his altered state to do his famous life readings. By fifteen Michel was doing very similar karmic readings.

Michael tells us that few experiences have stuck in his mind as clearly as that which took place during the summer of 1959 when he was six years of age and slipped over a railing falling into the ocean. Michael writes, “ Just as the ocean came crashing up to engulf me I found myself instantaneously in a different environment. I was physically back in, what to me had been my real home environment an environment that I consciously remembered since birth on this third dimensional planet. I have recalled being aboard these incredibly beautiful and magnificent Lightships often sighted as UFO’s here on earth which are also known as “Merkabahs” with the Confederation of Higher Universal Life. It took a moment for my eyes to fully adjust to the beautiful soft glowing light that was emanating from the actual walls of the ship itself. Then I really saw very human-appearing beautiful beings standing around me….To be truthful most humans would have called this an alien environment.. I have attempted to find suitable earthly terms to describe this joyous celebration and wonderful love that I was experiencing aboard this Lightship being physically back amongst my wonderful Cosmic relatives.

Sheryl says she has pursued her interest in learning about the afterlife after a visit from her grandfather when she was sick with the flu and in a state between sleep and a stupor, her grandfather who had been deceased for thirty years told her she had something to write for her father. Sheryl was uncertain what had transpired but the next day received a phone call from her mom saying her father had passed. Of course she wrote his eulogy but was now set on a path to learn more about that visit from her grandfather. Sheryl was guided to a workshop in Barbados where she learned from psychics mediums and energy healers that she was a healer and shortly after studied Reiki Spiritual healing as well as hypnotherapy which led her to connect to higher source, download messages from Spirit and do readings like Edgar Cayce. She feels she works much like Cayce and has also worked to support the lightworkers who are guided to her to expand their abilities and their understanding of their life missions.

Michael describes these extraterrestrial beings that he saw when he was on the ship. Michael says they were all dressed in metallic blue and silver colored jumpsuits approximately 6-7 feet tall had magnificent body structure- youthful muscular and well proportioned. Their skin had a golden cooper hue rather like a good suntan yet translucent. Most of them had beautiful golden-colored hair some golden brown. Their eyes were either bright blue violet green or golden pupils. They appeared to be between thirty and forty years old. Michael, immediately recognized his Higher Cosmic Parents as Lord Orion and Lady Angelica. Michael’s feelings and reactions to this contact were great joy which is usually the case with those of us termed “contactees” It is quite the opposite for those termed “abductees.” There is a definite reason why both types of UFO encounters are happening. There is also a definite reason why UFO investigators have rarely talked about the human appearing ET’s and the more positive aspects of the UFO field.

While aboard the ship Michael was able to express the pain and loneliness that he was suddenly aware of and found himself asking them not to send him back to earth, even though he knew deep down he would have to go back. Michael was aware that prior to taking Earth embodiment he had written his life script and this encounter he was experiencing. These beings had physically intervened for a specific reason as they were fulfilling their personal promisese tome. This experience was a physical reassurance to him that in times of extreme danger these Higher beings would have, and will, divinely intervene, not only for me but also for all my fellow Volunteers until our Earthly missions are complete.

After that as Michael was standing by the glowing wall of the medical chamber taking in what were familiar surroundings a sudden movement out of the corner of my eye distracted my attention, as an instrument merged out of the wall. The instrument resembled a large paddle about a square foot in size and one inch in depth that was attached to a flexible cable. One of the beings passed it up and down my body a few times as bright rainbow- colored rays shot out of the instrument into my body. I suddenly felt even greater inner peace and contentment. Later I realized they were realigning the seven main chakras or energy vortex points in my body. Often times when an individual experiences trauma, the person’s chakras can weaken, unless one learnes how to quickly balance align and strengthen him or herself through the use of powerful centering techniques.

Sheryl realizes that during her first Reiki training seminar during the Reiki Attunement which was a deep meditation where the Reiki Master Teacher attuned to higher volumes of Universal energy passes it on to the initiate, Sheryl was not aware of that, but felt she was in the presence of a blessed even and felt very connected to a strong purpose and divine mission. Her energy had shifted she later realized to let go of unnecessary beliefs and traumas, and her DNA had been altered so she was able to channel the energy of this higher dimension of life and could utilize it to help others find their destiny through the channeling of messages and healing sessions. Michael says that happened when he was attuned during an experience aboard a Merkabah Light Ship.

In dreams and meditation Sheryl is in another place or dimension where she sees some people she knows and some she does not. They always offer awareness and answer questions or share knowledge…the colors are quite intense and Sheryl is often very content to remain in this state or place of being.

Michael tell us about his 1979 experience with Extraterrestrials. In 1979 after his experience of being physically beamed up aboard a Higher Dimensional Merkabah Light Ship, Michael tells us at that time his DNA was energetically altered to do personal transformational channeled readings for fellow Light Workers, of which he has done thousands since then. Michael has worked from the many millions of formerly highly classified top-secret documents released through the Freedom of Information Act, verifying that E.T “s of all kinds have indeed visited the planet. He has personally interviewed hundreds of early government military whistle blowers in the 80’s and 90’s that shared information on NASA computer authenticated photos not be duplicated here on Earth.

Michael tells us there are two major reasons for this second physical encounter aboard the Merkabah Lightship. This encounter occurred for the purpose of activating him to do channeled Transformational readings for other Volunteers on planet Earth. Michael always knew deep down that his real Missions in this life would be to do channeled readings for these Volunteers as well as preparing humanity for mas planetary Divine Intervention and Worldwide Evacuation. The other reason for Michaels second ET encounter was to create a force-field of protection. In the last twenty years Michael has met well over 200 retired and ex intelligent agents who have ethically and morally rebelled against the original intent of their own organizations that had the goal of bringing in a New World Order. These agents and Michael and others on radio and TV stations and newspapers have shared this information naming names places dates and events. This attunement was to protect Michael from people working to suppress information of this nature getting out.

This is just part of the reason for Michael’s second encounter and the need for these more advanced human appearing ET’s to intervene physically and saving Michael’s life from the organized psychic assassination hit squad of the cabal or those in government hoping to have a One World Order. It may be that the globalist approach that has brought many communist countries together working against western civilization and the Constitutional freedoms Americans enjoy is more visible now after the Covid pandemic has upset the world economic structure.

In Sheryl’s book A New Life Awaits she expresses how she was guided to meet those involved with multi -dimensional beings and writes, “Sitting at my desk waiting for my client to come, I thought about a woman whom I had met at the Healing Convention in Arizona. Her name was Victoria. She was seated next to me in a music sound bowl healing workshop I attended while at the conference. I initially noticed she was more attractive and quieter or calmer in nature than many of the other participants. It was only a fleeting observation. Later, I got to see her display table, where Victoria had a DVD displayed showing unusual orbs and light objects on the cover. She also had a musical CD with angelic tones for healing. As she spoke to me, I noticed her voice was melodious and delightful. Victoria told me she had been encountering guidance from extraterrestrials since she was a child and was from another star system. I asked if she found them to be friendly and what they looked like. Yes, they were friendly, and they looked like her: blonde, quiet, and calm. They were here, as was she, to help humanity. Thinking about it, aren’t we all ETs? Our spirit and soul come from a higher plane of energy, or star dust, and combine with a physical body. Some light workers are here to improve the human condition. Others are here mainly for earthly or physical experience, but we are all Spirit. I might have been slightly judgmental when listening to Victoria describe she was connecting to extraterrestrial light beings. Was it so out of the ordinary? Years before that experience, I would have totally freaked out at such an announcement, but since I know all is illusion in this physical world, I cannot say one way or the other whether there is truth or falseness in this woman’s claim.’

While sharing this story now, years after the event, I realize I recently interviewed Hollywood actress Dee Wallace, author of Bright Light, about her spiritual insights and beliefs. She portrayed the mother in the feature film E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial. Was this coincidence, fate, or divine intervention? Looking back from my vantage point now and having opened up to realms of intelligence and wisdom from higher dimensions that assist me in my personal development and help me to refine my innate spiritual talents, I realize that over the last few years, I have interviewed a group of scientists exploring infinite possibilities for life beyond what we can know in this three-dimensional world and have been amazed to listen to extraterrestrial stories in a more open-minded fashion.

I have interviewed many notable guests who are exploring the extraterrestrial phenomenon. Robert Salas, author of Unidentified: The UFO Phenomenon and a graduate of the USAF Academy with a degree in Aerospace Engineering, now retired from the Air Force, offers extensive testimony and documentation by military officers and airmen of their eyewitness accounts of UFO occurrences, alien abductions, and threats to military installation. Another guest on my internet radio show, Healing From Within, was Betty Andreasson, a warm and everyday kind of individual who was studied extensively by government agencies for her remarkable drawings and descriptions of her 1967 abduction by what she described as entities who made her feel they were friendly and peaceful. Still another wonderful guest was Ted Peters, author of UFOs: God’s Chariots?, who has spent a lifetime exploring the many events and reports worldwide by people who have experienced interactions with higher beings. Most recently, I have interviewed Nancy Du Tertre, author of How to Talk to an Alien. As the other guests, her credentials and credibility are impeccable.

UFO’s and extraterrestrials are from other planets and other dimensions and governments around the world have been aware of their presence for decades. Sheryl says t on Tuesday May 17, 2022 in Congress decades of information on UFO’s were released to the public on Fox News. It is now concluded by many that UFO’s have been recorded for decades now. Like we have different races here on Earth so it is with people or souls of the galaxy. It appears there are aliens living among us and some of them are here to help humanity reach a higher vibration and awareness of the interconnectedness of all life forms.

Approximately 25 years ago Sheryl attended a healing and psychic development convention in Phoenix Arizona. At a sound bowl healing group, Sheryl sat next to a woman whose energy was different. Sheryl as an empath and energy worker is able to detect changes in energy. After the event the woman spoke with Sheryl and told her she was from another star system and here to help raise the vibration of the planet and she was visited by people from that dimension since she was a child. She said she had not been allowed to have children but raised her husband’s children Sheryl asked her if there were others like her and what did they look like. Victoria responded “Yes” and they look like me. Well, she looked like everyone other human except her hair was very blonde and her energy very calm and quiet. It was a silly question for me to ask as indeed she was standing in front of me and I could see that no one would not see her as human.

Michael tells us the many characteristics of NASA Star People? UFO researcher Brad Steiger’s profile of the Star People/Star Seeds contains the following elements. Few Star People have all the characteristics but all have at least several to a third of the elements.

STAR People Characteristics include
Compelling eyes and personal charisma
Unusual blood type such as A- B- AB- the
rarest blood type on the planet
Approximately one out of every 10,000 people has this very are type. It is also the blood found on the Shroud of Turin
Lower than normal body temperature Was an unexpected or unplanned child
Extra vertebrae, transitional vertebrae and lower back problems
Extra or misplaced ribs
Thrives on little sleep and do their best work at night
Hypersensitivity or feel sensitive to electricity. Electromagnetic force fields may also be termed environmentally sensitive. Unusually sharp or above normal hearing and eyes very sensitive to light or sunlight Seems to have been reborn in cycles for example 1934-1938 1944-48 1954-58 Actually some of the majority of Volunteers who have come to Earth have been born within a year or two of particularly intense and or challenging times. In fact some of the largest number of Volunteers Star Seeds Wanders Walk Ins to take Earth embodiment occurred right after the bombs that were dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in WW11 (August 6, 1945) This happened because of the concern on Higher Worlds observed from Lightships that the next generation could possibly destroy the planet, so it was decided that the Volunteers would come more in greater numbers than ever before thus, The Baby Boom generation appeared to make sure once and for all that never again would this planet be allowed to be destroyed.
Now in these recent decades, an even greater number of Volunteers over half the entire world’s population, is now from somewhere else, making this the largest number of Star People to ever take Earth embodiment all at the same time.

Feels that their Earth biological mother and father are not their real parents. Feels a great urgency or strange restlessness of feeling like they have been in a type holding pattern for too long, a short time to complete an important goal or special mission of some kind
Lower than normal blood pressure Chronic or semi chronic sinusitis (also known as irritation in the nose or nasal passages) Feel or sense their true ancestors came from another more beautiful evolved peaceful and sane world, another Higher Dimension another level of consciousness and they yearn or long for their true place of origin or their home beyond the stars.

Had unseen companions and friends as a child Natural or above normal or unusual abilities in specialized areas such as art music mathematics healing acting natural sciences etc.
Experience a buzzing or clicking sound or high pitched mechanical whine in the ears prior to or during a psychic event or warning of danger. This can also be in the form of a synchronicity and or a vision of some kind.

Had a dramatic or unusual experience around the age of five or six of at least when they were young before teen years which took the form of white light and or visitation by human appearing beings who gave information and comfort Have since maintained a continuing contact with beings which they consider to be angels masters spiritual teachers or openly declared UFO intelligence who are benevolent in nature other than the greys of reptilians and have not been abducted only contacted to help guide inspire uplift empower.
Their artwork dreams or fantasies often involve an alien, multi-moon and or multi-dimensional planetary environment
Children and animals are attracted to them May have mystic crosses mystic eyes or mystic stars on their palms
Have unusual abilities considered paranormal by their peers and family such as being very psychic doing channelings and or involved in psychic spiritual healings telekinesis etc. Experience a strong attraction to Quartz, crystal, and natural gem stones
Have flying of dreams or out of body/Astro travel experiences
The ability to take on the role of an empath Extreme compassion and feelings for what the other person or animals are going through Have a strong affinity to past eras of Atlantis, Lemuria, Ancient Egypt, Arthur and Camelot, the Tantra Temples of India, and other ancient, biblical, or mystical places. Have recently received some type of message or inner feeling or message from one’s higher self that now “is the time” Have experienced at least one or more close calls or life-threatening situations through the years in which one should’ve been killed or at least severely injured but was instead was protected from it or should’ve died from a severe illness or disease but quickly recovered and have felt that they were being watched over and somehow divinely protected time and time again.
Have often experienced through the years when glancing at a digital clock or watch that the time coincidentally happens to be 11:11 or 12:12

Sheryl might be a Volunteer like the star children here to navigate humanity through earth’s ascension and the spiritual awakening of the human community as she has many of the characteristics of the NASA Star People Michael describes. She was born after a major event, Hiroshima at the end of World War 11 and just around the time Edgar Cayce died. As a child she saw beautiful faces at her bedroom window three flights up and felt tickles on her arms which frightened her. Although intuitive and in the gifted classes at school, she just assumed everybody was the same, and never thought herself different, but cried a lot at the insensitivities of people around her. She always imagined life that could be more loving beautiful and kind. As a Reiki energy practitioner she connects to that higher dimension of light and feels blessed to be alive.

Michael writes and Sheryl has found it true for herself as well. Michael writes, “That “Having been fully warned before I was born, I also realized that I would get plenty of Cosmic back up and support from my “Friends Upstairs.” Sheryl also refers to those friends upstairs when she guides her students to ask for help from our guides spiritual teachers higher vibrational beings angels and loved ones in Spirit UPSTAIRS. Since there are no coincidences only messages and guidance to awaken us to greater consciousness and acceptance of who we are and how we are all connected the synchronicities we share with others is to remind us we are never alone.

Michael believes that humans can find an interdimensional lover and Celeste’s relationship with Michael goes beyond any preconceived notions of love as he knew it before connecting with her divine energy and wisdom.

Some of the topics covered today could seem hard for some people to understand and to help us know why these benevolent beings living among us have not yet completely exposed themselves Michael tell us about and writes, “The man with my name George Admski looked at me with love and compassion. My feeling toward him was one of gratitude and awe because of what he had gone through at the hands of those earlier as well as modern day agents of disinformation those spin doctors of the UFO community whose job it has been for the cabal or government agencies to destroy and defame his character and similar to Jesus was crucified to cover up the truths that he had attempted to share with the masses of the reality of these beautiful and benevolent space Brothers who Michael and others have had the privilege of physically meeting. Some people ask themselves whether we exist at all and they think, If extraterrestrials really exist, why then do they not show themselves to and cooperate with us in an open manner. However, many people of Earth know very well that we do exist and that we do not share their egoistic outlook or warlike tendency. In reality they would like to have us in their power in order to gain knowledge from us which would give them greater opportunities for power and domination. That is the reason why we act in such a way to avoid this danger and why we are waiting for a time when it will be possible to bring knowledge to Earth Brothers from the children of God in conformance with universal law.”

Michael might like readers many who are Volunteers like him to take away with them that when they signed up for this Cosmic assignment,t one of the promises given to all the volunteers was that eventually, at some point in the later part of our lives, Divine Intervention is destined to happen on a mass planetary scale, when the Worldwide Evacuation and Graduation ultimately takes place. This means that all of the Volunteers including Michael will be physically lifted up during the early stages of the ”Shift.” Worldwide evacuation is definitely part of this Cosmic scenario being played out in coming Earthly events. This big Earth changing event is traditionally and Biblically referred to as “The Rapture.” It is also a description of mass spiritual ascension for all souls who are “Graduating off the wheel of Karma.” This event results in Earth(terra) being cleansed and making her “planetary ascension” into a Higher dimension as well.

We thank Michael Ellegion, author of Intergalacticmatch.com and Prepare for the Landings: Are You Ready? for sharing his amazing, unique, mind-blowing, and transformational journey as both a UFO researcher as well as an “Experiencer”/contactee, who has experienced altered states of consciousness and very intense vivid dreams, like Edgar Cayce and is able to do karmic life readings.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From sharing the many experiences of Michael Ellegion and myself, we hope it has become easier for listeners to accept that by keeping an open mind, it is possible for us all to become aware of the energy of our soul life, and to connect to those beyond this physical life who share love and the infinite possibilities for change along with the improvement of the human condition. Nothing is random or remains the same in the flow of eternal life and perhaps when we allow accept and surrender to the wisdom of our soul energy, we can find peace beyond the fear beyond what is engendered in a physical life of survival and challenge.

Those who meditate pray or find silence in nature and daydreaming find a way to receive energy messages from the nonlocal dimension where all thought and spiritual energy not rooted in time, space, or physical dimension remains. It is from this nonlocal dimension that all mediums myself included receive their divine guidance and messages. In this nonlocal dimension is the God source and connection to all life. It is a belt of knowledge past, presen6t, and future swirling through eternity from which we, as aspects of that divine source, derive the illusion of physical life. The reality is that we are eternal beings of light or energy interconnected to each other and to all that is or has been. As eternal sources of energy, it is even possible to exist in this and other time experiences. Perhaps we are only pure thought and ultimately here to become more conscious citizens of the Universal Cosmos?

Michael and I as devoted seekers of the mysteries of this world and beyond, share with you the truth of probabilities that in time we will all come to better understand the purpose of life which is to explore the world of man nature and the universe and come to realize the great gift life is, and the opportunities it affords us to find greater love and compassion which is the essence of Universal Source.

I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT host of Healing From Within author of A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to authors and leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical and energy healing professions psychology and the arts and music fields as we explore the world humanity as well as life in other dimensions in our quest to know the mysteries of life and love. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://intergalacticmatch.com/

The post The Intergalactic Reality appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher, Medium and author of a trilogy the newest edition A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shows us our challenges are not economic political or societal but often a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom.  I am […]

The post Miracles Beyond War Torn Germany appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher, author of a trilogy with the newest edition A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our physical life challenges are not merely economic political or societal but often a […]

The post Coincidences are not Random but Inspirational appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of my newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits which offers stories and messages from Spirit which show us our challenges are not simply economic political or societal but a divide or disconnect from our inner […]

The post Relationships the Secret to Building Intimacy, Resilience and Trust appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but […]

The post Father and Son Connected Forever Through Space and Time appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges in a physical life are not merely […]

The post The Real Truth about Twin Flames appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal […]

The post Empathy and Intuition to Heal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges in the physical world is not economic political or societal but […]

The post A Little Bit Of Dreams And Nightmares appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher Medium and author of a trilogy the newest addition A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our greatest challenges are not merely economic political or societal […]

The post Signposts of the Spiritual Journey appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within with host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages that show us our greatest challenges are not economic political or societal but simply a disconnect from our true inner soul wisdom and life force. Today Sheryl welcomes Sherry Stirling Fernandez, author of Life Mastery which shows readers that if they are not progressing to a better version of themselves, they cannot achieve a true sense of joy nor the fulfillment of their personal life and soul goals.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her courageous and intuitive guests share intimate stories and experiences that clarify the duality of life both our physical and energetic or inner soul consciousness, so we may begin to appreciate our special spiritual gifts that allow us to conquer challenges, improve relationships, and find harmony balance peace love and compassion leading us to more productive and purposeful life journey’s and being genuinely happier in the process.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Sherry shares her earlier childhood family chaos and how she knew she was destined for great things and believed in her personal potential to achieve the best life for herself, family and in her work experiences. We will be guided to understand the keys to embark on the quest for self-empowerment…the determination of your WHY or your goals, The WHAT- what needs your focus and attention to achieve Life Mastery in eight different aspects of your life. And the HOW—getting an assessment of where you are: what goals and action steps to take and the habits you need to instill or replace.

Sherry when asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that might have shown her or others the life values and life style they would embrace as an adult she immediately tells me she spent a lot of time on her own going to the movies and experiencing the many challenges that the characters on the screen faced. Through deep in the throes of childhood family chaos with two unstable and unhappy parents divorcing, marrying others, then remarrying-amidst constant moving and dysfunctional child rearing, Sherry still knew that she was destined for great things. She believed in her potential for greatness. Sherry tells us how she left home at 17, teen flirting with thievery, drugs and self- destruction, pregnant at 19, married by 22 and living a hippie lifestyle with all that implied in the 1970’s. She and her husband Ken lived on the edge of destitution until they began to explore personal development through books, tapes and live events with leaders in the movement of self – empowerment. Slowly they inched themselves and their six children forward toward a better, more rewarding and financially strong life.

Sherry tells us that things weren’t so good but things might have gotten worse for her family and her but a miracle happened. When Sherry was ten her parents divorced their spouses and remarried. Life was better for a while. The family moved to a small ranch in southeast Idaho and Sherry rode horses and excelled at debate. She had friends dated but still spent a lot of time alone. She was a thinker and a reader and wanted to know the secret to a successful life. The counselor at her high school once told her that it was normal for teens to want to fit in and then asked Sherry why she didn’t feel that way. The world had big plans for Sherry and how could she be classified as special if she blended in?

Sheryl has to say that as a gifted student who skipped almost 2 years of school and graduated high school at 16 years old, she felt much the same as Sherry. Work and helping the family was important and Sheryl wanted a home husband and successful healthy family and work life and for her that meant contentment security or making enough money to have a house, travel and pursue other learning experiences in life. Her hobbies were interior design, learning about antique film theatre writing but always learning something new, not really being part of groups, clubs or belief systems. A bit of a loner like Sherry, she was intuitive and knew somehow there was more to life than the materialistic world she and most people were focusing on, but still being a participant in what she was interested in kept her absorbed, not lonely or bored.

Sherry explores the purpose of life is to be happy and happiness is the universal desire of mankind but first each person must determine what brings fulfilment and purpose to life for in finding and working towards those ends happiness is the natural by product. Sherry and all those who strive to understand the purpose of a physical life come to realize that within us is a majestic power that when used with love can help us achieve many of the goals that lead to a peaceful and happy life.

What seems to be the key to happiness some might say service or love. There is a universal answer to what makes people happy. Personal progression toward an infinite potential is the key to happiness. In the Hebrew Torah the psalmist sings, “Thou hast made him (man) a little lower than God and crowned him with glory and honor,”

Abraham Maslow expressed the contradiction between our “nothingness” and our infinite possibility when he said, “We are simultaneously worms and gods.” Every time we become a little better and move closer to that divine infinite marvelous potential, we are a little happier because personal progression toward an infinite potential is the key to happiness.

Sherry suggests a little experiment to see that personal progression toward an infinite potential is the key to happiness. Do something that challenges you, something hard. Hike a steep hill, take a small gift to someone you don’t particularly like, make that call that you have been dreading, or apologize to someone you have offended, especially if you think you were justified. Gather up all your courage and do it, then see what your happiness level feels like. You will be proud of yourself! And because you like yourself more, your self-esteem will increase. You will stretch, you will grow, and you will be better than you were. You will be happier and like Bruce Barton said, “Nothing great has ever been achieved except by those who dared believe that something inside them was superior to circumstances.”

Since Happiness cannot be found in a life that is out of balance and to have full mastery of our lives we must determine WHAT needs improvement in each area of Life Mastery.

The areas of life we must concentrate on:

The Spiritual Self
Relationships
Education and Motivation
Vocation
Money
Lifestyle
Building Character.

Sheryl responds that as a Reiki Energy Practitioner in healing sessions she works on the chakra system or 7 main energy wheels of light which connect us to each other and the universal source of creation. If one wheel has been neglected or wounded it can be off balance or even wobble and must be restored as life and health are best when all the chakras are functioning well and in sync. In other words we must not neglect any aspect of our lives focusing only on some issues and not others.

In the introduction to the book Sherry tells the story Of Jerry Sternin who was sent by a humanitarian organization to Viet Nam to find a solution to help feed the families as 65 percent of children under the age of five were suffering from malnutrition. Though Sternin did not speak Vietnamese, had no funding and little government support he was able to find a brilliant solution.

Sternin searched for and found families where the children were thriving rather than starving even though they had no more financial means than the other villagers. He visited families at mealtimes to see what they did differently. He discovered the mothers of the thriving children were gathering tiny shrimps, crabs and snails from the rice paddies and cooking them along with sweet potato greens, into their children’s food. While this was not a common custom in Vietnam, adding these items gave the children vital nutrition. Sternin had found a sustainable solution to the plague of malnutrition and it was in reach of every family. Sternin recognized the real experts were the Vietnamese mothers who had found a way to nourish their children and had been practicing certain principles with success. He recruited and organized the mothers of the thriving children to teach those who had not discovered how to do it on their own. Vietnamese mothers became authorities as they taught what they knew to other mothers and those mothers became authorities also. They became successful living by certain principles and like those mothers success does not come from expert status, a degree or courses but from a life time of learning and practicing certain principles with success and once you achieve this state of being you also have an obligation to share them with others.

Sherry says that knowing your WHY is the critical first step in figuring out how to achieve the goals that excite you and can create a life where you thrive rather than just survive. Sherry says the road to change from young party people to joining the establishment to support your children might be hard. Brian Tracy writes “ We do not usually make significant and lasting changes in quantum leaps. All permanent change is progressive over a long period of time. This type of change requires patience and discipline. It is only this type of change that is worthwhile and enduring.

Sheryl has often told her Reiki students that to become proficient or really good in any area of life takes time, practice and continuous effort or perhaps 15 years to hone your skills at any profession or trade or area of life that is meaningful to you. Do not expect immediate success but expect to keep learning and improving skills till you master that challenge.

Sherry tells us that Ken and she married, loved their 6 children, worked hard but struggled to pay their bills, attempted a few ventures which failed, but over the next ten years were able to move their family into increasingly nicer homes and better lifestyles. Within 15 years of that experience we were independently wealthy, our marriage was loving, warm and romantic, family was thriving, we were physically fit, traveled and became the people that Lilly admired. Lilly is one of their 21 grandchildren. Our life is not perfect …no one’s is but by all measures we are successful.

Sherry says they achieved these things when many do not because there were three things going for them. We loved each other completely. We adored our little family and We trusted God. We also read the book called See You at the Top by Zig Ziglar and learned a few things about success. When asked how he was. Zig Ziglar always responded, “Outstanding But I am always improving.”

The full formula for happiness looks like this: Contentment + Progress = Happiness Contentment with yourself is necessary for change because we absolutely need a strong self-image to know we are capable and deserving of the best life has to offer. Sherry always believed that even after giving up the wild lifestyle of drugs sex and rock and roll. She also began considering spiritual things more seriously.

Sheryl in her new book A New Life Awaits addresses happiness in many ways and writes, “The focus has too long been simple “happiness.” Some people will do anything to ensure their own happiness. Happiness is however, the result of a purposeful life and a realization of our human and spiritual qualities. Chaney Weiner, author of Because This is Your Life, writes, “You are here to do amazing things in your life because you are a special person who has something of tremendous value to contribute to the world that is based on what is most important to you…Do what inspires you most; don’t let other people be a dark cloud that stops you from realizing the glowing truth that’s responsible in uncovering the magnificence of who you are; and don’t give up, don’t ever give up.

Sheryl also wrote, “Each of us, I have discovered, has a specific unique destiny, experiences, and challenges that are included in a life plan or itinerary that comes into this world with us at conception. At conception, the soul part of life merges with physical body for the ultimate purpose of exploring our divine potential. I was reminded recently that true happiness can only be found by understanding our true worth as divine beings having a physical life. When we are able to discern our part in the process of creating happiness for ourselves and others, we will also recognize that the instinctual need to grow and put forth our presence in the world is really our reason for being!”

We might ask what is necessary to achieve the drive for progression and can contentment be part of that goal or drive. It may appear at first that contentment and the drive for progression cannot coexist in the same individual, but like many of life’s ironies, they are not only compatible but are necessary to one another. The real enemy of contentment is stagnation. It is easy to confuse contentment with complacency. Complacency is the enemy of progress. A static life breeds discontent and restlessness, not contentment or happiness.

What do we think of teachers? We might think of teachers who in their heart are not a teacher by training but by an inner passion.

The progression of becoming a teacher:

  1. Learn something valuable
  2. Practice it until you become successful.
  3. Teach it to other.

Sheryl says that she remembers when she had her first Reiki 1 Energy Healing Attunement at the Institute for Research and Enlightenment in New York City. At the end of the weekend training she asked her partner, a Reverend from Barbados what she was to do with this knowledge and healing practice and he said, “You will teach it.” And in time that’s exactly what Sheryl did. She wrote about it ,taught it to many students ,and followed her life plan which was to share the ancient healing art and awareness of Universal Source that life is eternal and we are spiritual beings having a physical life in order to love and learn and enrich ourselves and those we share time with.

Remember as Sherry says “When one teaches, two learn.” She writes that there are six things required before anyone can make large strides forward in their own personal development and enjoy the happIiness that is the companion to progress:

  1. Know change is possible
  2. Be accountable for current circumstances
  3. Have a desire to change.
  4. Educate about change
  5. Apply that knowledge
  6. Stay committed.

Many people have been conditioned to believe what they want is unattainable. This self-limiting belief impedes their efforts to progress and thereby stunts their opportunity for increased happiness.

Sherry writes, “In 2009 I opened a boutique fitness business called FitMania. We had three locations and hundreds of clients over the nine years I spent running the business. I would frequently have clients, or potential clients, in my office who desperately wanted to be lean and strong, but could not believe it was possible for them. There were plenty of people in the program who started in similar situations and were achieving their goals. That should have been evidence enough, but even after seeing the results too many still did not believe.

It was necessary to ask questions like:

  1. What have you been conditioned to believe about your body that holds you back?
  2. What have you been conditioned to believe about your earning potential?
  3. What are you conditioned to believe about relationships?
  4. What are you conditioned to believe about your intellect that holds you back?
  5. What have you been conditioned to believe about yourself that holds you back?
  6. Everyone of us can do more and be more than we think we can.
  7. Don’t be held back by false beliefs about yourself?
  8. Is there an upside to having a victim mentality? There is an upside to having a victim mentality. The benefit of being a victim may include the satisfaction of being right, getting attention, validation for your suffering from well-meaning people and having a built – in excuse for not taking control of your own life. Yes, it has a payoff and it is addictive but it is shallow compensation for all that you lose.

Example: There is a deep hole in the sidewalk…You fall in one, two three times and it takes forever to find a way out. Finally you walk around it after many failed efforts and decide to walk down another street. You have learned from the experience and ended your victimhood by moving to accountability.

Sherry tells us and this might be true for most of us that while the circumstances of her parents divorce moved many times and having a father who was a dreamer instead of hurting her may actually fit her life plan and needs and she found good in it and liked herself in the process. Every experience molds us but liking ourselves and embracing our challenges gives us the autonomy to think our own thoughts and live our own way. If you don’t like who you are go to work and become someone you can be proud of.

Sherry You give nine simple power phrases to keep you motivated. Use them liberally!

  1. What you think about expands.
  2. You can always do more than you think you can.
  3. If it doesn’t challenge you, it won’t change you.
  4. Staying strong in the middle is a life skill.
  5. Finishing strong is a life skill.
  6. No excuses.
  7. Never give up.
  8. No regrets.
  9. Remember your why.

Sherry tells her story of her wanting to change the world. Getting a grip on the physical self is critical to all personal development and she felt the world needed new ways of thinking about food and exercise. She says that for most people the pain isn’t their health or even how they look to other people. It is the pain from looking in the mirror and knowing the image they see doesn’t reflect who they are on the inside. Sherry goes on to say that she felt if she could teach a few hundred people how to gain a new perspective on themselves and life and if each of those people influenced the lives of a few people and then these few influenced a few more then we could change the world. It was only as Steve Jobs put it, a “dent in the universe,” but the world is different because of my efforts. That is why it is important to remember the first step of your own awakening and remember your why?

Sherry might like readers of Life Mastery to remember their Big Dreams List In order to expand your Why increase level of happiness and keep focused on developing daily habits, setting and accomplishing goals, and dealing with failure. You must expand your Why to make it so compelling you can’t bear to quit and then stay focused on that Why so failure is never an option. There are some fortunate people who seem to be born knowing their Why but most of us will have to work on discovering our own.

Sherry encourages her Life Mastery clients to compile fifty items on their Big Dreams list before proceeding to the next skill. She discusses John Goddard who wrote his list when he was fifteen. The list included items from learning to type on a keyboard to climbing Mt. Everest. When he was fifteen he told Life Magazine “ all the adults I knew seemed to complain, Oh, if only I’d done this or that when I was younger. They had let life slip by them. Goddard was sure he could have a life of excitement and of fun and knowledge. As a teenager he wrote over 127 goals and he ended up accomplishing over 100 of those original goals. He explored rivers like the Nile and the Congo, climbed mountains learned to play musical instruments composed music, studied primitive cultures, became an accomplished typist, taught college courses, became an Eagle Scout, served a mission for his church, married and had children and maintained a weight of 175 pounds all his life. One of the items on his list was to live into the twenty-first century and he died in 2013 having lived a full life with, we assume, very few regrets.

We thank Sherry Stirling Fernandez, author of Life Mastery for sharing ways to recognize our personal power and means to improve all aspects of life through attitude, education, acceptance and allowing the best of our spiritual gifts to move through us and guide us to our best version of ourselves. www.LifeMasteryInfo.com

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From we have explored the purpose of life which is to be happy and to find within us the power to create and manifest our most balanced and purposeful lifestyle which allows for love family prosperity health and a means to explore the world nature relationships in a way that provides deep gratitude and acceptance of life in all its unfolding dimensions and realities.

Sherry tells us that when she told her Dad about her new adventure, he was incredulous. He asked Sherry why she would want to start a business at this point in her life. He expressed his strong opinion that she had worked hard and should drive around in her convertible, play with her grandchildren and enjoy an easy life.

Sherry writes, “There were many reasons I couldn’t do that. The first is that I have a need to build and nurture. The second and more important reason is I have a mission. I believe strongly in the potential of humans and I believe I have the ability to empower people to reach out and grow toward that potential. My mission was clear because twenty -five years earlier, after much consideration, I wrote my Mission Statement. I had been using it to help me make decisions for all of those years. This is my Mission Statement: I use all the knowledge, wisdom and personal power I possess to empower others in their personal progression toward their infinite potential.

Sherry and I would have our listeners remember their childhood and the dreams and desires they expressed in their beds before going to sleep and then remember how many seemed just so big bold and undoable but we tell you those thoughts were not random: they came from deep within in you from your soul memory and there are many souls or people around you only waiting to see you rekindle the spark to excel and shine, with joy and light, and to fulfil your wildest dreams. It is all within reach when you ask for help you may discover who you are as a divine soul of potential and possibility!

I am Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and invite you visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical spiritual scientific healing and psychology fields as well as legal and education and the arts and music fields offer help in finding and living our best and divine life paths. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://lifemasteryinfo.com

The post Find Your Infinite Potential appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in my trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shows us that our challenges are not economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom and life force. I am delighted today to welcome Dick Larson will discuss the biggest event taking place in the world—the emergence of Maitreya the World Teacher to help mankind to once again remember who they are and how they can end this time of trauma for the world which is in the throes of a world pandemic, struggling economies and people separated from each other and the wholesome life enhancing universal values of cooperation and sharing.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware, Sheryl and her esteemed guests share intimate, sometimes unusual events and stories and insights which in a metaphysical sense show us that we are spiritual beings having a physical life, in alignment to the duality of physical life and both the spiritual and physical energies, which ultimately when understood, and merged, produce the ability to live miraculous lives leading to well being happiness, hope, joy and love. Of course it is necessary to remain open minded and open hearted for new ideas and thinking to come into minds filled with belief systems and habits acquired during a lifetime of influences imprinted on each individual through family and social mores.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Dick Larson will tell us about Maitreya the World Teacher who has returned to show humanity the way. Sharing with us also, interesting insights into the work of Maitreya history and his group known as the Masters of Wisdom, equally divine and perfected Men, who have likewise returned to the everyday world to help humanity in the great changes and challenges facing mankind right now. We will discuss the group who has come with him known as the Masters of Wisdom and why they are working to help humanity to express oneness, achieve unity (in diversity) and equilibrium finding the transition point from upheaval and turmoil to cooperation and sharing which is a set of priorities Maitreya has to rebalance society and our planet. Maitreya’s advice will bring humanity to a simple choice.

When Dick is asked to think back to their childhood and remember a person, place or event which may have shown him what lifestyle and interests he would pursue as an adult he tells us he always loved his family church and thought he would be a preacher or minister. Wishing to help people his mind and heart were open to seeing the world beyond the limitations of the ego and as a result became aware of many forms of life both here and beyond the physical world and Earth.

Dick goes on to tell us about Maitreya, who he is, where he comes from, and why a World Teacher comes now. Maitreya is the embodiment of what we call the Christ Principle, the energy of Love. Maitreya is so advanced, so pure, He can embody in His own being, and not simply channel, the energy of Love, the second aspect of God. Through Jesus, He showed the Love of God in its perfection in a man for the first time, just as through the Prince Gautama, the Buddha showed the Wisdom aspect of God in its perfection in a man for the first time.

Now, for the first time in history, the Teacher has come into the world Himself. Maitreya is the head and leader of His group of disciples, the Masters of Wisdom, and holds the office of World Teacher. He has held this office for the last 2,000 years, appearing through Jesus, and will be the World Teacher for this coming age, the age of Aquarius, which is now beginning and will last about 2,350 to 2,500 years.

For thousands of years, Maitreya has lived in a retreat in the high Himalaya. But Maitreya arrived in the everyday world — He has never been away from the world but July 19, 1977 was his physical emergence into the world once again. On July 8, Maitreya descended from His mountain retreat in a self-made body, constructed especially for this mission in the world. This body allows Him to live at our level of existence, and at the same time be sensitive enough to bring in His consciousness as the World Teacher. Maitreya stayed on the plains in Pakistan for some days to acclimatize that body, and on July 19 came by plane into London, England. He has made the Asian community of London what He calls His point of focus in the modern world.

Maitreya’s advice will bring humanity to a simple choice between two lines of action: to ignore His recommendations and continue in our present mode of life, and so face self-destruction; or to accept gladly His counsel to inaugurate a system of sharing and justice which will guarantee a peaceful and prosperous future for humanity, and the creation of a civilization based on the inner divinity of all men. Maitreya is in no doubt of the choice we will make and looks forward to the open continuation of His mission on our behalf.

Maitreya has a set of priorities: food, shelter, health care, and shelter for all people, and the restoration of the environment to health. The achievement of these priorities rests on shifting our socio-economic structures away from competition and toward cooperation and sharing. Maitreya will advocate a crash program of aid—a global Marshal Plan—to end the worst elements of poverty. He will advocate the creation of an office of the UN for the redistribution of resources. All countries will make an inventory of resources (natural, technological, scientific etc.) and what they need. Anything in excess of their needs will be fairly distributed to any nation that is lacking that resource . Maitreya’s message is simple: we are all brothers and only by equitably sharing the world’s bountiful resources among all people will we manifest love, justice, freedom, unity and brotherhood? Dick Larson shares where he gets his information from and why we should believe him. He gets a good deal of his information from the book by Benjamin Crème, who details the planned return of our planetary Hierarchy and the descent of Maitreya from His Himalayan retreat in July 1977 and of His work in the world, albeit behind the scenes, since then. The book speaks to the enormous changes that His presence has brought about; of His plans and projects, and His priorities and recommendations in the immediate future time. It shows Him as a great and powerful Avatar and, at the same time, as a friend and brother of humanity. Maitreya’s advice will bring humanity to a simple choice between two lines of action: to ignore His recommendations and continue in our present mode of life, and so face self-destruction; or to accept gladly His counsel to inaugurate a system of sharing and justice which will guarantee a peaceful and prosperous future for humanity, and the creation of a civilization based on the inner divinity of all men. Maitreya is in no doubt of the choice we will make and looks forward to the open continuation of His mission on our behalf. (Benjamin Creme London, March 2007).

Maitreya does not come alone. Fortunately, Sheryl does not believe that we are alone, or have ever been alone, without help, without guidance. There has stood behind humanity, from the earliest days of its existence, a group of men of extraordinary insight and wisdom, called the Masters of Wisdom, the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet. The Masters of the Spiritual Hierarchy This group of men have gone ahead of us in evolution. They have come to a point where they need no further incarnational experience on Earth, but nevertheless, they remain to act as a kind of inner government of the world. The Masters are the Custodians of the Plan of evolution that is driving humanity forward and upward, whether we are aware of it or not. They have brought humanity from the stage of early animal man and woman to the point where we are today — guiding, protecting and stimulating the evolutionary advance of all people. Sometimes they have worked more openly, but for the last 98,000 years, with very few exceptions, they, have lived in the remote mountain and desert areas of the world, such as the Himalaya, the Andes, the Rockies, the Carpathians, the Urals, and the Gobi Desert and other deserts. From these mountain and desert areas, working mainly through their disciples, men and women in the world, they have guided humanity along the evolutionary path with their love and wisdom.

For over 500 years the Masters have known that sooner or later they would be required to come back into the everyday world, known to us for what They are. This pertains to their own evolution, quite separate from human evolution. The only question was when humanity would be ready for the return to the everyday world of such spiritual giants. Until relatively recently, it was thought it would probably be 1,200 or 1,300 years yet before we would be ready to receive men of that kind of spiritual potency into our everyday world. But in June 1945, at the end of the Second World War, Maitreya, the head and leader of that group of perfected men, announced His decision to return at the earliest possible moment into the world, along with a large number of His group. Maitreya said that He would come when a measure of peace 6 had been established in the world, when the energy we call goodwill, which the Masters see as the lowest aspect of love, was manifesting and leading to the establishment of correct human relationships, and when the religious and political groups were putting their houses in order. These conditions did not have to be perfectly met, but when our minds were at least moving in these directions, Maitreya said that He would come without fail at the earliest possible moment.

The coming of Maitreya was foretold 2,600 years ago by Gautama Buddha, who said that at this time would come another great teacher, a Buddha like Himself by the name Maitreya, who by dint of His colossal spiritual stature, would galvanize and inspire humanity to create a brilliant golden civilization based, as He put it, on righteousness and truth.

The following article is edited from Benjamin Creme’s public lectures in Tokyo in 2003 and in Osaka in 2006, and presents an overview of the emergence of the World Teacher and the Masters of Wisdom. Much of what Benjamin Crème has to say is already known, or if not known, easily available. Beginning in 1875, some of this information has already been published in books translated into many languages, and is available to anyone who takes the trouble to read them. The great disciple, Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, founder of the Theosophical Society, began the dissemination of this information. She lived for three years in the Himalayan mountains with the Masters of Whom Benjamin speaks of. Her work was followed in 1924 by that of another great Russian disciple, Helena Roerich, through whom the Agni Yoga teachings were given to the world, and by a great English disciple, Alice A. Bailey, between 1919 and 1949.

Benjamin Creme writes, “I have been able to bring these teachings up to date, to show what is actually happening in the process of the return of the Masters to the everyday world. It is from my own personal experiences and contacts that I make these assertions. But I am not asking you to believe me. I am simply presenting my information to you for your consideration. If it appears to you to be reasonable and rational, if it seems to relate to present events, the happenings of the world that are taking place and have been for many years, if in a word it has for you the ring of truth, then by all means believe it, but otherwise not. I am perfectly conscious that much of this information will appear strange and perhaps unbelievable to some of you. If that is the case, please be assured that I shall not be the slightest bit offended or even disappointed. But if this information at least allows you to hope for a better future for yourself and your children, I shall be perfectly satisfied.”

Dick shares with us what he believes is a spiritual master. A spiritual master is someone who has stepped out of the confines and attachment to the world. Their interests in the concerns that are taught to be essential (romance making money having a great social network etc) are few to non-existent. Their interests tend to focus on what is nourishing, what is healing, and what is real. So if you ever happened to run into a spiritual master staring for long period of time at a field of unfolding sunflowers, this may not make sense to you because social conditioning has taught you that this is unimportant and that you should overlook it and otherwise assume that this blooming would always happen. But the spiritual master assumes nothing and embraces each moment as a beautiful unveiling and unfolding which will never happen quite like it ever again.

Dick is asked that assuming that what he says is true does it mean the end of the world? And why is there so much chaos/turmoil and lack of the divine human values taught by all religions?

Dick tells us that what the world needs now is the removal of fear and the renewal of hope. We are going through one of the greatest periods of tension since the end of the Cold War. This particular phase of tension and crisis began on 11 September 2001. On that day, an attack by foreign terrorists took place on the World Trade Center in New York and the Pentagon in Washington, DC, as well as a foiled attack on the White House. It was an attack not only on America, but on American power, represented by the Pentagon and the White House, and the major industrial nations of the world through the attack on the World Trade Center. That terrible, dramatic attack took America and the entire world by surprise and shock. The world has been in a state of shock ever since. But I suggest it should not have taken the world so much by surprise. It was one of the most daring, most audacious and most organized of many such attacks on the Western world. That attack resulted in an attack on Afghanistan in which more ordinary, innocent citizens of Afghanistan were killed than were killed in the World Trade Center on 11 September. This was followed by the American and British attack on Iraq, and the continuing occupation in which hundreds of thousands of innocent Iraqi citizens have also lost their lives. The American, British and other governments have not recognized that the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, and the foiled attack on the White House, have a cause. It is the effect of a cause.

In other words, it is karmic. It is the result of the Law of Karma, the Law of Cause and Effect. The cause is complex, but put very simply, it is the extreme difference in living standards between the developed Western world and the developing world. One-third of the world — mainly America, Europe, Japan, Australia, and Canada — usurp and greedily waste three-quarters of the world’s food, and some 83 per cent of all other resources

For the last 2,150 years that alignment was with the constellation Pisces. We have been in the age of Pisces, and that age has come to an end. The sun has moved away from the sphere of influence of the energies of Pisces and is entering the same relationship with the constellation Aquarius, and therefore, with the energies of Aquarius. The energies of Pisces began to be withdrawn in 1625. The energies of Aquarius 8 began to come in and affect our planet in 1675. Today there is a kind of balance. The energies of Pisces and the energies of Aquarius are, as far as we are concerned, more or less equal, and that is our problem. The energies of Pisces are being withdrawn and have left all the structures that were built under their influence: political, economic, religious, social, scientific, educational, cultural and so on. All these structures have become crystallized. They are extant, but they no longer have the energy that brought them into being, so they do not work anymore. As we have responded to the energies of Pisces, they have completely split the world into tiny fragmented parts. The energies of Aquarius, which are mounting in potency with every day that passes, work on us in a very different way. They have a completely different effect on humanity. They are the energies of synthesis. As the energies of Pisces have divided the world, the energies of Aquarius will draw humanity together, blending and fusing humanity into one group

We will recognize him and know he is the World Teacher and what does he share about the future of our life on Earth and can we help also?

Dick and Sheryl discuss how the awareness of UFO’s fit into the work of Maitreya and If so where did they come from and why are they here? Dick tells us that there is life on Mars and Venus and that those beings have evolved beyond the physical and are in etheric form or energy beings and that’s why unless you have the ability to see spirit they are not visible to you. Dick tells us they are highly advanced life and are here on Earth helping to clean up the environment from within and again only visible to us if they choose to make their presence known. Dick calls them our brothers and sisters and says they do not like to be called Aliens.

Sheryl says that in her new book A New Life Awaits; Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening she writes about some of the guests who were on her radio podcast show who have had experiences with extraterrestrials. She herself had an encounter over 20 years ago that made her realize life was not exactly what she had always thought it to be. One of the people Sheryl met at a spiritual convention in Arizona was Victoria who told Sheryl she had been encountering guidance from extraterrestrials since she was a child. Sheryl asked if she found them to be friendly and what they looked like. Yes, they were friendly, and they looked like her: blonde, quiet, and calm. They were here, as was she, to help humanity. Thinking about it, aren’t we all ETs? Our spirit and soul come from a higher plane of energy, or star dust, and combine with a physical body. Some light workers are here to improve the human condition. Others are here mainly for earthly or physical experience, but we are all Spirit. I might have been slightly judgmental when listening to Victoria describe she was connecting to extraterrestrial light beings but was it so out of the ordinary? Years ago, I would have totally freaked out at such an announcement, but since I know all is illusion in this physical world, I cannot say one way or the other whether there is truth or falseness in this woman’s claim.

Sheryl wrote, “I realize that over the last few years, I have interviewed a group of scientists exploring infinite possibilities for life beyond what we can know in this three-dimensional world and have been amazed to listen to extraterrestrial stories in a more open-minded fashion. I have interviewed many notable guests who are exploring the extraterrestrial phenomenon. Robert Salas, author of Unidentified: The UFO Phenomenon and a graduate of the USAF Academy with a degree in Aerospace Engineering, now retired from the Air Force, offers extensive testimony and documentation by military officers and airmen of their eyewitness accounts of UFO occurrences, alien abductions, and threats to military installation.

Another guest on my internet radio show, Healing From Within, was Betty Andreasson, a warm and everyday kind of individual who was studied extensively by government agencies for her remarkable drawings and descriptions of her 1967 abduction by what she described as entities who made her feel they were friendly and peaceful. Still another wonderful guest was Ted Peters, author of UFOs: God’s Chariots?, who has spent a lifetime exploring the many events and reports worldwide by people who have experienced interactions with higher beings. Most recently, I have interviewed Nancy Du Tertre, author of How to Talk to an Alien. As the other guests, her credentials and credibility are impeccable. “

Bill tells us why extraterrestrials make the crop circles that are seen around the world and what is their spiritual mission here? The crop circles are markers for these extraordinary exterrestrials to send light waves to help balance the damage done to earth over centuries of abuse of resources by humans. It is very important for Earth to restore itself and these advanced souls are helping in that area of restoration.

Sheryl says that there was a movie “Signs” with Mel Gibson whose character lived in a rural area and the crop circles were on his land so there is awareness of UFO’s and governments around the world have much documentation of this phenomenon.

Sheryl has interviewed many guests military officers college professors and Barbara Anderson who was abducted years ago. who have shown compelling evidence of the proof of UFO’s If you go to her website www.sherylglick.com you can check out several of those guests?

Dick tells us his view of the Covid virus pandemic is different from much that we hear in the news and why there are earthquakes, floods, wars , pollution and social discord. These are called acts of nature, acts of God. But they are in this case a result of the Law of Karma. The crisis that manifested itself as the SARS infection in China and elsewhere, for example, the epidemics of flu throughout Europe, are the direct results of the fear generated from the crisis conditions set up by the US attacks on Afghanistan and Iraq. It is not a question of God punishing the aggressor. It is a simple law of the interconnectedness of all atoms in the universe. What happens here sets up something that will inevitably happen elsewhere by the law of action and reaction. When humanity truly understands this law, the Law of Karma, not just as an intellectual idea, it will see that every thought, every action, sets into motion a cause or causes. The effects stemming from these causes make our lives good or ill. The need for harmlessness in every action in our lives becomes apparent. When we act, we have to know what the result of this action could be. If the action is destructive, it produces destruction in the world. If the action is not destructive, if it is creative, if it is harmless, it creates harmlessness, it creates good in the world. We have our evolution in our own hands. We are responsible. Every act, every thought is part of the thoughts and actions of all humanity, and affects all humanity. We cannot imagine how far our thought proceeds before it returns as the reaction to a cause. When humanity’s thoughts and actions are destructive, when we create thoughtforms of destruction, attack, killing and fear, we generate thereby thoughtforms that impinge on the forces of nature. These forces are under the control of the device or angelic evolutions. They go out of equilibrium as we are out of equilibrium, and earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, typhoons are the results.

Dick would like readers to take away with them after learning about Maitreya’s hopes for humanity that Humanity needs above all to establish peace. Without peace there will be no future for humanity because we have the nuclear capacity to destroy the world and all life, human and subhuman alike. How do we get peace? That is the essential question. Certainly not using the methods of the American and British governments in recent times when they attack one country after another. That is certainly not going to give peace to the world. It will not even end terrorism in the world. There will never be an end to terrorism until the world itself has changed. Only one thing will create peace and the end of terrorism — the creation of a JUST world. If there is no justice, there will never be peace. If there is no justice, there is no hope for any of us because everybody in the world will die unless we establish justice in the world.

There is only one way to establish justice and that is to share the resources of the world more equitably. It is so simple and yet we refrain from doing it. Without sharing there will never be justice. Without justice there will never be peace. Without peace there is no future for us. So what do we have to do? The developed nations have to realize that the world’s food and resources belong to everyone, are given by divine providence for all the peoples of the world, not just the developed nations who have the money to buy the food and resources. They have the money to buy because they are more advanced technologically, more advanced in industry perhaps. But the goods they produce do not give value to the resources and activities of the people of the Third World. This approach is cavalier, dishonest, greedy and selfish, and has to change, otherwise there is no future for the world. The Masters of the Spiritual Hierarchy have plans for the redistribution of the world’s resources, which will be presented as soon as humanity says: “You are right. We believe that the only way is by sharing better resources. How do we do it?

We thank Dick Larson for sharing his knowledge of Maitreya and his Masters of the Spiritual Hierarchy who are here at this time in human history to help us move past these difficult times to raise the vibration of souls to a higher level of awareness and consciousness of the true nature of life and to find peace cooperation, to save humanity, and our precious planet Earth.

In summarizing today’s very interesting and futuristic look at the spiritual help that will and is being provided by spiritual teachers like Maitreya and his Masters of the Spiritual Hierarchy we come to think about and hopefully know that we are spiritual beings having a physical life enabling us to refine our soul eternal life force through experiences in a world that offers many challenges and opportunities to learn and love becoming aware of all that is that is often forgotten by souls as they incarnate into a new physical life. Dick tells us the time is coming when Maitreya will be known by the world and in Benjamin Crème’s book he writes “The United States and European stock markets have been going up and down, up and down, but do not actually follow through as they have done in Japan. Maitreya is waiting for the collapse of the US and European economies to come forward, to present Himself to the world, to start His public teaching. But events in the world are so critical, with so much tension and fear, that Maitreya is concerned to come forward as soon as possible. He is taking every opportunity to present Himself closer and closer to the groups who are working for the Reappearance but also on a wider scale to the people in the world. He talks to people at all levels, ordinary people and those most useful at every level — political, economic, social, scientific, educational, and so on — people who can help the world, who have influence for good in the world. In this way He has built up a great body of people who in the immediate future will begin the changes necessary to transform the world for the better. When Maitreya comes forward, He will not at first use the name Maitreya. He will present Himself as an ordinary person, although, of course, an extraordinary person. He will appear at first in America on television on a large network, and then 14 in Japan and around the world. He will become known for His analysis of the world’s needs. Look for a man who is calling for justice for all the world, freedom for all the world.

Maitreya is omniscient and omnipresent, and everyone above the age of 14 will hear His words, His thoughts, His ideas inwardly, silently, telepathically in their own language. As you are watching this face, His lips will not move, He will not speak, but His ideas will come into your mind. The French will hear Him in French, the Germans in German, the English in English, the Dutch in Dutch, the Japanese in Japanese, and so on throughout the world. Whatever you are doing, if you are out fishing or under the car, if you are not watching television, you will still hear the voice, the thoughts, the ideas of Maitreya inwardly. This miracle is a repetition, only now on a world scale, of the true happenings of Pentecost 2,000 years ago.

Maitreya will give a short history of the long history of the world, and show the height from which humanity has fallen into the materialism of today. He will introduce the fact of His group, the Spiritual Hierarchy of Masters. He will show the future, and outline some of the extraordinary scientific marvels that will open up new life for humanity. He will make His appeal for justice, for sharing as the only way to justice, and so to peace in the world.

Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening perhaps like so many healers mediums and spiritual teachers working to prepare the world for a great teacher like Maitreya and all the Masters of Wisdom Teachers who love humanity and work towards our awakening process. Sheryl invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual religious medical psychological and arts and music fields join in seeking clarity, truth and greater awareness of the nature of divine and physical life. Shows may be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.net

Today’s Guest

https://www.shareinternationalsocal.org/

The post A World Crisis, Many Choices for Reawakening to Healing with Maitreya appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT author of A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic, political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or inner soul wisdom. I am delighted to welcome Wendy Darling, author of Create Your Miraculous Life which is a manual for reinvention of purpose and desire through the tools to reset your passion, focus, energy and mindset on the life that has eluded you. Once you remember who you are your dreams and intentions begin to unfold. Hello Wendy and thank you for joining us on Healing From Within.

Wendy as listeners of Healing From Within are so well aware my guests and I offer intimate and insightful views of life in its entirety reminding us that we are much more than we appear to be and in working with our spiritual goals we are able to create lives of purposefulness health happiness and intimate relationships with those we love. Our perceptions of ourselves, life and death and energy are the keys to unlocking many mysteries and once understood allow all fear, limitation and suffering to fall by the wayside. Life is indeed an interesting mix of people, events and happenings all designed to lead us to our best reality.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Wendy Darling will share the belief that It is never to late to recover the dreams and passions you have set aside to find the purposeful path, have the relationship you want, start a family, even find love again in later life, regardless of the reason age, money, family commitments, marriage breakdown, exhaustion, health, past failure, lack of education. There is help with and around you to ignite the pilot lights of individuals, couples and companies.

Wendy I always love to ask my guests to think back to their childhood and remember a personal event that may have shown them or others the interests and lifestyle they might pursue as an adult for it appears that we enter life with a life plan and destiny which unfolds in time.

What was the motivation and inspiration for writing this book? Why did you choose the theme, It’s Never Too Late? Wendy writes, “ As I mentioned, we are in the midst of a global pandemic as I write this book. Never in our entire lives have we experienced anything like this. Between the virus, political unrest, rioting, jobs lost, and people clearly struggling, it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to see we are struggling in so many ways.

I found myself wondering how we were going to come out of this situation. What is happening that so many people are unhappy, angry, and frustrated? As I write, I do not have any answers to that, yet. But I do feel it may get worse before it gets better. I hope I am wrong. And the theme of “it’s never too late” is now very timely, maybe even critical. Many need to feel more hope. More support. We are going to have to build our world from a renewed foundation. It’s never been more important for you to step up and step out. For you to offer whatever gifts and talents you have, to be a part of the healing our world needs. Contributing your gifts and talents will make a difference that is very much needed today. THIS IS YOUR TIME! There are people waiting and wanting what you have to offer—the gifts and talents that you and only you can provide. Whether it be supporting a good friend or having a service or product reaching those who can benefit, your life and contribution matters and makes a difference”

What health challenges did you face as a result of an accident that made you begin to realize you could change your thoughts and improve your life?

Wendy writes, “The time after my accident was the most challenging time in my life. The trauma of my accident left me fearful and vulnerable, two emotions I had never really experienced in my adult life. I had previously been a person who never thought twice about taking a risk, entering new territory. Now, I had immediately become someone who did not trust herself or anything else about life. Not a fun place to live. The reality was, those insecurities had always been there. They were just buried alive and now revealed. I discovered that I had been living my life on a shaky foundation and significantly overcompensating from the wounds of my childhood.

At the beginning of my recovery, I was wondering and primarily focused on what it was going to take to heal my body. My leg had been shattered, and for many months, I had a lot of uncertainty if I would be able to walk again. I also had a broken back, so I was (obviously) not in a very active stage of my life. Between surgeries (I had five of them to repair my leg), I would do what I could to rebuild my strength. I would walk as far as I could on crutches. I remember the first time I tried I was able to walk as far as the end of my driveway. Eventually, I walked throughout my neighborhood. People would stop and cheer me on. Many said that when they saw me “walking,” they felt there was no excuse for them. Those moments meant the world to me, since I could not see how my future was going to unfold. It was a very confusing and soul-searching time for me.

Mainly, I felt tremendous pain in my heart. And around the time I began getting stronger, the biggest blow was about to happen. When my former husband and I eventually went to court, the judge awarded full custody of our son to him.

Losing custody of my son literally finished me off. The best way I can explain what happened to me was it felt like something “snapped” inside my brain. It was like a critical “connector” in my life’s circuitry broke. I’m sharing my story because I believe we all have things in our life that potentially take us to our knees. We all have made choices whose consequences provided us with a wake-up call of what is most important, and what needs to change. Maybe that time for you is now?

What had you begin writing and talking about miracles? Why miracles? Sheryl states that miracles are all around us but when we are in a state of unknowingness denial or simply beaten down by the heaviness of our own or other people’s challenges we forget to remember how miraculous life really is and don’t believe change is possible. Sheryl in her book A New Life Awaits, wrote, “Since most people fear change, they resist commitment to their soul growth or development. They linger in a state of physical unconsciousness. It is easier to feed the physical body than it is to feed your spiritual essence. There can be little change in a person’s understanding of who they are when they are only concerned with the joys of a physical life. I believe that we are all entitled to a beautiful and joyful material life, but it will not happen fully if we only focus to that end and the spiritual concerns and issues of a person are denied. When one aspires to love their essence and entire being, physical and energetic, major changes in all aspects of life must occur

Wendy You have a transformational system. The Miraculous Living Method. What is this and how is it possibly unique and different from other systems?

For many years, I used my process to look for thoughts and beliefs that were limiting my actions and results. However, after learning more about how the mind works, I realized that I had inadvertently programmed myself to always be looking for what was wrong and not working. That meant I was living in a “find it and fix it” mentality, which continues to strengthen the neural pathway and belief that “something is always wrong.” Then, one amazing day, I had the thought: What if I was examining from an incorrect perspective? What if we had it backward? Instead of looking to the past, what if we created our future and, in doing so, could it still be possible the past can be released? So, I experimented.

The Miraculous Living Method is (partially) comprised of Sound Healing, Hands-On Transformational Energy Cards, and Affirming Statements and Scenarios. The sound healing carries the energetic frequency of love. By itself, it is very effective. After my transformational cards were birthed, I started to combine them with the sound healing. Now the process became even more effective. Because of what I have learned about the “frequency of energy,” the feelings of love and gratitude actually carry a higher vibration, which allows the feelings with a lower vibration, such as anger and sadness, worry, and frustration to be melted and loved away. The sound healing carries this higher frequency as do the transformational cards. While listening to the sound healing and placing your hands on the transformational cards, they create a unique and effective energy “loop”. Then, I added “affirmations” to the mix. When you say an affirmation in the bubble of the sound healing and transformational cards, old and erroneous thoughts rise to the surface and can be released (actually, the emotional charge associated with the thought and/or feeling). Meanwhile, the mind begins to strengthen whatever thought is being infused. This is either strengthening an existing neural pathway, or—if one does not already exist—the process creates a new one. Now, your energetic vibration increases. You now are in energetic alignment with your desired goal. But it doesn’t stop there. Taking this approach, the Miraculous Living Method provides the vehicle for even better results. Life becomes easier, more peaceful. Taking action becomes easier. Results are achieved faster. So, it is not just the physical that needs our attention. We must focus on your Energy System, Your Mind/ Body/Emotional/Spiritual system. That is how you create a miraculous life!

Wendy wrote, “Dear God, I am beyond grateful to be learning how to be more connected with you. To be able to tap into your infinite wisdom that you are continuously pouring through me. That your Divine Loving Energy helps me to release the blocks that have been keeping away all the good you’ve been trying to provide for me. I am grateful that I am learning how to love and release those places of stuck energy and emotions. I am grateful I am learning how to support my mind to be thinking healthier and happier thoughts. I am forever grateful that I am on this incredible journey of creating a miraculous life,”

In your book you refer to your Results Accelerator process. Tell us more of this.

Wendy remembers doing the Results Accelerator exercise at one of my speaking engagements. I looked down and saw a man whose eyes were as big as saucers. She asked if he was willing to share what was going on for him. He had been struggling with his business and was working many hours trying to get things in a more profitable position. His Results Accelerator was family. It turns out he was spending a lot of time with his work and missing being with his family. She encouraged him to do a little experiment: to carve out more family time in the next two weeks and see if he noticed any changes with his business. He reached out to me about a month later, stating that he had been leaving his office earlier, spending more time with his family, and his business was showing very strong improvements in orders received. He was feeling more confident about the future. In his case, he was being nourished by the love of his family, which somehow was resulting in the growth and profits of his business Another example of the Results Accelerator process…sometimes the issue you think is the problem is not really and when you address the real problem everything falls into line.

By now, Wendy was using the Results Accelerator. In Beth’s case, her Results Accelerator was she was to first focus on her career. When I shared this with Beth, she was not happy with me. She came to me to release her excess weight, not talk about her career. However, once she explained a little more, our conversation shifted. It turns out that Beth was really unhappy with her current job. Although we were still going to focus on her health, it was going to be important that we also focused on the possibility of her finding a new job. She shared with her that I never knew why someone was guided to begin a certain way; however, she had learned to trust the process. And I encouraged Beth to do the same. So, she began looking at what jobs might be out there. In a matter of 3 weeks, Beth found a new job. And what was even more wonderful? After she began her new job, the pounds started to melt off her body! Simply amazing

What can people begin to do to make their lives more miraculous?

Perhaps simply know there is a higher force as Wendy writes, ” I know that there is a Universal intelligence that is looking out for you, guiding you in ways to fulfill your deepest desires. I believe these “forces” have been with you your entire life. In fact, I actually believe your desires are placed within you so that you grow, develop, and contribute in a way you were designed to live and contribute. I am a spiritual person, so please choose what words may serve you most. I believe in God. I welcome and embrace all religions. I also believe we have a “team” of guides that are assigned to keep a closer eye on us. I believe your soul speaks to you through the desires of your heart. And this guidance, when cultivated, is just about all you need to experience and accomplish everything you could ever desire in your life. Talk about having an executive coach! God, your soul, and your “team” is the best there is

A lot of people have gotten out of shape health wise during the pandemic or suffered loss of income. What can you suggest for them to move past this? There has been a lot of suffering and loss of life How do you suggest people deal with the grief of these tragedies?

Wendy and Sheryl see that perhaps good will eventually come out of the pain and sadness of this life altering event and see Covid as perhaps an opportunity to have a second chance at life For those who have been sick and recovered, and for those who have lost family members or worked in medical facilities dealing with the illness receiving gratitude and giving love to the sick and their families, Wendy writes, “As mentioned, I’m writing during a “forced time out” in our world. We are experiencing COVID-19. Never in my lifetime have I experienced anything like this. Yet, despite all these very legitimate concerns, I can’t help but wonder how this possibly holds an opportunity. An opportunity of deciding what matters most. An opportunity to slow down. An opportunity to pull together as a family, as a community, as a nation, as a world. It’s a wake-up call like none other we’ve ever experienced. What are you choosing? Even if you are reading this many months/years after this event, this is your opportunity to take a closer look at what matters most to you. What do you want? Could this be the opportunity to focus on what really matters and makes a difference in your life? Your health? Your relationships? How you contribute to the world? Isn’t that what ultimately matters the most? What might you be tired of dealing with? Where might you be struggling? Maybe it’s finally time to find the places within you that have been buried deep, keeping you from living a more fulfilling, miraculous life.”

For those juggling with family responsibilities what might you offer parents so they can take care of themselves, each other and their children?

Wendy wrote, Dear God: Even though you know how much I want to feel the relief of experiencing life in a gentler, easier way, please help me release the internal thoughts and emotions that are fighting to keep that from happening. I can no longer fight. Help me find gentler, kinder, more loving ways to accept myself. Love myself. Appreciate myself. Help me recognize the beauty life has to offer. Help me find the next step that will take me in a healthier and happier direction. Help me discover the magic that truly exists in our world today.”

What do you have as a daily practice that helps you in living a more miraculous life?

EXERCISE: This exercise was given to me many years ago from the Avatar community, called “Care for the Animal.” This exercise allows you to demonstrate love for your body. The power of love is transformational. I encourage you to do this exercise daily. Find a time where you can be in quiet and begin relaxing. Your body is like a newborn child, totally dependent on you for care. Without your efforts, it cannot survive. If you have ever held a newborn child, your heart overflows with love. You are going to treat your body with a tender, loving touch. Look at your forearm with love. Gently stroke it, showering it with feelings of love. Move your hand to your upper arm, caressing it, gently stroking it, sending that part of your body lots of love. Continue this process with each part of your body. When you finish, just sit there for a few moments, feeling all the love you have poured into your body. A daily practice is what works best. With time you will begin noticing a healthier relationship with your body.

I have seen people lose weight and/or restore their health by just doing this one exercise

If you could advise your younger self, what would you want her to know or what do you wish you had learned at an earlier age? Wendy might wish that at an earlier age she knew herself better and had confidence that she could create her goals and accomplish them. Wendy writes, “This is the part of your journey to get deeply honest about what you want to experience in life. Maybe it’s finally welcoming love into your life. Maybe it’s exploring a new career or business. Maybe it’s strengthening your finances and creating wealth. Maybe it’s regaining your health. Learning how to paint. Or simply finding new ways to have fun. Maybe it’s all of these and more. Only you know what it is that you want. You have the opportunity and responsibility to identify your life’s purpose, your mission in life.

I also believe that there are many different ways to do that. My purpose is assisting people to fulfill their purpose, their Divine Destiny, while living the life of their dreams. For me, having my dreams fulfilled is telling me I am “on track” to fulfilling my Divine Destiny. I don’t believe that you have to fulfill your purpose first. In fact, I believe that some of your dreams coming true are simply confirmation that you are on the right path.

What do you want readers of Create Your Miraculous Life to take away with them after reading your book?

Wendy would like readers to remember to “Let’s compare your desire to a beachball. A beachball is very light. However, when you hold a beachball under water, it takes a certain amount of effort to keep it there. Your buried desire is similar. It takes energy to keep a desire buried. But once you embrace that desire, it’s just like releasing the beachball and allowing it to pop out of the water. You’ll find you begin to feel lighter, better. You’ll notice feeling more hopeful. And you also begin to have “synchronistic” experiences. There is also the possibility that you may have some underlying issues show up; however, you may be more aware that this needs to be dealt with (the gift of the Miraculous Living Method).

Sheryl says Once you begin to be aware of synchronistic happenings and coincidences your heart and mind are beginning to realize you are more than the physical body and this physical life and begin to pay attention to your intuition or inner soul wisdom helping you remember who you are A Spiritual being having a physical life and by merging this new awareness many miracles small and large begin to present as we all personally hold the power to create and manifest what is within are life plan and destiny. It is much easier to do if you truly know who you are, where you come from and what life is all about.

Wendy wrote, “Dear God: I know that you want every single desire that lives in my heart to materialize. In fact, I believe you want even more for me than I want for myself. Help me believe again. Restore my hope. Help me regain my faith. Let me bask in your love. And from there, allow me to know the truth of who I am and all that I am to experience. And please guide me toward my next step so that I am one step closer to having my dreams fulfilled. Thank you for loving me, believing in me, and guiding me”

I want to thank you Wendy Darling author of Create Your Miraculous Life? It’s Never Too Late for sharing her detailed and authentic story both of her own soul journey and challenges and her transformational system. The Miraculous Living Method which can help you begin a renewed interest in the creation of your desires and dreams and the path to letting go of past trauma fear and restrictions so you can manifest new joys and happiness in your life. To read more about how to do this go to www.wendydarling.com

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have discovered once again that no matter the circumstances or challenges we face with the right mindset and perspective to moving beyond that difficulty there is a way to begin to change our thoughts and actions and tap into the divine state of creation from our heart and soul inner connection to Universal Source and begin to create what is more in alignment to our life goals thereby creating a reality that can reflect harmony balance love and happiness. Beyond all fear and suffering we can change the energy we are creating with our mind. Negativity breeds more negativity ..acceptance allowing and surrendering to any situation with grace brings us to a higher state of consciousness and we then reside in love compassion and eternal life.

Wendy and I would have you remember that The Universe loves it when we take action! And remember, any step is one step closer to fully living your miraculous life. We do it every day when we wake up with the intention to have a good day. The thought is the step to realizing what we truly are capable of creating.

I am Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within author of A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical psychological and arts and music fields share their discoveries of the true nature of human life healing and creation of all things both here and beyond. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest
www.wendydarling.com

The post Time to Shine with Miraculous Energy appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT author of the final book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit to show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but a disconnect from our inner energetic soul wisdom and connection to each other and all life. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Cyndi Dale, author of Energy Healing for Trauma Stress and Chronic Illness who will share with us that most illnesses are a result of thought based fears and intentions and if we change that we can heal and manifest our best reality.

As listeners of Healing From Within have come to expect over the years Sheryl and her intuitive compassionate guests share intimate insights in the true nature of physical and energetic life in an effort to truly understand human and divine qualities and the way we may merge the best of both realities for creating and manifesting health, peace, prosperity, and more loving relationships for a happier, compassionate and loving life journey.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within, Cyndi Dale who is the author of 28 books on energy medicine, intuition, and spirituality, will share an understanding of trauma and stress and why it is so important to consider the subtle inner causes of trauma rather than only the physical causes. We will discuss the energy of disease and how fear and our thought processes encourage illness to thrive and then suggest how to make changes that can heal illness and these same fearful limitations.

Trauma is related to stress. Cyndi says “To understand what trauma is we must understand what makes forces destructive or harmful and that is not the energies themselves, but whether or not they’re compatible with our original energetic signature. This is our master energetic code, the culmination of everything unique about our body, mind, and soul. This signature determines what external energies will nourish us or harm us, whether they enter during life events, through food or other physical substances, or as subtle feelings and thoughts. Whether we’re facing a one-time crisis or an ongoing challenge, we’ll be able to respond to the energies that match our original energetic signature, and we’ll react negatively to those that don’t.

Cyndi defines “trauma as the damage caused by the initial disruptive, incompatible force, which is delivered from outside of ourselves. Because trauma is inflicted outside to inside, it must be healed the same way. We require help from another person, living being, or even a spiritual guide or the Spirit. Beyond that initial trauma, there is the damage caused by secondary energies or secondary forces. These secondary energies or forces are created from within, during our system’s physical and energetic response to the initial trauma. If they aren’t addressed, they remain “stuck” in our body and our energy systems, continuing to cause more harm—harm that, over time, most often manifests as chronic illness or other ongoing challenges. Because these secondary energies are self-generated and harm us from the inside, they must also be energetically healed from the inside. I’ll provide you with insights and techniques that will allow you to accomplish this deep inner metamorphosis.”

The differences between….and also the inter-personal relationships between physical and subtle causes of trauma can be observed. Cyndi gives us an overview of how incompatible energy not only harms us during a traumatic event, but also keeps adversely affecting us over time if we don’t address it. Now we’re going to unpack some of the key concepts Cyndi introduced, including our subtle energy anatomy (and how it relates to our physical anatomy), our original energetic signature, forces and how they operate, and how our physical and energetic responses to trauma can lay the foundation for chronic illnesses, including autoimmune disorders.

Energy has two components: information and movement. The information is the programming that tells something what to be. For instance, the information within your morning java tells your coffee to be coffee. If you alter that information, that coffee might change—maybe it goes from dark roast to light roast; perhaps it becomes a cup of tea. The energy of everything in this universe also vibrates or moves. Even something as hardcore as a solid object is actually vibration, or waves of frequency. The two types of vibration are light and sound. These core units of energy are differentiated by the rates of their vibrations. We know what color something is by its vibration; we can tell the difference between a dog’s bark and a cat’s meow in the same way.

When we adjust an object’s vibration, it changes. Vibrationally, we are modifying reality all the time.

Governed by the laws of classical science, physical energies are measurable and respond to concrete actions. Subtle energy, on the other hand, can’t always be measured and operates according to different rules, or the lack of them. There are many other names for subtle energy, such as psychic, spiritual, and mystical. I like the word subtle because it best describes the nature of these slippery, sly, and stupendous energies, which are explained by quantum science. Quanta are the smallest units of reality. There are various types of quanta, including quarks, tachyons, and gluons. The truth is, we don’t really know how many types of quanta exist because of the unique ways they operate. For instance, in the quantum world, an object doesn’t exist unless it’s observed. If two particles meet, they forever remain entangled, or interconnected. They will continue to affect each other, even when thousands of miles apart.

Quantum laws actually underlie classical science’s rules of energy’s behavior. Quanta aren’t concrete unless voted into reality consciously, and neither is the material world. Everything around you? Most of it is empty space; the objects in it are determined by the appearance and disappearance of quanta, or subtle energies, which are made of infinitesimally small, vibrating strings of energy. As Albert Einstein once said, “Matter is simply slowed-down energy waves that vibrate at different frequencies, all occupying mainly empty space.”

It is important to consider the subtle causes of trauma rather than only the physical causes. If you were to ask an anatomy professor where your liver is, they’d point to a specific spot on the right side of your upper abdomen. But ask a Chinese medical practitioner and they’d point to many different places in your body. That’s because in traditional Chinese medicine, as in other Asian and indigenous healing modalities, the liver organ is merely the visible component of a much vaster, albeit invisible, structure. Most of us have been educated about our physical anatomy, at least to some degree. Its components can be grouped into three major categories: organs, channels, and electromagnetic fields. The organs include the liver, heart, and spleen. The channels include the lymph and cardiovascular vessels. Every part of your body, including the tiniest atoms in your cells, generates electricity, which in turn creates fields made of electricity, magnetism, or electromagnetism. Most of these fields add up to a collection of electromagnetic fields (EMFs), or fields of light, that is the self. So, in a way, you’re a giant light bulb field.

Less well known is our body’s subtle anatomy. It’s formed from the same three constituents as the physical—organs, channels, and fields—but the components are more interactive and powerful. The most influential subtle organs are the chakras, or energy centers. Every chakra regulates and impacts a region of the physical body and its related functions. It also regulates a set of psychological and spiritual tasks. When they’re humming along, chakras convert physical energies into subtle energies and vice versa. This means that chakras register what happens to you not just physically and materially, but also emotionally, mentally, verbally, and spiritually. They also serve as mini brains for your body, deciding how you’ll respond to stimuli.

Cyndi and Sheryl give an example of someone being traumatized physically and also subtly. It is very important to understand why we do better with some people and their energies than others. Since our original energetic signature is programmed into our bodies during conception, allowing for life to begin, we begin immediately to interact with both physical and subtle energies that aren’t always constructive for us. Much of the time, we adapt. We absorb and process beneficial energies and neutralize debilitating energies. But if the absorbed energies are extremely detrimental or we are chronically exposed to incompatible energies, the following can occur:

We can’t personalize our decisions. When we can’t relate to our original energetic signature, we can’t figure out what is good for us. We flail about, unable to select anything from healthy foods to uplifting relationship partners.

If we are not in alignment to our soul life journey and destiny and do not remember who we are or why we are having a physical life in the first place, we often make mistakes and take detours from our original energetic signature, wasting time and harming our body and subtle energies which then need to be restored to well -being.

Sheryl says “Long ago when she was a young woman a man approached her and a thought floated through her head, “I don’t think so!” Now she knows it was a flash of intuition or subtle energy imprinted by a thought energy to save her from suffering in a limited relationship, one not of her own energy signature. But like most of us we don’t pay attention to this divine help until often years down the road when we are able to understand more about the physical and spiritual realms and discover ways that we are being guided to fulfil our original soul purpose or mission, as well as live an interesting physical life gathering experiences.”

Cyndi says that there are subtle or invisible energies carried in on “forces” that cause most of our trauma. She gives us some examples (Environmental, physical, verbal, digital, spiritual?)

All Challenges Are Energy Based. Energy is information that moves, and it comprises absolutely everything, including both the tangible and intangible aspects of ourselves. Energy underlies every life disrupter and resulting hardship—physical, psychological, and spiritual. It also underlies every good thing in life and the resulting joy and peace—physical, psychological, and spiritual. This means that powerful changes can occur if we work on an energetic level to fix them. To understand how, you first need to know that there are two types of energy: physical and subtle. Most healing processes, such as the use of prescription medicine, specific diets, physical therapies, simple cognitive processes, and even the old adage “Time heals all wounds” are based on physical energy. The physical universe certainly counts when we’re working toward alleviating our adversities.

In fact, there are biological reasons why our body requires (but also resists) healing, and there are physical energy modalities that support healing. The key to freedom from physical and subtle complexities, however, often lies in the other energetic domain—that of subtle energy. Subtle energies—also called psychic, intuitive, and quantum energies—are inseparable from the material self. They aren’t just some mystical phenomena that float around haphazardly. They actually underpin and organize physical reality, including your physical body.

In Sheryl Glick’s second book in a trilogy, The Living Spirit: Answer for Healing and Infinite Love, Sheryl addresses the many subtle energy techniques available to balance the mind, body, and spirit, which is true healing. Sheryl writes “For years, the metaphysical community has predicted a tremendous shift in human consciousness, and it is happening now. More than ever, people are feeling the need to rediscover their life’s purpose, and the economic downturn in recent years has given many the freedom, opportunity, and necessity to change their lives and work. Energy healing—including Reiki, Healing Touch, Reflexology, Chiropractic Adjustments, Acupuncture, Massage and Body Work, Rolfing, Polarity, Trager, Chromotherapy, Radionics, Alexander, Bioenergetics, Feldenkrais, Deep Tissue Work, Osteopathic Manipulation, and other modalities—has become one of the fastest growing fields of complementary health care, and it is part of Sheryl’s healing mission to help healers develop their God-given gifts.”

Cyndi proposes that very specific subtle energies are the main causes of chronic illness and other intractable challenges. During a crisis, we’re hit with a type of subtle energy called “forces.” Any of the six vital forces—environmental, missing, modern, physical, psychological, and spiritual—can create problems during the crisis itself, but it’s the stress response set off by the forces that can eventually lead to chronic illness and other lingering hardships. As we continue to be afflicted by the original forces, those forces trigger mechanisms within us that surround the wounded self (the aspect of our psyche most afflicted by the traumatic event) in a bubble of shock. Unless this wounded self is freed from the shock bubble, it will continue to suffer in darkness, triggering new energetic responses that cause even more damage.

An example….Maureen was a sixty-year-old high school teacher suffering with constant fatigue, aches and pains, arrhythmia (an erratic heartbeat), lung infections, depression, anxiety, and uncontrollable moods. By the time she came to me, she’d already been to dozens of medical doctors. Their diagnoses included an autoimmune disorder, hormonal imbalances, and idiopathic pain, which basically means “pain we don’t know the cause of.” Her holistic practitioners had suggested she had Lyme disease, leaky gut syndrome, past-life challenges, mold infections, and more. The treatments she’d tried included a mild form of chemotherapy, cognitive therapy, vitamin supplements, and hypnosis. I could tell that lying deep inside Maureen were problematic energies that had never been addressed and cleared; in fact, there was an aspect of Maureen’s self that was locked away, trapped in these energies, unable to become free and healthy. It wasn’t hard to identify the events that put these energies in place: over a few months in her childhood, Maureen had undergone one catastrophe after another. A tornado had wiped out her family’s farm. Soon after, her father died from a heart attack. Her mother then developed a serious mold infection in her lungs and began losing control of her emotions, often yelling at the kids. Maureen was still experiencing the suffering she’d been through during that horrific period of her childhood because the energies associated with those events were still present and active, not just in her physical body, but also in her energy anatomy. Beyond that initial trauma there is the damage caused by secondary energies or secondary forces. These secondary energies or forces are created from within, during our system’s physical and energetic response to the initial trauma. If they aren’t addressed, they remain stuck in our body and our energy systems, continuing to cause more harm—harm that, over time, most often manifests as chronic illness or other ongoing challenges.

Because these secondary energies are self-generated and harm us from the inside, they must also be energetically healed from the inside. I’ll provide you with insights and techniques that will allow you to accomplish this deep inner metamorphosis. When I looked at Maureen’s conditions from an energetic point of view, I could see that her physical and subtle energy anatomy had been compromised and traumatized by forces that greatly mismatched her original energetic signature. Because no one had been available to help her grieve and recover from the traumatic childhood events, the aspects of her that had been traumatized and encased within a shock bubble had never been freed. Meanwhile, the original force and its energetic effects had been absorbed into both her body and energy systems, where they lingered, morphed, and began damaging her physical and subtle anatomies from the inside, eventually triggering a chronic illness. She needed help to heal both outside to inside and inside to outside.

In Cyndi’s bio it says she is a favored teacher and healer for China. She tells us about her interest and work in China and her view of our conflicts at the present with China. Your mind, body, soul, and spirit are all different aspects of your total self. These are basically Eastern Paradigms so health issues and all challenges are not just symptom based as in Western medicine. Cyndi defines your soul as the aspect of you that moves across time and lifetimes, gathering experiences. She believes that the soul can be supportive or unintentionally destructive in terms of your well-being and how you address the energies of challenge.

Your spirit differs from your soul. It is your spiritual essence, the aspect of you knowingly connected to what I call the Spirit. (You may call it by whatever name you use—God, the Divine, the Universe, Allah, the Goddess, your Higher Power, the All, or something else.) Your spirit gives you the most vital and accurate information about which energies are helpful and supportive for you and which are not. It embodies your original energetic signature. The idea of having (or being) a unique energetic signature isn’t only a metaphysical concept; it is also a scientifically valid truth. For instance, every human heart exhibits an exclusive biometric so individualized that wearable technology devices are now employing a person’s heartbeat as their password.

Covid figures into the concept of our inner and outer worlds and how it has affected so many people beyond the actual virus to incorporate an inner traumatic fear, connected to life and death itself. Sheryl says that after recovering from covid and knowing the disease through its many symptoms, she wasn’t’ quite sure why as an energy healer she had even needed to experience it. But of course, like everything in life, nothing is random, and Sheryl was to find out exactly why she needed to have it. Never believing the hype and horror that was being projected on television during the beginning of the plague, she knew like any virus it could be overcome. Months down the road she interviewed another energy worker who told her that at the beginning of the pandemic, this healer had been unable to work on anyone with covid as the energy was toxic to her throat and lungs and she wasn’t able to break through the toxic force field. After contracting the disease at the cellular level and when she recovered, her energy healing techniques could be used to break through the energy field of covid. Sheryl realized that she was able to send distant healing reiki to many hospitalized patients with covid after having conquered the disease within her own body.

People can “catch” the energy of an illness and get the symptoms- without “catching” the actual ailment or virus. Sheryl says that our energy system can absorb the energy of other people, places and even thought systems as every field and corresponding chakra also emanates energy into the world. The decisions about what energies to bring in and keep out are complicated, but they are basically established by past life, childhood, and cultural programming, as well as one’s original energetic signature. The auric fields outside of the physical body can absorb energies that don’t touch your skin. They can also attune to another’s thoughts, feelings, or even the memories of that person’s previous experiences. They can even absorb the subtle effects of a physical blow to a person standing near you or the subtle effects of children bursting into giggles. In general, the energy of whatever happens around or to you, can make its way to the auric field that matches the frequency of that event, and, depending on the programming of that field, bring those energies straight into its related chakra, as each chakra is related to different aspects of your physical life. as well as your body.

All challenges are energy challenges. Now, their feelings get stuck within you, lowering your immune system and creating more depression or anxiety. Whether or not your interaction with the virus involves more than the natural environmental transfer, secondary forces can create complications for healing.

We can pick up on others’ anxiety and thus become injured by an emotional force. We might become connected to dark entities that propel us into fright, and thus we’re bonded to this virus through a spiritual force. We might become scared because of the news media, and thus be afflicted with a modern, or digital, force. In the end, we might find some part of ourselves hovering as a wounded self within a shock bubble. Toward that end, to really deal with and recover from the virus, we must uncover this self, invite grieving, and provide protection.

Viruses are unique in that they are attached to some external form of energy. Suffice it to say that from an energetic point of view, it is necessary to release these attachments in order to disempower the virus.

One of the most imperative concepts to grasp is having an original energetic signature. This is your central governing code. We want our physical and subtle energies to match rather than conflict with this key code. How might this idea apply to the existence of, and fall-out from, the pandemic?

Consider the fact that there are many physical factors that determine who might be most affected by the virus or not. As said, these include age- and health-related functions. Smokers will most likely become sicker than non-smokers, and so on. What if one of the issues is our original energetic signature? If our signature is less viable and blurrier, if there are “gaps” or lots of spaces between our signature and our organic functions, we might be more vulnerable to the virus.

Cyndi might like readers of Energy Healing for Trauma Stress and Chronic Illness to take away with them after reading this book that when people with chronic illnesses and challenges come to me, they usually tell me similar stories. They’ve addressed their problems in a wide variety of ways, including various branches of allopathic medicine, psychotherapy, and complementary and alternative medicine practices, and maybe they’ve experienced a certain degree of healing or relief, but something is still missing. They may not know what it is, but something is keeping them from feeling the way they want to feel—the way they know, deep in their hearts, they could feel—whether that’s happy or comfortable, safe or loved, whole or free, something is keeping them from healing to their original energy signature. The piece they’re missing is energy—or, more specifically, subtle energy. In our work together, Cyndi introduces them to the unseen but very powerful energies that govern everything in our world, including us. Together, we look at the various parts of their subtle anatomy, including the invisible centers, fields, and pathways within and around our physical body, and how these parts have been or are being affected by subtle energies. I show them how, very often, the unaddressed energetic damage from traumatic stressors and our subtle anatomy’s response to them eventually manifests in the physical body as chronic illnesses, which include autoimmune disorders. It can manifest on the physical level as other chronic challenges, too, such as addictions, learning disabilities, behavioral concerns, or recurring psychological, emotional, or relationship patterns that don’t seem to shift no matter how they’re addressed. Together, my clients and I uncover the subtle energies of trauma, the energies involved in the stress response the trauma has triggered, and the energies underpinning their chronic illnesses and challenges. Then we work with their subtle anatomy and other, more helpful energies to move them toward the healing they seek.

We thank Cyndi Dale author of Energy Healing for Trauma Stress and Chronic Illness for sharing a lifetime of insights into the world of energy medicine and a clearer view of how to use this awareness to heal and harness the power of Universal Truths so people can shed fear and immerse themselves in a channel of oneness and unity to all life and to raising our vibration to a higher level of consciousness.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within,” Cyndi Dale has shown with clarity how trauma experienced often in childhood may manifest down the road in illness dysfunction autoimmune disease, how we might whether the case of a new virus like covid, to create conditions that impact our level of happiness, joy, and well being, and feeling incomplete or alone. We have come to know that by healing our deep-seated challenges, we emerge as the burnished ember of goodness that we really are, ready to contribute our unique light into the world. We all have the strength to live with trauma and challenges that evolved from any trauma.

Cyndi and Sheryl believe that you’re ready to heal, and to engage life as the magnificent soul being you are complete with courage and hope to improve yourself and our world.

Cyndi wrote, “Before you embark on your own healing adventure, let me share a few additional insights that I’ve gleaned from my years of working with clients. First, the healing you’ll be doing will be deep, and deep healing frequently takes time. Your chronic illnesses and challenges didn’t develop overnight, and they usually don’t disappear overnight either. While I have seen people experience sudden and dramatic improvements as they work with subtle energy, other changes happen gradually. Sometimes you make what you regard as a great leap forward, and then nothing seems to happen for a time. Please trust that however your healing unfolds, it will do so on exactly the schedule that is ideal for you. Second, subtle energy healing is a piece usually missing from our overall healing efforts. It is not a replacement for other pieces, such as allopathic care or other forms of complementary care. The effects of trauma and our responses to it are multifaceted, and your approach to healing needs to be multifaceted too. Sometimes subtle energy healing can help conventional treatments work more effectively; sometimes conventional treatments are needed to set the stage for successful subtle energy work. Don’t deny yourself the benefits of medicine or medical advice or the support of well-trained therapists or practitioners. If you do, you’re just leaving out other important pieces of your healing. Finally, know that you’re not alone,”

Cyndi and Sheryl might hope you look at any perceived illness or challenge as an opportunity to learn more about who you really are as a spiritual being experiencing at the moment a physical life and then begin to remember that perhaps you created this supposed illness or trauma for your soul to rise above it to greater awareness love compassion for yourself and life. Don’t think in terms of good or bad. Think in terms of the eternal subtle nature of life itself and that thought alone may set you free.

Sheryl Glick, host of “Healing From Within” author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which hopes to awaken in readers knowledge of Universal Energetic Laws and the support we have from Spirit most especially in these changing and challenging times invites you to her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders and visionaries in the fields of metaphysics science spirituality medicine law and the arts and science as we seek greater awareness of the true nature of all life.

Today’s Guest

https://cyndidale.com

The post Conquering Trauma, Stress and Chronic Illness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT Medium and author of a trilogy with the newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shows us our challenges in these difficult times are not economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom. We welcome Sagar Constantin a best -selling Scandinavian author whose new book The Life shares “The In Between” a temporary home for people who pass from their physical bodies before their time, and are allowed to decide whether to return to their lives on Earth, or move on to the next stage in their soul development. Some may have called this experience a Near-death experience, or the world between worlds their personal sanctuary.

As listeners of Healing From Within over the years have come to expect from listening to my amazing guest and authors who share stories and insights into the quality of life, both our spiritual and physical components as we come to realize the true nature of a human life journey is to gather experiences refining our energy and thoughts and realizing where we come from, who we are, and how to live life by merging our many energies and awarenesses .

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” Sagar Constantin shares how the idea for The In Between Series came to her on the way home from a business trip in India. Sagar has a remarkable ability to make psychological issues easy to understand for personal growth while being highly entertained at the same time. We will glimpse a view of the Afterlife as well as explore the choices that are available to us both on earth and beyond.

When Sagar is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to her, or those around her, the interests, values, and lifestyle she shows us in the following paragraph what she might pursue as an adult for it seems the soul has a life path, and it unfolds as we move forward in developing our lives. Sagar writes in this paragraph, and we can tell some of the influences of her childhood that guided her to write and share spiritual thoughts with his readers Sagar writes, “I am not the type who scares easily, but I must admit that some‐ times I can’t help thinking about how I would react if something suddenly happened, that is, something critical. Would I act heroically and be the one who takes over and calms the other passengers, or would I save my skin and hope for the best? My mother has always said that I was born under a lucky star. I think she’s right. It seems like things just come to me when I am in need. Not that I just lean back and wait passively; I am not the type who goes around searching for a lucky chance. Deep down, I believe that I will be alright, and everything will be one. That is, at least until I’m not meant to be here anymore.

Sagar shows us what the book and her search for a greater understanding of life is all about. This paragraph might show what the book is about…”While on an airplane there is strong turbulence and then….My gaze fixes on Thomas, who is now sitting next to me. He is wearing a long blue silk shirt with a simple gold thread that forms a pattern of cascading flowers from the shoulders downward. The upper part of the garment hangs loosely, revealing his muscular body. He looks like a prince from a fairytale, which makes me confident that this is a dream. Thomas places his hand on my shoulder and supports me as I sit up. The room changes: it is as if the walls are moving. Am I on drugs? Have I gone crazy? If this is a dream, I would like to wake up now and be on my way. I’ve got a plane to catch and a family waiting at home. “Welcome to In-Between,” Thomas speaks slowly and clearly, looking at me and smiling so I can see his beautiful white teeth. His eyes sparkle as he talks and become even more transparent. “In be—what did you say?” I mumble and let my eyes wander while I move my head in small jerks. “In-Between,” Thomas repeats calmly. He seems to be very understanding. “Come, I’ll show you around.”

“Hey, wait for me,” I call after Thomas. “I’m coming.” I feel almost like a small child trying to keep up with an adult who has much longer legs. With careful steps, I pass through the opening and enter a large room. My eyes widen, and a shiver runs down my back. It is so bright, light, and open, but there are still walls of some kind. I can’t feel my feet, and I squeeze my hands together tightly. My brain can’t make any sense of this place. I don’t know what it is that I’m seeing. Thomas stops walking and waits for me to approach. “The place we just came from is the reception area.” He turns toward me when I join him. His arms hang loosely along the sides of his body, and he projects serenity. “That is where everyone who comes here lands. I am one of those appointed to receive new people and ensure that you get settled comfortably. Over here is our center, and from here, you enter In-Between and can move about freely.

You are in between life and death,” Thomas speaks calmly. “In-Between is a place where people come if they have left Earth before their time, or if they are not ready to leave their lives there, but have been forced to, as in your case, because of an accident.” He pauses and takes my hand that is cold and sweaty. “You could say that people get an extra chance here to continue their lives or to take leave properly.” He looks right into my eyes, leaving me no other choice than to return his gaze. “We are a sort of reception and rest center,” he says with a subdued and unhurried voice. “We receive people and give them the opportunity to continue at a suitable pace. It is important that people depart from their lives on Earth in a proper manner. Both for their own sakes but also for the sake of their loved ones.” My eyebrows are wrinkled, and I pull back my long hair. I don’t believe in life after death! Slowly I exhale and raise my head. “I have a son named Luke. What about him? Does he know yet? He’s with his father.” Thomas shakes his head, stands up slowly, and pushes a chair toward me. “The images you see are in real-time. It’s been 45 minutes since the plane went down.

Sheryl says to Sagar that she was once a skeptic about spiritual life or an afterlife, until 29 years ago when she began to have dreams and mystical coincidental, synchronistic, happenings that she realized couldn’t be happening randomly. Years of study travel and dedication to meditation and talking to Spirit led to her writing a trilogy of books from her journaling, which she was told to do by a medium many years earlier, who also told her to take yoga so she could slow her fast- moving energy and mind and become aware of energy in all its aspects. My stories came to me in meditation dreams and visions guided by spirit.

When Sagar is asked if she has a motto quote or philosophy to live by she responds by saying, “ The motto might be what Thomas the guide in the In -Between says to Eva…..

Thomas speaks deliberately, and I must concentrate in order not to think about anything else. “In my experience, when people become sick or die, it happens for a reason. There is something we must learn. If we listen and learn and enter the experience, then we can develop.” His voice is smooth as silk. I turn my head, and our eyes meet. “You are here because it is uncertain whether you will leave your mortal life now or not. There may be more for you to learn on Earth.” Other than Thomas’s voice, the only sound is the whistling of the wind.

The book The Life is relevant now because people have got to learn to be in the present and not waste time by being in the past or worrying about the future. There are reasons why some people slow their own progress and Sagar wrote “I’m staring into the distance, still far from convinced of the existence of previous or future lives, but I’m saying nothing to Thomas. I force myself to concentrate. His words will drift by on the wind, devoid of meaning if I don’t. The concepts and experiences here are coming at me so quickly. I need time to take it all in. There is a sense of loving care and openness from Thomas, even from In-Between itself, but my brain is trying to hold onto what I know. But I find it harder and harder to hold on. Sometimes I must fight just to see an image of Luke in my thoughts. What is happening to me? A knot in my stomach tightens. The idea of losing myself, my real self, frightens me. I sigh and clench my teeth slightly. Thomas observes me without saying anything. His eyes are relaxed, and he is breathing evenly. I can’t help but wonder where he gets all that tranquility. Part of me fears that he will quickly tire of me and my uncertainties. “Let me put it like this.” He cocks his head slightly. “There can be many different reasons that people come to a standstill in their lives or never pursue their dreams, or whatever it is that they long for. It takes a lot of courage to dare to look inward. But we all have opportunities to develop, to learn something new, and to let our souls’ advance.” He pauses and looks out at the horizon where clouds build up and form a beautiful landscape in many different shades of red. “There are some who choose to take what we call a ‘resting’ incarnation; that is, they don’t have major goals for themselves. Others give themselves almost inhuman challenges.”

When Sagar is asked if you can read any of the books, or should the reader begin with the first book? Sheryl says she feels whatever book the reader is drawn to is the one to start with. Sheryl has found that when she picks up a book if she just turns to any random page there will be a message or thoughts that are appropriate for her at that moment in time and an insight that could be meaningful and offer guidance in whatever issues she is dealing with…It seems our guides, angels, higher vibrational beings, the Divine are close by and helping us navigate challenges to move us forward. In her trilogy Sheryl’s first book Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection is about her awakening to Universal truths. Her second book A New Life Awaits Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is about developing and utilizing her Reiki hands on healing and mediumship abilities to download information from Spirit or transforming much of her old thinking to new realizations about energy and life here and beyond. The third book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening is about transcending life’s challenges to refine and create your best life here each day and then, beyond this physical life.

Sagar might want readers to take away with them after reading her books is that each soul and the life they create even before they are born, is unique and arranged so the soul can refine their energy and adapt to all situations for further growth and development. Your life will offer many challenges and opportunities, and it is how you approach and move through these experiences that allow you to either maintain, balance, find harmony, love compassion or choose suffering and remain stuck in negative energies.

Sagar writes, “There are some who choose to take what we call a ‘resting’ incarnation; that is, they don’t have major goals for themselves. Others give themselves almost inhuman challenges.” A resting incarnation is certainly not of the sun trying unremittingly to break through, and the clear blue sky as a background. Why can’t I just relax and enjoy it? “Are you telling me that everything is predetermined?” I shake my head, grimacing. “No, but the opportunities are there. It’s up to you to take advantage of them.” “Yes, that’s easy for you to say.” My words come out more harshly than I intended, but I’m not offering an apology. Thomas seems unaffected by my sharp tone of voice. “Let me put it like this. You may find that your life goes in circles. You face the same challenges repeatedly, as if you are a needle stuck in a groove on a vinyl record and the record just keeps spinning round and round. You attract the same types of people, and the same sorts of things keep happening to you.” The simplicity of the image seems to make sense to me. I manage to speak evenly and without an edge to my voice. “Hmm. Let’s say that you’re right. How can you get out of the groove?” I stretch my legs and cross my arms over my chest. When Thomas looks at me, I quickly let my arms fall along my sides. “First, you must be aware that you are stuck in the groove. Then you need to be ready to let go of what you already know, whatever thoughts and behavior are long-established and secure in your life.” He speaks evenly in a low voice. “…Only then is it possible for you to get out of the groove. You can do that in many ways. It isn’t until you achieve a deeper understanding within that the changes will manifest outwardly, such as moving to a new home, finding a new job, or meeting a new friend or a lover. Changes can appear in many forms. What is characteristic is that before changes take place, you must learn something and begin a new way of living.”

We thank Sagar Constantin for sharing her views on Life in all its intimate and unusual ways for us to know ourselves more completely, and to find peace through knowledge, compassion, love, and intention.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within” Sagar Constantin has shared a fictional story of her characters finding the heart and soul of the matter by realizing who we are and what life is all about. Sagar writes about a woman who is in the In-Between between life and death for a review of her life and to decide or choose whether to move on to life after death or return to her physical life. She has just been in a plane crash and is in a coma. Sagar writes “Take you, for example.” He pauses. “You have a choice every single moment. You can choose to focus on the fact that you are not with Luke, your son, or that you would like to return, or that your body is sore. You can also choose to be thankful that you were on board that airplane, that you are here now, and that you can get to know yourself even better.” I sit with a stone face, not offering Thomas my spirit guide helping me navigate the In-Between any reaction. What he is saying is very logical and quite simple. But I can’t see why I should be thankful I was on that plane. I would rather go home. And my body is sore; that is a fact. A small cloud passes over us, and for a second, we are completely invisible. It is cool, and I must wave away the mist with my hand to see Thomas. He is sitting there passively. “Every single moment of our lives, we have a choice. We can choose to focus on the negative or the positive. To a great extent, it depends on our attitude toward life. We can choose to enter each experience with the intent that something exciting can happen and that something can benefit us. Alternatively, we can expect that it is going to be a bore, that we are wasting time, or we can feel us.

Sagar and I would have you know that life’s challenges will come and go and if we think of them as neither good nor bad, we will navigate the waters of time and space more advantageously, than if we judge, or allow negative thoughts to flood our minds and hearts. The world and life are a gift for all souls to begin to understand the nature of creation, eternal energy and life that never ends.

I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher, medium and author of a trilogy, the newest edition A New Life Awaits which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal, but often a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom. Please visit my website www.sherylglick.com to listen to authors, visionaries, metaphysicians, scientists , spiritualists, medical professions, energy healers and those in the arts and music share their amazing insights into the world of energy and creation.

Today’s Guest

https://sagarconstantin.com/

The post A World Beyond Our Physical Life appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher, medium and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares an awareness that our challenges are not economic political or societal but a deep disconnection from our inner being or soul wisdom. Sheryl is delighted today to welcome Courtney Marchesani, author of Four Gifts of the Highly Sensitive, offering many ways and practices to embrace the science of sensitivity, heal anxiety and relationships, and connect deeply with your world.

As listeners of the years have come to expect, Sheryl and her extremely gifted guests share intimate insights into the nature of a duality of physical and energetic or soul life forces. It is in coming to understand that our present lives provide the backdrop for us to remember who we are as spiritual beings having this physical life to refine our inner soul energy and to advance higher consciousness or awareness of “All that is.”

In today’s episode of Healing From Within, Courtney Marchesani will explore how sensitivity shapes who we are and supports us in life. An Integrative health coach she demystifies the science of sensitivity to help us maximize our unique gifts of empathy, intuition, vision and expression. Highly sensitive people (HSP) experience and perceive the world differently with and using her Mind-Body Method which shares coping skills to manage the onslaught of intense emotions and sensations sensitives are often challenges with as the four gifts of sensitivity are so tightly interwoven with an individuals central nervous system causing them to respond to the environment differently from other sensitives and individuals . She also discusses stress reduction techniques including breath work, aromatherapy sleep remedies and the ancient art of Ayurveda.

When Courtney is asked to her earlier life and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to them or others around her the lifestyle and interests she might pursue as an adult she tells us she remembers in her twenties she became aware that intuition was present in precognitive dreams and often the information received in these dreams helped her to maneuver daily life experiences. Sheryl and Courtney also discuss that some precognitive awareness isn’t always enough to change events that are universally destined to happen. Sheryl tells of returning home from Canada and flying into a clear view of New York City and a thought flashed through her head. If a plane goes into the buildings it will cause a lot of damage. Sheryl was disturbed by the thought. A week later was 9/11 and though other people had insights into the oncoming tragedy no one was able to stop it.

Courtney and Sheryl discuss how to use coincidences synchronicity and understand how our thoughts and actions can produce self- fulfilling prophecy

Sheryl would say that observation and spending time in mediation or silence helps to reflect on daily experiences ascertaining what messages or input coming in by spiritual energy, intuition or vibrational soul beings from that non local realm of life. Coincidences and synchronicity are simply messages from Spirit to help us follow the clues and achieve our destiny or life path goals while intuitions and focusing our mind on what we wish to achieve allows us to manifest and create what our attention is focused on or a self-fulling prophecy.

Courtney describes the four gifts of sensitivity explaining that some people have different degrees of intensity in one or more of these categories.

The Four Gifts of sensitivity are intuition, empathy vision and expression. When these gifts are developed to their potential you can tap into them freely and employ their strengths.

Marchesani as a sensitivity coach discovered her clients had specific sensory abilities that were quite extraordinary, like exceptional intuition, hyperawareness, and visual-spatial reasoning to solve problems. Skills like these could be observed through their personal experiences such as receiving sudden intuitions, feeling other people’s feelings and strong emotional expression that left no confusion about their passion. Most of these abilities draw on the interconnections between the perceptive and emotional functioning of the brain. The perceptive brain experiences the world through the senses seeing hearing, tasting, smelling and feeling come in through the somatosensory cortex whereas emotional processing relies on several regions including the left and right hemispheres and temporal lobes. Our emotions are the most difficult states for our brain to process.

Empathy, intuition, vision and expression are correlated to these facets of sensory processing and contribute to global sensory processing because as aging populations were studied, age-related decline in the five classical senses of vision smell healing touch and taste showed a marked shift in cognition. As sensory functions decline, so do mental abilities.

While there is often overlap in different styles of processing sensitivity generally one type becomes dominant.

Let’s look at the four types of sensitive people.

Empaths. Sensitive empaths have great compassion for others due to their ability to read emotions. When this trait intensifies, empaths can sense and process others’ feelings in their own bodies. Those who chose to cultivate this gift develop a caring and responsible nature that motivates them to help others. Empaths make excellent advocates, communicators, doctors healers negotiators peace makers and therapists.

Sheryl, a Reiki Master Energy Teacher and empathic healer has this ability and has spent years volunteering in hospice and doing readings and healing sessions for clients. Sheryl has written a trilogy documenting the progress of her discovering and fine tuning these gifts to help herself and others and the newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening shares ways to perceive our spiritual gifts in order to understand life and death and to manifest our best lives and a better world for all to participate in.

Intuitives. Sensitive -intuitives perceive clues that enable them to detect important information that would otherwise be ignored. They are usually extremely bright and highly aware of social dynamics due to their high-functioning perception. They are experts at sensing interconnectivity between relationships due to their adroitness for reading body language and micro expressions. When intuitives take leadership roles, they can accelerate important social trends. Because they can anticipate consequences, intuitives can become highly influential people. They excel at planning by seeing interconnections and are exquisite pattern finders, especially in business.

Visionaries. The sensitive-visionary can perceive the world holographically, from different angles with visual acuity and spatial awareness. They have a clear colorful inner vision. Dreams are remembered with incredible accuracy detail and clarity. Some times they are blessed with photographic memory. They have a great eyed for detail with the ability to design, envision innovate and imagine what might be possible. Those who cultivate it often excel in the fields of architecture and design. They can perceive solutions that will make the most of the environment for living and functionality.

Expressives. Sensitive expressions are highly creative and use expression to embody the beauty, comedy and tragedy they perceive in the world around them. They communicate with their bold ideas and strong emotions with a high degree of artistry. Whether as actors, dancers, painters, singers or writers, expressives can use their gifts to create compelling works of art that guide us to a deeper understanding of ourselves as human beings. They help us find shared meaning in our collective experiences and bring us together through their vivid imagination, inspiration and creativity.

The gifts of empathy, intuition, vision and expression are needed now more than ever. In a world facing the difficult challenges of climate change, inequality, overpopulation, food and economic insecurity and rapid technological advancement, sensitives can offer guidance and help humanity make sense of the world. Albert Einstein Sensitive Intuitive Oprah Winfrey Sensitive Empath Steve Jobs Sensitive Visionary Carlos Santana Sensitive Expressive are prime examples of highly evolved sensitives.

All sensitive people are not always open minded to their gifts and when they repress them often have health issues and tragic consequences. Sheryl always was sensitive but was not with people or in an environment that understood how to develop and use the many gifts a sensitive person may have. It took a long time for Sheryl to put the pieces of the puzzle together and to hone her gifts as a medium and intuitive healer for the past twenty five years.

As sensitives or individuals who are gifted with expanded sense perception it is important to take care of our precious senses. The senses are the first line of defense the mind and body use to help fight the bombardment of chaotic energy in everyday life. This symbiotic relationship between the senses, the sense of self, and one’s relationship with the world influences the relative peace, calm happiness or pain we feel. It is no coincidence words infused with great feeling like sentient, sentimental, sensation and sensual stem from the root word sens. In the simplest of terms a sentient being is one who is self-aware. When sensations coalesce into specific thought patterns, sensitive individuals use this awareness to find meaning. The distinct perceptive faculty it utilizes is sensory intelligence The four sensory intelligences, or gifts detailed in this book are intuition, empathy, vision, and expression.

Courtney tells the story of Daniel -Day-Lewis an accomplished actor also a sensitive expressive who won his Oscar for the portrayal of Irish artist Christy Brown who had cerebral palsy and was only able to use his left foot for all routine tasks to care for himself write and paint. Lewis was able to tap into his emotions to transform into Christy Brown and using his gift of expression evoked the feelings Brown felt enduring chronic disability. A year earlier Day Lewis performed the title role in Hamlet in London and during the performance, the ghost or soul visit of his own deceased father appeared to him. No one else saw his father that night. Day Lewis was unnerved by this event which is something sensitives and mediums deal with on a regular basis. Approximately four percent of mediums see spirit as Daniel Day Lewis did. Most mediums see sense hear and get messages from deceased souls in meditation.

Sheryl as a medium and intuitive healer was engaged in Daniel Day Lewis’ story because she had a similar happening. One day her husband pulled into the driveway and Sheryl was talking to a friend on the phone. Looking out the window she saw David had someone in the passenger seat with him. The woman had short white hair, was large and clearly illuminated. Sheryl told her friend she had to run and put clothes on as David was bringing a visitor to the house. When David came to the door Sheryl asked where was the large woman that was in the car? David said no one was with him. In readings for clients Sheryl taps into many souls from the afterlife and relays messages of their thoughts and feelings to loved ones assuring them they are alive and well beyond this physical life. Why this soul appeared in David’s car that day I am not sure Perhaps spirit was showing me many ways to advance and grow wherever possible.

Courtney shares with us that the science of sensitivity is complex. Sensitives must learn how to process excessive stimuli during sensory overload. Sensory overload is a commonly used term that actually refers to the inner feeling of reaching your maximum sensory threshold. Think of it as intensity. It is known clinically as sensory overwhelm. Sensory overwhelm describes the massive influx of sensory information that flood’s into a sensitives awareness as they perceive their environment.

Sheryl says that most of her life as a child she was sick with stomach aches and throat viruses and her doctors never realized she was an empath and picking up the emotions and feelings of illness of other people. Later in life Sheryl learned it was a spiritual gift, one of the other four Spiritual gifts she uses now practically to help herself and others. At that time when she was called a sensitive child her parents and teachers simply meant she would toughen up and outgrown these feelings. They didn’t know about empathic and sensory gifts and how to help Sheryl find tools to protect from this sensory overload. Now there is more knowledge and awareness of these gifts and acceptance by so many more people than in the past.

These gifts do run in families and while all humans share this link between cognitive processing and sensory perception, sensitives have a genetic predisposition called biological sensitivity also known as the sensitive survival strategy which enhances these survival instincts. Acuity means sharpness or keenness of thought, vision or hearing. There may also be emotional acuity or a deftness for sensing through feelings.

The four gifts of sensitivity are so tightly interwoven with an individual’s central nervous system (CNS) that no two highly sensitive people HSP will respond to an environment in the exact same way. For example, take clairvoyants, mediums or psychic channelers. As astute readers of energy, these sensitive intuitives use the way someone’s energy appears and moves ex. Dense fast colorful dull vibrations they feel and hear and other sense perceptions to discern and translate the intentions, emotions or personalities of the people they read. Every sensitive person has an innate talent for perceiving or detecting information. However, the development of consciousness or awareness of what is being perceived takes time.

Sheryl tells of the most extraordinary experiences she witnessed while on a spiritual workshop to study “Remote Viewing” with Dr. Stephan A. Schwartz in Arizona many years ago. Sheryl had thought she was going to see Dr. Gary Schwartz, whom she had met a few years before, who was a professor at the University of Arizona studying the veracity of mediums and energy healing. She was surprised to see a different Dr. Schwartz was standing at the podium, but it didn’t matter, she was there to learn about Remote Viewing.

During the lecture, an exercise was proposed and a couple was given an object and told to get in their car and go to an undisclosed place. The audience’s job was to get as much information as they could. So, Sheryl closed her eyes as she does in mediation, when downloading information for people who come for readings and healing sessions, and saw the car approaching a rounded driveway in front of a building, as they got out of the car, there was a bench to the left side of the entrance with a sign over it saying “Enter At Your Own Risk.” Beyond the doors was a circular auditorium, and on the stage below the seating area were people singing spiritual songs. It was peaceful and pleasant. When the couple came back, we all had to give our impressions. Sheryl’s impressions were pretty on the money for they indeed had gone to a church that looked exactly like Sheryl described. Sheryl would have liked to have gotten the name of the church to complete the information process. So now Sheryl knew “Remote Viewing” was just like the readings she did to show her clients the nature of the non-local or eternal nature of soul life and the afterlife, for indeed the information is coming from Spirit. Sheryl was amazed to learn that all mediums are doing a form of “Remote Viewing” when they tap into the energy of other souls, here and beyond in other dimensions of life.

Sheryl has observed and been part of many miracles and God ordained happenings and is grateful to know everything is energy Every thought intention word and the Law of Attraction is always in play. Be careful what you wish for or think for you may surely have it manifest.

Courtney knows that all people have different levels of intuitive skills, but indeed we all can use intuition to help us make better decisions. Courtney feels that It might be the soul journey of sensitive people to discover they are healers. Courtney wrote, “In a traditional medicine and holistic perspective such as the Huichol tribal view, sensitivity evolved to help humans stay in contact with the spiritual world, including healing illness. Other traditional tribal leaders have expressed this same sentiment. One shaman who came to the United States publicly expanded on this idea. In an article on Uplift, Malidoma Some stated that he believed many of the individuals he encountered while traveling stateside who were labeled “mentally ill” were actually experiencing a spiritual emergence or the birth of the healer. He described this rapid shift as a significant transformation in consciousness while an individual self-actualized the manifestation of their inner healer.” Then Courtney said to Sheryl, if these sensitives repress their spiritual gifts, it often is reflected in physical or mental health issues.

Courtney shows us why she thinks there are healing possibilities as an outgrowth of sensitivity. She says, “Since empaths often develop considerable inner strength and energy to cope with the strong emotional undercurrents they perceive all around them, their capacity for great feeling requires equal measures of stamina, strength, endurance, and resilience.”

Courtney goes on to discuss how she thinks people who display more empathy than others can help society and our communities. Nationally and internationally, Courtney writes, “We are witnessing a divide in public opinion. Whole cultures are working to sustain their way of life. Political lines are drawn. The dividing lines include new levels of violence, worldwide, even in our schools. As such, empathy is critical in our world right now. No one suffers more emotional pain than the compassionate empath. They perceive the discord and discontentment of these widening divisions on a visceral level. Compassion affects empaths because they not only feel everything, they care about it too. This is a virtuous quality. Legal advocates, counselors, theologians and emergency responders must care for another. This ability can be misunderstood or mismanaged when not coupled with the awareness of other people’s pain process, how they project it outward and how to detach from it. Feeling others’ hidden emotions help empaths realize their own underexplored thoughts and feelings, which helps them heal and evolve to higher states of awareness. Empaths are born to be activists, advocates such as lawyers, doctors, healers, feng shui practitioners, naturalists, therapists, teachers and social justice workers.”

Sheryl suggests by being an example in how you approach situations, people and challenges while maintaining a high level of dignity, honor and integrity, one shines the light within and the love of the universal source into the world. Like ripples of water, ripples of loving energy spread and inspires others to look beyond the small circle of their lives and emboldens them to take risks to create what their heart and soul really desires.

Courtney suggests that accepting and developing your sensitivity helps a sensitive in their jobs and family lives. Many empaths experience profoundly spiritual transcendence and divine happenings due to their ability to perceive different energetic states. This spirutal empathy allows the individual to pierce the veil of ego, or humanity’s illusionary nature. The human ego is a defense mechanism which protects the internal aspects of the mind-body by creating an external illusion of separateness. This separation is a dualistic thought pattern that creates feelings of control over one’s environment through a division between the self, world and others.

Transcendent sensing is the elevated aspect of sensitive-empathic awareness. It has been described as astral travel expanded consciousness NDE, out of body flight, Spiritually Transformative Experience (STE), lucid dreaming and veridical perception. Being a sensitive-empath comes from having a highly attuned nervous system. This type of awareness directly affects the CNS, hormones especially adrenaline, cortisol and norepinephrine, and the flight or flight response. Some empaths are attuned to emotions, others to physical pain. Some are attuned to both. Spiritual empaths are attuned to an expansive reality through all their senses. They have described this selfless attunement as awakened consciousness through a deep, loving connection to the preciousness of life through their heart center. You could say they sense with their hearts and this love pierces through the defensive ego as higher perception.

Spiritually awakened empaths have a consciousness that can transcend mental anxiety and fear. They are able to create and hold positive states of bliss and joy. Their playful attitude should not be mistaken for a Pollyanna perspective. It’s not that they don’t see human suffering, they do. They have learned how to transcend it. Spiritual empaths have achieved a state of higher grace through compassionate love. Their elevated feeling states connect heart and mind and are truly infectious.

Spiritual empaths describe the positive aspects of their empathy as being stimulated lifted up and energized by exposure to positive people. The evolved sensitive-empath can perceive differences in other people and adapt without internalizing another’s attitudes or emotions.

The main drawback to spiritual empathy is not immediately recognizing narcissistic people or energy vampires. Narcissists can be glamorous, charming, excellent, conversationalists, magnanimous and these traits attract spiritual empaths. However, narcissists can also focus entirely on themselves and one surefire way to tell if someone is a narcissist is that they often bring the focus of a conversation back on themselves. These relatively harmless symptoms are a warning sign of a much larger pattern. It includes placing blame on others rather than accepting responsibility for their actions, manipulating for personal gain, and exploiting the weakness of others to inflate or magnify their own ego.

At first spiritual empaths admire these qualities of a big wild larger than life expansive energy of the narcissist and likewise, narcissists feel the depth at which a spiritual empath connects to them and they thrive on being cared for and the strong compassion with which empaths love and accept others.

Courtney would you like readers of Four Gifts of the Highly Sensitive to take away with them after reading this book as she wrote “Empaths are the greatest advisors of our time. Whether they take leadership roles in spiritual communities, work in medical settings as healers, or are sage-like in their ability to forecast future events, they are in tune with their environment at a profound level. If you have an empath in your life, you are lucky for empaths can detect lies without effort. Their senses are so highly heightened that they put the galvanized lie detector test to shame. Nowhere else do we see such a strong display of the gifts of empathy than in the empath-healer. As their extraordinary felt-sense enables them to perceive nuanced emotional states, emotional incongruence and turbulence within the hidden landscape of the personality.

Sheryl would like to thank Courtney Marchesani, author of Four Gifts of the Highly Sensitive which shares a detailed journey to explore how sensitivity can be used to grow evolve and share the magic of the energetic world of possibilities to achieve greater awareness of Self, family, community and the universe. Understanding one’s inner spiritual gifts makes all the difference and reading this book will help you connect to your own talents.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Courtney Marchesani has brilliantly explored the internal nature of an empath and spiritual healer illuminating sensory intelligence, which is a profound ability to connect with the world by using the unique gift of sensitivity for positive input to friends, family and communities. We have seen through real life cases and client stories how highly sensitive people experience and perceive the world differently and that through the use of the four gifts of empathy intuition vision and expression these gifted people only 20 percent of the population help to balance harmonize and heal the many people places and situations they work with.

We have discussed the challenges and joys of the Sensitive person. They may judge themselves a lot because it takes immense energy to cope with having intense emotions, reflecting on them, and enduring the judgmental mindset of most people who are present in their life. As empaths, intuiitves, visionaries, and expressives at times feel challenged, they may ask themselves “Why can’t we pull it all together?” For sensitively gifted people so much want to heal the ills of society, friends and family, and indeed, the woes of the world. Sensitive people can learn that whether they are introverted or extroverted and process sensory information at a different speed than others, every new discovery about the context of their soul journey helps them become more aware of the true value and nature of these gifts, enabling them to manage by various methods the overload of the physical world. They are one of God’s true miracles and often bring love and understanding to a world hanging by a thread to the beauty and oneness of all life.

Courtney and Sheryl would have you seek an introduction to the world of the Spiritual Gifted by reading their books, exploring yoga, sharing energy healing sessions, meditation, exploring the beautiful outdoors, as a way to tap into your own spiritual awareness, and for in knowing we are all spiritual beings having a physical life, so we may come to understand our challenges and find the way to conquer fear and limitation from within the heart of soul life.

Sheryl Glick, host of Healing From Within and author of her newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening, invites you to visit her website to listen to and read about visionaries spiritualists scientists metaphysicians empaths sensitives authors healers and people in search of the miraculous quality of human and divine energies as we explore our inner and outer world. Shows may be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvision7radio.com.

Today’s Guest

https://inspiredpotentials.com/

The post Unique Gifts of Empathy Intuition Vision Expressive Sensitives appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of my newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our many challenges now are not economical political or societal but a disconnect from our true Being or soul wisdom Today I am delighted to welcome Les Jensen to discuss his new book Citizen King The New Age of Power which shares a story to help us embrace the bold ideas of heart and soul and trust that there is a way for them to manifest. Les Jensen is a former guest of Healing From Within and author of Forgiven Sinner: God’s Last Savior. To listen to that former show go to the radio page of my website www.sherylglick.com October 2019.

As listeners of Healing From Within have come to expect over the years, my visionary guests and I share intimate stories and insights into ways to open awareness and reach higher consciousness so we may come to know more about our energetic source of life, navigate turbulent times and live our most authentic lives as spiritual beings having a physical life with the personal power within, to create, manifest, and realize our divine potential and soul right to live in harmony balance love and compassion. In learning more about our dual nature, we discover infinite possibilities to thrive and live the life of our soul dreams.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Les Jensen who has worked in the broadcast television market for 30 years and is an author inspirational speaker radio host and energy master teacher who will share ideas on how to find meaning fulfillment joy and purpose in life offering a view on how to act as your own “Citizen King” to live an exceptional life in your own authentic kingdom created by your heart and soul intention and creation.

In this book Citizen King Les Jensen use the term “Persona. He tells us what that means to him. First Les write, “We must know that we are all made from the same fabric, a vibrant and endless point of human consciousness. We all are the thing itself. We all have a body and our unique personality. And we all have that inner place where our own crafted inspiration flows when nurtured.”

In the model of an old -school movie projector, the light of the projector casts light on the movie film capturing the image and projecting it onto the screen, the place where the movie was actually happening. In this model of a projector the bright light is our soul. It is the source of the movie allowing it to happen at all.

Many people have had their lives turned upside down and cracked open and for millions that was 2020, an unexpected year of tragedies, but you say Citizen King was written just after that kind of incident that changed your life forever…a wake- up call for the soul. Les Jensen’s technical skills led to a successful career in engineering in the broadcast industry, and it was here that he experienced a spiritual awakening. He hadn’t had a spiritual notion of himself before that, but decades of studying the nature of frequency, energy and very high levels of power in television had prepared him for working with the energy of human consciousness. And then his life-path changed. Everything Les had learned about energy would show up in many ways, including his writings. His language was that of karma, emotions, mental stigmas, energy bodies, and levels of consciousness (and the power behind them.) Meanwhile years before becoming an author Les experience.

Many people find common ways to shut down our own power without even knowing it. If focused on the outside world and the many distractions illuminating fear with we begun to shut down our own power when we do not know that everything man has ever created has started as an idea in the mind of human consciousness, Each of us is human consciousness personified and held within that infinite field of potential is the vision of your life that your soul has from the time of your birth. So to open up our power we must accept that we are the captains of our own ship and our thoughts and actions either negative or positive draw the same action or reaction to us.

The Law of Attraction is always in play so as we begin to know ourselves and our deepest desires, we can find ways past our fears and begin to manifest a healthy prosperous and purposeful life of love and compassion Simply put, the Law of Attraction is the ability to attract into our lives whatever we are focusing on. It is believed that regardless of age, nationality, or religious belief, we are all Spirit. In the New Thought philosophy, the Law of Attraction is a pseudoscience based on the belief that positive or negative thoughts bring positive or negative experiences into a person’s…

Les Jensen goes on to tell us we tend to shut down our soul’s potential to create whatever we wish when we have unresolved karma within our own persona so it becomes likely the story that plays out will be more of the past patterns repeating themselves over and over again. It is not until our karma or thought processes are refined that we can truly live the vision of our soul unimpeded.

The story of our collective past has been one of deceit and betrayal and we have been corralled for containment in order to minimize the possibilities we might just fulfill with less influence from the opinions of others. We often are not focused on our dreams but rather of the “collective storyline that the media and society propagate” which prevents us from exploring our inner soul world and magnificent personal power to achieve miracles. In other words we have been manipulated, controlled, and brainwashed, in order to prevent us from disasters that might befall us, but this also prevents us from discovering our own personal kingdom within ourselves.

As a king writing your own creative story each day for each day, you are indeed “a new person” learning to understand how powerful it is to free yourself from the bondage of posturing, the bondage of judgment, the bondage of stagnant beliefs, of emotional posturing. You may have learned that energy is the native language of the universe which needs no human language or dialect to define itself. It is engaged in fluent conversation and interactions from the beginning of time. The energy essence of the idea or thought is the language the universe responds to. We shape it with our words, thoughts and feelings. We boost it with our excitement and joy.

Many of us are also very sensitive people and we can start off intending to create flow, taking new actions on a new idea—a vision of our heart and soul. Perhaps you start to write a book or express your unique opinions about how things should be, and then perhaps receive critical feedback from someone and immediately feel the impulse to shut down the creative process. You may avoid taking steps toward the completion of your inspiration because you got triggered by a person reply or a judgment

Forgiveness and compassion may be directly related to our ability or inability to express ourselves in a powerful way.

Sheryl says that forgiveness releases any guilt or anguish about how you or another person acted or reacted in some event that was less the way you wanted it to go. As nothing is random, if it happened there was something for you or the other person to learn, review, accept change or understand and by forgiving yourself or asking for forgiveness from someone else, you allow yourself to move past the restriction and blockage caused by the feeling of that event that happened. If not, you remain stuck in that energy and repeat it over and over again until you are able to release it. It is extremely powerful to reach this level of soul maturity and be able to forgive, so now you can begin to create a better story in your mind, heart and life. We can express something magnificent, beautiful loving and more in alignment with our soul’s desires, for growth and for understanding the Universal Laws of Energy such as the Law of Attraction. What we give out in the world is returned to us…what we sow we shall reap….what we give we shall receive.

Les Jensen wrote, “When you can forgive and move into compassion for every single life story that is playing out, you are entering the arena of unconditional love and acceptance for the many faces of humanities…..When your heart is pure and you can look at any face of humanity—the hero and the villain, the saint and the sinner, the cop and the criminal—and when you can look at any personification of the human experience and say, But, of course, the universe has no bias against our freedom in making any choice we want. We are making these choices motivated by our own Karma without the ability to err, for it has taken lifetimes to accumulate such deep layers of darkness…yet all is an opportunity to learn the most powerful lessons possible for mastering our human nature. If you can discover your light when the world around you is playing out such darkness then that is the most advanced lesson you can have in the karmic nature of our human demeanor.

Jes tells us of the energy in the form of a life changing moment, when he “broke himself wide open” He felt so much energy pouring out of his personal persona (SOUL) that he went inside his inner self and from that time on started cleaning up whatever he found that didn’t serve his well- being.

Les tells us the role dreams play in our ability to fulfill our life purpose. Les writes, A dream expands as you fulfill it. As one dream is fulfilled another presents itself. You know that the idea, the dream, the inspiration that you have today will come about if you show up for it. Know that the vision your soul shows you is not only possible, but probable, if you simply trust the process itself and honor it with your thoughts and actions. It starts by learning how to trust the power of an idea. That idea comes into creation by moving yourself into alignment into harmony, with the nature, vibration and essence of what the idea represents. What the dream inspires and What the hope fulfills is the life plan established by your soul before you began this physical life..

Something as simple as writing down your dreams brings them into physical form as an idea. To empower your dreams as a sense of genuine possibilities in your life is to take time to fulfill them with your actions. And it involves taking the time to actually sit down and write out the vision of what your future holds for you now. In the book Les talks about sovereignty and dominion and how that relates to our life purpose.

Les Jensen writes, ‘As a “king” you’ll learn to understand how powerful it is to free yourself from the bondages of emotional posturing, judgment, and stagnant beliefs. Like the canvas to a painter, to start fresh, something clean is priceless. How can you bring about a new creation if there is already a tarnish on the canvas? How can you bring a new possibility—a miracle perhaps—into creation if the canvas itself is tainted? If your own personal energy Persona is diluted and polluted by the past how can you create something pure? The purity of your own personal energy decides what kind of a range you have in the creative process. If you’re holding on to large aspects of your past, then the majority of your own personal energy will perpetuate your experience of the past.

To want to be king of your own personal kingdom is the journey itself. It is the process of awakening itself. Consciousness is the creative substances of the universe and you are that consciousness now. There is no end to the creative presence for the process is always on. It continually repeats itself. You cannot deplete the infinite field of possibilities by fulfilling your own inspiration. The creative process of the universe never ends, and you can draw from it all you want, for it is always ready to create again.”

Les talks about the relationship between the ego and the heart and soul, and the importance of healing that relationship and why that is so important.

Les writes, “It’s time for rest. It is time to sleep. You totally let go of what your day looks like and you go to bed feeling fulfilled. If you are feeling fulfilled on three levels: a heart level, a soul level and an ego level you feel satisfaction. It’s a trilogy of peaceful living. When you have flow equally in those arenas then every single day at the end of the day you go to bed feeling fulfilled.”

Sheryl says maybe that is why Spirit asked her to write a trilogy showing her spiritual awakening In the first book Life is No Coincidence The Life and Afterlife Connection as she discovered that the dream of her deceased grandfather telling her to write something for her father and on the next day my father passed encouraging me to write his eulogy, was not a dream at all but a spiritual visitation, awakening within me a remembrance of childhood when I at bedtime saw beautiful faces in the night and felt energy touching my skin. Now I knew clearly that souls that had passed survived physical death and were eternal. In the second book The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love I explain my transformation and use of energy as a Reiki Master Teacher and medium receiving downloads from higher consciousness encouraging readers to learn more about the energetic aspects of their life. The third book A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening shows or proves our soul life potential for creation and how we are transcending these challenging times in order to live in a higher state of awareness love and compassion so we may fulfill our human and divine dreams and improve the collective consciousness through Spiritual energetic Universal Laws of the Universe.

When you receive inspiration that you know is from your heart or soul, know there is indeed a way for it to be made manifest. Know that the idea is sound then your soul can see a vision for your life that extends decades down the road. So, stay connected with what works next. Trust in the ideas themselves. Don’t let your ego edit any thought or sentence that your heart and soul have given to you. Write them down verbatim on the post -it note or on the pad of paper. And those refined ideas have now become action items for your ego to manifest.

The mind or ego compares choices with the past. The ego is motivated to make choices that are safe, because the outcome is known. But there’s no flow in making choices based on the past. Flow comes from following new information, this new information is the inspiration itself. Without inspiration there is no new information upon which to base your life. Flow by its very nature brings with it more information. When you get your ego to enjoy life and when your heart and soul are feeling fulfilled because your are completing the inspiration captured on the post-it notes, then you are genuinely taking on the role of being a king in your own kingdom.

We talk about the storyline of the collective consciousness as changing and why it is changing and where we are going as a collective with this change.

We are at the place of human consciousness now where we can recognize the potential of each individual that empowers them. We can recognize what could bring more choices to the masses. When we engage with the passion of our heart and soul, we will empower the immense potential of ourselves. At this present time there is so much potential present that it truly is an exciting time to be alive

In Les Jensen’s book he takes us through our own family dynamics. And how the family we are raised in has to do with our ability or inability to be powerful.

Sheryl might say that in a family that shares the idea that life is more than just the physical world and there is an energetic soul spiritual component to life, children are able to recognize they have choices beyond the rules and mores of society…they can call on help and guidance from a higher Self or connection to Universal energy and need not feel so alone or inadequate while trying to be perfect which is an impossibility.

In Sheryl’s book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening she wrote, “ Remember your childhood as I remember mine! The best hopes for happiness come from the best memories and happiness experienced in childhood and a trust in a timeless, universal plan.

When I was a child, each night I repeated this small prayer. No one taught it to me, but still I knew it.
It went like this: Lord keep us safe this night Secure from all our fears.
May angels guard us while we sleep
Till morning light appears Amen.

By John Leland

In a recent interview, Garnet Schulhauser, author of Dancing Forever with Spirit, expressed his feeling that every child begins at an early age, to know that all humans have a soul. He wrote, in regard to dealing with any bullying situation, “The best way to stop bullying begins at home. Parents should strive to avoid negative responses to events and demonstrate to their children that it is important to show love, compassion, and forgiveness to all other people. Children should be taught at an early age that all humans have souls and that all souls are connected to the Source and to one another. They should be encouraged to listen for messages from their guides and helpers in Spirit and not allow negative emotions or fear to rule the day.”

Les Jensen might like readers of Citizen King to take away with them that when you recognize you are a soul being and your essence is love, your personal power to thrive in acceptance and surrendering to the challenges of a physical life are possible and empowering. Les wrote, “You are a timeless soul experiencing what it means to be the species of human being on a planet called earth. You can look at other species and see a demeanor that is inherent within that species. For instance, you can understand the innocence of a bunny rabbit, the aggressiveness of a lion, and the gentle nature of a butterfly and also understand the nature of these human tendencies as well. To understand the nature of these human tendencies and how you are personally playing them out on your own, is to give yourself permission to be a genuine and authentic human being.

We thank Les Jensen author of Citizen King for sharing with listeners an approach to discovering ones innermost powerful Self or soul that is the creative force for all that is in our physical realm as well as how to use this power to create your own kingdom of magnificent miracles and dreams, ultimately not merely surviving a physical life, but triumphantly thriving in a glorious world of endless possibilities for using human potential to create “Heaven on Earth.”

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have come to remember our true being as souls having a physical life with the ability to remember the vision of life our eternal souls created long before we entered this physical life journey. By honoring that vision, and becoming a Citizen King of our own manifestations through our thoughts and actions, we can choose the best version of ourselves, and help life to evolve in a way where all people are valued and allowed to pursue their own specific life journey. Then it becomes possible to be able to give up judgment, to learn acceptance and greater compassion for even the most challenged and lost souls who are unable to embrace the path to living an exceptional life by using our personal inner soul power and to fulfill at the same time our human potential. When others have said to you that life is what you make it, there was great truth in that statement. For our thoughts and actions, draw similar energy and responses to what we put out to the world. In understanding our inner perceptions and refining our soul version of life, personally and collectively we thrive, enjoy, and produce feelings of joy, happiness and gratitude. There is no greater realization than discovering you love yourself and others, as they are, and continue on your path of eternal discoveries of life in all its versions.

Les and I would have you begin to hear the music of the universe which sounds a triumphant burst of love for you and all living things helping us to dream and live a life of wonderment, while allowing the flow, and encouraging the dream to grow even bigger. Show up at each moment and follow your heart.

I am Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical psychological business law and the arts and music fields as they help us search for an awareness of age old questions about the nature of life both in terms of our physical and also our energetic possibilities Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.lesjensen.com

The post Intentional Creation by the Soul appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our modern day challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inner soul wisdom. We are delighted to welcome Dr. Megan Rose, author of Spirit Marriage, to share a unique view of interactions between those in a body and those in spirit who find love and connection from different levels of life.

As listeners of Healing From Within have discovered over the years, Sheryl and her intuitive insightful guests share intimate stories and insights into the duality of life our energetic soul life force and physical life as we learn that life is indeed a journey of healing learning and love and we have opportunities to self-investigate and self-master our emotions guided by intuition and cooperation of higher Universal Source or those in Spirit who mentor and help us follow our destiny and life plan.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Megan Rose who has a doctorate in East West psychology is an initiated ceremonial magician, a Shakta Tantric Practitioner and a senior seer in the House of Brigh Faery Seership Institute and serves as an Interfaith minister and psycho-spiritual counselor shares an in-depth exploration of the practice, relevance and purpose of spirit marriage.

When Rose is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to them or others the life path and interests she might pursue in adulthood for it seems to me that we are born with a soul physical world and to raise to a higher awareness and vibration on love Megan begins to remember:

Megan writes, “My inquiry into spirit marriage is inextricably connected to the unfolding and evolutionary stages of my devotional life: growing up a spirit filled Pentecostal, communicating and praying with and to trees, being in The Present dissatisfied with a sexless Christian God and his disembodied practices, attending seminary and feeling a profound yet confusing call to public ministry, longing for a tradition that held reverence for and primacy of women and the Divine Feminine, and finally—seeking a path that embraces both light and dark as co-equal and indivisible.

My choices in life have almost invariably been guided by what Orion Foxwood refers to as “sacred longing and divine discontent.” As a child, I often felt the presence and fullness of the Holy Spirit as a palpable sensation in my body. Even though I did not understand exactly how, I knew it was a different sensation from the ones I felt when I prayed to Jesus or his Father God. This Holiest of Spirits often felt most alive to me in and through nature. Later I would come to understand that the experiences I had been having were the indwelling contact of the Goddess, the Divine Feminine, but as a child I simply knew that this contact awakened me in a vital and primal way and left me feeling ablaze.:

The term highly sensitive I define as having a highly attuned intero and extero-ception of stimuli. Experiences like ESP or visionary states are beginning to be understood as the extreme reaches of a spectrum of highly attuned sensitivities ranging from having heightened capacity with one’s five physical sense organs, to empathic or precognitive perception, to full-blown mystico-psychic encounters. Being a highly sensitive person (HSP) on any range of the spectrum can cause subtle shifts and cues in one’s environment to blare as strongly as a loudspeaker announcement, and often lead the HSP to interpret and interact with the world around them in a manner that buffers them from the onslaught of external inputs. These two psycho-spiritual aspects of my personality bear a tremendous amount of weight and influence on my story.

Sheryl says that as a sensitive to energy and as an empath medium and healer there are many challenges to feeling the impact of words and the energies held in places events and in daily communication with people and perhaps 20 percent of the population who are highly sensitive have challenges in learning to utilize these gifts helping themselves and others.

In her book The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love Sheryl writes, “In The Living Spirit I share simple but powerful exercises that I personally use to shed negative energy, resistance, and mental clutter. These exercises and insights can help us to protect ourselves from “energy vampires,” people who may try, knowingly or unknowingly, to rob us of our state of joy and well-being. Learning to act proactively rather than reactively may teach us how to respond when family and close friends are not supportive. Perhaps more importantly, I also share incredible stories from my own spiritual journey that will illustrate these points and hopefully illuminate the path for others. The timing for this book could not be better. For years, the metaphysical community has predicted a tremendous shift in human consciousness, and it is happening now. More than ever, people are feeling the need to rediscover their life’s purpose, and the economic downturn in recent years has given many the freedom, opportunity, and necessity to change their lives and work. Energy healing—including Reiki, Healing Touch, Reflexology, Chiropractic Adjustments, Acupuncture, Massage and BodyWork, Rolfing, Polarity, Trager, Chromotherapy, Radionics, Alexander, Bioenergetics, Feldenkrais, Deep Tissue Work, Osteopathic Manipulation, and other modalities—has become one of the fastest growing fields of complementary health care, and it is part of my mission to help healers develop their God-given gifts. I have written The Living Spirit not just for healers, but for anyone who wants to awaken to their soul’s mission and to the incredible plan God has for them. It is intended as a compassionate and supportive guide for others beginning their spiritual journey as mediums, psychics, and energy healers or simply for those with questions about who they are, what life is all about, and whether there is indeed life after death. “

Megan tells us what Spirit Marriage is and how it is different from other psychic phenomena such as channeling or mediumship. Megan is one of those rare treasures and her book reflects sound research, deep understanding, and the type of clarity that will make it a classic for the researcher and practitioner alike. To these qualities, Megan offers a broad survey of types of spirit-beings encountered, traditional and contemporary approaches to the topic, and a view into the benefits and challenges of these companionships. Additionally, she offers us a rare glimpse into the lived experience of her research subjects as well as herself, and into subtleties that can only be known by experience. There is an old saying, “See and you will know, but do and you will understand—therein lies the difference between knowledge and wisdom.” This is wisdom in your hands.

Spirit marriage is a form of embodied spirituality and a transpersonal phenomenon. To put it as clearly as I can, it is the bonded or intimate relationship between a human and a subtle or discarnate entity such as a deity, spirit, or extraordinary intelligence. In this practice, the consciousness of the practitioner is linked or wedded to a specific entity, and the two beings share a co-creative consciousness forthwith. This practice has appeared in many cultures, among a strikingly large number of religious traditions ranging from African indigenous spirituality to Tantric yoga to Christian mysticism. The practice of union with a spirit can manifest in many different forms—channeling, possession, sexual encounters, visitations, and the like. However, for the purposes of her book, Megan has limited her definition of spirit marriage to practitioners who have gone through a ritual or ceremony of union, designed to align them with a particular spirit in a committed and dedicated fashion much like a marriage on earth between two living souls.

Megan has been in a spirit marriage for well over twenty years. In those years she has gleaned transformative wisdom from traditional folkloric material and revealed information that came through from her spirit companion as well as personal revelation. In fact, there was so much powerful material that she created a seven-year Faery Seership apprenticeship program that fosters these kinds of relationships for hundreds of people worldwide. Their lives have been deeply enriched by the material, and the spirit contacts that have been nurtured during the training have led my apprentices to become co creative agents of change—especially as it relates to ecology and ancestral healing. Her own life with an ancient nonphysical being led me to push off from all that was familiar, and journey into ancient and often uncharted landscapes of the soul of humanity, Earth, and the cosmos.

Her spirit marriage has expanded her positive impact on the world in ways she could never have imagined. Layers upon layers of wisdom have been gleaned from this profound symbiosis. Her spirit-wife, Brigh, and Megan have tested each other as her nature had to recalibrate her nature to ensure that we could co-create together in a healthy way Whether it is the “fire in the head” (a sudden flash of illumination) of the Celtic tradition, or an inner-heating force that reveals the spiritual light of vision and inspiration, or a spiritual force or a spiritual being that is mediated or indwelled by a human host, profound wisdom and healing is often found in the spirit or invisible realm.

In ancient Rome, when a person had an uncommonly high intellect, its source was thought to be a particularly potent guiding spirit known as a genius. Thus, to this day we refer to a brilliant person as a genius. We all have these helpful spirits but most of us never allow ourselves to be open to them. And when they do come through, too often they are called demons—a word derived from the Greek word daemon, which originally denoted a divine being, not an infernal one.

In this book many types of informing spirits are discussed. They include human ancestral, faery, divine, and more. Each spirit marriage has its own nuances, challenges, and benefits, and each has changed its human counterpart forever. In the spirit marriage accounts related herein, Megan feels that spirit and human partnerships have always been important to the spiritual and intellectual development of humanity. The farseeing eyes of the ancient, immortal, divine, unseen, human ancestral, and other beings are crucial if we are to see outside of our limits and beyond time.

The bottom line is that humans are moving rapidly into an era of expanded and fluid states of consciousness, and we must perceive the invisible relationships between visible things if we are to grow with our own destiny. We are human-becoming; we are not finished growing in our understanding of healing, the intimate workings of our planet, the causes and cures for maladies likely induced by human technology, and actions that impact nature in ways we cannot see. If we are to thrive and if we are to save our Earth from a forthcoming extinction event, then we must perceive beyond the perspectives that challenge the life of our species and our world. The eyes that are invisible see what is invisible to our eye, whereas the ear that extends beyond the audible may hear a silent tongue of wisdom. Our ancestors held in highest esteem those who heard beyond the range of sound, who were guided by ancient forces, who knew the very beginning of life, and whose reach was into the unfolding future—for they knew the unknowable. Perhaps the time to know beyond knowing, sense beyond feeling, and dance in balance to a tune of helpful harmony is now.

Sheryl says as an intuitive empath and medium who connects to Universal source and downloads information to add herself family and clients she is aware that we are in the midst of a spiritual revolution helping through these challenging changing events of war pandemic political divide economic problems climate change being given an opportunity to transcend the physical issues and rise to a higher vibration of energy understanding feeling and acceptance surrendering to the immediate event as we go beyond it to create more tenable solutions.

Sheryl wrote in her newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening the following, “ Many years ago, after a series of mystical experiences that I could not explain with my logical mind, I found myself experiencing feelings within that related to a life that was more than my physical experience. As I began to quiet my mind, I began to know my inner thoughts in a way that went beyond the five senses and the way I was accustomed to experiencing the physical world. I became aware that I was able to use an intuitive sense that had nothing to do with my mind, years of education, or life experiences. It was a sense of knowingness and awareness of history, our humanity, and the past in a way that went beyond normal explanation. In dreams and in my interactions with numerous people that I later dis[1]covered were Spiritual guides brought into my conscious reality for the important purpose of realizing my life plan and my inner soul being, a new awareness emerged, enabling me to constantly review past beliefs seen purely from a physical indoctrination of this time, place, and present life experience into another way. I am incredibly more able to accept new ways of knowing myself and those who walk this journey with me and to discern the true meaning of life.

Spirit Marriage is different from channeling or possession in that it is a constant and continuous connection to enhance the personal and spiritual development of both souls who have committed themselves to each other to support love and assist in all areas of soul growth.

The practice of spirit marriage has allegedly been with us since the dawn of civilization. Through folklore and mythology, we hear of its ancient roots. We first start to see textual records of the practice in the ancient Mesopotamian sacred marriage, where it is reportedly undertaken to aid humans in the development and expansion of consciousness, both spiritual and every day. It is said to result in the development of extrasensory perception (ESP), esoteric revelation, and personal and societal transformation. Quite lofty outcomes! With that in mind, in Megan’s book we explore the possibility of spirit marriage as a viable means of personal and planetary evolution, and to investigate why it has seemingly been marginalized and obfuscated throughout history.

Personally, Megan believes that spirit marriage has the potential to be a kind of liberation spirituality. At crucial moments in history it seems that it has offered spiritual empowerment, co-creative engagement, and conscious evolution to its practitioners.

We are all surrounded and guided by entities beyond the physical human range and communicate with them in different ways. Some meditate and connect as Sheryl does to garnish guidance and information from these souls to help us merge our spiritual gifts and human life so using clairvoyant clairaudient clairsentient see hear feel smell taste and simply know through intuitive thoughts what Spirit wants us to know can lift up our awareness to a higher consciousness and serve to overcome human challenges. That is the difference between one highly sensitive person or channeler and another who chooses a Spirit Marriage for their spiritual growth.

Megan tells us why marrying a spirit has benefits. Megan postulates that the use of spirit marriage was and is a theurgic undertaking used by humans as a tool for personal transformation and evolution of consciousness—an assertion rooted in prehistorical hints of the phenomenon of Gods and Goddesses mating with humans.

And what is the purpose of this kind of bonded intimate relationship or what is the outcome of this kind of undertaking? (Co-creation, evolution of the species) perhaps. To better place this research within a psycho-spiritual context, let’s look at two key figures who have contributed to the realm of transpersonal philosophy and psychology and who also claimed an ongoing relationship with tutelary spirits or extraordinary guides. Although these relationships do not qualify as a spirit marriage as previously defined, these sources do report on the kinds of relationships that may be cultivated between humans and Otherworldly entities. They include well-known scholarly figures who have ascribed their ideas and inspirations to a relationship with a spirit guide or inner teacher. The Past First, the Austrian philosopher, social reformer, and esotericist Rudolph Steiner attributed much of his spiritual knowledge and practical philosophy to guidance by a group of nonphysical beings he called “the Masters.” In a Berlin lecture on July 14, 1904, Steiner reports, “The Masters can be regarded by us as Ideal. They have attained what we must attain in the future. We can therefore question them about our future development.” Steiner claimed that his knowledge of plants, the cosmos, and human nature all came to him through his conversations with the Masters. His lectures from 1904 to 1909 often had references to his calling on them to be present and thanking them for participating. And he specifically stated that in some instances that the Masters used his body to deliver a lecture. The Anthroposophical Society, founded by Steiner, later removed many of these references from the literature on him to distance him from the fake psychics and dubious channelers of the time.

Sheryl says it is too bad that it was necessary for most people to know the real deal and those who are truly messengers of Spirit as he and so many are and were in the past.

Much of this connection to Spirit and guides has been hidden in plain sight but we are just hearing about this now. Yet to be explored is the question of exactly why the mating of humans and angels was considered taboo. It is an open question as to whether the original act was a direct violation of God’s commandment or simply something frowned upon due to the aftermath of problems it created. According to paranormal investigator Andrew Collins, whose work centers on questioning the origin myths of Christianity, the early church fathers cultivated a climate of fear around the dangers of “seducing angels”—for the primary purpose of keeping women veiled and silent. Many of the early church leaders from the first to the third centuries used and openly quoted from the Enoch texts and generally accepted that the fallen angels possessed corporeal bodies. It was not until the fourth century that these assumptions were questioned, and subsequently the book of Enoch and many teachings on angelology were suppressed.

Accounts of Christian mystics and monastics from the Middle Ages still hint at the continuing presence of these fallen angels. It is also surmised that spirit lover practices may have been hidden in plain sight within Christianity. Specifically, St. Teresa of Avila’s autobiography is a primary testament to the ongoing practice of spirit marriage—or at least human-entity eroticism.

In her autobiography St. Teresa describes one encounter as follows:

I saw in his hand a long spear of gold, and at the iron’s point there seemed to be a little fire. He appeared to me to be thrusting it at times into my heart, and to pierce my very entrails; when he drew it out, he seemed to draw them out also, and to leave me all on fire with a great love of God. The pain was so great, that it made me moan; and yet so surpassing was the sweetness of this excessive pain, that I could not wish to be rid of it. The soul is satisfied now with nothing less than God. The pain is not bodily, but spiritual; though the body has its share in it. It is a caressing of love so sweet which now takes place between the soul and God, that I pray God The Past of His goodness to make him experience it who may think that I am lying.

We share our planet with many other species and beings—both seen and unseen—from the bacteria that live as some of the smallest units of measurable life to the celestial forces and powers that shape our solar system. These “invisibles”—although most often unseen, unheard, and untouched—have long been held by many spiritual traditions as integral to human development. Indeed, on occasion they are believed to make themselves known and available to the worthy individual. The wisdom traditions of our planet have long held the practice of spirit marriage to be a powerful means for the cultivation of extraordinary powers, acceleration of evolutionary development, and progression of humanity. These practices are esoteric and often shrouded by mystery cults and shamanic initiations. The calling to a spirit marriage comes in many ways and affects each individual differently. As such, the procedure and journey vary from person to person. Whereas one person may self-medicate to shut out this extraordinary experience, another may be compelled to seek this union from an early age. Each person’s path to spirit marriage is unique. I believe it’s important to openly share our stories of extraordinary intimate spiritual contact so that we may frankly discuss what appears to be a thriving practice amongst a not insignificant portion of the population. To that end, in this section I’ve chosen to highlight the individual experiences of those who have participated in a spirit marriage, rather than just giving you an overview of the practices. I call this form of extraordinary, experiential storytelling normalizing the paranormal

Megan tell us something of after the marriage, when Brigh began to reveal the purpose of their union As she put it, Brigh used the platform of my humanity to teach me about humanity.” She inspired him to ask specific questions about the human experience, which led me to finally ask, “Brigh, there’s a wound in humanity and it’s delivering it to the ecology, delivering it to each other. She sensed it was something beyond our avoiding extinction, or even restoring our relationship with the life of this planet.

That is when Brigh revealed “the dampers on the blue flame of the soul.” Brigh said the number one damper, the number one wound in the human experience, is the illusion of isolation. This wound shows up primarily as abandonment pain, and abandonment pain expresses itself as fear, resentment, or shame. All the other dampers, she revealed, are products of this primary one. It became clear to Megan that humanity has a great need for reconnective remembering practices that were part of the original instructions of our species but have been lost or forgotten. Orion believes that all the medicine and indigenous wisdom practices, as well as the sacred teachings of the ancient world, hold these original instructions. Many of these practices have been destroyed due to persecution and suppression, and must be reclaimed, resurfaced, or repurposed for modern people.

The thing that drives people to spiritual traditions and religious practices is homesickness. It’s all homesickness. People want to feel connected to the family of life. When they’re willing to detox the fear . . . get rid of the illusion of isolation that breeds such things, like believing we’re exiled from the oneness of life, which we’re not. People want to feel home again, and they’re driven by this homesickness. Drug abuse, the overuse of alcohol, sex, you name it, is all connected to trying to feel alive, home. In order for me to teach this and to teach restorative and integrative practices, Brigh had me figuring out with her a way to help awaken those senses in the students that would come [to study with us].

Sheryl agrees that it was her search for HOME that led her to delve into metaphysical and alternative healing methods as well as meditation and developing her mediumship abilities so she could understand Spirit, Spirit Communication, the Afterlife. and Universal Energy to know that we are never alone and connected to the energies of our beginning from our Home to physical life and always connected to the Divine and every other living entity “All The Time.”

One of the most important points emphasized repeatedly in our conversations is how healing and regenerative a spirit marriage can be. She emphasizes how our fear of sexuality and intimacy often leads to disease in our bodies, minds, and spirits, and how opening to the spirits can help us heal this. One of her key motivators for agreeing to be interviewed was her desire to set the record straight on this front: The spirits don’t make us sick. We make ourselves sick with our own fear and repression, by rejecting the gifts they have for us.

Entheosis (Awakening the Divine Within) relates to Spirit Marriage. Entheosis is an ideology to inspire the rising generation to reach the heights of their potential, ignite their curiosity to venture into challenging new learning experiences, and empower them to be leaders through service who are committed to family and community.

Dr. Megan Rose might like readers to take away with them after reading Spirit Marriage a better understanding of Magic. She writes, “Finally, I offer a note on the term magic. In renowned parapsychologist Dean Radin’s groundbreaking work Real Magic: Ancient Wisdom, Modern Science and a Guide to the Secret Power of the Universe, he explores the intersection of science and magic, stating: “Real magic falls into three categories: mental influence of the physical world, perception of events distant in space or time, and interactions with nonphysical entities . . . [Magic can be reframed as the academic study of the full capacities of consciousness in light of the rising interest in informational descriptions of reality.”

She follows his definition and writes, “I define magic as a consciousness-based technology—that utilizes the emotions, thoughts, and vital/erotic energy of the human body in collaboration with the vibration, magnetism, and regenerative qualities of Earth and her morphogenetic field—to affect change. These two physical systems, human body and nature body, are not limited to the surface world. My training as a Faery Seer has taught me that we also collect and circulate the energy of the cosmos and the under- world throughout both our human and natural systems. However, for the purposes of this definition, magic is the end result of all three levels—upper, middle, and lower—working together through demonstrable manifestation’,

We thank Megan Rose, author of Spirit Marriage for sharing an in-depth exploration of the practice relevance and purpose of Spirit Marriage around the world and exploring the phenomenon of the spirit spouse or spirit lover—an entity to which a human is psychically bonded as she shares her interviews with ten contemporary practitioners of spirit marriage.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Dr. Megan Rose has shown us that Spirit Marriages like marriages between any two people or entities of human or divine nature offer opportunities to evolve know ourselves our world and universe going beyond the physical five senses to develop psychic and feelings that guide us to know we are more than physical beings but spiritual souls having a physical life for the CHANCE to remember the eternal nature of all living sentient beings and to grow more loving in energy light love and compassion.

In the stories of spirit marriages of ten people Megan references Suzette and writes “Suzette suggested that being married to a spirit is not all that different from being married to a human. You are in a relationship with someone. You are married to a person, a consciousness, except they are not in a physical body. You cultivate a relationship with your spirit spouse just like you would a relationship with a physical spouse. You talk to them every day, not just once a week on a “special” day. You carry out a daily ongoing dialogue in which you share your hopes, dreams, fears, and concerns. Megan shared with Suzette her belief that we season ourselves with the relationships we develop in life, and spirit relationships are no different. We bring things to them; they bring things to us. We become more of who we truly are by being in relationship with someone else, and we are given greater access to the realms of spirit and expanded consciousness by seasoning ourselves with spirit marriage.”

Dr. Meghan Rose and Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher would have you know that each of us are presented with people and experiences that come to us in the course of a physical lifetime which are neither random or meaningless. We have the free will to choose and explore those situations as a platform to expand and evolve into a higher sense of our divine soul presence. Relationships are the prime reason for a physical life. Wherever you find love healing and higher awareness of yourself know that relationship is meaningful, Relationships with our spiritual friends, guides, angels, higher vibrational beings, and Source or creation are ALL wonderful opportunities to simply FEEL and know life in its fullness. Let yourself be open to these possibilities.

Sheryl Glick RMT host of Healing From Within and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific psychological and healing fields as well as educators attorneys and those in the arts and music fields seek answers to age old questions guiding us to open our hearts and minds to infinite new ideas to live with hope happiness and age old wisdom. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.drmeganrose.com/home

The post Spirit Marriage appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits which shares stories and messages from spirit to show us our challenges are not merely economic, political or societal but a disconnect from our inner being or soul wisdom. I am delighted to welcome Matthew Mc Kay a clinical psychologist and author of his newest book The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife as he shares the channeled journey of his son’s travel across time and space as he shows us what really happens as we transition from a physical life to a spiritual energetic experience.

As Listeners of “Healing From Within” have come to expect over the years my very intuitive and inspirational guests and I share intimate and illuminating views of life in both the physical and energetic aspects. As we explore the duality of our life force, we come to realize that Consciousness survives physical death and life is eternal as our soul incarnates into different times and places to continue to grow through experience, greater awareness of love, and compassion. Life beyond life, is as real as a physical life in the three- dimensional world, but can be more expansive.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Matthew McKay specifically describes the transition experience of his son Jordan who has channeled to his father the early stages of the afterlife he experienced as he passed from this life to Spirit and shows how death is a realm of imagination and thoughts and intentions creating a luminous landscape entirely of consciousness. This wisdom provides profound relief from the fear of death, as well as exercises to learn how to communicate in spirit. We will discover the unbreakable bond between the living and dead and the love that remains forever.

Matthew tells us in detail what Jordan experienced after collapsing on a doorstep while seeking help and when he first died and how Jordan eventually made contact with his father in dreams.

Matthew writes, “That when his son died he had no idea or belief that the dead could talk to us. At best, they seemed gone in another world, separated by loss and the deafening thunder of our grief. Perhaps even worse, their passing spoke a truth far more dire: that they ceased to exist and that these sweet ephemeral spirits lived only in memory. But then Jordan started speaking to me—at first only in dreams—but then through mediums through a process called induced after death communication and then through the gift of channeled writing he told me he was here with me and could teach me what he knows about the afterlife. Here was a window into the world of spirit, an invitation to listen at the curtain between worlds and a clear awareness that death is neither an end nor even a loss. It is merely the time when we finally remember who we are and where our home is.

About five years into our channeled exchanges, Jordan decided we should write a book. Within a few minutes he had outlined all the chapters and over time he dictated much of what became our first book, Seeking Jordan.

Jordan let his father know that at the moment of death we lose our senses, our nervous system and all that has anchored us to the world. We lose our families and goals in life. We find ourselves in a place where thought creates visions, where a mere idea projects images that can capture and overwhelm us. The physical world is gone, and for a time we may not be able to hear or recognize the spirits that have come to help us. The love we feel for our soul group and guides may be masked from us. In this confusion, souls struggle to get their bearings. Some don’t yet recognize that they are dead. Some are so attached to the people and things of their past that they cling to the physical plane. Some are filled with emotions—fear anger , grief, shame, greed that obscure the life of spirit. Some souls expect an afterlife that doesn’t exist, a picture of heaven painted from pulpits and religious training that actually prevents them from seeing what’s really there. Some souls expect nothing, an extinction of consciousness and can’t understand why they are still thinking and aware outside of their bodies.

Jordan goes on to tell us the time immediately after death is disorienting. This is because a soul who has newly crossed over is still an amnesiac. They don’t yet know what they know. How we communicate and navigate in spirit has been forgotten. How to focus our energy in spirit has temporarily been lost. For example, we see in all directions. We move by intentions rather than physically walking. We hear telepathically rather than listening to sound and words. We connect through the medium of love rather than touching or holding or conversing.

Death cannot be understood unless the purpose of life is also recognized. We are not here to be redeemed, proven worthy or to earn a high station in heaven. We are here, Jordan says, to love and to learn. Death merely facilitates moving from the physical dimensions into the world of spirit. Our life as a soul has the same goals—here and in the afterlife—to evolve and to grow.

Sheryl shares with Matthew that as a medium, practicing for the last 25 years, she always tells her clients the same thing: that we will continue to learn and love beyond this physical life, and live in Spirit similar to the way we create and manifest our life on earth by our thoughts and actions or intentions. It is like the Law of Attraction that what we focus our time and energy on manifests.

Sheryl goes on to share what happened to her sister Rodelle who passed from pancreatic cancer and was given morphine before her passing and though our father was calling her to come forward, she was confused because perhaps the medicine made her passing more difficult.

As a medium Sheryl did a reading hoping to connect to her energy months after she passed and shared it in her new book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided insights to Support Global Awakening. Here is what Sheryl wrote: “When I interviewed Annie, I had no idea that before long, my sister Rodelle would pass. As a medium, I received thoughtful, creative, validating messages for my clients. I assumed that was the way Spirit intended for me to use the gift of spiritual communication. However, I was told years ago that I could ask to speak to any soul energy, anywhere, alive or in spirit. I never tried to contact my own family members, as I felt that should they need to reach me, they would. Eight months after Rodelle’s passing, I decided to meditate and try to check in to see how she was relating to her new world. Unlike Billy, who reached out to his sister Annie, I reached out to mine in spirit. Usually when I do a reading, I simply write down whatever is presented to me. It seems the information is usually perfectly tailored to what my client needs at the moment. With Rodelle, however, I decided to ask her questions. When she was ill, I tried so hard to show her that she was in for an amazing journey into forever and beyond, which was something Rodelle was not able to believe in. I already knew that there is no death, for our true-life essence, or soul, survives physical death. Sadly, she did not.

I soon felt her energy around me and sensed she was surrounded in a blanket of green glory and quietness, but her heart still hurt. She had not wanted to depart, as her love of life was quite palpable and her fight to stay alive was most courageous. I was aware that she was being cared for by souls and spiritual teachers that attended to her and her soul energy in the process of refreshing itself after her long, challenging illness and the sorrow of many personal disappointments in her past life.

Healing of the soul is necessary before creating a new life in spirit filled with the effervescence and joy that many of us know or try to remember from our childhood of hope and possibility for love and friendship. My sister would fully heal with the help of the divine, as she was always one to try her best no matter what the challenge was. I asked her who was there to meet her. Immediately I began to feel a pressure, a tightening on my head, as perhaps the drugs she was given before passing confused her. She was frightened. Our dad was calling to her to move forward.

Rodelle soon saw the head of the Statue of Liberty immense in size; the face was very close to her face. The beams of light from the crown on the statue’s head enlarged, and many people moved forward to meet her: relatives, friends, and guides. Rodelle seemed to feel free, as the immigrants who had come to our shores looking for a new life must have felt, filled with the hope that they would be welcomed. Tears started to fill my eyes as I realized how joyful she was to find this new world and see so many souls she loved there to greet her.

Then I asked Rodelle if she was aware of how her daughters, granddaughter, and sisters were managing. She responded by showing pain, which I felt intensely in my left arm, and she expressed to me that relationships with several women in her life had been hard. Friends were easier for her to embrace than family members. It might be like that for all of us, since the family supplies the hardest challenges for resolving karmic cycles and some may not even be resolved in a single lifetime.

Quite suddenly, Rodelle’s spirit and energy dancing around me seemed to lift up, and she expressed that since there were many old thoughts still within her, opening the door to the exquisiteness of this new vision of light and energy was taking some time. I saw in my inner vision an astronaut floating in space trying to move freely and easily without gravity holding him back, but wearing the space suit was still a hold on life that had to be discarded for Rodelle to be truly free.

There were many more messages and the final message shared with me showed me conclusively that she had found a new soul family in spirit and was helping others, as it was the best way she had discovered to serve.

How beautiful, I thought, and knew that she was safe. For some time after this reading with Rodelle, I often loved to think of my sister as being surrounded and loved in the blanket of green glory and quietness, as it was soothing to me and helped me resolve the sorrow of her difficult illness and passing.

We return to Jordan as he goes on to tell us how he felt immediately after his passing,…”He felt cold and had a sense of shock. He saw his body on the ground. It occurred to me I was dead and that struck me with horror. Not so much for myself, but for everyone I loved and was connected to. The panic of disconnection for me, was intense. I thought of the route to the flat I shared with Elisa and found myself moving rapidly there. I simply went through the wall and watched her sleeping. It was a feeling not of tears, but a sense of time stretching out without each other a bleakness. Next I visited my friend Mauchi. When I thought of someone and pictured where they were, I could be there. In the first hours after my death I could only go to places I knew well. Now I can be with anyone I want, instantly, just by thinking of them. ”Sheryl says she tells her clients, “Anytime they think of a loved one in Spirit and say their name that soul is right by their side.”

Next Jordan tells us there was a jumble of stuff around him, remnants of his life that seemed real but they were just images made of energy. He was projecting. He felt a hand touching him urging him to slow down and received information telepathically. He could also feel love bathing him. Someone, maybe a guide, asked him to select one image that could stabilize the scene-some place beautiful or peaceful. Jordan was told he was in a Landing Place just outside the spirit world and would remain there until the residual distress from his death had calmed. He also heard the sound of love and with it a sense of belonging of being part of a great whole. He belonged not with the souls of his family but to a sense of all, of all that is.

When Jordan entered the Spirit World he sensed all around souls were huddled focusing inward He was able to meditate on the life he had just lived. It was a Life Review In my connection with my mother I learned about the unconquerable cycle of love and loss that marks our life on Earth. I felt the timelessness of love the moment between a mother and her son carried the light of all the love in the universe. I also realized the cruelty I had inflicted on my sister Bekah. I felt a deep need to know how my actions had affected her.

Matthew tells us that for many souls, death doesn’t begin a nonstop flight to the Spirit World. There are some potential layovers that may interrupt their journey back to Spirit. The first of these has to do with souls who get stuck on Earth. Many souls are afraid to leave the site of their death. As the body cools and is no longer animated by a soul within they continue to cling. The gentle pull toward spirit is lost for a time in a kind of soul panic: the release, the sudden freedom from the physical seems so strange that the spirit is flooded with an urge to get back inside. They are what people call ghosts. Frightened souls who continue clinging to their bodies, these souls are captured by the emotions of a past life and resist moving to the next place…

The Healing Place which is the next stop for many distressed souls. It is quiet and insulated from telepathic and psychic noise. It has the appearance of some kind of open- air hospital with countless souls lying motionless apparently sleeping. Healing guides ministers to them as the souls “live” whatever vivid stories they’ve created. For some souls these stories are experienced in mental or dream states. Some souls have more serious problems to work out and actually travel to dimensions designed for intensive learning. Once you are assigned to the healing place, you have very little control over events. You are spiritually unconscious. The flow of your stories, the strength of your leftover beliefs and assumptions, and the surges of raw emotion will gradually subside. The treatment process is titrated by guides; you are entirely in their hands. Sheryl realizes that the Healing Place was where her sister had communicated her status eight months after her physical death.

Souls arrive in the healing place for many reasons. These can include:

  • Dying while in a coma and unaware of the transition.
  • Dying in a psychotic state with a loose grasp of conventional reality and arriving in the spirit world influenced by brain-based hallucinations.
  • Dying a sudden or violent death—in a state of terror or rage—and in some cases not yet knowing they’re discarnate.
  • Having had a life strongly influenced by fear and fear avoidance. These souls often arrive terrified, with minds practiced at inventing catastrophic possibilities. Each catastrophic thought turns into a vivid experience that only terrifies them more. The harsh bardos described in the Egyptian and Tibetan Books of the Dead derive from these fear-fueled stories. Fear avoidance is also a factor. These souls become frantic, trying to escape the images of their own making. This painful scenario—panicking, trying to get away, and panicking even more when there’s nowhere to go— continues until these stories and images are slowly turned around by guides.
  • Having had a life strongly influenced by anger. Anger and violence are the opposite of love. Incarnate souls who’ve learned to respond to pain with anger are unprepared for the spirit world.
  • 27 Violence is even more problematic. Violence inflicts wounds as much on the perpetrator as the victim. It creates pockets of inert or distorted energy in the perpetrating souls. A part of the soul literally goes dead and loses all responsiveness. These souls, as a result, suffer isolation and cannot hear love. They arrive deeply alone and require major energy transfusions (much like blood transfusions) before they can even begin to connect. Some of them remain in the healing wards for centuries.
  • Having had a life influenced by greed. Because greed is the product of delusion—that we are all separate, unconnected by love—it leaves souls profoundly confused immediately after death. Their lives have been about having and taking rather than loving and sharing. As with anger, greed isolates; souls see themselves alone, fighting for limited resources. And like angry souls, they arrive largely deaf to love.
  • Having had a life ending in despair. Souls who despair have missed the point of life. They think life is about achieving happiness and that pain indicates a blatant failure. But life isn’t about being happy. It’s about learning to love, no matter what level of pain or suffering we face. The pain is an essential part of the lesson, not a sign of failure. Despair is really the inability to express and act on love during periods of extended pain. When despairing souls—particularly those whose death was a suicide— arrive in the afterlife, they may be unattuned to love. While souls aren’t blamed or judged for their despair, it takes time to awaken.
  • Having had a life marked by shame and self-hate. Shame occurs when a soul believes their life choices to be at odds with what is good and right. They feel judged, a failure in the eyes of others. Because they believe they are undeserving, they remain deaf to the sound of love permeating the afterlife.

The best preparation for this bardo, while still incarnate, is to work on the realization that your thoughts aren’t real, and use meditation to observe thoughts rather than get caught and consumed in them.

Souls who go to the healing place, while from outward appearances sleeping, can be elsewhere. Souls with intense, dominant emotional states may have some of their soul energy sent to dimensional realities (special bardos) designed for their recovery. There are dimensions, for example, where matter can appear and disappear by mere intention. The soul, while not occupying a physical body, doesn’t have to contend with the organ and biochemical systems of the bodies we have on Earth—and that body can’t be damaged, no matter what the soul does or conjures up. In these dimensions, the soul’s unprocessed emotions from Earth are turned into adversaries, love objects, events (storms, quakes, arrivals and departures), familiar environments, alien environments, and elaborate plots with spine-tingling crises and crescendos. The soul conjures most of this, but some elements are added or remodeled by guides to help resolve the jagged remnants of emotions from the soul’s last life.

Souls who’ve lived many lives have experienced the passage from a physical body to being in spirit hundreds of times. They more easily recognize that they have died, remember and allow the tug toward spirit, and may cross directly into the arms of guides and loved ones. They know the routine and what to expect. They are attuned to love. The hallucinations suffered by emotionally disturbed or less experienced souls are not their fate These more advanced souls have worked through many karmic lessons. Their lives—while often marked by pain and great challenges—were guided by a sense of mission and spiritual truth. They were not lost or alone. They saw through the amnesia and didn’t forget that Spirit lives with and in them. As a result, many make the direct flight to a soul group and quickly resume their work—often learning special skills—there are many careers in the spirit world—that they will utilize on Earth or after they’ve stopped incarnating. These souls may not pause for a full life review but will, in time, consult with guides about the life just lived.

When Jordan had finished his Life Review he tells us a guide led him to a passageway, a wide hallway, perhaps more like a tube of light. Hallways leading to city-size collections of soul families flashed by and if you think of each soul as a point of light, the spirit world is a vast array of such lights. And there are many more souls than have incarnated on earth. You might think of the Spirit World as a gigantic brain with each cell(soul) located in a particular place and performing a particular function.

Jordan was heading back to his region town and family. His soul group, “the farm” appears to live in an old Victorian house. This isn’t a physical house, but energy projected by agreement to resemble a house. We create the image that is comforting to us much the same way that souls who incarnate as water creatures might project a quiet lake or bay. We call our soul group “the farm” because we are working to learn methods for helping consciousness grow on a mass level. The laws of change are part of what we study. They were all waiting for me. Eleven of them and I make 12.

Reminds Sheryl of when she had her first Reiki healing initiation and there were 12 in the group.

The soul group is our family, our classroom, and our main source of strength and belonging. We learn together, reincarnate together, and nourish each other with love. The activities I’ve just described are part of daily life. We aren’t playing harps, sitting on clouds, or drinking grog in some Viking Valhalla. We aren’t living in mansions or walking in sandaled feet on the courtyards of temples. We are just a group of souls who learn and love together

Matthew writes, “Jordan shares with us what he learned in the spirit world. Souls have an individual lesson plan. Even souls in the same group, like “the farm,” have unique learning objectives. While guides may teach certain lessons collectively, much of the knowledge we acquire is through study of the Akashic Record (the history of every life, every event, every choice made during incarnations—(both as it happened and as it could have happened). Studying the Akashic Record—sometimes alone, sometimes with guides—is the primary way we review and learn from each incarnation. We examine with great attention every choice and each word spoken as if it were happening now, studying how it affected ourselves and others, feeling the impact of anger or of love. And then we open chapters in the Record that reveal what could have happened if we made different choices.

We also study the Akashic Record to learn the intricacies of cause and effect, watching years-long sequences of events all flowing from a single choice. A single moment. A father slapping a child and yelling, “You’re bad!” can launch a ripple effect that will churn through generations. But we don’t just study the effects of human action. We examine every instrument of change: how water erodes rocks in a stream, how freezing and unfreezing rain in the cracks of granite causes mountains to rupture, how the Big Bang pushes matter ever further into entropy, the silence of nothingness. We can look at cause and effect on every level so that eventually souls can recognize the underlying force driving every phenomenon, be it physics or human behavior. Related to the laws of cause and effect—and also studied in the Akashic Record—are the laws of change. These principles guide conscious interventions that allow souls to interrupt cause and effect and rechannel the course of human events. In the same way a dam can alter a river’s flow, laws of change, judiciously applied at a moment in time, can redirect history.”

Our lives in the spirit world are multifaceted—just as they are on Earth. What we do keeps changing, so we are never bored. To understand what it’s like in the afterlife, you have to realize how much souls love learning. That is our purpose, our mission. We were created for this one reason—to absorb knowledge and experience, and give it to all. We incarnate into a physical universe to learn from that; we love each other and learn from that love and connection; we develop expertise at our spiritual careers. Everything we do fills us with an ever increasing sense of truth. We never arrive at the truth. No one does, not even the all (collective consciousness). We keep moving toward truth—holding more and more of it—but never arriving. A “day” in the afterlife—every moment of it—is spent loving and learning. And remember, we can do multiple things at once, so much of what we do is simultaneous rather than sequential. For example, I can visit my loved ones who are still incarnate while at the same time deeply studying the Akashic Record. Or I can be listening to a guide give a lecture while being a tourist on another planet and learning from the life forms there.

So with this in mind, let me list some of the activities I’m involved in.

  • Visiting much loved souls. While we can communicate telepathically across an infinite distance, it’s like talking on the phone
  • Connecting to embodied souls. Communicating to loved ones who are still incarnate is a challenge. The vibrational levels, as noted before, are so different that direct communication is often impossible. Any time a soul on Earth thinks of me, it opens a channel, and if they are receptive, I can answer telepathically.
  • Connecting to all. Part of my time is spent in a kind of meditative state, where I connect to collective consciousness. It’s like turning on a radio in which you hear the broadcast for every channel simultaneously. Knowledge fills me, as does this deeply peaceful sense of being part of the whole, of belonging through love.
  • Reviewing lessons from past lives. Again, this is all done through study of the Akashic Record. Guides are often involved,
  • Creating things. Most souls engage in some creative activities.
  • Rituals. Our soul group doesn’t eat together like families do on Earth, but we do connect ritually. We take time, periodically, to do a form of singing that synchronizes our energy patterns for a while, and helps us feel closer. We do ritual merging—sometimes as a group to strengthen the emotion of belonging and sometimes in pairs, where we experience a deep intimacy and knowing of each other that feels energetically similar to sex.
  • Lectures and seminars with advanced souls. Part of our training involves being exposed to the wisdom, skills, and experience of advanced souls
  • Movies. These are special “videos” from the Akashic Record that form amazing travel logs. We can watch the Big Bang, we can see the formation and evolution of previous universes, we can watch documentaries of life forms who host incarnating souls on other planets, and we can peer down the timeline to future events. We also watch and learn from documentaries of souls who have led inspiring lives.
  • Enjoying “the darkness.” We don’t sleep, but we can enjoy periods alone and draw a sort of cover over ourselves. We can have our own thoughts, our own memories, and our own hopes and plans in privacy—there’s no telepathic seepage of our thoughts to other souls.
  • Skills training. As described earlier, there are many spiritual careers. After we’ve been incarnating for a while, and we’re not using all the time between lives to review and learn from our most recent incarnation, guides begin encouraging us to consider a career in the spirit world.

Sheryl asks Matthew to tell us what he conceives Love to be? Matthew writes, LOVE IS A PLACE, A LOCATION. It is where consciousness resides. It isn’t a feeling, or a state, or a form of experience. It is the place of all thought, all knowledge, all truth. It is the essence of beauty and what moves us to recognize beauty and know love in the presence of beauty. Love is joining; it is the act of seeing, knowing, and, for a time, becoming the beloved. Love is a place of pure belonging where we enter each other and, finally, the whole. Love is not a subject and object, nor is it a lover and a recipient of love. It is the place where they live together, having the same awareness, the same memory, the same truth. Love in the spirit world—that place of merging, knowing and belonging—lives as a shadow, a faint presence inside of us. That shadow is the source of our loneliness here on Earth.

Sheryl says she remembers once being wounded by a friend who didn’t back her up in a decision that affected many people and which Sheryl as a medium and healer knew to be correct, and Sheryl said to that soul. I thought you were home… According to the definition of Love Sheryl always wanted to be home to everyone and to be known as love by everyone.

We can make it easier to pass through the stages of death to enter the Spirit World. There are things you can do now to have a more direct flight after death. Layovers on Earth, in the healing place, or in the “strange dimensions” can be minimized by doing these six things:

  1. Prepare now to recognize when you are dead. While out-of -body and near-death experiences are not rare, most of the time when you’re outside of your body, you have crossed over. Pay attention to the events surrounding your out-of-body experience. Are lifesaving efforts continuing? Are people mourning? Are they wrapping or cleaning your body? Also note how long you have been out-of-body. If a lot has happened and significant time has gone by, your incarnation is likely over.
  2. Feel and accept the tug up to Spirit. If you are out-of-body, pay attention to the tug toward Spirit. It may show up as a desire to “let go,” it may come as a movement upward, or it may simply arrive as a graying out of the physical scene of your death while your conscious awareness continues. However it shows up, allow it. Encourage it. Accept and go with it.
  3. Trust that you will be guided and cared for. From the moment you leave your body, guides are closely attending to you. Expect them. Trust that they are with you, even if you can’t see them. Let them take you where you need to go. They love you; they have only your best interests at heart. Their sole job is to care for you.
  4. Listen for a voice or words in your mind. Your guides will very soon start communicating telepathically. In some cases, the guides communicate with a simple awareness, a sense of knowing. Put your full attention to hearing whatever they convey.
  5. Avoid forming mental images or pictures. This often leads to disturbing visions that plague souls just arriving in spirit. Instead, focus on your feelings of love for souls who’ve already crossed over. You’ll see them soon. Anticipate that and keep your attention on love. Feel it. Listen for it.
  6. As soon as you see guides or loved ones, attend fully to them. Listen to them. Feel the love flowing between you. Love is your passport. When you feel it, you won’t wait long before entering the spirit world.

Matthew Mc Kay and his son Jordan might like readers of The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife to take away with them after reading this very detailed view of the journey during the transition to spirit. Matthew Jordan and Sheryl might like readers to know that there is no death, only life after life and in spirit more PLEASURE FOR SOULS. Learning is only part of the experience in spirit. There’s actually more fun in the afterlife than on Earth. In the physical world, pleasure is experienced in the nervous and limbic systems. It peaks and then quickly decays as we desensitize to the experience. Our bodies can’t retain sensations of pleasure for very long because our arousal system is designed to return to baseline quickly. In the spirit world, enjoyment can be sustained indefinitely because it doesn’t depend on bodily reactions.

But on the other, we can hold deep, sustained enjoyment through experiences such as:

  • visiting and connecting to soul friends
  • intimate merging
  • tourism—visiting other worlds, other times, and other stages in the development of consciousness
  • meditating on the love of all
  • creating—everything from music to energy sculptures to planets.

We thank Matthew McKay Ph. D author of The Luminous Landscape of the Afterlife for showing us through the experiences of his son Jordan who passed at the age of twenty three his wondrous journey to the Spirit World and the loving connections to loved ones, higher vibrational beings, guides who have been with us here in life and again with us in the afterlife. he makes as we learn that all life is simply about experiences learning and loving and evolving to a higher level of compassion for all that is.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within’ we have interacted with our minds and our souls to the distinct need to understand death dying and life eternal, through the feelings and awareness of Jordan in spirit shared with his father Matthew who wrote a book where we have a true vision of the state of the soul, the reasons why souls choose a physical life, the beauty of living learning and loving and the journey back home which can be made more wondrous if we leave fear out of the process at the time we leave our physical bodies and begin again our life in Spirit.

Matthew wrote, “THE DEEPEST TRUTH of the universe is that love is eternal; our relationships to each other and the whole go on forever. Reuniting is a myth born of our physical lives. We are always together (even though on Earth we forget), always united in love, always and irrevocably connected to all of consciousness. So, reunion is merely a ceremony where incarnated soul energy returns to spirit, and our soul group and friends bang the drum to welcome us home. But in truth we never left them. Our collective love has always held us as if we were one breath. We feel so alone on this planet, and the love of incarnates is so tenuous and conditional that isolation seems normal. The emptiness of having our deepest selves unseen (hidden within a body and a personality) is the root of human sadness, and it is why the hope for union animates all our relationships—with both the living and the dead. We cannot know in this place that our aloneness is an illusion created for our own growth. As we approach death, the thought of reunion often seems more sweet. We have lost loved ones, and even in our most intimate relationships we may continue to feel a distance—as if we have always lived a little apart—beyond being held, beyond being known. And because merging in love is so difficult here, we yearn all the more for it as life reaches its end. Instinctively, if we listen to our soul’s truth, we can feel the imminent approach of our joining to all that we love. We can use this hunger for reunion to begin welcoming the transition. Souls we love who are now in spirit often appear to us in the days or hours before death, when possible, as part of the plan to ease our transition; they remind us that we are going home and there is nothing to fear. ……”

Matthew and I would have you know the more you accept and surrender to all experiences, without judging them good or bad, you will begin to be comfortable and in tune with the challenges of the physical world, and will come to have an easier transition back to Spirit when that time comes for you. The cycle of life is miraculous, whether in or out of a body.

I am Sheryl Glick host of “Healing From Within” medium and author of A New Life Awaits and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to metaphysicians visionaries spiritualists scientists medical professions psychologists and travelers of time and space help us recognize our uniqueness and eternal spiritual capacity to evolve and live in all phases of exploration of self, the world and beyond. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

http://www.mathewmckay.com

The post A Channeled Guide to the Life-Death Transition appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our inner being and soul wisdom. Today Sheryl welcomes David Richards, a decorated marine Corps officer and author of The Lighthouse Keeper: A Story of Mind Master whose main character Sam finds ways and transformational tools to manifest the life he truly wants and leaves behind the life he was currently living.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her guests share intimate stories and insights into life as it really is exposing who we are and how this life enables us to remember much as we wade through the challenges of the physical world and find ways to create life as we wish it to be and not merely accept the mindset of others which may limit restrict or create fear and pain. We seek ways to understand life as both an energetic soul and physical being living in a duality that can be merged for best results.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within David Richards has written a fictional tale of a young man who knows how the life he’s currently living ends and it isn’t the life or the ending he wants. He makes a conscious choice to try his hand as a lighthouse keeper’s apprentice as the life of a lighthouse keeper promises responsibility and adventure as well as offering transformational tools which can be practiced in everyday life to improve himself and the conditions he is dealing with. We discover and share Sam’s journey as a lighthouse keeper’s apprentice finding adventures he could never have imagined and the changes that are possible when we engage life in a creative fashion.

David tells us why he decided to write a fictional tale of transformation and life changing situations Perhaps what David has written about Sam the main character in the story reflects the need of all of us to learn more about ourselves, follow our inner soul guidance and create the life we truly want to live or were born to live.

David writes, “His father was late getting back from town, but having sold all the eggs, called the day a success. Sam had spent the afternoon finishing his chores and then stayed outside, drawing trees and birds, and occasionally pulling out his ball-cup game. Now, as they ate, Sam wrestled with his thoughts. “Something on your mind?” his father asked in between bites of food. Sam pushed his fork around his plate, plowing indifferently through his mashed potatoes. Before he spoke, he felt the tremble in his throat rise. “I don’t want this.” “It’s what’s for supper.” Sam pushed his plate away from him. “No, not this. I want to leave. Leave here. Find my own way.” His father stopped eating and set his fork on the plate. “What about the farm? I need you here.” “But you don’t need me. You just need a body. You can find someone local to help out.” It was a truth, neither damning nor invigorating, but like a truth once spoken, it couldn’t be taken back.

“Sam’s father responded “I’m surprised it’s taken you this long.” His father said, without turning back to look at him. “I figured you’d have gotten sick of this place two seasons ago. Was surprised when you stayed on. Happy of course, but surprised.” Sam looked at his father, then looked away. He had been wanting to leave. Had played out the conversation in his head so many times, but always met resistance”

Sam unfortunately, he thought, had to hurt his father if he ever was to realize his own needs to explore life beyond the narrow confines of his father’s farm. He tells his father since there is not enough money for going to college, he wants to go work at the lighthouse near the ocean. He describes the lighthouse as…. “Black Eagle Lighthouse sat atop a small cropping of rock a few meters above sea level. It reached up from the ocean floor like a hand, the dark, jagged appendage of some earthly celestial, its fingers spread wide, the fingertips disappearing into the sea on the island’s eastern side. The waves made splintered assaults into the grooves between the fingers, crashing against the rocks in their ceaseless assault. On occasion, it reached more than half the lighthouse’s height. On the back of the hand sat Black Eagle Lighthouse. Slightly less than fifty meters high, it was painted in equal thirds of navy blue, white, and navy blue again before surrendering to the catwalk and lantern. A single door on the southern side supplied entrance to the lighthouse, which could be accessed by way of a small dock on the leeward side to the west. Once docked, one followed steps which had been dutifully carved out of the rock as they meandered their way up to the entryway.”

David describes his military life and the values and dreams of that experience that are reflected in the Lighthouse Keeper. He tells us that perhaps military life was something like being a lighthouse keeper. Plenty of time for silence, thinking and being alone…David writes, “He wanted to find it peaceful, but could only manage to find it depressing. This led him to think, How did someone find peace in this kind of life or perhaps in any life? David learned much from living and working with Armand the lightkeeper who was a mysterious man and in time he taught him a great deal about using your imagination and inner thoughts to create peace no matter what kind of life you were living. His entrance into a tavern was enough to quiet the crowd until he made his way to the bar and ordered his usual; a glass of water. He had discovered his name by accident. “Armand” was scribbled on a parcel he’d once delivered years ago. The first time he called him by his name, he seemed surprised at hearing it. He must lead a hollow, barren life, he thought. Alone, on purpose. By choice. Other captains had mused that lighthouse keepers were a tranquil lot, especially now that most lighthouses had moved away from oil lamps, which were labor intensive and called for multiple keepers per house. These speculations were issued side by side with stories of catches of fish too big to haul, mermaids, and other maritime tales.

David shares with us that the character of Sam could be any one of us moving through these treacherous and extraordinary times. In Sam’s memory of his mother we can all recognize qualities that sustain us and help us to grow more aware and trusting of life. Sam’s memory of the mother he loved before she died reminds us that there are people we meet in life who share the brilliance of their spirit and often that interaction helps us to discover the best within ourselves.

David wrote of Sam’s mother, “Her brilliant blue eyes shifted their gaze from his father to him. The spark in her eyes caught a different kind of fire. Her face softened gracefully, the way clouds soften sunlight. Her eyes grew bigger. He didn’t understand the look at the time, not in any comprehensible way he could articulate, but now saw it plainly. It was hope. Adoration. Joy. It was the look of love, the kind of look that is somehow reserved for mothers and their children. He was conscious of how close to the ground he was; he saw himself as a dragonfly, moving just above the blades of the tall, swaying grasses. He closed the distance between them as she pulled on a bunch of grapes. She extended her hand and he gingerly plucked one from its pedicle. She ran a hand through his hair and pulled him close to her. He felt all the warmth, safety, and tenderness of a mother’s embrace. Could smell her perfume. It was a sublime space of happiness.

David shares transformational tools found in the story and how they can be used and practiced in real life. Sam describes ways he learned to use his time while at the lighthouse, “Nor was he afraid of a little solitude. In school, he enjoyed time to himself. While the other boys tackled athletic pursuits, he wrote. He wrote poems, or stories of faraway, imagined lands with mystical creatures and people. Sometimes he wrote letters to different people in his life. One day, a note to his father. Next, a teacher. The day after that, a girl in class he liked. He never delivered the letters, but writing them made him feel better in some strange, unexplored way. He told himself it didn’t matter, and found an odd comfort in that. When he ran out of words, he turned to drawing pictures. These too he never shared with anyone, but they adorned the walls of his bedroom like errant pieces of wallpaper. Moreover, at the lighthouse, he wasn’t alone. True, the lighthouse keeper…Armand, he had introduced himself as…was there. He learned to express his innermost feelings and thoughts clearly and without judgement. This time at the lighthouse encouraged him to grow in confidence and becoming a friend to himself, so he was aware he was never alone. He learned time was not his enemy, but a chance for continued renewal of faith and trust in the universal plan, for him and for everyone.

Several valuable insights gleaned by David in order to write this story and become the man he is today, may be seen in the following story: The following story is how Sam learned to value “Focus” in completing all tasks and David wrote the following story of sweeping the steps at the lighthouse which was a daily chore.

David wrote, “Sam looked at him (Armand), confident that he had done a crisp, efficient job. Armand placed a crate on top of another. “Do you know how many stairs there are from top to bottom?” “Stairs? No.” It wasn’t something Sam had ever thought about. “Eighty?” “One hundred and forty-four. Do you know how long it took you to clean them this last time?” Sam shook his head. “Twenty-six minutes.” Sam took in a deep breath as his chest swelled. “I almost cut my time in half.” Armand adjusted his glasses at the end of his nose and frowned without looking up from his watch. “Yes. True. And yet if you were truly focused, it would take you even less time.” Sam looked at Armand, then walked to the room center and looked up. It was a dizzying view. He couldn’t believe there were less than one hundred fifty stairs; it felt like twice that many. And how much more time could he cut out of the whole affair? “If you’re focused, you should be able to clean the stairs completely in less than ten minutes.” “That’s ludicrous.” Sam said, a laugh escaping before he could stop it. Armand grabbed the broom and went to the bottom step. He swept from the outside in with five successive sweeps, counting aloud as he did. “One, two, three, four.” “Each step takes four seconds. If you want to do the math, you’re welcome to.” Armand held the broom out at arm’s length and let go. The broom balanced on its bristles before falling towards Sam, who caught it as Armand ascended the stairs.

Armand shares with Sam another insightful way to achieve your best in life and writes. “The questions we ask ourselves are the pathway to the kind of life we will have.” “Explain more,” Sam said, intrigued. Armand scratched his beard, reminding Sam of a dog feverishly scratching at fleas. Such an odd man. “If I wake up every morning with the thought, ‘What dread is life going to throw my way today’, my mind will come up with an answer. ‘Mind’ will respond with something like, ‘Today you’re going to have a terrible argument with your brother’ or ‘Today you’re going to step in a puddle and ruin your shoes’. In other words, ‘mind’ will look for things to make my day full of dread.” “That’s silly. No one asks themselves that question.” “Possibly true,” Armand said, finally leaving his beard alone, “But people talk negatively to themselves more so than the opposite. More than that, they worry about things beyond their control.”

Sheryl tells us one of the stories in the book that she likes from the book. Sheryl likes that David tells us about Sam having a waking vision or as mediums receive messages in dreams or even while awake from Spiritual guidance: prophetic visions, and David writes, “Something by the desk flashed again, and this time he was able to center his attention on the area of the flash, but could see no objects. It flashed again. Sam saw himself. He looked a little older than he presently was, and smiled in a childish, pained way at the fitful, patchwork beard his older self was trying to grow. There was a young woman with him, though her features weren’t clear to him. He was tripping over himself with excitement, walking in front of her, darting from side to side, hands gesturing wildly as he talked. Sam could make out none of the words his older self was speaking, but understood the scene readily enough. The young woman was hesitant, but attentive. She followed him with her eyes (what color were they?) he insisted to no avail, and frequently her gaze lingered long enough where she would catch herself. She would then gracefully look down on the path they walked. He thought her hair blond, but the vision was unclear. It fanned coolly off her shoulders, like curtains stirred by an evening breeze. She did her best to measure her smiles, so as not to convey enjoying his company too much. For his part, Sam sensed his older self in love. It wasn’t a love of hopeful anticipation, or short-lived fiery passion. It was a defining love. A love that would alter the flow of his life, become his life. And somewhere within him, he felt pride well up. Pride in seeing this version of himself recognize such a thing at an early age.”

David continues to share with us some ways we may find “stillness” in the chaos. David writes of the routines Armand who had been at the lighthouse for a considerable time told Sam, “There was the morning ritual Armand had of sitting cross-legged on the ground floor on a small mat. Just sitting. Perhaps meditating. Eyes closed. Sam thought him a fool. These odd events together were enough to re-think this entire venture. “I’m not mad.” Armand said as they passed the seventh floor. It was Sam’s turn to stop. Had he been talking out loud? They ate in silence—Armand at his usual pace, Sam anxiously swallowing his meal. When he finished, he broke the swollen silence between them. “What disease are you talking about?” The disease of distraction Armand set his plate down next to him. He ran his fingers through his beard, inspected what morsels had been caught there, Your thinking is distracted.

Distracted thinking makes it harder to accomplish things. Look at that ship.” He pointed to the north. Several miles away from them, a large schooner headed west, its sails gleaming in the sun and full of a steady wind. Armand continued. “Focus on that ship. By focus, I mean direct your attention to it. And rubbed his hands together. “

Focus on that ship. By focus, I mean direct your attention to it.” Sam looked at the ship. “Okay.” Now, assign it some meaning.” Armand grew animated. He stood, walking to the railing nearest the ship. “What do you mean?” “Imagine for example, it’s a ship in distress. That ‘meaning’ leads to possible actions, right? We might light the lamp, signal the coastal guard or, were they closer, row out to see how we might assist.” Sam set his plate down and joined Armand on the railing. “I guess so.” “Of course,” Armand continued. “Now, don’t focus on the ship.” “What?” “Ignore the ship for a moment. Ignore it, and all the meaning we just assigned to it.

“Focus. Meaning. Action.” Armand said matter-of-factly. “This is our first crucial decision cycle. If those are pirates, our actions would be very different than if it were a ship in distress. A person’s life…how they view their past, how they live in the present, and how they look to the future…all depend on the meaning they assign to each.”

David might want readers of The Lighthouse Keeper to take away with them after reading your book that they should remember what Armand told Sam….” Crazy or not, long after we finished the day’s tasks, Armand’s words stayed with Sam, and if I’m honest with myself, I wanted to hear more. We picked up on our catwalk conversation at dinner. He expanded on some of the things we had discussed earlier. I’m not sure it all makes sense, but I surprised myself by grabbing my journal, even before readying for bed, to write down all the recollections from the day.

  1. What we focus on—this is the most important decision we can make. We can put our energy towards things we can control, or lose it by focusing on the things we can’t control. We can direct our focus to the past, the present, or the future. ILL.
  2. What meaning do we assign to it—the meaning we give to the thing we focus on creates the feelings. Two people can look at the same thing and have completely different feelings. This is based on their experiences, their thought patterns, and their values and beliefs. The past, present, and future all have different meanings, depending on the meaning we assign to them. (Must ask Armand more about this…isn’t my past unchangeable?) The feelings that come from the meaning given lead to…
  3. What actions we take—based on the meaning we attach to what we focus on, we choose what to do.
  4. We develop patterns of thoughts—These patterns become habits. These habits become our beliefs. These beliefs become our lives. We cannot focus on two things at once…Armand said this. It seems so obvious, and yet I play with the idea over and over in my mind. He said, ‘there can only be one master’ and I’m quite certain I don’t know what he’s talking about. Further, he said the quality of the questions we ask ourselves leads us to the quality of our lives. If we ask questions about why life is unfair, our mind will come up with answers to reinforce that perspective. But if we ask what are the things that make life so enjoyable, the mind will answer that question in a similar fashion

Sheryl would like to thank David Richards for sharing a most courageous story both of himself and his main character Sam in The Lighthouse Keeper as like each of us, we move through life experiences with certain questions in mind…Who are we? Where do we come from? What is life really about? And if we are lucky, aware, and insightful, we find answers which help move us past the chaos to allow, accept, and surrender to all things, become more of who we have always been, our soul essence, and to mature, so we may move past fear and limitations to know love, compassion, and peace as our natural birthright.

In summarizing today’s episode, David Richards, author of The Lighthouse Keeper and Sheryl have discussed the fictional tale of a young man Sam who seeks to know who he is and how to find a path to a life of adventure, creativity and sensitivity, and to become the best version of himself. Sam has the courage to leave his father’s farm and go to be an apprentice in a lighthouse, where the lightkeeper teaches him a great deal about the mysteries and wonderment of life and how to focus, find meaning, and act on those references.

David shares a story of how Sam began to realize his dreams could materialize and how he didn’t have to listen to the negative attitudes of others, but needed the courage to pursue what interested him most.

Sam tells us “He poured himself a cup of water and drifted back to what he had seen yesterday beyond reef. The pages in the water and image of the woman. His family. His book. It excited him, awakened something inside that he had put to rest in recent years. He had set aside any dreams of writing when he left school. It simply hadn’t seemed like a realistic way of making a living, not when so many of his classmates were pursuing what he thought of as ‘real. And his father had deterred him. He remembered in particular a conversation he and his father had shared while extending the fence line of their property “Writing,” Sam had offered, fighting off the urge not to curse as the wire chewed into his dry fingers, “I like it. I like telling stories.” His father had chuckled. “What’s funny?” Sam asked, the wire digging deeper. He could see a blossom of blood open on his index finger. “The people who write are professional writers”, his father huffed, “they have a gift, and hone their craft”. Sam released the wire. He looked at his father. A wound opened somewhere inside him. Not unlike his cracked fingers, it too bled. It was something he couldn’t verbalize and nothing he could point to. But it was there, bleeding. And that had been that. The idea had been shelved!”

David and Sheryl would have you remember that the thoughts we focus on and intentions we set within our mind, as well as the dreams we seek to make real, are truly possible and must keep trying to make them materialize, for it will, if it is in your life plan and soul destiny. No set back will stop your goals from finally happening, in the right time and best way to support your soul journey and refine your spirit, often filling it with greater love and compassion for yourself and others. It is not in the doing, but in becoming and BEING, that we discover the truth about our eternal selves!

Sheryl Glick, host of Healing From Within and author of a trilogy: Life Is No Coincidence The Living Spirit and her newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to learn more about the true nature of life and energy and to listen to leaders in the metaphysical, spiritual, scientific, educational, medical, and arts, and music share stories of finding out the truth of improving life both personally and collectively Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.amazon.com

The post Finding Stillness in the Chaos appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are no economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being and soul wisdom, or simply a loss of alignment to Universal Source. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Rabbi Wayne Dosick a former guest of the show to share his new book Radical Loving which sends out a prophetic call to us to rediscover our spiritual roots and have the courage to become voices for radical transformation based on the concept of One God One World One People the subtitle of this book.

For those listeners’ who would like to listen to the former show Rabbi Dosick and I shared about his book The Real Name of God go to the radio page of my website www.sherylglick.com September 2013

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware, Sheryl and her intuitive sensitive guests share stories and insights into the human and divine nature of each individual, exploring a greater awareness of the duality of physical and energetic soul life and the connection to Spirit and therefore, all living things. As we self-investigate and learn more about life and the Universal Laws we can become better equipped to deal with challenges and manifest our best lives as well as finding life is a true miracle and gift.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Rabbi Dosick will share his views on faith, ethical values, life transformations and evolving human consciousness. He shows us how to Re-Member and come together overcoming the fear of separation and demonization represented by fundamentalists who stay limited to old ideas and limiting values. We will find we are all children of the universe, children of God, messengers of peace and warriors for good. Many of us know there is more that unites us than separates us and if we look beyond negativity we can hear our inner voice create acts of love, righteousness, goodness, compassion.

When Sheryl asks Rabbi Dosick to think back to their childhood and remember a person place or event that signaled to im or others what lifestyle interests and pursuits would be most important in their adult lives he immediately tells us when he was about fifteen years old his teacher told his mother that he would not amount to anything as he refused to memorize the Periodic table in science class. Rabbi Dosick says he was already aware his interests were in the social sciences literature and improving the human condition. Thank goodness he didn’t let that premonition destroy him.

Wayne tells us the main ideas of his newest book Radical Loving One God One World One People and why he wrote this book now.

In the First Word Rabbi Dosick writes, What a privilege it is to be in a body on Earth at this moment! He tells us many souls wanted to come to life on earth in this time as the world and Spirit are going through a massive transformation moving from a Three Dimensional reality and way of life to the Fifth Dimension of spiritual awareness higher consciousness greater health prosperity and love for all life…beyond the pain of these societal religious and political issues we will benefit and improve ourselves and human life. We live in the magnificence of Earth’s stunning beauty. We are the crown of creations. We are partners in the ongoing unfolding of the universe.

We stand at yet another pinnacle of scientific, medical and technological exploration. We hold the design for goodness, righteousness, equality, justice, decency, dignity, grace, kindness, compassion and love.

We constantly evolve human consciousness and reveal more and more of the mysteries of the universe.

We embody unleashed growth and unlimited potential.

We are God’s precious children, living on God’s glorious Earth, bathed in the Light of God’s splendor.

How fortunate we are.

How sweet and good our lives can be. And yet we don’t value this precious life as we should.

We need to learn to live together lest we perish together.

Beyond the many great storms our world is now enduring….the heaviness of hatred and division, violence, terror war and greed and political folly which threaten the soul of all humanity There is but one pathway. It is the pathway that requires great and resolute courage. It comes to us from the eternal wisdom and the universal truths that are within us.

Who are we?

How shall we live?

How shall we be?

The answer is right before us.

We must Re-Member

We are One people under God and love and caring for each other is the way.

These are the main ideas of this book.

Since God appears so often in this book is it a religious book and since you are Jewish—and a rabbi—why should anyone of a different religion be interested in what God says through you? Rabbi Dosick shows us that each of the religions evolved from messengers of God who brought an added piece of the puzzle of life not negating what we already knew but added to that knowledge to refine and refresh our deepest feelings of connection to All that Is. Rabbi Dosick wrote,

“Because age-old wisdom teaches us You do not know something until you know its’ name. When we name sickness, we can begin to fight it and defeat it.

We see the evil: discordant division because of race, religion, ethnicity, gender or class—the demonizing of “The Other.”

We see the evil: the rise of xenophobia, radical Islamic fundamentalism, racism racial profiling, white nationalism, white supremacists, the Ku Klux Klan, neo-Nazis neo-fascists, anti-Semitism, Islamophobia, sexism, misogyny, ethnic discrimination apartheid bigotry, senseless hatred, brutal violence, terrorism and the despoiling of our planet.

The Good News is that men and women of peace and good will can rise up against evil for we understand the words of the modern- day genius-visionary Albert Einstein who famously remarked, “The world will not be destroyed by those who do evil, but by those who watch them without doing anything.”

Sheryl says that for those who follow the love of God within their heart know this and at this time, like Rabbi Dosick myself and the over 700 guests I have interviewed we are are sending their thoughts their words of hope and love and their awareness of the many challenges faced by the world now with solutions for healing ourselves our communities and our world.

Rabbi Dosick writes, A solution can only begin to emerge when, first, all parties and particularly the extremists on all sides stop advocating the destruction of lands and the annihilation of peoples, and when all parties agree to recognize each other and each other’s right to exist in secure, defensible borders. This can only happen when there is honorable self-determination and abiding rights for human rights for all—including religious ethic civic minorities, women and the most vulnerable members of these societies. This is true not only for Israel and the middle east warring for generations but for all nations in the world. Yet if neither a political or practical resolution can be achieved then the only hop that peace will come to Israel her neighbors and other parts of the world is a Divine intervention—a miracle from God.

Sheryl shares with us that in her new book A New Life Awaits she was told about miracles to come and wrote, “ I recently was asked to be a guest at the Enlightened Women Enlightened You Summit hosted by Dr. Ruth Anderson, who told me that Archangel Michael was part of 500,000 light beings on the planet at the present time to aid us in our movement through all the tragedies and heartaches we are experiencing now to a more loving, peaceful time for humanity. I immediately tried to connect to the energy of these teachers and angels being so moved by their desire to help with the healing of our many problems. It is through miracles that they will work with humanity at this troubling time for many people to open their hearts.

The reading that follows is what was expressed to me. April 30, 2019

A march across the valley through mountains Side by side, row after row, endless power and discipline to walk the world as the Jewish people walked through the Red Sea and desert to find God We will help you triumph in light and be free We begin with the children and lift them up to hold their own sense of goodness and help the elders be more aligned to their own innocence We will fan and cool the rage and anger with miracles, Like the boy who lives after being thrown off from the highest point of an escalator in a mall in Minnesota And the Rabbi who with love blesses the woman who gave her life to save him during a shooting in the temple so he could speak the truth to his congregation and nation thanking the President of the United States who gave his time effort and blessings to help the Jewish people and to end hatred and return us to peace.

The women and angels like lifting a tree from a sprout to a giant timber will encourage nurturing Women’s Rights and their nature to provide the best of their life force so the planet can stand married to life love and new beginnings The pain of relationship will be given up for more interactive processes and we will insist on equality for Men and Women, Black Brown and White, Jewish Christian or Islam We will insist on allowing groups to meet and find common ground It is not a request, but a Divine Decree!

Wayne writes that, “As children of God, children of the universe, there is more that unites us than divides us” and with all the diversity and enmity in the world right now, we finally have an opportunity to learn that truth.

Sheryl says that spiritually minded people follow their personal connection to universal source and in meditation, prayer, healing energy work, connect to the love and peace of Universal Creative Energy and know that any limitation to that connection by religion, politics, family, and societal belief systems are the reason we have fear. Division, lack of fulfilling our human potential and spiritual goals. False belief systems, group think, Identity Politics, which place people in different groups dividing and dehumanizing people are part of the main problem the world is facing now. As resources have been misused for personal gain only, nations, corporations, governments, seek to control, and have more power to hold onto the resources they have, rather than eliminating suffering and poverty by sharing, rebuilding, rethinking, ways to preserve and have enough food and water shelter to support the world population. They act in unwholesome ways to protect themselves. This is not Godly nor practical.

Rabbi Dosick writes—in the words of God—that, “the absolute truth is that no group’s book, no group’s interpretation of Me is superior to any other.” What does that mean and doesn’t that contradict what so many religious groups and faith communities have been teaching all these years?

Rabbi Dosick writes, “While I respect and honor every religion and faith community’s pathway, since my own background is Judaism many of the sources references and allusions will be from the Jewish tradition but I hope you can easily transfer my attributions in your own idiom so you can embrace the spirit and meaning of this transmission.

Sheryl says that she believes throughout time man’s religious search for understanding how we as humans came to have a life and how we are to live this life is the most prolific of all searches. Those questions: Who are we? Where do we come from? and What is the meaning of life? have caused people to search for what already lies within their soul and heart. All the answers and connection to the creative force of all life, the Divine God or Universal Source are to be remembered hopefully over the course of a lifetime, perhaps many lifetimes. Truly wise people know, “There are many paths to God and all are welcomed by that divine representation no matter what path you choose.” Therefore, Acceptance Allowing and Surrendering are the way to move past negativity and to find calm peaceful loving resolutions to all our challenges and problems.

He goes on to write, “In days of old and surely these days, your theme song seems to be, “My God’s better than your God,” But that is absolutely impossible! There is only One God. Me. I am the Creator and Parent of each and every one of you. I am God. There is nothing else. I form light and create darkness. I make peace and create evil. I, the Source and Substance of All do this (Isa. 45: 6-7)

“I am the Everything of the Everything, the wholeness, the totality, the Oneness of the universe—male and female, father and mother, light and dark, and shadow, us and other, justice and compassion, pain and comfort, sense and nonsense, good and evil, anger and tranquility, indifference and passion, joy and sorrow, tragedy and triumph, right and wrong, yes and no, conflict and harmony, war and peace, vengeance and incredible love, life and death, and life eternal.”

“There is nothing that is not me. “ And I know you intimately and intensely.” So I tell you: Your two different genders are just a practicality that you can reproduce and populate the Earth. Otherwise, men and women are equally human, equally my children. Your sexuality is your choice. I am All and All is me. Everyone is created in My image. I do not care how you express your Beingness….

When I created you, I made each one of you a perfect human being. I do not make mistakes.

I gave you the whole Earth as your collective home.

It is you who have imposed any perceived differences on each other.

I love you all –fully and equally. In each era, I gave you a collection of myths, legends, fables stories, codes, ways of living and most of all—ways to love.

To the Hebrews, I gave the Bible
To the Christians, I gave the New Testament.
To the Muslims, I gave the Koran.
To the people of the East, I gave sacred ideas.
To all the indigenous people of all places, I gave tribal tales.
All of these holy texts came through sages who were my messengers.

Wisdom is wisdom. It does not belong to any one faith or religious community. It belongs to the Universe—to all times and all places and all peoples.

Yet …,says God, you all misunderstood. You all perverted my intent. Historically and for many today, My religious guidebooks are not seen as cumulative but as superseding the previous…..

This has led to your theological, ideological cultural and political warfare—to crusades, nationalism fundamentalism, radicalism inquisitions, holy wars, pogroms, gas chambers, genocide, and world -wide terror—with the current threat of nuclear annihilation hovering. It has led to the disruption of the sacred relationship of human beings and Me as co-creative partners on Earth. Our Earth cannot be healed, built up, and perfected while some are trying to tear it down through their own egoism and selfishness.

The absolute, universal truth is: No groups book no groups interpretation of Me is superior to any other………..What you call religion came into being to be a vessel, a vehicle for people to join together to relate to Me—a power greater than you understood—and to attempt to find your place and purpose in the universe.

He goes on to say, I am the One God. There is this One World in which we exist. You are One—the children of Me—the One God. You –We—are One. All is One. One is All. Oneness—human unity—does not mean sameness. Our world’s richness comes from the dazzling tapestry of the ways that you live and become. There is so much to celebrate in your unique world-views and experiences. You can cherish your magnificent uniqueness and you can respect and honor the wondrous significance of all humankind.

Radical Loving, the title of your book means as Rabbi Dosick writes that “We talk to God. God listens. And then, God comes to us in words, and visions and day and night dreams. And we really have to listen and see—to be open, clear channels: to be empty enough for God to come through us……..These incredible challenging times call us to nothing less than a radical shift in human consciousness, a sweeping revolution, an unbounded evolution and transformation of humankind and the planet we inhabit. We envision a complete, unconditional unreserved embrace of the World of Spirit and a World of Oneness. Can we heal our broken world? Can we wipe away the darkness and bring the light? Can we see the face of love in every human being? Can we jubilantly embrace the pathway that will lead us forward to Eden on Earth?

Please. Let’s try.”

We can come to know that wherever we look, there is God. All we have to do is be aware, be conscious. God is Everything—Everywhere. Seeing your face is like seeing the face of God (Gen.33:10)

When we see the Face of God how can we react in any way except wrapped in love? If we openly and freely gave each person intense passionate radical love, then we would know that every person is just like us a child of God.

We talk about what Awesome Holiness is. To be holy means to be different, to separate from any similar entity in the universe. God is holy because God is unique from any other being. We can be holy when we rise above mundane; when we stand out from the ordinary, when we bring a sense of direction and purpose to our maddening world: when we care share and love. We can be holy when we reflect God’s ability to have relationships of unconditional love. We can be holy when we heal our own brokenness join with God in the task of transforming and perfecting the world. We can be holy when we feel the Divine Presence flowing within us when every thought word and deed make us God’s partners here on Earth.

Some of the places in our lives and some of the ways we can begin to implement these ideas with practical everyday examples are:

We must make our lives into what it really can be and we can perceive what God would want for his beloved human children. God desires that the heart be pure and we fully give God our hearts by opening our minds and souls to the teachings that God has given us throughout the ages and to talk with him in dreams, prayer and meditation. God simply wants each human being to become the best he/she can be and to live free from need and fear with all-encompassing human rights and dignity.

Rabbi Dosick goes on to say, ”Let’s tell it like it is. Any group or person who tries to impose belief, or behavior on others must be stopped from discrimination and intimidation. Everyone has a right to personal or communal belief and passion. No one has the right to force that belief or passion on anyone else. Fundamentalism is poisoning our world. So mainstream moderate Jews must stand up to the rigid ultra- Orthodox: mainstream moderate Protestants must stand up to evangelicals: mainstream, moderate Catholics must stand up to arch conservative mainstream moderate Muslims must stand up to radicals. And mainstream moderates of every place on the gender, racial political spectrums must stand up to misogynists, white supremacists, neo-Nazis, neo fascists, and anti-Semites. We can no longer let the big bad bullies of this world terrorize us or control our lives. We can no longer be afraid. There is only one antidote to the fear that prevents us from taking action and standing for truth and ultimately what God wants for us. That is love.

Perhaps when we remember or realize once again that there really is a force and creation, universal, divine, eternal, and therefore unending, and that God is at the very center of who we are, where we are, all that we are, and what we do, and all that we will become, we can once again know as the Jesuit priest and spiritualist Pierre Teilhard de Chardin said, “We are not human beings having a spiritual experience. We are spiritual beings having a human experience. God placed us on this Earth with a Divine Design for our purpose and mission. We are co-creative partners in building up our world and we are to follow God’s code of moral behavior and ethical values that elevates the human spirit. With God, we are to fashion a world of goodness, righteousness, peace and love.

Sheryl says as we realize there is no separation, no duality, and God is the Fullness of All Being, we will not feel alone or separated from love and uncomfortable in challenges imposed on us by the physical world. Then, we will remember that God is within us, around us, and that each breath we take in life is shared with the divine breath that made us human and gave us this physical life in order to refine our soul energy and understand how intimate our connection to God is, now and forever. When we finally know this truth we understand that we must live according to the laws of the Universe and not be broken down by other people’s belief systems, then, we are able to help others and the highest good for all is realized, as we know that our will is God’s will and goodness love and honor is at the core of our unique, but united spiritual essence. As a soul we have a unique history and destiny but all souls are interconnected to each other and all of life, which is God.

Even though Radical Loving was written before the onset of the worldwide Covid pandemic, the pandemic affected what is written here.

Rabbi Dosick writes and Sheryl understands this to be meaningful and true. “We do not know God’s design for our world. We do not know how our temporal suffering fits into the Divine plan and how our personal pain may be contributing to the ultimate perfection of the world and if we look to the ancient biblical story of Joseph who was given in slavery to the Egyptians but through his love of God and spiritual gift of mediumship or prophesy was able to help the Pharaoh and was given power and great position. When his brothers met him again, they were afraid of retribution for having acted badly but Joseph said, “You meant it for evil against me. But God meant for good.” (Gen. 50:20)

And it was good indeed, for because of his position, Joseph was able to save the entire country from starvation and his whole family from certain death.

Sheryl shares with us that when she as an intuitive healer and medium was sick with Covid April 2020 she was in constant talks with Spirit wanting to know the purpose of her having this dreadful disease. Sheryl’s breathing was affected and she practiced constantly expanding her lungs and exercising them drinking lots of tea and water, resting, and watched as many families grew closer together via facetime and other social media, and frivolous values were replaced with a great love for each other and life and God as well.

When Sheryl returned to doing her radio shows she spoke with another healer who had also been ill and said Before having Covid she was unable to do distant healing with a person sick with the disease as the discomfort she felt in the lungs was too hard for her to move past. After being ill, she was able to move past the symptoms of her clients, and help them recover. So she had built up an immunity for herself and Sheryl also found she was able to send healing to many who needed it. That was the Divine Plan, so while Sheryl didn’t like having the illness, she accepted and surrendered to it and ultimately it worked in many ways to support her and others.

We thank Rabbi Wayne Dosick for sharing a lifetime search for truth and the remembrance of our eternal connection to God and all living things, finding that an important reason for a physical life experience is to know we are within God’s energy and love, and to share God’s message that all his children on earth and beyond are loved equally, unconditionally and are holy in that realization.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing from Within it has been Sheryl’s privilege to discuss the issues that are most dear to her heart and soul journey and to share the many loving messages that Spirit, the Divine God Universal Source or whatever you call that Infinite Eternal Wisdom of Creation who surrounds us, lives within us, and we within that force of love and compassion, use our time on earth to ask questions, ask for help when needed, and trust the larger plan for your life and humanity as a whole. For within us and in this personal connection to God are the answers and compass to guide us to truth love, and living our best reality.

With age old-wisdom wrapped in modern day garb, the Rabbi’s thoughtful sweet and inspiring stories deep insights and gentle guidance are the calls to a renewal of our emerging new world of Oneness Unity beyond separation from life or fear of change and a way to bring Heaven to Earth As it once was, it can be again.

Rabbi Dosick writes, Paraphrasing the Talmud: “There are singular moments in our lives when we can discern the entire reason for our existence…(BT AZ. 10B)

Our time has come.
Our moment is now.
We have to be ready to fulfill our destiny.
We have to be joyfully willing to love, love, love.
The pandemic and the civil unrest have finally cracked open our hearts. The light is slowly flowing in. We sense, we feel, we see, the new world – home waiting for us to grasp it and step inside.

Home is the heart of love.
And God is eagerly waiting to welcome us home.

Rabbi Wayne Dosick and Sheryl would have you know that life is a miracle, each of us is a miracle, and as we open to the goodness, kindness, and love of All that we are blessed to receive, we will grow more aware of our uniqueness and ways to harness the love God holds for each of us and for humanity as well, so we may grow ever closer to the Divine Eternal within us that transcends the challenges of life, here and beyond.

Sheryl Glick RMT, host of Healing From Within author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits; Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders and authors in the metaphysical, scientific, spiritual, medical, psychological, legal, and arts and music fields discuss awakening, transformation, transition of a soul’s divine and physical life experiences. Shows may also be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.net

Rabbi Wayne Dosick link to www.radicalloving.com Radical Loving link to www.radicalloving.com Sheryl Glick link to www.sherylglick.com A New Life Awaits link to www.sherylglick.com

Today’s Guest

www.radicalloving.com/

The post One God, One World, One People appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares messages and stories of Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Today Sheryl is delighted to welcome Paul Levy, author of Wetiko which offers insight into the Native American meaning of Wetiko, an evil cannibalistic spirit that can take over people’s minds leading to selfishness, insatiable greed and consumption destructively turning our intrinsic creative genius against our own humanity.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her intuitive guests share intimate and insightful experiences that help us answer questions of Who Are We? What is Life really all about? How can we find peace and happiness in a world suffering from so much despair? In discovering more about the duality of life: our physical and energetic life, we come to know we are much more than we appear to be and by merging our energies we can improve the quality of life personally and collectively.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Paul Levy will explore how artists philosophers and spiritual traditions across time and space have been creatively symbolizing the deadly pathogen of the psyche to help us see and heal the concept of Wetiko which has appeared in Kabbalah, Hawaiian Kahuna shamanism, Buddhism and mystical Christianity through esoteric concepts like demons, counterfeiting spirits, and psychic vampires. We explore how the projection of the shadow, self-scapegoating is the underlying psychological mechanism fueling Wetiko and how Wetiko can be seen within the Covid -19 pandemic so we can find the lessons and opportunities offered by it. Paul sheds light on the Wetiko mind-virus and how to recognize the power of imagination to shed light on this destructive thinking that infects so many in these challenging changing times

Paul, when asked to think back to his childhood and remember a person, place, or event that may have shown him the lifestyle and interests he might pursue as an adult describes his father who though he did not physically abuse him set up an environment that caused distress and discomfort for him. Perhaps that led him to want to know more about the issues in people’s minds that lead them to destructively use their creative imagination and talents in less than purposeful and evolving ways.

Paul goes on to tell us about what Wetiko is and his interest in that energy that disturbs most of us. Wetiko is a contagious psycho-spiritual disease of the soul, a parasite of the mind, is currently being acted out en masse on the world stage via an insidious collective psychosis of titanic proportions. This mind-virus—which Native Americans have called “wetiko”—covertly operates through the unconscious blind spots in the human psyche, rendering people oblivious to their own madness and compelling them to act against their own best interests. Wetiko is a psychosis in the true sense of the word, “a sickness of the spirit.” An inner cancer of the soul, wetiko covertly influences our perceptions so as to act itself out through us while simultaneously hiding itself from being seen. Wetiko bewitches our consciousness so that we become blind to the underlying, assumed viewpoint through which we perceive, conjure up, and give meaning to our experience of both the world and ourselves. This psychic virus can be thought of as the “bug” in “the system” that informs and animates the madness that is playing out in our lives, both individually and collectively, on the world stage

Wetiko is also a quantum phenomenon, in that it contains within itself the potential to be either the deadliest poison or the most healing medicine. Will wetiko destroy us? Or will it catalyze our evolution and wake us up? How wetiko ultimately manifests depends upon nothing other than whether we recognize what it is revealing to us. How dreamlike—the very thing that is potentially killing us is at the same time helping us to remember who we are. How wetiko manifests depends upon how we dream it. Before discovering the Native term wetiko, Paul was calling this pathological aberration of the psyche “Malignant Egophrenia”— whose acronym is “ME” disease. For when all is said and done, wetiko stems from our mis-identification of who we think we are (our sense of “me-ness”). In a very real sense, we are not who we believe ourselves to be if we experience ourselves as a “separate self ” who exists separate from other (imagined) separate selves—not to mention the whole rest of the universe. From this misguided thought springs a case of mistaken identity, out of which grows the pestilence of wetiko

Paul tells us how he first encountered Wetiko in his own life. Paul writes, “When I first directly encountered wetiko, the experience literally drove me “out of my mind” (some people think I haven’t yet returned, but that’s another story) and destroyed my entire family. I have written a book about this, Awakened by Darkness: When Evil Becomes Your Father. One of the gifts of this nightmarish experience is that it has given me an authority to write about such heavy matters as wetiko and evil in a way that no amount of intellectual study could have provided. Through this traumatic set of experiences I received a direct transmission/transfusion of the wetiko virus into the veins of my soul, which, besides making me sick and almost driving me permanently crazy, changed the trajectory of my entire life. This destined me to commit to healing myself from this ill-fated happenstance and to try and understand this seemingly otherworldly force with which I had come into contact (or which had contacted me). Fortunately, my “close encounters of the wetiko-kind” have helped me find my voice and discover my work—this book being just one example. If I hadn’t connected with my creative nature, I would have been in deep trouble and undoubtedly would have become another one of wetiko’s seemingly endless casualties. The point is that I have not written this book as an intellectual, academic, or scholar comfortably sitting in an ivory tower philosophizing or creating theories about wetiko. Rather, I’ve written it as a way of coming to terms with my own harrowing experience with the subject matter, barely escaping with my life and my sanity intact.”

Paul goes on to tell us of his personal encounters with wetiko. He felt convinced of the profound importance of something that many people seem either unaware of, disinterested in, judgmental of or possessed by. It can be a very lonely experience to see something that many other people aren’t seeing. However, I’ve learned to persevere in my vision and continually refine my ability to transmit what I’m seeing in a way that can be helpful for others.

He noticed that it is typically people who have really suffered, be it from going through some sort of wounding experience, emotional trauma, abuse, addiction, and so on—and then have done their inner work—who recognize what I am talking about when I point to the insidious workings of wetiko. These are usually people who have found that traditional religions no longer satisfy their deeper spiritual needs and that mainstream cultural values no longer speak to their souls. Not contained in a faith, these are people who don’t feel that they are in possession of some absolute truth, but are really open to what resonates with their immediate, lived experience.

A few years ago I ran into a friend whom I hadn’t seen for a while. He asked me what I had been up to. I answered that I was writing about the collective psychosis (wetiko is a collective psychosis) that our species had fallen into. His response was telling. He asked me what made me think there was a collective psychosis going on. His question left me speechless; I literally didn’t know how to respond. What made him think there wasn’t a collective psychosis going on, I wondered. Could he give me one piece of evidence? Our collective madness had become so normalized that most people—my friend was extremely bright, by the way—didn’t even notice. Many of us have become conditioned to thinking that if we were in a middle of a collective psychosis it would mean that people would be doing all sorts of “crazy” things such as running around naked and screaming, for instance. This ingrained idea, however, gets in the way of recognizing the very real collective insanity in which all of us are—both passively and actively—participating. If we want to envision what a collective psychosis could actually look like, it might be a real eye-opener to realize it would look exactly like what is happening right now in our world

Paul says that wetiko has been pointed at since time immemorial. Many famous philosophers scientists healers have observed this mind-virus Called by many different names throughout history, the spirit of wetiko renders every other issue secondary. Wetiko is the overarching umbrella that contains, subsumes, informs, and underlies every form of destruction, of ourselves and others, that our species is acting out in our world on every scale. If we don’t come to terms with what wetiko is revealing to us, nothing else will matter, as there will be no more human species.

Humanity is facing the most important question in our history— whether human life will survive in anything that resembles what we now know it to be. We are answering this question with governmental policies and collective behavior that, for the most part, only increase our acceleration toward multiple disasters—as we madly compete with each other to race off the nearest cliff as quickly as possible. Instead of telling the future, I am trying to shed light on a dynamic happening within the human psyche that has been rendered unconscious—and hence forgotten—a dynamic that will shape this present moment and will produce our future. We won’t be able to effectively deal with the horrors that lie in front of us if we can’t face the horrors that lie both behind and within us.

This deeper dynamic had been happening in, as, and through the whole course of human history for millennia, but in recent times it’s becoming more evident and harder to deny. I was—and still am—simply pointing at a deeper longtime pattern that is revealing itself through the behavior of our species. Once we recognize this wetiko-inspired pattern, we cannot “unsee” it; our aptitude for vision expands accordingly.

The contributions of C. G. Jung being ahead of (as well as outside of and an expression of) his time, the great doctor of the soul C. G. Jung, who, it should be noted, considered himself a philosopher in disguise, was tracking wetiko (although not using the indigenous name). He referred to it by a number of different names (for example, oftentimes referring to the dangers of psychic epidemics, collective psychosis, the germ/infection of evil, totalitarian psychosis, imperialistic madness, counterfeiting spirits, powers of darkness, the demon of sickness, etc.). Jung’s wisdom and insight on this topic deeply inform this book. Finding Jung’s work was instrumental for me to get a handle on my own personal encounter with the mind-numbing evil of wetiko. I shudder to think where I would be if I hadn’t come across his writings. It can be so helpful when we are experiencing something that is not culturally sanctioned or recognized to discover someone who has found the words for our seemingly unspeakable experience. Other people have described me, to my horror, as a “Jungian.” (In this I think of Jung saying, “Thank God I’m Jung and not a Jungian.”) I have never even taken a course on Jung. I am simply a independent researcher who follows what inspires me, which Jung does no end. I am totally self-taught regarding Jung. Indeed, he himself felt that his work would more speak to ordinary people than to the scholars and experts. I am a case in point. I am only interested in the parts of his work that speak to my personal experience and help me to alleviate my suffering.

In a sense, Paul’s work on wetiko is a collaboration between him and unknown Native American philosophers, psychologists, and shamans. They lived in a world of tight communities and mutual responsibility for daily survival, in harmony with nature. They had no cars or mass weaponry or stock markets or telecommunications. But they were human like us. They, too, had to deal with the ins and outs of the human psyche. They fought wars and dealt with psychosis, crime, evil, and people of the lie. They had to protect themselves and their societies.

When dark forces arose within the group, they had to identify them and know what could be handled and transmuted by the tribe and what was so toxic that it needed to be exiled for the safety of the rest. Their shamans and medicine women and men understood the nature of demons, possession, and evil in a way that could be most instructive for modern humanity. They provide us with a brilliant diagnosis as well as an urgent warning.

The followers of the Buddhist path can’t monopolize or copyright the idea of “Buddha-nature”—for they are pointing at something that is intrinsic to the living experience of being a human being. In the same way, what the Native American wisdom-holders are illuminating in their conception of wetiko is a universal, archetypal experience that is an essential aspect of our experience of being human. The Native American conception of wetiko can add to, complement, and flesh out the articulation of this same malady by other spiritual traditions.

In describing wetiko, the Cree describe giants that grow with each human meal, so they are simultaneously huge and emaciated—never able to fill their inner void—searching desperately for their next victim, driven by excess. In coming across the Native American idea and description of wetiko, I recognized it in my own life as well as within my own mind. I have no doubt whatsoever that what the Native Americans refer to as wetiko is a universal condition afflicting everyone; it is something we are all fated to come to terms with in our lives

Paul talks about the fact that wetiko is a form of blindness. Wetiko is the overarching umbrella that contains, subsumes, informs, and underlies every form of destruction, of ourselves and others, that our species is acting out in our world on every scale. If we don’t come to terms with what wetiko is revealing to us, nothing else will matter, as there will be no more human species. Humanity is facing the most important question in our history— whether human life will survive in anything that resembles what we now know it to be. We are answering this question with governmental policies and collective behavior that, for the most part, only increase our acceleration toward multiple disasters—as we madly compete with each other to race off the nearest cliff as quickly as possible. We have fallen blind—as if in a hypnotic trance—while a seemingly demonic force compels our species toward its own self -destruction. To quote eminent theologian David Ray Griffin, “Our battle seems to be against ‘flesh and blood’ less than against some demonic power to which human civilization is in bondage.

Strangely enough, the hardest of the hard sciences—quantum physics—comes to our aid to serve as medicine to protect us from the psychological danger of becoming absorbed in our despair. By revealing that we live in a thoroughly quantum universe, quantum physics is placing the keys to our future in our own hands. The question is,” Do we know how to use the gift that is being freely offered to us?”

A little insight into the essence of what quantum physics reveals to us about the nature of our world and how we operate within it can be the best antidepressant imaginable. Quantum physics is empirically showing us the malleable and dreamlike nature of our universe. As quantum physics has revealed, our act of observing the universe influences the universe that we are observing. This is to say that our act of observation is creative. We are not passive witnesses of our world, but—whether we know it or not—active cocreators with it. What this means is that we hold enormous power in shaping our world. Quantum physics points out that even if something is incredibly, ridiculously unlikely, it can still manifest “in reality” in this very moment. Highly unlikely is not quite the same as impossible. An infinitesimally small or “nonzero” probability is radically different than something that is impossible; we should be very careful what we assign to the trash bin of the impossible. The implications of this, both in “the real world” and within our minds, are truly uplifting and inspiring. In questioning and shedding light on the boundary between the possible and the impossible, quantum physics is expanding the realm of the possible to previously unimaginable degrees. In a time such as ours, filled with lies, propaganda and disinformation it becomes nearly impossible to tell what is true or false. It thus greatly behooves us to at least be able to say what is within the realm of possibility.

Wetiko induces in us a proclivity to see the source of our own pathology outside of ourselves—existing in “the other.” Wetiko feeds off of polarization and fear—and terror—of “the other.” Seeing the world through a wetiko-inspired lens of separation/otherness enlivens what Jung calls “the God of Terror who dwells in the human soul,” and simultaneously plays itself out both within our soul and in the world at large.

Wetiko subversively turns our “genius” for reality-creation against us in such a way that we become bewitched by the projective tendencies of our own mind. Falling under wetiko’s spell, we become entranced by our own intrinsic gifts and talents for dreaming up our world in a way that not only doesn’t serve us, but rather is put at the service of wetiko (whose agenda is contrary to our own). Our creativity then boomerangs against us such that we hypnotize ourselves with our creative genius, which cripples our evolutionary potential

Paul says wetiko is the most important thing to understand in the world today

To understand how important wetiko is to understand in the world today we begin with Egregores are similar to the Tibetan conception of tulpas, which are animated thought- forms visualized by a solitary practitioner that actually take on a seemingly autonomous existence and materialize into physical form. As hard as a tulpa is to create, these self-created thought-forms are considered even more difficult—once having taken on form—to uncreate and dissolve. Imagine how much more challenging it would be to dissolve a collectively dreamed up egregore (a human created, mutually shared thought form). This challenge, however, starts with each one of us right now, in this moment. Once a critical mass is reached—of people who are dreaming up the tulpa/ egregore’s dissolution—the tulpa/egregore will indeed dissolve in no time at all.

This is an expression of the incredibly potent, mostly untapped power we all have to creatively transform our world when we get in synch with each other. Evil is, psychologically speaking, terribly real. Today as never before it is important that we not overlook the danger of the potential evil lurking within us. Only someone really asleep, blind, or infantile can pretend that evil is not at work everywhere. The more unconscious we are of the role that evil plays in our world, the more the devil drives us. When we are taken over by the egregore of ‘e‘epa/ wetiko, this darker spirit rides us, sitting in the driver’s seat of our human vehicle. It’s the one calling the shots, all the while convincing us of the exact opposite—making us feel like we are in charge of our lives while we are actually playing the role of a ventriloquist’s dummy. Wesselman is of the opinion that there is an egregore astride our Western society. These egregores encourage us to create false beliefs, distracting and inhibiting us from realizing our true potential so that we cannot be of optimal benefit to humanity.

Practically all of our modern social, political, economic, military, and religious institutions have egregores as appendages that have been incorporated into the body of the organization. These egregores are like psychic-energetic attachments that are greatly influencing the institutions off of which they are feeding. These egregores could not negatively influence us, however, if we didn’t have the unconscious potential for darkness latent within us.

Paul says wetiko is related to Covid and we can find ways to find opportunities to learn from this difficult world health challenge

With the coronavirus pandemic it is as if the immaterial wetiko virus has taken on corporeal form. It is a true game changer to recognize that the virus is a materialization in our world—a REVELATION— of the immaterial and heretofore invisible wetiko virus that exists deep within the collective unconscious of humanity.

What is playing out with the Covid-19 pandemic, with all the various political, social, and financial reactions to it, as well as what it brings up inside of our minds, can help us—in true quantum style, potentially—to see wetiko. Multiple Vectors of Transmission It is a limited and overly one-sided materialistic viewpoint that conceives of Covid-19 as solely being a physical virus. Having multiple facets of operation and channels of influence, the virus is multidimensional in its impact. It is affecting our world in practically every way imaginable. Besides its obvious physical aspect, Covid-19 also has a psychological vector of transmitting itself into our minds (via our unconscious reactions of fear, stress, anxiety, etc.). The “mental” vector of the virus spreads much more quickly, as it is exponentially more contagious than its biological counterpart. It propagates itself through the channel of our shared unconscious blind spots and fears. Only Covid-19 Is a Symbol of a Much Deeper Infection. If we become enchanted by the forms of the outer world, entranced in thinking the virus is merely physical, we forget the outer world’s inseparable interconnection to the world within us— which splits our mind in two. We then become dissociated within— and from—ourselves, a state that forecloses on our being able to be of help to anyone, including ourselves. We have then unwittingly fallen under the thrall of the psychological aspect of the virus.

What would you like readers to take away with them after reading your book Wetiko?

An invisible specter in the field, the coronavirus is creating havoc in our world, disrupting business as usual as it ripples—both in our world and within our psyches—throughout the globe. To quote Jung, “Everything could be left undisturbed did not the new way demand to be discovered, and did it not visit humanity with all the plagues of Egypt until it finally is discovered.” The coronavirus can be envisioned as a modern-day plague of Egypt. It is a living revelation that is dying to show us something about who we are and our place in the universe. What it is revealing to us about ourselves is crucially important for us to know. Our very survival depends upon receiving its message. We hear every day the phrase We are all in this together.

In the late 1950s, Jung wrote words that are as relevant today as they were then, “We are in the soup that is going to be cooked for us, whether we claim to have invented it or not. We are threatened with universal genocide if we cannot work out the way of salvation by a symbolic death.” In other words, we are fated to suffer an unconscious “literal” death if we don’t consciously go through a “symbolic” death. This symbolic death has everything to do with finding “the new way” that is demanding to be discovered by our current worldwide plague.

As we go through a species-wide dark night of the soul—the mythic night sea journey—our illusions about the world we live in—and ourselves as well—are being shattered. Seeing through our illusions is a symbolic death of the self that was wed to—and lived by—illusion. Being disillusioned—having our illusions dispelled—is to become sober, stepping out of our intoxicated state. Being disillusioned is truly mortifying, a real death. It is the dying of an overly one-sided—and bogus—image of who we are (remember—one of wetiko’s other names is “ME disease,” i.e., a misidentification of who we think we are).

Our species has gotten drafted into an archetypal death/rebirth experience. In symbolically dying to a part of ourselves that is no longer serving us, another part of us is being reborn. We as a species have been drawn into the cycle of the death and rebirth of the gods. Said another way, having become part of a deeper mythic, archetypal, and alchemical process of transformation, we are going through a cosmic death/rebirth experience of a higher order. The divine process of transformation is typically experienced as punishment, torment, an experience of death and then transfiguration. This divinely sponsored process is subjectively experienced by the human ego as torture. However, if we don’t personalize the experience, identify with it, or get stuck in its nightmarish aspect—a great danger—but allow this deeper process to refine us as it moves through us, it can lead to a transfiguration of our very being. *In alchemy, the torturing of the prima material was an allegory of Christ’s passion.

We thank Paul Levy for sharing a concept of age old source, Wetiko a Mind Virus that plagues our world still and for sharing creative ideas to heal the many issues created by the thinking and behaviors of this thought process.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have come to see that as Paul writes, “The source of the problems confronting humanity are fundamentally not economic, political, or technological, but rather are to be found within the human psyche. To quote Stanislav Grof, “In the last analysis, the current global crisis is a psychospiritual crisis; The Corona Virus and the Wetiko Virus as they reflect the level of consciousness evolution of the human species. It is, therefore, hard to imagine that it could be resolved without a radical inner transformation of humanity on a large scale and its rise to a higher level of emotional maturity and spiritual awareness. Radical psychospiritual transformation of humanity is not only possible, but is already underway. This is an important point to consider: There is undeniable evidence that an expansion of consciousness in the human species is not only a remote possibility but is already taking place. Grof concludes, “The question is only whether it can be sufficiently fast and extensive to reverse the current self-destructive trend of modern humanity.”

Paul Levy and Sheryl Glick invite you to see yourself in light of the wisdom that lies within you and to recognize your well-being, happiness and personal self-growth, do not lie in the expressions of the physical outside world, but within the soul wisdom and maturity that lies within and connects us all to each other and to Universal dimensions of eternal life. While it may not be possible to eliminate wetiko, it is possible to realize we can rise above its infectious trauma producing scenarios and move past the limitations that it imposes on our true spiritual gifts.

Today’s Guest

https://paullevy.com

The post Recognizing The Way Our Minds Recreate The Same Problems appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick, Reiki Master Energy Teacher (RMT), medium, and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Messages to Support Global Awakening, which shares stories to show our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect form our inner soul wisdom and universal source. Sheryl is delighted today to welcome Connie Zweig, a retired psychotherapist and former executive editor at Jeremy P. Tarcher Publishing, and author of her new book The Inner Work of Age: Shifting from Role to Soul, which suggests that with extended longevity comes the opportunity to become an Elder, to leave behind past roles, shift from work in the outer world to inner work with the soul and become authentically who you are.

As listeners of Healing From Within are aware, Sheryl and her intuitive creative guests offer intimate views into the dual nature of life as both our physical and divine aspects offer a view of “all that is.” Some may be seen, more may be felt or remembered by inner soul instincts, but, life is definitely much more than it appears to be, and when we discover who we truly are, the opportunities to live lives of distinction and extraordinary joy becomes available to us. So in other words we must look beyond the belief systems and societal training of our youth, conquer ego based fears and illusion to a sense of truth of eternal dimension and fact and grow more aware and reach higher levels of consciousness.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within, Connie Zweig author of The Inner Work of Age will offer a radical re imaging of age for all generations, showing us how to use inner work to uncover and explore the unconscious denial and resistance that erupts around the key thresholds of later life, helping to attune one’s soul longing and offering a transition to being a wise Elder, if you’re lucky enough to pass through being a senior, and have the opportunity to repair the past, to be fully present, reclaim creativity and allow morality to be a teacher, and often to therefore become a force for change in the lives of others. Connie gives listeners a way to understand opportunities for our aging population and seniors, to appreciate the gift of longevity and the benefits as well as challenges that this chapter of life offers as well as prepare for it.

Connie when asked to think back to her earlier days in childhood and to remember a person place event or common theme in her life that may have shown her or others around her the work lifestyle and interests she might pursue tells us she was always longing for more and though not from a religious family felt a need to connect to a greater force of life and to help others know this great awareness or sense of Universal Source. Sheryl tells of feeling much the same way and simply wanting to make people and herself happy no matter what was happening around or within her as she was growing a sense of the challenges of life.

Connie tells us about her successful career teaching and writing about the Shadow, or that part of us that lies in the subconscious, often creating confusion or chaos, and hindering us from being truly present and conscious of our most wonderous attributes and divine ability to heal and improve all aspects of ourselves and our world. Aging, or the concept of growing older, is often perceived as a consequence of life and not a blessing, so many people try to remain in one phase of their life, not realizing every chapter of life offers exceptional opportunities to expand your view of self and the true nature of a spiritual and physical life.

Connie tells us that “For most of us, aging in an anti-aging culture are not in alignment to reality: we want to look away and forget for a while, pushing the messenger back into the darkness of shadow of the unconscious, until it shows up again in some inexplicable symptom or repeating forgetfulness or sudden loss of vitality. In all of our denials, we miss out on the greatest opportunity of this time: to reinvent ourselves from the inside out and become who we were meant to be. In any case the encounter with age continues to occur in small ways, happening often, sometimes as a gentle nudge, sometimes as an all-out assault. When we feel ashamed by our loss of ambition or sex drive and ask, ‘Who am I without that? When we are not resilient enough to recover from an injury and ask, “When will I get back to normal? With each of these encounters, we may feel shame or even betrayed by our bodies. Our surprise reveals a lack of awareness that aging is occurring. A tension emerges between our denial, or our belief that we can control aging, and our reality as we are living it.”

For those who explored consciousness in our earlier days as Connie and Sheryl did, late life is a call to return. Our emotional and spiritual development does not stop here: it continues in every moment, in every day. And our aging can be a vehicle for slowing down, reorienting to the inner world, watching the breath, being fully present, and learning to witness the internal obstacles as they arise. Aging is our grist for the mill, as spiritual teacher Ram Dass put it.

Sheryl adds “Aging is a way to learn to turn experience into insight. It is a gift to live a new chapter of life as each experience and part of life is but the story unfolding as spirit has helped each soul to create for themselves, and they can in memory, go back to any part of their life to review and appreciate, but the greatest pleasure is to be present, for in that moment, you are creating something new.”

Connie realized that beyond the stereotypes of what it means to be old drivers who shouldn’t be behind the wheel: people suffering from dementia and left in nursing homes, shuffling shoppers pushing their walkers in the grocery store, there are other exceptions like in 2016 a ninety-five year old Finnish women completed a 500 foot bungee jump, William Shatner the famous Captain Kirk from Star Trek long ago, at 90 years old just was on a flight into space and in 2019, an 103 year old was sworn in as a junior ranger at the Grand Canyon.

Aging like everything in life is personal, individual and unique as is each living being. As Connie writes, “Our quality of late life is lived individually, not as a group. It can be more than accommodation of change. It can mean overcoming fears, developing fresh aptitudes, cleaning up toxic relationships, living more in the present moment, and transcending the ego, allowing it to take a backseat so that life opens to an intuitive flow. It can be a time to mine the gold from the dark side, reclaiming unfulfilled dreams and expressing unrealized talents.”

Sheryl has to agree that she never really thinks about age too much just about possibilities for new awareness and chances to make different choices and experience life with new perceptions. When Sheryl went through menopause she never anticipated having emotional or physical pain or an upset, as her mother had never shown or spoken of being unhappy at that time of her life and of course, Sheryl had no difficulty either, for she accepted that reality as part of life, and was grateful she had had children, health, and was moving into a new chapter of life. Sheryl never felt the empty nest syndrome either when children leave for college or marry and leave their parents home. Embracing all experiences and seeing the potential to grow as a result, rather than expecting fear to emerge or bad things to happen, as Sheryl knows that thinking can lead to self-fulfilling prophecies. The mind is very powerful in manifesting the quality of our life, whether we are young or in late life.

In reference to these thoughts in her book, A New Life Awaits: Spriit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening, Sheryl writes, “The Universe, it appears, is asking us to pay attention, wake up, and go beyond all differences and limited thinking to observe, make corrections, and reevaluate priorities and values. Let’s help the coming generations to have multiple and plentiful opportunities to live and discover the beauty and awe-inspiring hopes of past ancestors who were able to forgo uncontrolled impulses for material gains alone, finding genuine or authentic human qualities. I grew up in a time when there were peace movements along with world concerns for idealistic approaches to living well and where personal fulfillment was a valued commodity.” In the chapter on aging, remembering all that has come before in our earlier days, and our ancestors who are now in spirit, helps us appreciate the value of a long life and a life lived with courage, reliance, passion, positivity, and a desire to serve through being grateful for all that has been, and all that is.

Connie decided to write a book about the Shadow in late life as a way to show its immense value. Connie writes, “When I first began to research this book, I offered workshops to hundreds of people over the age of fifty and they all expressed feelings of disorientation as to what lie ahead without direction so groping in the dark for the next step of their human journey. Others spoke of the loss of purpose that came with the loss of work, roles, careers or family roles. Many could not let go of the past to be fully present now. Some spoke of their fear of illness or death. But they also told Connie that they sensed intuitively that there was something more to life, something hidden that had been missing a mystery, that remained unexamined……….People entering late life suffer another identity crisis, a return of the questions Who am I? What are my values? What do I believe? What matters most to me? How can I give back to the common good? We typically ask these questions during a midlife crisis too. But at this stage of life the response tends to be a change in roles, a change in career or spouse or geographical location. However, in late life, a change in role is not significant. There is no romantic or geographic solution to our longing. The idea that late life is a call to another rite of passage—and to teach practices to enhance that as they learn to center themselves and find a new orientation in space and time. For many of us this stage of life can be challenging. Our lifelong ideals and high expectations crash up against limits of all kinds—the limits of an aging brain/mind/body, the limits of a fraying financial safety net, the limits of discrimination against aging race and gender, even the limits of love. Certainly, the limits of time.

Connie goes on to discuss the inner “ageist” and how it affects our health. People who have explored their own psychologies and come to understand themselves deeply may have a different experience than those who identify with the outside world, judgment of them according to false standards, or accepted behaviors. They may know what triggers their anxiety, what they need if depression arises, and how to ask for support. They may be better able to tolerate loss and uncertainty, and their emotional resilience may give them more flexibility to adapt to the changes that occur with aging. Extroverts and introverts will age differently too. Extroverts will tend to move toward more interaction through service, community work and family and social relationships. They gain energy in group and feel more purposeful in stable marriage and family intimacy. Introverts will tend to move toward more quiet settings where solitary time and inner work can be done. This helps them conserve energy and tap into internal resources. Our religious and spiritual beliefs and experiences also define and confine aging. So less inner ageist or fear and working on ridding oneself of the effects of childhood trauma help our health, our spiritual awakening and how we age. In alignment to Connie showing us the way to go from senior to elder in a process that people who are given the gift of a long life have there is the opportunity to explore now, allowing them to evolve beyond the business of earlier life filled with obligation and survival needs.

Sheryl observes the nature of life at the present time and in her new book A New Life Awaits she shares this feeling and writes, “As I observe this continuous chain of friction among people, nations, and our major institutions, within families, and observe increasing numbers of natural disasters; war; genocide; terrorists; people waging war with themselves and succumbing to addiction, alcoholism, drugs, and other self-defeating illnesses; and people who simply feel disempowered, overwhelmed, and unable to participate in living their daily lives with vitality, I like to remember that these seemingly disheartening events are simply the means to begin to know the many layers and dimensions of self, life, and change and are efforts to move us from pain to pleasure and eventually our spiritual afterlife.” Changing attitudes and perceptions to embrace a higher awareness of eternal nature allows us to shift to working cooperatively for the good of all, improving life now and later. Sheryl feels Elders through spiritual practice and reflection are able to observe society and its needs and leave a legacy of wisdom for those who follow to also find a path to higher consciousness.

Connie writes, “Other main Shadows we might meet with the dizzying speed of change as travelers in late life, might make one feel left behind. In looking at some of the changes that have happened rapidly over the last few years of course exacerbated by the Covid plague, our democracy once taken for granted has been hacked. Bookstores are almost extinct. Customer service jobs have been replaced by robots. Phones are attached to our hand or never far away. Digital platforms consume the children and as we watch massive scientific and technological breakthroughs unfold, we also watch widespread social and cultural breakdown. We are living in a time of simultaneous, interconnected crisis: a rapidly warming climate that’s creating extreme weather events, the risk of future pandemics, a backlash against globalization and liberal democracy, an ever-expanding concentration of power in multinational corporations and social media platforms and a growing awareness of racial inequality in every domain in life. And that story is not merely about increasing longevity, but about the changing form and meaning of human life, and its course of development in families and communities. Age is a lens through which we can view other crisis. This lens enables us to see the intersectionality of issues that appear to be separate, but also exposes the strengths, weaknesses, and inherent responsibilities of society for young and old alike.”

There is the difference between becoming a Senior and becoming an Elder. For instance, we transcend midlife letting go of the roles and responsibilities of this time and enter a neutral zone in which we are not young/not old. We are between clear -cut roles and identities, still active and engaged, but not quite sure who we are anymore. Eventually with inner work, we move past midlife or being a senior emerging as an Elder. “Elders” release past identities but carry all that we’ve learned, all that we love, always within us. In meaning to cross over or go beyond. A transition is a passage to a next stage of life, both internal and external, such as from child to adolescence, from single to married, from senior to Elder. Traditionally, such transitions were marked by sacred rites. On the other hand, transcendence is an internal shift to another level of awareness or a change in stage-not age.

If we continue to transcend past roles and identities eventually, transcending ego and awakening into higher stages of awareness we can become Spiritual Elders. That is our ego development includes inner work leading to adult maturity.(Ken Wilber calls this Growing Up.)

Carl Jung pointed out that the root of his patients post-midlife… problems was lack of a spiritual outlook. Connie believes this instinct for life completion is the manifestation of spiritual yearning or holy longing that appears in late life. It’s the evolutionary force within us that seeks the shift from role to soul.

Carol Orsborn in her book Older, Wiser, Fiercer writes, “By the time we are old, we have lived long enough to know what we and the world are capable of: the heights to which we can rise, and the depths to which we can sink. Perhaps evolution has given us old age because it takes so long to get beyond defending and storytelling to live life in its intended intensity….Few of us become willing to take on the potential for the pain of awakening, before we have tried every apparent shortcut—and there are so many. Carole advises “ Don’t wait to start your spiritual practice until it’s too late. We need that clear quiet awareness to center us in the midst of the hits that keep coming with age.” “Furthermore, if we identify with ego, self-image, success or other midlife values in late life we miss the opportunities to connect with shadow and soul.

If we identify with doing and deny our need to slow down and reflect, we keep doing what we’ve always done rather than experiencing aging as a spiritual practice.

If we identify with a healthy body/mind and ignore physical cognitive symptoms we miss the possibilities for self-care and may not realize illness as part of spiritual growth.

If we identify with a narrow band of time within a 360 -degree view of past present and future journey we remain stuck in denial of the fast and in fear of the future.

If we identify with regret about the past or feel like a victim of our history, we miss the opportunity to let go of the past, give and receive forgiveness and live and die in peace. If we identify with past religious or spiritual beliefs and don’t reexamine them so they are congruent with who we are now, we won’t repair our relationship to Spirit or to our place in the greater universe.

If we deny and resist the inner work of age because the ego cannot let go of control, we lose the chance to become an Elder.

If we identify with a narrow separate sense of self, we lose the opportunity to cultivate our connection to something larger than ourselves and move into higher states of awareness.

We can define a Sage or Elder. For members of organized religions church and synagogue communities can be a source of social support an a venue to serve others but usually provide no rituals to celebrate seniors becoming elders. And, of course, the esoteric or public forms of these traditions offer no spiritual practices to gain access to mystic states or higher stages of developing. For those of us who have taken a more individual path as unaffiliated seekers our practices become essential.

Sheryl says that as a Reiki Master Energy Teacher RMT her practice of meditation, being more silent in times allotted to be away from work family and normal day activity. has helped her reach and share higher information through channeling messages from Spirit for clients and family. Mediation is a refuge, and a buffer against the losses and disorientation of age. When following your life plan, destiny unfolds without as much anguish or stress, and aging is definitely easier.

While our cultures also define and confine aging, there are ways for positive aging or successful aging, leading to the status of elder, one who is comfortable with themselves and not easily overwhelmed by external stimuli, as they are able to balance and harmonize with all of life For example the movement for positive aging or successful aging emerged a decade ago to counter the consequences of long-term negative views of aging. Proponents urged people over fifty to maintain productivity, engagement, contribution, physical and mental health, sexuality and autonomy. It works.

An elder may not want to be measured against the cultural expectations, but align with change, and deepen self-acceptance to create life to reflect who we are now. In summary, to encapsulate the meaning of “old” in a three- letter word reduces it. In the Latin root of the word, Old, alere, means nourish. Somehow in the postmodern youth- oriented society, the precious ancient meaning of old whether it’s nourished or nourishing has vanished. However, Elders would be both!

There are developmental tasks to become an elder. Late life is defined and confined by many forces. Certainly, there are genetic predispositions and variations that affect aging. So our bodies—our health, illness and resilence—define and confine our experience of aging. Acute and chronic physical health issues may take our time and attention, leaving little energy for inner work unless it’s already a habit.

Those of us who have financial resoruces and a felt sense of affluence, also will have “time affluence” which allows us the space to devote to inner work. For those who struggle with survival needs, however, evolutionary needs seem like a luxury. So class differences inform their experience in late life and racial differences do too. In addition, the support we get from our families and social networks and our beliefs about meaning and purpose, all contribute to our capacity to do the inner work of age.

We all hold conscious and unconscious attitudes that support or undermine our health and resilience. For example, if our identity is rooted in our image, we may struggle to adjust to the incremental changes that occur in our appearance, losing confidence and motivation. Others, whose identity is rooted in a role at work or in financial status may have more difficulty maintaining self-esteem as these sources or identity change. One man told Connie, “Who am I if I’m not a psychologist, helping others all day? Another said, I built this company from the ground up—and now they want me out. What is the meaning of my life without my company?

An elder learns to think beyond his self-worth, being tied to accomplishments, and a fear of dependency. Slowly we can learn to reverse roles and accept help and a new reality and a mature kind of dependency without fear of losing our youth or self. The whole truth is this: Aging is not one dimensional. It’s full of opposites….

Being and doing
Freedom and dependency
Purpose and disorientation
Vitality and fatigue
Holding on and letting go
Extroversion and Introversion
Pleasure and pain
Gain and losses
Beginnings and endings

As an Elder we need to be mindful of where we put our attention: on growth or decline, gains or losses, holding on or letting go, And we need to remember that neither concept, on its own,tells the full, nuanced truth. Perhaps as Carl Jung suggested, if we hold the tension of opposites and let them simmer for a while rather than choosing one side and banishing the other into denial, a novel third possibility will emerge: the capacity to become a true Elder, who does not think in black or white terms, splitting good or bad, projecting one or the other, but will hold the tension of shadow and light—who is both nourished and nourishing.

In order to do the inner work of age and to remember yourself clearly as a spiritual being of infinite possibilities and eternal energy, it is important to understand the term Personal Shadow. Personal shadow is a term coined by the renowned Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung who served as an Elder to Connie while I was writing this book. The shadow develops in each of us) to form a conscious ego and banish the opposites (rudeness, stinginess, self-centeredness and so on) into the unconscious shadow. These unacceptable feelings images and desires lie dormant in the shadow but may erupt abruptly in hurtful or self-destructive behavior addictions and projections of all kinds. Shadow work is part of inner work that leads to accepting allowing surrendering all this negativity without judgment and regret in yourself and in regards to others.

Aging is our next frontier—a physical, emotional, moral, cognitive and spiritual frontier We can only truly reinvent life later from the inside out. Here we are with decades of life remaining to us after our reproductive years and after retirement more than any other generation before us. But if we don’t learn to age from the inside out, we won’t fulfil the promise or our souls.We find out more about spirituality in late life and how it differs from earliest stages. As the physical vehicle the body declines in late life, what does the soul ask of us? Are we unknowingly living a worn out personal story that we may no longer believe or are we fighting an old fight such as the one against parental values that no longer matter?

Connie tells us the story of Buddha a tale of waking up to the truths of human life. As we know there was a prince Siddhartha who lived in a palace and whose father the king was determined that his son would grow up to succeed him without ever knowing fear suffering or sadness. But Siddhartha was curious and when he was twenty -nine years old ordered his charioteer driver to take him outside the palace gates. Among the crowd, he saw a woman and man both bent and gaunt with cracked skin and teeth chattered, gray hair and hands that shook. What are they Siddhartha asked? Sire, these creatures are like others who live into the twilight of their years. They are old. They were once children who grew to have strength and beauty: they married and raised families, and now are near the end of life. They suffer from the press of time that mars beauty, ruins vigor, kills pleasure, weakens memory and destroys the senses. They are a ruin of what they were. The prince asked “Will this also be my fate?” “My lord, no one who lives can escape this fate.”

Meeting old age, the prince encountered the first divine messenger—and his first glimpse of the truth. So began his journey to become the Buddha. After Siddhartha saw the frail old man and woman, he saw two more messengers, someone ill and someone dead.

But he also saw a wandering monk and imagined in an instant a life beyond suffering, a life of high purpose dedicated to spiritual awakening. His soul awakened and he longed for that life, to go beyond his own suffering and to liberate others.

Of course, most of us live in denial sheltered by loved, and overprotected surrounded with the delight of beauty music and love, and fall under a spell that shields us from the realities of human suffering old age sickness and death. The spell of youth leads us to feel immortal and to live as if life has no limits. Sheryl says that perhaps that is a miraculous gift to move us towards light bright joyful and positive pursuits while we have a state of wellness and curiosity to learn and live unimpeded by fear of almost anything that would quell our desire to experience life in all it’s glorious ways.

We can shift from role to soul. If we have been in denial about anything in our lives, the emergence of these divine messengers old age, illness death,—triggers a profound identity crisis in us. They are gods or archetypal forces that carry the power of shocking us out of the spell that has limited our full view of life death and who we really are beyond beliefs and societal training. They carry the power to awaken in us an awareness of the fragile nature of physical life and the fleeting quality of time and the end to come. Potentially, they awaken in us a profound yearning to shift priorities and turn our attention and energies away from the trivial and toward what is essential in life, away from distractions and toward inner life. The yearning may stir souls with a divine discontent with conventional life and a need for something more which Connie calls the “holy longing.”

Connie might want readers of The Inner Work of Age to take away with them after reading your book that life after 50 can feel like we’re in mid-air between trapezes, unable to let go of the past, or see future possibilities. My approach to late-life identity crisis requires turning within and using tools to break through the denial of internalized ageism, face our unconscious fears, attune to our soul’s longings, and explore meaning beyond doing. If we complete this rite of passage, shifting our identity beyond role we can release the heroic ego strivings and become who we truly are for the first time. With psychological and spiritual practices we can shift from Hero to Elder and role to soul

We thank Connie Zweig author of The Inner Work of Age for the most comprehension and complete way to understand aging and the journey from senior to elder and offering a means for people to see past the way society, or youth, views late life, to a spiritual sense that late life is the perfect time for the soul to finally assimilate the experiences of this life, become free of the fears and anguish of trauma ,depression, or sadness and fill their hearts, beyond right of wrong and the duality of spiritual or energetic life and physical life to the oneness of accepting themselves as both, the soul and physical being they are.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have come to see that the answers to problems that hide in the darkness, beneath the boundary of awareness in the invisible world can brought to the light of awareness in later life . Becoming a sage or elder requires going beyond the confines of childhood societal training, or the ego’s point of view which seeks the ego’s objectives to appear okay, look good, feel in control, and get things done. We have found that this identification with only our physical world, limits our growth beyond appearances, to one of maturity and soul identification. We find the ego’s goals are not the tasks of Late Life which require us to move our attention from the exterior world to the inner one, from the ego’s role in society to the soul’s deeper purpose.

Connie writes, “Every spiritual tradition teaches that the ego is a construct of the mind that serves us well in our midlife heyday but eclipses our deeper identity, whether that is called our Christ nature, Buddha nature, Atman, Self or spirit. I use the word soul to refer to this essence, the aspect of every human being that is not a small, separate entity, like ego, but connects us to the universal spiritual nature of everything…. Our identity or self-sense at any moment can be rooted in ego or rooted in soul. It’s not what we’re doing but how we’re doing –our state of mind—that makes the difference.”

There are three qualities of awareness like the three keys hiding in the dark:

Shadow awareness: portal to depth Pure awareness: portal to silent vastness Mortality awareness: portal to presence

As we move through the stages of Late Life we break through denial with shadow work activate the next stage of our soul’s development with a practice of open mindedness meditation and observation and maintain mortality awareness while being present and using our time well.

Connie and I well into our Late Life journey hope to be an elder having already found that life in any stage is a gift, and we are all on a spiritual path whether we know it or not, for we are all spiritual beings having a physical life in order to remember what is hidden deep within our heart and soul essence, that love compassion and hope for learning, loving, and living, is at the forefront to bringing heaven to earth, and enjoying life to the best of our human and soul being rather than merely wadding through the challenges.

Sheryl Glick RMT host of Healing From Within and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical psychological legal educational and arts and music fields share their fascination and dedication to uncovering the mysteries of life in all aspects both physical and spiritual. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisons7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://conniezweig.com/

The post Extended Longevity is an Opportunity for Spiritual Growth appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Teacher and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us that our challenges at the present time are not economic political or societal but often a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Athena Bahri RMT a Reiki Master Teacher author of Raise Your Vibes energy healer and a messenger and light worker for Spirit. Athena is part of a Hollywood Dynasty niece of Rita Hayward cousin of Ginger Rogers and Donna Reed who all succeeded in their lives and careers and were “perhaps?” aware of Universal Energy “The Law of Attraction” and their Higher Self which made success a certain reality for them.

As listeners have come to expect over the years Sheryl and her guests share intimate and insightful stories and ideas of Universal source, the creative force of All life and an understanding of the duality of physical and spiritual essence so we may self-investigate and discover more about who we are and what life is really all about. We come to know life is not random and we are constantly transforming and changing whether we want to or not, and many discover that life survives physical death so we are indeed spiritual beings having a physical life and not the other way around.

In today’s episode of Healing From within Athena Bahri will share quick and easy ways of improving your life and show us that we each have our own energy vibration and when vibes are low we may experience physical illness as well as negative feelings such as anxiety anger sadness and loneliness but we can shift negative emotions into the positive as we each have the personal power to raise our vibration to manifest healthy happy and safe lives. Athena discusses her interesting work in Hollywood and leaving a life of glamour to create a life of peace and energy healing as many in business medicine and the arts often do when they begin to remember who they really are and what life is really about.

When Athena is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person place or event that may have signaled to her or others around her the interests and lifestyle she might pursue as an adult she never doubted that she would be a force for vitality and joy as she was surrounded by the most successful and creative people in Hollywood whose energy was vibrant and shared imagination and magic with her and their public.

Athena may have been guided to study Reiki an alternative healing method and an ancient energy based practice that channels higher Universal Energy through a person attuned by a Master Reiki Teacher that helps to relax and allow an intelligent divine energy to support the physical emotional and spiritual healing of a person who has been unable to correct the problem with western traditional medicine or surgery. Athena suffered a back injury and looked for many ways to help her deal with the pain and dysfunction. Eventually she was guided to study and use Reiki in her return to good health.

Reiki energy or Universal Energy is all around us at all times and is our connection to the creative force of life and each other. Reiki is an energy healing art or modality originating from Japan but a spiritual healing technique found by other names in every country in the world. Love is its highest frequency.

The Five Reiki Principles offer a path and life style that stimulates rightful thinking and action and creates an environment that is conducive for a healthy and purposeful life style

Just for today I will not worry.
Just for today I will now be angry.
Just for today I will do my work honestly.
Just for today I will give thanks for my many blessings
Just for today I will be kind to myself my neighbor and every living thing.

So as Athena and Sheryl as practicing Reiki Master Teachers have found Reiki like all spiritual practices guide one to live in a conscious loving and sharing way as we embrace the Oneness of all life and trust the Universal Plan that is personally and collectively changing as humanity evolves to a higher vibration and frequency of living with greater compassion and love for life in its unique and eternal essence.

Reiki like many alternative healing methods massage chiropractic cranio -sacral therapy acupuncture yoga polarity and chakra healing are all becoming more main stream?

More people are becoming aware of their own empathic abilities and the importance of understanding how energy plays a part in every aspect of our lives from the atoms that make up our physical bodies to the emotional mental and spiritual states. Every word and action is an energy transmission and how we feel and think directly affects not only ourselves but everyone around us. By healing and raising the frequency of our own vibration, we have the chance to create a more loving environment. It is necessary to understand how the term vibration is used. Vibration is the transfer and movement of energy. We can see it when a pebble is tossed into a body of water which ripples out into the water. We can feel it when we stand near a speaker playing loud music. Energy is neither created nor destroyed, it is simply moved from one space to another and can of course as Einstein announced Never destroyed. Our own physical emotional and spiritual bodies also have their own unique vibrations. When our vibes are low, our mood is negative, our emotional state anxious angry or sad, our physical bodies suffer from illness, and we feel disconnected and alone. But we do not have to stay in this state of low energy. We have the power to raise our vibration to one of love and vibrancy but of course that takes awareness discipline and effort and is a choice.

Athena and Sheryl share their thoughts on Eastern alternative energy healing and traditional or Western allopathic medicine.

Athena writes, My experience has shown me that energy healing is just as important a part of self- care as conventional medicine. By raising your vibration, energy healing fills in the gaps of modern medicine. It is gentle but the shift is profound—it will alter both your mindset and the internal workings of your body enabling you to enjoy a much happier and healthier quality of life. However, an understanding of spiritual health is typically not taught to us in the modern age. Instead, we are often raised to depend on others for our health. Our society as a whole has lost sight to call upon we relied heavily on diet worship and sacred tools to cure ourselves. If we go back to the days of ancient peoples of the world many spiritual practices were uses including herbs, crystals, different forms of smudging prayer and as you can see I believe of our incredible innate ability to heal ourselves. Not too long ago when there were no physicians we need a full spectrum of healing practices for our wellbeing. Of course it’s important to note that modern medicine also has immense value. Only after doing research and exploring alternative methods did I grasp that there is much more to healing than just treating physical symptoms—that true healing takes place on all the levels of body mind spirit.

Sheryl says In regard to those thoughts of Eastern alternative healing modalities and western allopathic medicine in my new book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening she addressed the growing epidemic of Cancer and new thoughts on methods to deal more effectively to assist the mind body and spirit to heal and Sheryl wrote, “My sister Rodelle became ill with pancreatic cancer and chose to have chemotherapy………. Over the year and a half of treatments, her will to live and her spirit to trust never wavered. As a volunteer for hospice, I observed many people pass from pancreatic cancer, so I knew the pain was excruciating. So, each night, I sent Reiki energy and prayers to Rodelle, asking that she have the least amount of pain possible. Over the course of her many treatments, I always asked her if she had much pain, and she always responded, “No.” Rodelle’s love of life was supported by her many friends and family, her work, her enthusiasm for fashion, and her interest in exploring this beautiful world by travelling to many exotic tropical locations and historical places. These interests and passions worked to sustain her through the many setbacks and complications of the treatment plan she had opted for.”

As a holistic practitioner, Sheryl had wanted her to try alternative treatments such as Chinese herbal medicine, acupuncture, hyperthermia that kills cancer cells but does not weaken the immune system, and other energy-healing methods. Of course, Sheryl is aware that approximately 98 percent of people with a diagnosis of metastasized cancer do not survive with chemotherapy or perhaps with any other treatments. Sheryl knows there was little that the system or the protocols of The American Medical Association could do other than follow their formula for treatment, but believes after 40 years of chemotherapy producing ultimately the same results and loss of life for a good number of patients, patients should be offered ALL options available, not only those approved by the FDA.

Improvements and advanced knowledge by the doctors should be offered, and patients should be told of all complications surrounding different treatments so they can eventually make a personal decision for how to face their challenge and ultimate ending.

A person who is diagnosed with cancer is initially filled with fear and dread and will usually follow the first plan of treatment offered. It seems prudent to Sheryl to receive at least two to three opinions before embarking on any treatment plan, and we should incorporate a host of modalities and treatments to assist anyone dealing with a serious or terminal illness.

Sheryl writes of many other treatment plans such as “Wait and See” before using the last resort chemotherapy. In some cases the body is able to heal itself with changes in diet lifestyle and spiritual awareness and practices as well as making job or relationship changes which may be so stressful that they may actually have created the cancer.

Athena writes, My experience has shown me that energy healing is just as important a part of self- care as conventional medicine. By raising your vibration, energy healing fills in the gaps of modern medicine. It is gentle but the shift is profound—it will alter both your mindset and the internal workings of your body enabling you to enjoy a much happier and healthier quality of life. However, an understanding of spiritual health is typically not taught to us in the modern age. Instead, we are often raised to depend on others for our health. Our society as a whole has lost sight to call upon we relied heavily on diet worship and sacred tools to cure ourselves. If we go back to the days of ancient peoples of the world many spiritual practices were uses including herbs, crystals, different forms of smudging prayer and as you can see I believe of our incredible innate ability to heal ourselves. Not too long ago when there were no physicians we need a full spectrum of healing practices for our wellbeing. Of course it’s important to note that modern medicine also has immense value. Only after doing research and exploring alternative methods did I grasp that there is much more to healing than just treating physical symptoms—that true healing takes place on all the levels of body mind spirit.

Athena and Sheryl discuss how they and other practitioners perform a Reiki healing on people far away or “Distant Healing” as it is called and give us examples of such a healing event.

In the first attunement to Reiki known as Reiki I the student is aligned or attuned to three symbols which help them channel Universal energy but are not yet taught how to use these and more advanced symbols. The student continues to practice Reiki self healing sessions on themselves clearing and refining their own health and a deeper connection to the energy they have embraced.

In Reiki 11 training the student receives a second attunement and new symbols are passed to the student allowing that individual to work on others at a deeper level and to send Reiki energy to other people situations places and animals remotely without limitation of space and time in a practice known as Distant Healing Reiki. This is regarded as the practitioner level by most Reiki masters in the West.

Sheryl tells of one of her first Distant Healing sessions. On New Years Eve many years ago, Sheryl received a call from her son who told her that his wife’s cousin only 19 had a brain bleed and the family was desperate as the outcome seemed dire. My son said, “Mom I don’t exactly know what you do but if you could help that would be great.” Being a new practitioner myself I wasn’t exactly sure how it worked but I invoked the Distant Healing symbol and began to connect to the energy of the young woman and her family. There was such pain and fear that she wouldn’t survive that Sheryl began to cry but continued to sent healing symbols and hopeful intentions for her survival requesting that she live a full healthy life but, whatever her soul needed to do as a result of this event must be allowed, accepted and surrendered to. Sheryl must have spent over an hour in mediation and then for days to follow. The young woman miraculously survived and needed months of rehab but made a full recovery. Sheryl realized that there is no time and space but all energy can be anywhere that the mind intends it to be and time and space is merely a concept of a three- dimensional physical world. Energy can be everywhere independently of the body or mind. Sheryl has continued to use Distant Healing over the years to prepare clients visits to doctor’s offices, hospitals, large events and people in need to help further the best outcome for the person. During Covid after having the disease herself and knowing its ability to go to all parts of the body affecting certain areas more intensely if there was a weakness there, and after recovering Sheryl was able to send Distant Healing to many people near and far and helped many weather serious challenges.

Athena tells us crystals play a significant role in her own Reiki practice as combining Reiki with crystal helps to focus and strengthen healing energies. To assist your self -attunement, she recommends using a piece of clear quartz crystal. “Clear quartz” is considered the master healing crystal and its ability to help amplify energy is unmatched. Simply hold the crystal or place it near you to intensify your body’s openness and allow the bio-electric energy field to harmonize with the Reiki energy you are intending to connect with. Reiki energy flows from above through the crown chakra whereas crystals bring in the grounding energy from the Earth so together they form a natural and seamless circuit. Clear quart should always be cleansed when you first begin to use it. You want to make sure it is amplifying your intention and energy not that of others it has come in contact with.

Athena might tell us that “Selenite” is unique in that it is both self- cleansing and clears the energy attachments of other crystals. Simply place the two stones together in a bowl overnight to cleanse the other crystal.

Athena tells us her desire and need for writing a book and her inspiration for Raise Your Vibes Athena tells us her mission is to make the healing power or Reiki and energy healing accessible to all. She has developed an approach that combines simple Reiki techniques with a range of different healing modalities from crystals to lunar rituals. The tools she provides create a vibration raising practice that readers can use in many different situations from dealing with physical pain to ridding themselves of stress and lingering emotional upset to improving the vibes of their surroundings at work and at home. Athena also provides step by step meditation guides.

Athena and Sheryl both might want you to think of “The Violet Flame” as a powerful and protective tool that has been used throughout the ages. The beauty of the Violet Flame incorporates the power of light color and divine connection together with the one of the four elements Fire. Although there is no literal flame involved, the sense of the warmth generated from the energy can be seen as a warm bath or mother’s womb restoring the feeling of safety and security that many have lost on our journey in life. It is a powerful tool that anyone can invoke with some practice and visualization. This beautiful light will help cleanse and seal your aura remove uninvited entities and energy blocks: restore your sense of peace: protect from jealous and hurtful energy vampires: give you confidence in social situations: heal old hurts: cut energetic cords of attachment as well as raise your vibration.

In historical writings the color violet has been associated with the Ascended Masters those spiritual guides of the past who transcend religion, denomination, creed and conviction. The most known Ascended Masters include Jesus Christ, Gautama, Buddha, Quan Yin and the Egyptian goddess Isis.

Sheryl tells of meeting a Reiki Master from England who instructed her to use the Violet Flame. He told her the violet flame is especially associated with the Ascended Master Saint Germaine who was said not to age according to many accounts. Sometimes referred to as Master R he was reputed to be an 18th century alchemist and crystal collector and confidant of the French XV regime.

In modern times, purple remains the color of royalty in England. It features in songs such as “Purple Haze” by Jimi Hendrix and “Purple Rain” by Prince. Purple or violet is one of natures most healing colors and is used in color therapy for soothing mental and emotional stress. It is often found in nurseries to create a calm serene environment.

Athena gives some ways to bring in the Violet Flame which are easy and practical. Sheryl simply recites “Make me a recipient of the Violet or Purple Fire and make me as God desires, Transform Transform Transform.” Then she envisions herself surrounded in the healing purple light- protected and healed at the same time feeling the calm surround her and asks the energy to go to whatever part of her body is in need of extra attention. We thank Athena Bahri RMT author of Raise Your Vibes for sharing your creative loving journey with Reiki healing and many other metaphysical techniques and modalities used to help our mind body and spirt to attune to Universal Source, the laws of nature and the Universe, and help to tap into a true recognition of eternal life which is so much more than physical life, thereby allowing us to know our soul nature and begin to transcend fear and limitation for greater love of Self and the miraculous gift of life.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing from Within Athena and Sheryl have shown you the joy and fulfillment they have found as Reiki Master Teachers and universal citizens of a multi-dimensional universe filled with love and compassion, hope and joy, and the Reiki path to find a bit of this magic as you begin to be aware of the coincidences that really are messages from Spirit helping us to put the puzzle of life together, realizing we have the power within to create and manifest through our thoughts and actions the life we are living.. By changing thoughts and behaviors, we change our reality and can improve ourselves, our communities, and really begin to Manifest a miraculous life journey. Athena in a very organized factual creative practical guide to Reiki self- healing and the many tools to be explored to help that process such as crystals meditation mudras smudging sound healing the Violet Flame shows us how to conquer fear and other negative emotions as we gain greater self -love confidence and joy in our daily experiences.

Athena writes, “We are all divine beings blessed with our individual talents and traits. Many of us tend to forget this for a number of reasons such as having other people’s pain projected onto us: unhealthy relationships, childhood traumas, or the constant comparing of ourselves to others. Whatever the reason know that you are deserving of love—and that must start with loving yourself. Showing ourselves some love is a beautiful way to lift ourselves up, raise our vibes and start attracting those who will also show us love.’

Athena and Sheryl help you find the path to feeling the beauty of Universal Energy all around you calling you to take a step towards refining your own energy and finding the peace and happiness that is the divine birth right of every human soul being.

Sheryl Glick RMT host of Healing From Within invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to authors metaphysical leaders spiritualists scientists medical professionals psychologists attorneys and those in the arts and music fields share insights into the true nature of physical and spiritual life leading to greater health happiness and prosperity. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7eradio.com

Today’s Guest

https://crystalreikihealer.com

The post Energy Self-Healing for Everyone appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of my newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares messages and stories from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul inner wisdom. I am delighted today to welcome Kerri Hummingbird author of Love is Fierce: Healing the Mother Wound which shows us the state of our world now has been touched by the suffering of women many whom have developed victim mentalities which result in their being unable to love fully, often neglecting loved ones and even competing with their children for control and attention.

As most listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her guests share intimate and insightful stories of awakening, transformation and an understanding of soul life and its effects on our physical life journey and challenges. It seems, as we begin to remember that we are spiritual beings having a physical life in order to refine our energy and emotions and improve health, find prosperity, happiness and purposefulness we discover we actually have the personal power to create and manifest our best lives.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within, Kerri Hummingbird guides women to courageously reclaim their power, wisdom and voice by healing the Mother Wound so they can help mend the sacred hoop of humanity. Women throughout the ages due to the patriarchal, religious systems, have often been seen as second class citizens and remain so in some undeveloped cultures still existing in this world. It will be in recognizing the equality of all human beings as sensitive souls with divine potential and not separating or segregating anyone due to gender, religion, race, class or disability, that we will improve ourselves and the world as it was always meant to be by the universal creative source, will resonate with true love and compassion for all. There will be no division politically, religiously, socially, we will appreciate people as they are. Kerri has an intuitive, introspective soul, when asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person, place or event that may have signaled to her or others the interests work lifestyle they might pursue as adults. Kerri tells us of her difficult journey as a young child with an abusive father and a mother who, to protect her, left the marriage and married who she thought would provide a safe environment for her daughter, and that turned out not to be the case. She says that what she most admires about her mother is her tenacious pursuit of an authentic life for herself and to love her daughter. She in her third marriage, landed the most genuine, caring, and supportive partner with her third husband: the man I call my Dad. For 45 years they enjoyed what many people observed was a rare soulmate connection; the kind of love relationship people dream about receiving. Most people don’t realize that a love like that has a price to pay upfront. Or at least, it did in our world. And those early bumps in my mother’s journey to love cost her, and me, dearly.

My mother did not look the other way in any circumstances that regarded me. She fought for me and to heal her own traumas from being a woman caught within a system that still favors men, legally, financially, and socially.

“Fierce love” is what I received as a child from my mother. Yet the trauma planted in my brain from those early years formed a foundation that has woven itself into the very fabric of my life, up until now. My brain was hardwired for a perception of life that created suffering in my relationship with myself, my mother, friends, and every partner. That perceptual hardwiring has created content to fill thousands of hours of psychotherapy sessions, and exhausted my life savings to heal myself through retreats, plant medicine, coaches, alternative healing certifications, and so on.

Kerri tells us she loves her mother deeply for her sacrifices every step along the way. Kerri knows her mother persevered where many women have looked the other way and drowned in guilt and shame. Kerri’s mother is a powerful force to be reckoned with, a role model of a woman going after what she wants for herself. Beyond her dedication to finding the right partner, she persisted until she received her Masters’ degree in Early Childhood Education in mid-life and never passed up an opportunity to email her government representatives her perspective on issues of the day.

Kerri tells us what inspired her to write Love is Fierce: Healing the Mother Wound. The healing message of Love is Fierce: Healing the Mother Wound is urgently needed today. For sure, we are the walking wounded. Without transforming the Mother Wound, which almost all women experience, into Mother Wisdom, humanity will sink deeper into despair and possibly extinction. Hummingbird-Sami is direct and powerful. She walks us through the narrative of her healing and awakening. Spanning the spectrum from traditional psychology, spiritual psychology to shamanic transformation, she enables us to understand the path to greater consciousness, connection, and sustainable love.

Having outgrown shame, she weaves us through her childhood abuse, teenage sexual acting out, young adult grasping and greediness, birthing two sons, divorce, and the traumatic separation from her mother to the liberation of her soul into spiritual adulthood. Her life story is relatable. We can all identify with the struggles of growing up in a materialistic culture devoid of true universal love. We all yearn for the perfect mother that makes us feel safe and whole. The vacancy created by the lack of feminine wisdom sets the stage for her soul’s journey. Without immersion in the Great Mother, how can any physical mother be a true and trusted guide or any child emerge as the divine’s full, unique expression? Remember?

Her main message is this: Wake up to your relationship to the Great Goddess, Mother Earth, and the infinite feminine wisdom. The Great Mother Wound results from thousands of years of taking the masculine to a toxic extreme. Our path to healing is through the feminine, which will bring our lives and our hearts into balance. Hummingbird-Sami expresses the message of our time. The feminine wisdom is rising powerfully now. We need to heal the Mother Wound to align with our higher consciousness and the consciousness of the beautiful Mother that holds us so wisely and dearly. This review of the book was written by Sarah Weiss, MA, Spiritual Teacher, Keeper of the Light, and Medical Intuitive, a former guest of Healing From Within several times.

Kerri tells us when she began to write this book, she was estranged from her mother and part of her family, recovering from the loss of her Dad, and doing her best to support her eldest son in launching into the world. For years before beginning to write this book Kerri had already been learning the lessons and taking the steps to heal the Mother Wound.

She just was not fully aware of the process she was in until she was Spirit-tapped by White Buffalo Calf Woman to channel this book. Kerri said yes and committed, without really knowing what she was signing up for. As she began this book, she hoped that through the healing process she would be able to be connected once again with her mother while maintaining her personal power and respecting both of them, and that she would be a better mother for her sons.

White Buffalo Calf Woman is a sacred woman of supernatural origin, a prophet of feminine power, who brought sacred wisdom and gifts to the Sioux people. In the traditional story, it is said that there was a time of famine where all the Sioux tribes gathered together. The chief of the Lakota sent out two scouts to hunt for food. These men came across what appeared to be a white cloud in the distance, and as it came closer, they saw a beautiful woman in white buckskin. She explained she was a wakáŋ, having supernatural powers, and that if he did as instructed, the Lakota would rise again. He returned to his encampment as instructed, called the Council, and prepared a feast for her arrival. When the holy woman arrived, she had a gift for the people. “Halting before the chief, she now opened the bundle. The holy thing it contained was chanunpa, the sacred pipe. She held it out to the people and let them look at it.”

She taught the Lakota seven sacred ceremonies to protect Mother Earth and gave them the chanupa, the sacred ceremonial pipe. “With this holy pipe,” she said, “you will walk like a living prayer. With your feet resting upon the earth and the pipe stem reaching into the sky, your body forms a living bridge between the Sacred Beneath and the Sacred Above. Wakan Tanka smiles upon us, because now we are as one: earth, sky, all living things, the two-legged, the four-legged, the winged ones, the trees, the grasses. Together with the people, they are all related, one family. The pipe holds them all together.”

Sheryl says “As a Reiki Master Teacher my students and I align to the energy of the living universe and channel that energy to heal ourselves and others and bring an awareness of the Oneness of all things. In all spiritual practices initiates are connected to this concept and way of life. It is different from religion in that it assumes a personal responsibility for personal growth as well as conscious collective responsibility for communities and the earth. The only rule is to accept and surrender to the energy of love, goodness and compassion and know you are a spiritual being of eternal life.

Kerri tells us “Upon finishing this book, my reason for doing it, and sharing it, is first a matter of self-respect. Because I respected myself to do the work in this book, I am able to show up with greater compassion, wisdom, love and kindness. It is vital that you know yourself as strong, wise, and capable. This is especially important for women and mothers now as we enter the Age of Aquarius where the Divine Feminine rises, and we embrace the Divine Mother as a teacher. Strong wise women are the weavers of the web of family and community. When in their rightful place of honor, our families, communities and planet thrive from the benefit of intuition, deep listening, divine connection, and fierce love of wise women. Our wise women support and teach our new mothers how to hold a compassionate loving presence for our children and the words they speak come from wisdom gained through direct experience…not from outside authority but from inner authority.”

Kerri tells us about having Earth amnesia. Kerri was having trouble with the channeling Buffalo Calf Woman who helped her remember the past wisdom of the ancient woman who connected to Universal Energy because she felt unworthy to be delivering this message. And this ancient sacred healer has arisen through the channeling to Keri for now the perfect timing. The women walking the Earth today have not been honored as sacred vessels of Mother Earth. The women walking the Earth today have been subjugated, denigrated, abused, shamed, controlled, and stripped of self-worth; for many, the abuse begins while they are still children. And because women have been stripped of self-worth, humanity has been stripped of self-worth. The healing message of Love is Fierce: Healing the Mother Wound is urgently needed today. For sure, we are the walking wounded.

Without transforming the Mother Wound into Mother Wisdom, humanity will sink deeper into despair and possibly extinction. Hummingbird-Sami is direct and powerful. She walks us through the narrative of her healing and awakening. Spanning the spectrum from traditional psychology, spiritual psychology to shamanic transformation, she enables us to understand the path to greater consciousness, connection, and sustainable love.

Having outgrown shame, she weaves us through her childhood abuse, teenage sexual acting out, young adult grasping and greediness, birthing two sons, divorce, and the traumatic separation from her mother to the liberation of her soul into spiritual adulthood. Her life story is relatable. We can all identify with the struggles of growing up in a materialistic culture devoid of true universal love. We all yearn for the perfect mother that makes us feel safe and whole. The vacancy created by the lack of feminine wisdom sets the stage for her soul’s journey. Without immersion in the Great Mother, how can any physical mother be a true and trusted guide or any child emerge as the divine’s full, unique expression?

Kerri recommends for those who wish to deepen their relationship with Earth consciousness that we be encouraged to learn and practice “Sacred creation.” Sacred creations are inspired by Divine connection, serve a greater purpose, bring beauty, and serve as a fountain of Love that restores the Garden of Earth even as it is derived from the Mother Earth’s materials. A baby is a sacred creation. This book is a sacred creation. A chanupa is a sacred creation. A ceremonial cloth is a sacred creation. To birth a sacred creation, you must prepare the vessel. You must honor the vessel through which the creation is birthed. You must open the vessel and flood it with the Divine through sacred ritual and prayer. And then you must surrender to the Great Spirit that is the only force that can birth a sacred creation…through you as the prepared vessel. You are not doing it. The Great Spirit is the one that answers the prayers from the chanunpa. And if you have prepared your vessel for the sacred, the Great Spirit can birth the sacred creation through you.

Kerri writes “Is it any wonder that humanity is at a point of crisis where Mother Earth hurls at us fires, tornadoes, melting ice caps, earthquakes, and viruses? Collectively, we are disrespecting our mothers, we are birthing humans fixated on consuming, penetrating, conquering, and claiming—and very few humans are listening as our skies fill with smog and our plant medicines burn in the jungle. We have reached the end of the patriarchal drive to conquer the feminine and control Mother Earth. Humanity will never dominate the Earth. She will flick humanity off her back like so many fleas if we do not start listening to her. She’s been listening to us, and she knows our every anticipated move. Take a moment and consider how ridiculous it is to be concerned with a manicure when in just a few generations from now we may be extinct if we don’t take action now to course correct. Please, we need to get our priorities straight for the benefit of future generations.

To survive, we need humans turned into Mother Earth. We need our medicine women to rebuild the fabric of human society with wisdom, compassion, patience, and diplomacy. We need our men to put down their tools of destruction, stop building stuff we don’t need, stop trying to ‘outwit’ Mother Nature with new biohazards and drugs, and stop playing Monopoly to control and subjugate life on Earth. We must humble ourselves to learn from the sacred power of Mother Earth that is beyond our comprehension.”

Kerri and Sheryl share reasons that there has been an inability on the part of men to recognize the equality of women and that has unfortunately been part of human history it seems since the beginning of life on earth.

Kerri writes, “For centuries women have been falsely conditioned to think that they are lower than men, and that the way to please ‘God’ is to subjugate yourself to men’s control. That the way to survive in the world is to ‘get a man and keep him.’” Kerri is now remembering when her grandmother, who was trained in the Southern Baptist beliefs, told her that ‘the Bible says woman serves man.’ Kerri felt repulsed by this statement and hurt, and that was the correct response.

Now let us turn our attention to Christianity that has worshiped Jesus. Indeed, Jesus is an incredible teacher of love, forgiveness and compassion. And, Jesus was born of Mary. Mary prepared her vessel to receive the sacred gift of the Divine. Without this preparation, it is possible that a baby would have been born….but not a great spiritual teacher. Because Mary had prepared her vessel to be a living chanunpa, she lived in walking prayer. Because Mary lived in walking prayer, she reared her child in walking prayer. Because Mary mother Jesus in walking prayer, the world received the great spiritual teacher Jesus. It all began with the Mother and her decision to honor her sacred vessel…even if the prevailing culture did not honor her as a chanunpa, she found it within herself to do so.

Sheryl shares with us her own feeling that the Patriarchal Religions have intentionally or unintentionally, set up a system where the man is the head of the household and the wife holds a secondary place or role, while the man is free to go out and earn a living, the wife is expected to stay home and be in charge of the family. In ancient days that was the way but as we have advanced technologically and scientifically, we realize that the perceptions of God’s will may have been interpreted to keep the men in power Even today the fundamentalist segments of all religions or orthodox still conform to this perceived version of God’s will. Men often being somewhat physically and more aggressive naturally than women, have been comfortable at times with their role, but now as spiritually advanced interpretations of living with the laws of Universal Energy, there is more of an acceptance that men and women both have male and female energy, although in different proportions, and using all this energy can balance, harmonize personal development and help relationships to improve. That is the way.

Kerri tells us that losing touch with our ancestry has perhaps harmed the progress of women’s liberation and freedom from society’s mores and restrictions.

Kerri tells us “as it is harder for Kerri and other spiritual messengers who have been harmed by the violence and anger in the world today, it is hard to hear her spiritual guides when she goes into softness. Her heart is so conditioned by the masculine for being pounded over the head with it that the gentler messages slide under the surface of awareness. And it is the same for most humans on the planet today. The Great Spirit offers a constant stream of subtle impressions that you can quiet yourself to hear and follow. Many ascended masters are here at this time to help you move out of the mind and back into your heart so you can hear these gentle messages. In the stillness is an understanding that liberates you from the conditioning of your mind from thousands of years of masculine energy domination. As the women soften their hearts, the grief in their wombs can be released. With this clearing, there will be space for Love to grow again. It takes courage to soften your heart, to set down the armor, and to listen to your inner landscape with compassion, rather than judgment. It takes courage to claim responsibility to prepare your vessel for the sacred because it means facing the inner destruction caused through human conditioning and forgiving it to reclaim your chanunpa and feminine sacred connection to the divine.”

Kerri looks into the concept of what a Courageous Heart is. She sees a Courageous Heart within every nuance of a mother registered by her child: facial expressions, emotional energy, tone of voice, smell, energy. Each child is finely tuned to their mother from the beginning for guidance on all of life’s challenges from the moment you are in her womb until you manage to parent yourself through inner healing of the Mother Wound. The relationship with your mother is a huge factor in whether you can identify your feelings and communicate, have the confidence to take risks, be resilient in the face of setbacks, and feel strong self-worth and self-love. Kerri says she never realized how important she was as a mother until her children were nearly grown. She spent most of their young lives swimming in self-doubt, feelings of inadequacy, and fear of mothering them wrong from her own unhealed Mother Wound.

Together, she feels we must break the cycle and help our young mothers begin parenting from a healed place. We must have courageous hearts and that means trust and love for self, for the divine Universal Source of all life, as we learn to ask for help from Spirit and others, here on Earth when needed, so we may continue to grow in alignment to our divine soul being and know we are being guided to fulfill our life mission. For many women that is to grow beyond the conscripts of past indoctrination by a patriarchal society that has deemed women as a second class citizen. Courage is using all your spiritual talents to throw that energy to your children and to the world, and to heal the wounds of so many centuries of abuse to the women of earth.

Kerri might like readers to remember after reading the book that the qualities that best serve every human now are humility, presence, integrity, and willingness to take personal responsibility to clean up this mess we have collectively created. You’ve got to stop listening to other people who are operating from past belief systems and who are trained to believe they are not worthy, not good enough, not loved, not wanted, not respected, not appreciated; and so birthed you into a web of consciousness where you never felt worthy, good enough, loved, wanted, respected and appreciated. When you heal the Mother Wound within you, you awaken to the powerful connection you can have with Mother Earth, and that leads you through breadcrumb steps to claim the Garden of Eden that is right here, right now. The indigenous cultures around the world have guarded these secrets for this Great Awakening, waiting for you to be ready to heal yourself and reconnect with Mother Earth.

We thank you Kerri Hummingbird, author of Love is Fierce, for helping us move past the amnesia created for many at birth of our unique divine essence or soul connection to the Oneness of life and to our ability to move past the fears of the physical world that often taint and hides our abilities to live with love and self -respect until we once again remember our divine potential.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have discussed how many mothers of today need to move past the harm imposed on them over centuries, which has also harmed the children, will be corrected by mothers who wish to heal their children and future generations because they love them more than themselves; the children are the reason women will finally face and heal the Mother Wound within. Kerri and many others are now the kind of mothers who can do for their kids what they always wanted to receive from their mothers: listen and unconditionally love. They’ve said some pretty rough things to me, things that I never would have been brave enough to say to my mother. I have listened and guided as best I could. I have humbled myself rather than forced my will, controlled or manipulated them. We have discussed how vital it is that you know yourself as strong, wise, and capable. This is especially important for women and mothers now as we enter the Age of Aquarius where the Divine Feminine rises, and we embrace the Divine Mother as a teacher. Strong wise women are the weavers of the web of family and community.

Kerri wrote, “This is the Mother Wound that medicine women today bear the brunt to heal on behalf of humanity. The family is still operating from the painful conditioning even as we are healing the Mother Wound within ourselves. We pass on the Mother Wound before we are aware we are doing it, and then we work through the patterns and the shadows in ourselves, our children and families at the same time. Projection runs rampant, blame divides us into ‘sides’, and the pain is unbearable so we leave each other. Mothers are dragged through the mud one last time, often without our family realizing they’re doing it, or that there’s another potential for how to perceive and resolve these familiar and painful cycles.”

Kerri and Sheryl would have you remember to support women and yes, to support men also, at this critical time in the spiritual evolution of humanity: when you have the capacity to see the bigger picture of the evolution of our species, you can have grace and compassion for those souls still mired in the mud of the Mother Wound and struggling to free themselves from the falseness of this collective untruth and dysfunction. We will move beyond love and a greater balance of energies.

Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and invites you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to visionaries spiritualists scientists medical professionals psychologists and those in the arts and music fields explore the human and divine connection in order to know truth and to improve life in all dimensions and aspects. Shows May be heard on https://www.webtalkradio.net.

Today’s Guest

https://www.motherwoundbook.com/welcome43336671

The post Women Tires of Suffering: Rewriting our roles and Ancestral Programming appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within with your host Sheryl Glick, Reiki Master Energy Teacher, Medium, who assists clients connect to their life plan goals and manifest through thought and action their most spiritual and physical life realities. As author of her newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Share Global Awakening, Sheryl is delighted to welcome Mary Petto, author of The Family Guide to The Law of Attraction, who’s stories and research help readers understand the Law of Attraction for manifesting our best life results and it’s all based in using energy effectively, lovingly, and for the purpose of improving one’s self, the community, and world.

As listeners of Healing from Within are well aware, Sheryl and her intuitive guests share intimate stories and insights into the metaphysical world of creation and possibilities for creating while here in a physical world, a life that merges our soul-based memory with our ego-based physical life reality so we may know ourselves more fully and not have the physical world and its challenges take away from the magnificent personal power we all possess within. Like any game to be played well, one must know there are rules, and we must learn to effectively use the tools of our inner wisdom along with meditation, energy healing, higher awareness and higher consciousness in all its aspects, which make manifesting not just a possibility but our everyday reality.

In today’s episode of Healing from Within, Mary Petto shows us how she has discovered the Law of Attraction from her earliest days as a child and has been leveraging the Law of Attraction since she was a teenager to help her achieve many of her goals and successes in life. Mary, as one of her goals, wishes to help parents and teachers assist the younger generation to be aware of these universal laws before they become overwhelmed by the complicated current happenings in today’s world such as the Coronavirus, economic and political upheaval, decisions about their future prospects for their careers and health among other things.

When Mary is asked to think back to her childhood and remember a person, place, or event that signaled to her or others around her the interest and lifestyle she would embrace as an adult, she tells Sheryl that she had a very happy childhood and always knew she was supported to make choices that would ultimately bring her closer to achieving all her goals. She was actually practicing the Law of Attraction, which suggests that the energy that you give out into the world brings back the same results that you are focusing your thoughts on. One of the Universal Laws of Energy, which when understood and practiced can allow for a healthier and more prosperous physical life journey is the Law of Attraction. Other laws include The Law of Totality, Karma, Wisdom , Love, Harmony, Abundance Attraction, Evolution, Manifestation, Destiny, Non-locality. (in that order)

Mary tells us that one of the first things that she is aware of in using the Law of Attraction in a positive way was when she manifested her first boyfriend whom she met on her first day at a new summer camp. The night before she had decided to become someone new. In her 14 year old mind in the early 1980’s that meant the kind of person that was popular and had a lot of friends. She repeated to herself that she was popular and would have a boyfriend…She had made a shift in perception and as a result attracted what she wanted to herself. Sheryl goes on to reveal that she herself has always been using the Law of Attraction well before she even knew about it.

Sheryl has a similar happening to Mary’s. When she was 15 going on 16, she was a CIT or Counselor in Training and away from home for the first time. “There was a counselor Ira in charge of the horses and agriculture and he was 22 and a Senior in College. He was going with the most popular girl in the camp and secretly she found him attractive. Shortly after he broke up with her and we all were at the campfire one night. When he walked over to me and sat down, I was mystified. How had this guy found me? We were an interesting combination. I was a gifted student and he was a man of Nature…he either wanted to be a rancher or news anchor…he had a great speaking voice. We went out over the next year when he could travel in from college in Delaware to New York but I was only entering college and he was finishing college and ready for a different chapter of his life. He soon married a girl he had known prior to our meeting and went out west to live on the ranch he manifested in his discussions with me. My life took me in pursuit of many different interests. Kind of funny that he became the rancher and I, in time, became the host of a radio show.”

Mary tells us about the Law of Attraction, and how can it help children and young adults thrive.

The Law of Attraction refers to an ancient scientific law of the universe that states that your mind, with the right focus and emotion (intention), can attract to you everything you desire. Harnessing the universe’s field of potentiality is not difficult, and if you are open to acknowledging your own power to make things happen, you absolutely will. Like all scientific laws, the Law of Attraction is happening whether you are aware of it or not. You could be manifesting exactly what you don’t want by focusing your intention in the wrong direction.

Many experts around the globe, for thousands of years, have explored the important connections between the mind and the body. From science and psychology, from modern-day life coaches and the great philosophers, there is agreement on these few matters:

  • Thoughts create things.
  • Your thoughts attract the people and situations that vibrate at the same frequency.
  • Energy flows where your intention goes!
  • You have enormous healing potential. The goal is learning to access it.

Sheryl is reminded of the many times she has been guided by Spirit to see the Law of Attraction at work and in her newest book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening. While at hospice one day, Spirit showed Sheryl once again how the Law of Attraction is always at work to help us and others, and shares the following story:

Sheryl writes, “Suddenly we noticed snowflakes falling, and within a few minutes, enough accumulated to make the open plains beyond the building glisten and shine with freshness. The patient wanted to go outside to smoke, and he told his son to get a nurse to help them. I said that that would not be necessary as I was trained to take him. He was so thrilled not to have to wait. I told the patient “This is the first time I’ve done this, so if we cooperate, we can show the staff how expert we are at this maneuver.” I was acutely aware that only an hour ago, I had said to myself “Why do they keep teaching me how to use the wheelchair when I would never have to do this?” Was the Universe saying, “Never say never,” or did I intuitively pick up that I would have to help this man by using a wheelchair? It might be that the Universe gives us what we most want, or what we do not want, as it doesn’t analyze it but just delivers it. Make sure of where your concentration and thoughts are, as they are crucial in manifesting your reality

The Law of Attraction works well when we learn how to” ask, believe and receive”. Those are the three words to remember.

Mary would tell us that it is possible to begin to assist your children to learn the techniques and thought processes necessary to know that their inner happiness comes from their own creation not the outside world.

You can begin by helping them make bookmarks. On one side of your bookmark, you can make a list of ten things you are thankful for. On the other side of the bookmark put ten more things you are thankful for. You are actually creating positive thoughts which assist in manifesting positive events, people and success in your life.

It’s also helpful to have groups at home or a club while reading this book so you can share what you have learned and how you are implementing it into your daily life experiences. Next we can make a vision board and think about what we are grateful for and what we hope to create in the days ahead that will supplement the high-vibe energy we are creating.

Sheryl suggests another great series of books for parents and children to read together It is called Sara written by Esther and Jerry Hicks and shares the Law of Attraction and other energetic awarenesses. A group of young teenagers Sara Seth and Annette go through tough times and are assisted by their spiritual teacher an owl named Solomon they learn to understand life, death, energy and how their thoughts are changing their lives and the lives of those they love.

It is great way to teach our children the Universal Laws of Energy so they can begin to use their inner energy and begin to work with the Law of Attraction and other Universal Laws as described by a former guest on the show, Dr. Carmen Harra, a psychic medium and psychologist who wrote The Eleven Eternal Principles.

Mary tells us how she became more aware of the Universal Laws of Energy and how it helped her greatly. After she got married and had two small children, she suffered from anxiety. She was stricken by fear on a daily basis…fear of death, fear for her kids safety, fear of flying and so on. This is not uncommon for people who are sensitives or empaths and eventually are guided to find their spiritual path and know how the Universe works through energy and to eventually connect to soul energy to harness the personal power within, which can sustain us through any challenges the physical world throws at us.

Being with groups or individuals who have been able to sustain their spiritual memories of their connection to the universe and the oneness of Being and manifesting our best lives helps us to be more successful as when we are supported by our tribe like when we are on the same page as our parents and our friends and co-workers because we are not alone.

Mary shares with us why it is that many people don’t have what they want.

Mary writes, “A primary reason there are people who don’t have what they want is that they are thinking more about what they don’t want than what they do want. So if you are a complainer, The Law of Attraction brings into your life more situations for you to complain about. On the other hand, people who we think of as “lucky” people who seem to have everything go their way all the time, manifest those good things because they only expect good things to happen. Words + Thoughts = Energy” For those doubters it is good to remember a quote from Dr. Wayne Dyer “If you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.” This means that our perception of the world creates our life experience.

Other scientists such as Max Planck, known as the founder of quantum physics, was a German physicist who demonstrated that when an individual looks at an object the characteristics of the object actually change at a very real and physical molecular level.

Sheryl says “It is interesting but when my oldest granddaughter was little she dressed up as Snow white and with her very dark hair and pale complexion and bright Blue eyes she was perfect as the character. I may have said to her over and over that she was truly like Snow White except Snow White had green eyes. By about the time she was 4 or 5 her eyes changed from the bluest of blue to green eyes. Maybe we both thought of that option and it happened through the Law of Attraction. I still wonder how that change happened? Genetically, both of her parents have blue eyes. Well ultimately I said it but she made it happen. Our thoughts change our perception and then our reality.”

Mary goes on to say “think of something you used to be afraid of or disliked but eventually overcame like fear of the dark or public speaking distaste for a certain food. As soon as your perception flipped, that thing became something different—it went from bad to good. Science has brought us to understanding the opportunities we have to create our environment and our life with our mind or thoughts.”

Isaac Newton first published his theories on gravity and his laws of motion which is the basis for understanding the universe appears to work in a precise and mathematical manner like clockwork. During the era of Galileo there wasn’t a focus on concepts like soul, spirit or consciousness. But just before Newton was born, Rene Descartes, the French “father of philosophy” declared that the best way to understand how the world works would be to divide existence into two parts: the objective, material world governed by the principles of science and the subjective world of the mind and the soul which would be understood by religion. He was emphasizing the duality of life, the physical and energetic both very real. Descartes famous statement “I think therefore I am” helps us to understand how to use The Law of Attraction to create that which we truly want and not accept the random outside world to impress negativity or other goals or desires for us.

In the beginning of the 20th century Albert Einstein, a mathematician, found that the only way to explain the behavior of light was to stop looking within the framework of traditional Newtonian physics. He introduced the Theory of Relativity which described how energy and matter are not only related to each other but can be transformed back and forth into each other.

Einstein’s breakthrough comes down to this. Everything is energy. Everything you can taste, touch or smell is made of molecules. What you’re made of, atoms, is literally vibrating packets of energy.

Years after Einstein’s work other scientists Neils Bohr and Warner Heisenberg realized when you take a deeper look at atoms, they aren’t just protons, neutrons and electrons. At the even smaller level they are packets of energy called quanta and suggest that physical matter—reality and real things—are not solid substances but fields of energy and that a particle takes on the specific character of a material thing only when it is measured or observed.

Thought is where everything comes from.

Dr Fred Alan Wolf an authority on quantum physics and consciousness says you can’t have a universe without the mind entering into it. The mind is actually shaping what we perceive

Here is all you need to know:

Everything in the physical world is made of atoms.
Atoms are made of energy
Energy is influenced by consciousness

Sheryl says “Years ago when everyone was so concerned that the year 2012 was going to be cataclysmic I was at a spiritual psychic development workshop with advanced practitioners of metaphysical theories and we were guided into a deep meditation and ask a single question of the Universe so I asked What will happen to humanity in 2012. I felt myself as a single atom in the dark skies of the universe No body but yet I was me Sheryl Glick all consciousness….I was frightened for a moment and when I pulled myself out of the meditation had no idea where I had just traveled to. Was it where I existed all the time as a single atom creating a life from the mind of the Universe? We all shared our experiences. One woman had a very similar vision to mine and suggested it meant humanity would become aware of their soul or energetic being and there would be a Spiritual Evolution for humanity. I liked her version better than the idea that we would all return to Spirit from where we had originated.”

Mary shares some of the amazing stories from her book about kids she’s worked with and the seemingly miraculous situations they manifested.

Trina, a woman spoken of in the book, tells how using the Law of Attraction helped her make her bullies go away. Trina was in fourth grade and was with two girls who had been at one time her best friends Jenny and Leila. They had decided they no longer wanted to include Trina in their little group and they also convinced other girls in their class not to include her or sit with her at lunch or talk to her. This made Trina very unhappy. Trina began to imagine what if Jenny and Leila weren’t at school as if they didn’t exist. She visualized getting off the bus, going into class sitting with the girls she used to have fun with before bullies told them to stay away from her. And she noticed how relaxed she began to feel. She also started to repeat a new affirmation or mantra in her thoughts: “I have lots of friends at school and everybody likes to be with me.”

The next day she went into school and noticed Leila wasn’t there. Maybe she was sick, Trina thought. Trina sat down and one of the girls in the class came over and said hello and showed her the new gloves she got from her mom the night before. Trina turned and saw Jenny behind her at her usual seat but she appeared to shrink away when Trina turned to look at her and Trina felt so powerful. Then class started and the principal entered and called Jenny out of the classroom and rumor was that Jenny was being reprimanded for bad behavior. At lunchtime when Trina sat down another girl called out her name and came over to sit with her. Some other girls came over too and Trina was busy telling stories and doing all the talking and the other girls were listening and laughing. One of the girls kept in touch with Trina and several years down the road she had lots of friends and worked on community service, attended honor’s program at her high school and was accepted into the college of her choice. Trina learned when she was 9 years old how powerful and magical she really was and how to conquer bullies or other challenges with courage and faith. So, learning how to use The Law of Attraction at a young age is very beneficial.

Another story is that of Jenny who had a bad divorce and the worry about her daughter having bad relationships made her talk negatively about many situations. Jennifer had also given up on the idea of dating or even finding love again. Mary spoke with Jennifer and convinced her that the dating scene she disliked so much was the result of her thoughts and she had the power to change the whole situation. She learned about vibration and that the energy emanating from her was her decision to be single for the rest of her life. How could she possibly attract others into her life when she asked the Universe to keep her single? When Trina asked Jenny what kind of relationship she wanted, Jenny immediately thought of an older couple she had seen in the parking lot at the grocery store the day before. The woman was using a scooter due to a handicap and her husband was walking at a slow pace next to her with his hand gently placed on her back. Jennifer longed for that kind of unconditional love and companionship Now that she had that feeling behind what she thought true love was, Trina could guide her to visualize what it would be like to love a man deeply and unconditionally and have it reflected back to her equally. Trina gave her two affirmations to say as she fell asleep that night believing it already had brought her the love she needed. “ I am in an exciting and wonderful relationship. There are so many great men around me all the time.” It wasn’t long before she was smiling just thinking that it was going to happen. And of course it did.

Mary explains the life-long impact on kids who understand their manifesting power.

They could learn where quantum physics intersects with thoughts, intentions and visualization and how everything has to do with the Law of Attraction and the outcome you want. We now know that everything is energy and there is no difference between matter and energy or soul life and physical life. The boundaries between the physical world and the world of our energetic thoughts is blurred.

Here’s all you need to know:

Everything in the physical world is made of atoms.
Atoms are made of energy.
Energy is influenced by consciousness.
Imagine what can happen if we believe that only the best of everything is happening to us and around us.

Before you can see what people can accomplish by utilizing the Law of Attraction, we might realize who we really are. Some people believe that human beings are made of the same elements as the stars. It seems we are literally made of stardust and the fact that the universe is actually part of us and that we are one with the universe isn’t the only cool scientific proof that we are magical. Of course, scientists like Albert Einstein have discovered that everything is made of energy. You may have learned that we are made of molecules, atoms, protons, neutrons and electrons but there is a smaller component to those components. Deep down inside an atom below the level of protons, neutrons and electrons are energy packets called quanta. The vibration of these quanta support or validate that a good decision was made.

Mary shares with us some simple experiments that may show you that the universe Is well aware of your thoughts and wants to help you achieve what you ask for. In the first experiment we ask for a sign, and you get to pick what the sign is.

  • Pick your sign. Mary is a clown because she says clowns are weird and a little creepy
  • Say out loud. Universe, prove that you’re listening to me and that I can attract whatever I think about…Within the next 24 hours show me a ______________________. Sheryl did this experiment asking to see an angel. The next day she opened her computer, and there was an email from the guest of the show telling her all about one of the angels she would be discussing on the upcoming show. When Sheryl left the office, she went to a store and standing behind her, she noticed a woman wearing a lovely gold necklace of an angel. It seems the Universe was very much paying attention.
  • Set a timer for 24 hours.

Another good experiment is asking for a gift. Here is the only step- In your mind or out loud very clearly ask the Universe to deliver a special gift in the next 48 hours and say thank you as if you have already received it. There are many responses possible like a letter from long lost friends, gift cards, getting asked out by a coworker, getting a raise, checks in the mail etc. Shery also did this activity and when she arrived at home, there was a check in the mail, and her assistant handed her a crystal tree of life ornaments. So it worked, and rather quickly.

Another good experience is asking to show me I’m on the right path.

Sheryl tells us that now in this time of political upheaval and change and recovering from the Covid pandemic is it the perfect time to instill self -confidence and courage in our children. As we are becoming more aware of our spiritual gifts and ability to use the Law of Attraction, we may realize that the political concept of “wokeism” is not the same as people seeking enlightenment, evolution, a true connection to Universal Source, and the oneness of being. People on a spiritual journey “Awaken,” transform any negativity and false beliefs, and eventually transcend the limitations of their physical life.

Sheryl says: Anytime is a good time to help children develop an awareness of their own personal power and courage to face life’s challenges by using solutions not fear. Understanding that they have choices and helping them learn about energy and how it influences our emotions and state of being is perhaps the most important information you can share with them. To live life you need to learn the rules of the game. And the Universal Laws of energy assist us in living out our life plan and destiny with boldness creating much of what we bring into our lives.

Mary reminds us that in manifesting better results and outcomes in these challenging times after we ask for what is needed, we must believe.

  1. We must also remember not to be judgmental or feel bad about asking. The Universe is like a big catalog. Everything you want is already available whether it’s a job, good grades, a relationship or a new car. Go ahead and ask for what you want. There’s nor reason to feel guilty. Whatever it is, you deserve it. The Universe wants you to be happy.
  2. We must remember to Think Big. The universe works in mysterious ways, and recognizing that it is mysterious and magical is one of the secret clues to manifesting. Focus on the end result like if you want to go to Europe with your girlfriends don’t think of the money you need or the steps that need to be taken to get there. Just ask for the trip,
  3. Make sure it feels really good. Whether it’s something for the next day or forever make sure it will truly bring you joy.

Some things people have asked for and received are listed below:

  • A new job close to home
  • Getting accepted to a program that they had previously been rejected from.
  • Doubling business sales in a week
  • New romantic relationships
  • Getting a seat assignment changed in a science class
  • Enrolling a child in an expensive summer camp when there wasn’t enough money for it
  • A dream vacation in Malibu
  • A mean teacher transforming into a nice one
  • Invitations to important events
  • Health recovery
  • New friendships
  • A house on the beach
  • A drama fee end to a toxic relationship
  • A massive career promotion
  • The exact wedding dress admired in a fake photo that came in a picture frame
  • All the best shifts at work

Mary might like readers to remember that learning to really believe that you already have what you want is the most important step to manifesting any situation. By excitedly and joyfully believing that you already have an abundance of money, that you have already gotten accepted to your college of choice or that your relationship with your sister, mother, father, friend is terrific you are setting the vibration emanating from your new mindset or thoughts. The world is your oyster and the Universe will reveal to you all of the situations’, people, ideas and clues that align with your new beliefs.

We thank Mary Petto author of The Family Guide to the Law of Attraction for sharing a practical simple way for our children and young adults or anyone to begin to understand energy, vibration, and how thought creates what we bring into our lives and how to begin to improve our mindset for a more prosperous, happy and creative life of manifesting, all that we desire for it is the natural birthright of the soul to have a good life regardless of outside world influences.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within, Mary and Sheryl have shared their wondrous journeys of discovering that they are spiritual beings having a physical life and matter and energy are interchangeable as we can live in a body or not in an eternal world of dimensions of varying vibrations of thought and creation from mind. Learning to relax becomes an important aspect to achieving your goals and desires.

And Mary writes, “The most important rule about step two is to really believe the Universe is listening to you. If you know that the Universe has what you want and is going to give it to you at some point, you don’t cry, stress, strain or struggle trying to get that thing. If you are anxious and working hard to manifest what you want you are not believing that it’s coming to you by way of the Law of Attraction. The only emotions around what you’re feeling should be joy, because the only thing you believe is that you’ve already magically manifested what you wanted.”

Mary and Sheryl and all the scientists and writers we have mentioned in today’s discussion have had the courage to question their own mind and find the Self of inner being within, who only desires you to ask for help as then everything becomes possible. Open your mind and heart to knowing you are connected to all life now and forever.

Sheryl Glick invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about the nature of human and divine eternal life and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual educational legal and medical fields as well as the arts and music fields explore the Universal Source of life and living in joy knowing who we are and where we come from. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://portablevisions.com

The post Guiding Children to a Sense of Personal Control over their Fate appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick a Reiki Master Teacher energy practitioner, medium, and author of her newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening sharing messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul essence. Today Sheryl is delighted to welcome Judge James W. Tamm, author of Radical Collaboration which provides tools to increase your ability to work successfully with others and get the results desired.

As listeners of “Healing From Within” have come to expect from Sheryl and her empowered and knowledgeable experts in their fields who share intimate and personal observations and evaluations as a means to improve the human condition and life personally as well as collectively, reaching for a higher level of awareness and higher consciousness as we explore the many aspects of thought and creation that influence life decisions. Each show helps us self-investigate, leading us to recognize we are more than physical beings and our energetic presence when addressed helps us know life in its infinite possibilities.

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” Judge Jim Tamm, author of Radical Collaboration an expert on dispute resolution and building collaborative relationships, mediated more than 1,000 employment disputes during his 25 years as a senior administrative law judge for the state of California. James is currently managing director of the international consulting firm Business Consultants Network, Inc. We will discuss how to figure out what your own defenses are and why you have them and then learn how to deal with defenses other people have. With an increased sense of safety, openness and authentic interactions become a pathway to improved relationships and greater happiness overall.

When Judge Tamm is asked to think back to his childhood and remember a person place event that may have signaled to him or others the interests work and lifestyle he might pursue as an adult Jim tells us he wanted to be a pilot a fireman and a lawyer and Sheryl laughs and says like a Vitruvian man you have lived all your soul dreams.

Judge Tamm tells us why he decided to write Radical Collaboration and how personal challenges or experiences played a role. He gives us a definition of what Radical Collaboration is. Radical is from the root word “fundamental,” favoring basic change as in the social structure. Collaboration means to work or act jointly, to labor together.

Since Radical Collaboration offers practical methods to improve your skills for building collaborative relationships and is well researched and has documented dramatic positive results, many businesses and corporations operating in increasingly complex global markets, it is necessary to bring consultants in to teach these methods.

Studies have determined that almost one hundred organizations reduced their conflict by an average of 67 percent over a 3-5 year period.

The ten most troubled organizations at the start of the project reduced their conflict by an average rate of 85 percent after three years.

Over a six-year period, individuals from nine countries reported they reduced their own defensiveness in conflicts by half and were 45 percent more effective at getting interest met in conflicts using the skills in Radical CollaborationParticipants also reported significant gains in their ability to build and maintain climates of trust.

Thirty years ago we coined the terms Red Zone and Green Zone showing between a highly conflicted adversarial culture (Red Zone) and Green Zone (a more collaborative culture) to denote the two ends of the spectrum in all human communicative experiences. In the second edition of the book we added something that we call the Pink Zone. It’s a more conflict-avoidant, passive-aggressive organizational culture that we believe has become the predominant culture within our client base today and probably in the corporate world in general.

We originally used Red Zone to refer to human behavior that’s fear-based and mostly defensive. It was meant to mark when someone was becoming reactive and acting out a variety of self-protective defensive behaviors. These Red Zone behaviors included both aggressive and passive aggressive mind sets that were self-justifying and often resulted in overly charged responses to the immediate situation. It has become clear that people understood the concept of fear-based defensiveness and almost immediately identified as active or passive but they did not like being lumped together with the opposite alternative reactive behavior. Conflict avoidant, passive aggressive people did not identify with the overt Red Zone behaviors and would describe their own behavior as Green Zone because they could not/would not see themselves as acting out Red Zone Behaviors. They believed anything other than aggression was cooperation. They resisted when we talked about Green Zone as effective behavior because they thought the only alternative to Red Zone behavior was wimpy, passive behavior that they assumed was the Green Zone we were talking about.

During the financial crisis of 2008 it became apparent to many corporations that to survive there was a need for effective collaboration. It became clear that they could not compete externally if they could not first collaborate internally.

Defensiveness arises out of conflict and is a remnant of troubling or traumatic events experienced usually in childhood. Understanding why and how it surfaces allows us to dispel the remnants of these feelings and engage in more productive interactions. Judge Tamm shares The Five Essential Skills to overcome defensiveness.

By understanding Collaborative strategies are not simply another business methodology many companies learned this the hard way when they tried to create teams without first teaching employees the skills necessary for effective teamwork. Many companies have developed all their employees for years to excel at becoming “star” individual collaborators Now with a change of policy they are supposed to think, feel and act like a team where their greatest accomplishment now might be to support someone else’s success. Without collaborative skills a team is just a group of individuals who each follow their own agenda.

TRUE COLLABORATION BEGINS WITHIN THE INDIVIDUAL NOT THE ORGANIZATION.

WE discover that Individuals in the Green Zone convey an authentic, non defensive presence. The Green Zone gives individuals the attitude and a state of mind that allows them to focus their energy on creative problem solving. In an atmosphere free of intrigue, mistrust and betrayal, individuals have greater opportunity to realize their full potential.

THE FIVE ESSENTIAL SKILLS

  1. Collaborative Intention: Individuals stay in the Green Zone, maintain an authentic, non defensive presence, and make a personal commitment to mutual respect in their relationship
  2. Openness: Individuals commit to both telling the truth and listening to the truth. They also create a climate of openness that allows all people in the relationship to feel safe enough, to discuss concerns, solve problems, and deal directly with difficult issues.
  3. Self Accountability: Individuals take responsibility for the circumstances of their lives, the choices they make either through the action or failing to act, and the intended or unforeseen consequences of their actions. They would rather find a solution than find someone to blame.
  4. Self-awareness and Awareness of Others: Individuals commit to knowing themselves deeply and are willing to explore difficult interpersonal issues. They seek to understand the concerns, intentions and motivations of others, as well as the culture and context of their circumstances.
  5. Negotiating and Problem Solving: Individuals negotiate conflicts in a way that supports relationships and use problem solving methods that promote a cooperative atmosphere. They avoid fostering subtle or unconscious competition.

The right attitude, telling the truth, self-awareness, being accountable, and skillful problem solving make a difference, regardless of the nationality, culture, size or nature of the organization.

The ability of team members and organizations to handle stress, challenges, failures and changes in environment depends on the self-awareness and self-esteem of the team members and their ability to work compatibly as a team.

Example: At the pharmaceutical giant Eli Lilly Dave Hause has responsibility for managing alliances with Lilly’s manufacturing partners. Hause reports that when they are training people who work in alliances, they first use difficult case simulations that teams are rarely able to resolve. Then they teach them the Green Zone concepts and attitudes and have them redo the case. The teams usually do much better.

We discuss the signs that you or others are becoming defensive and how to limit the effects. First of all, defensiveness is not about protecting ourselves from other people. People get defensive because they don’t want to experience uncomfortable feelings within themselves. Getting defensive will temporarily block the feelings they don’t want to experience.

Psychologist Gary Chapin calls defensiveness secrets we unknowingly keep from ourselves. For example if Ron or Jim are leading a workshop or giving a speech and we fear we are not doing a competent job that fear can create considerable discomfort, we may unconsciously behave in ways that allow us to avoid dismissing or diminish it. This usually involves blaming someone else.

Remember that defenses are biologically based so defensiveness can be detected from physiological cues typically fight flight or freeze reactions. Defensiveness is so difficult to deal with because defenses operate independently of our conscious thinking processes. They are by nature autonomous cand unconscious.

Individual defenses emerged from each person’s history. They helped people cope with the created certain behaviors to defend themselves from fears of feeling insignificant incompetent , unlikeable or helpless. Without defense, coping with childhood and adolescence would have been difficult if not impossible. Some defenses children may have developed. If parents constantly fought, perhaps the way to defend oneself might be to stop listening so well. Maybe you couldn’t block out the fighting so you numbed down your emotions so you wouldn’t feel so much pain. As an adult you may feel less pain, anger and sadness by a limited range of emotion but also experience less joy, love and excitement. Or perhaps you learned to get sick as a defense so you would get attention and not feel ignored. Maybe, you learned to become sarcastic or withdrawn or to be passive aggressive. Some people chose to become confused. Some become withdrawn into silence. When faced with criticism that creates uncomfortable feelings some people tune out as a way of breaking contact rather than staying conscious of their uncomfortable feelings and dealing more directly. It is easy to see how and why defenses are created by difficult childhoods that include alcoholic or abusive parent, multiple divorces, or bullying situations.

But defenses are also learned in perfectly normal, everyday, average nontraumatic childhoods. One person may take the situation personally, another child may blow it off and not carry a traumatized feeling down the road. Looking at your own defenses is a necessary step towards overcoming defensiveness.

The first step towards overcoming your defensiveness is to become aware of when you are getting defensive. Defenses are created during events in your history. So we encourage you to engage in some emotional archaeology uncovering your own emotional history.

You can draw a Conflict Line. Focus on issues where you feel the most distressed. Visualize the significant conflicts in your life.

Here is an example of Conflict Lines. Born Age 10 Parent’s Divorce Age 12 Fights in School Age 17 Car Issue Age 22 Roommate Senior year Age 35 Father- In- Law Issue Reflect back on a time in your Conflict Lifeline when you were a child and less able to fend for yourself, a time when you were shamed, laughed at, ridiculed or bullied. Let yourself get a sense in your body as well as your mind.

Re Experience what you are feeling or thinking. Then answer these questions.

What were you feeling emotionally? Were you scared, confused, ashamed helpless , hopeless , humiliated or full of dread? What was happening in your body? Were you feeling a tight chest, shallow breathing, increased heartbeat, hot or cold, wanting to fight back, or a sense of rubber legs or impending collapse, wanting to run or stiff as in scared stiff? Was your vision or hearing altered in any way?

What were you thinking?

Were you confused, trying to make sense of why this was happening to you or what you did to bring this on, or did you freeze, with no thoughts at all?

What was happening to your energy?

Were you feeling aroused, activated energized or dead zombified numb f

rozen? How long did this change in energy last? Did you get help or fight back or just shut down?

What do you feel now as you look back on the scene?

Have there been similar situations in your life?

Look for repeating patterns or themes/ There are many signs of defensiveness.

Some are:

  • Selective deafness
  • Loss of humor
  • Taking Offense
  • High charge of energy in body
  • Wanting to be right (No question about it)
  • Flooding with information to prove a point
  • Endless explaining Playing victim (poor me)
  • Teaching or Preaching
  • Rigidity
  • Denial
  • Withdrawal into silence
  • Cynicism Sarcasm
  • Making fun of others
  • Terminal Uniqueness (I’m so special That doesn’t apply to me)
  • It’s just my personality
  • Not wanting to negotiate Blaming/shaming others
  • Sudden onset of illness or accident
  • Suddenly feeling tired or sleepy
  • Being too nice
  • Selective deafness
  • Holding a grudge
  • Fast Breathing/heartbeat
  • Cold Clammy skin
  • Hot sweaty skin
  • Jumping to conclusions
  • Tight stomach
  • Speaking too fast
  • Obsessive thinking

Creating A Plan to Combat Defensiveness Here are six steps for defeating defensiveness

  1. Take responsibility for yourself Acknowledge you are getting defensive
  2. Slow down—activate your senses outward (reactivate your whole brain)
  3. Feel your emotions and discover your underlying fear (Name your emotions and fears)
  4. Confront your negative self-talk (change your inner dialogue to be supportive
  5. Apply your unique action steps (counteract your specific signs of defensiveness)
  6. Appreciate, celebrate and start over (Appreciate your progress)

We might ask this question, “Do you build your relationships from the Red Zone, the Pink Zone, or the Green zone?” to further help us understand the zones and where we operate more effectively. If you discover that staying in the Green Zone helps you with the first essential skill, Attitude and Intention, you will become to focus more on why you become defensive and choose to develop the characteristics of being in the Green Zone more of the time.

A person in the Green Zone:

Takes responsibility for the circumstances of his or her life.
Seeks to respond non defensively.
Is not easily threatened psychologically
Attempts to build mutual success
Seeks solutions rather than blame
Uses persuasion rather than force
Can be firm, but not rigid, about his or her interests
Thinks both short and long term
Is interested in other points of view
Welcomes feedback
Sees conflict as a natural part of the human condition
Talks calmly and directly about difficult issues
Accepts responsibility for the consequences of his or her own actions
Continually seeks deeper levels of understanding Communicates a caring attitude
Seeks excellence rather than victory
Listens well

Sheryl says This seems like many people who have engaged in spiritual practices body work and intellectual awareness of the philosophers and leaders in history who have become aware of higher consciousness and sought to find enlightenment. It takes a great deal of time effort and consistency to develop the attitude and skills to be in the zone or as Judge Tamm calls it the Green Zone

A large part of the book deals with techniques for effective collaboration. Judge Tamm tells us about some and which technique will probably be used the most.People are constantly sending signals and everyone looks for signals from others. We are social beings and we pay attention to others for signs relating to our relationships and the intentions of others towards us. As social creatures, we use nonverbal cues such as expressions, gestures, distance, and tones, to manage our interactions with others. These signals impact our core emotions and have profound effects on our mind-set and risk assessment.

This all happens quickly beneath conscious awareness. Researches at MIT have developed portable recording devices that can measure many of these nonverbal signals such as how close you stand to someone else, your tone of voice, your level of energy, percentages of time that you’re speaking versus listening, speech timing and flow, and position of your body in relationship to others. The researches developed computer algorithms that can predict your persuasiveness based on these nonverbal signals. A lot of research demonstrates that credibility is dramatically reduced when tone of voice body language and content are out of alignment. These figures are representative of when collaborations are not going well and confrontation is building

The numbers commonly cited regarding the impact of a message in those circumstances are

Content (the words) accounts for only 7 percent
Tone of Voice accounts for 38 percent
Body language accounts for 55 percent

Quiet introspective overworked or overwhelmed people may not be as open as those who are more relaxed laid back and fearless or courageous and adventuresome or extroverted people.

An example in the book of Jim an executive giving a presentation to newly hired employees professing to be open but he is really is not shows us that If the executive is not an open person himself he also has concerns that the other party being addressed will take a lot of his time with their complaints about his new policies, While he says what is required of him during the speech, his body language may suggest something else and listeners will pick up this sentiment…I need to tell you to be open because that’s what I am supposed to say, but I don’t really want to be that open and I don’t want it from you either. Emotions play such a huge role in our social interactions that we can’t hide them. They leak out in our communications through tone of voice and body language. When they are inconsistent with the words of the message, they play a larger role in communicating the real message. Instead of saying what he was supposed to this executive might have said the following to his employees, “ I know that creating a mor open environment is going to be crucial for our success. I have a few fears of my own about that. I am a very private person so this will be a stretch for me. I’m a little concerned that I’ll get overwhelmed with complaints about all the changes taking place. But I also know that to become successful as we intend, its absolutely necessary for us to be able to share our concerns, to tell the truth, and to listen to the truth. So I am asking all of you to stretch a little to become more open with each other just as I make this commitment to you. This message will not be undermined by inconsistent tone of voice or body language because it is honest.

Judge Tamm might like readers to take away with them after reading Radical Collaboration the strategies for Building Collaboration.

There are ten strategies for Building Collaboration

Go first
Be open and direct about your intent to collaborate
Pay attention to responses
Keep talking
Forgive quickly (Respond positively when others cooperate)
Agree ahead of time on systems for conflict resolution
Conduct regular reviews and actively monitor relationships
Use graduated sanctions
Make a commitment to a higher ethical standard
Use Interest Based Negotiations to resolve any differences or disputes

We thank Judge James W. Tamm author of Radical Collaboration for sharing practical tools that will increase our ability to collaborate cooperate and reach solutions to many of the overwhelming problems in business family and personal relationships. As we have discovered collaboration skills are essential for today’s workplace and have never been more important.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within” we have offered an awareness for creating trusting cooperative environments, and transforming groups into motivated and empowered teams, as we increase our ability to work successfully with others, learn to be more aware of colleagues and their unique abilities and liabilities as well, and learn to problem solve and negotiate our way beyond the challenging events in today’s rapidly changing world.

Judge Tamm writes, “Parties are now engaged in the creative part of the process, trying to find solutions that will meet as many interests as possible. They should be tenacious about getting their interests met. However, since there are usually many ways to satisfy any interest, they should be flexible about how they get their interests met. Always look for mutual gains, If you find you have mutual interests, exploit them. If interests aren’t mutual then try to align them so they dovetail. It that isn’t possible, at least try to get your interests met without doing damage to the other side’s interests. The best way to end up with a good solution is to have a large number of options to work on…….To create a compliance-prone solution, you must address the needs of your partners, so give their problems just as much energy as your own. A rich source of ideas for solutions is objective standards such as industry practices, comparability studies and wage surveys. It seems having the tools to make decisions is as important as the environment of cooperation and good will that must be established in order to find fair solutions.”

Judge Tamm and Sheryl would have you realize that for larger groups working with complex issues and strong constituencies, the process may sometimes be lengthy and time consuming, but as always, and in the end, collaboration is found through willing it so, and trusting the plan for success when all parties finally begin to remember there is a way and will for success, if we let go of doubt fear and seek unity.

Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of the newest book in her trilogy A New Life Awaits, Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit encouraging collaboration acceptance and surrendering to what’s best for us all ultimately …not very different from Radical Collaboration. Sheryl invites you to visit her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the fields of metaphysics science medicine spirituality human development and evolution law education and the arts and music seek ways to refine our thoughts and achieve greater awareness, higher consciousness to improve the quality of our lives personally and collectively, Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://www.radicalcollaboration.com

The post Overcome Defensiveness and Build Successful Relationships appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Thank you for joining us on Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our spiritual essence or life force our soul awareness and guidance system. Today I once again welcome Elaine Clayton artist illustrator and Reiki Master teacher of intuitive empathic development. For those who wish to listen to former shows with Elaine please go to my website www.sherylglick.com on the radio page April 2020 Angels Fairies Guidance and Magic

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her extraordinary guests share stories and insights into the world of spirit energy and love in order to remember we are spiritual beings having a physical life for the purpose of recreating old stories and handling them in more advanced ways to improve relationships, refine our energy and move towards refinement of thought and action to create a world beyond the fears and limitations of human endeavors. We merge the duality of soul and physical life to create and bring Heaven on Earth.

In today’s episode of Healing from Within Elaine Clayton will share with us ways to see the unseen and welcome the mysteries of life through psychic events synchronicity and fun encounters. As we explore ways to understand empathy and use mystical spiritual and imaginative insight to better understand our place in the universe.

When Elaine is asked to remember her childhood and a person place or event that may have shown her or others the lifestyle work and interests they might explore as adults her grandmother immediately comes to mind as she expresses the delight her grandmother took in seeing her draw and her interest in artwork/ She remembers how her grandmother’s eyes twinkled with amusement and joy and how each drawing was as fantastical as the one before. So Elaine knew that every mark she made was precious to her grandmother. Sheryl says that that lovely memory is how she hopes her grandchildren remember her one day as she always provided the materials for art work and her four granddaughter all engaged in creating beauty as she was like Elaine’s grandmother and delighted with every movement and interest her granddaughters had.

Elaine decided to write The Way of the Empath at the present time because it was a way for her to share the tools and joy she herself had discovered from using her empathic gifts in a way to balance her own life and help others to understand the need to protect their sensitive energies by having boundaries rest time and simply fun in being alive.

Sheryl says she wrote her trilogy for much the same reason. Told by a medium that she would write three books for spirit she was highly skeptical but in short order she began journaling her experiences as she was also told to do and has seen how much has been discovered through accepting and surrendering to her destiny and God’s direction. In her new book, A New Life Awaits Sheryl writes,” It is quite possible we will discover the reason for venturing out of our original state of life: a spiritual, eternal world of Universal Energy and incarnate into this physical body, in a three-dimensional world. Many of the people I have encountered have suggested to me they would never have embarked on a physical life experience if they knew the pain and difficulties they would have to witness. But at the end of life, as a hospice volunteer, I have been happy to hear people on the brink of returning to their true form as soul beings express to me that life is good and beautiful. As mentioned in my previous book, The Living Spirit, as an answer to this dilemma, I wrote, “Each of us is presented with a series of life experiences and lessons in order to learn and benefit our own soul awareness. In fact, we choose these experiences, pleasant or unpleasant, because of the lessons we need to have, which were chosen by us with the help of our teachers in spirit before we were born into this plane. Each life is important, and at the time of passing, regardless of how easy or hard life was, the soul values the opportunity it has had to increase its emotional quintessence. We have memories of whatever was meaningful and valuable to us and bring it along to the next stage of life.”

Elaine and I are only sharing the miraculous view we have been able to download from Spirit with our empathic gift and making it easier for people to accept and live their dreams through cooperation with Spirit and loved ones.

Elaine tells us the following about Empathic sensing: the art of seeing the unseen and welcoming the mysteries of life through psychic events and fun encounters with yourself and others. Living as an empath means embracing the ideal of heart-centered intelligence by attuning to the experiences and well-being of others. Empaths seek to live a life of generosity through sensing and quiet knowing. This intuitive intelligence and his psychic clarity are the hallmark of “knowing from the heart,” the pinnacle of empathic knowledge.

An empath’s life is not an ordinary life. It requires the strength of a lion, because it takes real courage to be empathic. This form of artful living asks that you develop your imagination, your curiosity, and your consciousness in an extraordinary way that you discover how your perceptions guide and inform you, how they shape you and, at times, challenge you. It encourages you to step into your own innate role as creator and work to bring compassion and an open heart to yourself and others.

We are all sentient beings somewhere on an empathic spectrum, feeling our way toward deeper knowing and seeking, toward compassionate understanding and intuitive awareness. Some are born with an innate sensitivity to their surroundings and those in its proclivity that allows them to feel the presence of life energy in the atmosphere around both people and objects. Empaths sense the unseen, the energy that lies between and within the physical and material. Some develop empathic sensing through life experiences, perhaps by witnessing the suffering of a loved one or possibly through challenges like early childhood traumas that may spark ultra-sensitivity derived from emotional or physical danger. These experiences may cause some to be more compassionate because they have felt so much themselves and are able to see their own experiences reflected in the conditions of others.

With a guiding hand The Way of the Empath shows us how to put yourself in a state of receiving and awareness. By putting yourself in a state of openness and allowing yourself to feel and know all emotions trauma and experience rather than shielding yourself from these difficult experiences a desire to cultivate a heightened sense of empathy and empathic awareness grows and is a very spiritual and worthy undertaking, one that encourages the imaginal aspects of our creative natures to guide us to a balanced and meaningful life. The duality of our existence means that we cannot avoid highs and lows in our lives. We all struggle as individuals to thrive despite the challenges we encounter. But we can learn to go through these experiences with a desire to feel them and an aspiration to understand them. With this understanding comes the potential for transformation and a sense of wonderment about the beauty in humanity. When we enhance our relationship with our higher selves by expanding our consciousness, rather than living lives in which we move from one reactionary episode to the next, we make room for deeper empathic connections with others. And we begin to create the life we’d most like to live.

Taking note of synchronistic events and signs and learning to protect yourself is important to the empath, Natural empaths are “sensitives” who have a genuine intuitive intelligence that allows them to feel the emotions of others as if those emotions were their own. Because they can easily sense the emotional “atmosphere” of a person or place, they are susceptible to the emotional, psychological, mental, and physical energy in the people and objects around them, and they must learn to cope with that. Some choose mystical paths and methods to help them cope, because they are generally open to sensing what is not visible, that is, energy. In fact, all natural empaths have an innate ability to sense spiritual energy, and to be accepting of it and oriented to it. Empaths don’t need practical proof of everything. They don’t rely only on material or physical “reality” for knowledge and meaning. Thus, empaths whether their sensitivity is innate or acquired live their lives as a quest for the spiritual and a desire for the transcendental. They seek to become mystically attuned, inspired, and healed.

Sheryl tells of being at a Broadway show when she was 17 years old and hearing the song “The Impossible Dream” and knowing she had to go where others were afraid to go, even angels, and explore all the realms of here and beyond to find out Who we were? Where did we come from? And what a physical life and soul life was about in reality and in energy.

Elaine suggests that many perceptions are based in beliefs and societal mores, family attitudes and not always what is true or best for each individual. Until old traumas, fears and limitations are released, we are not free to change or create new perceptions of our desired reality and to know the greater truth of Universal Source or being. Empaths like everyone else need to recreate themselves using their intuitive knowledge and shedding the past but to do that and Because empaths carry within them an inclination to love unconditionally, it is important to understand that there is no love without self-love. Those who lack self-compassion or patience or self-forgiveness cannot reflect authentic strength in fellow feelings. Self-love is the starting point of empathy. Empaths feel love easily; they see beyond the personalities of others and connect instead with their soul essence. But without self-love, self-respect, and self-forgiveness, they may find themselves bereft, exhausted, or feeling worthless; they may end up in a struggle with the self-loathing facet of the ego that dominates the thinking mind.

As an artist Elaine accesses intuitive knowing through creative drawing and journaling. Elaine writes, “The space between us is sacred. It is the approach, the port, the inhaled breath before the word is spoken. That space holds our intentions, the choices we are about to make, our hopes, our longings, our fears. It is the place where the next miracle will unfold. Through empathy, we can fill that space with clarity and the presence of compassion. We may sense a separation between ourselves and others, but with empathy and compassion, we acknowledge our shared humanity and our common existence. We recognize that we are alive together at a specific point in time, and that we have a lot of power to bestow love, to bring goodness into our shared experiences. How we treat one another becomes, ultimately, how we treat ourselves.

This truth is perfectly expressed by Rabbi Evan Shultz in his 2021 work, “A Poem Using Book Titles in My Library.”

In every generation,
In every tongue, A time to speak.
Like dreamers Stepping forward, Restoring hope,
A passion for truth. Shared dreams,
American values,
Religious voices,
Political tribes,
Tough choices,
Broken tablets. You’re more powerful than you think!
To bless the space between us.

As Rabbi Shultz so gracefully assures us, empathy makes our lives so much brighter. It makes us feel as if we are in a wondrous celebration at times. When we approach others with room to go beyond our egoic sense of pride, competition, and labeling, we fill the space between us with benevolent thoughts and compassion.

Elaine tells us of the mental processing of intuitive-empathic impression. The mental processing of intuitive-empathic impressions usually occurs after the initial gathering of emotive energy rather than in the moment. Through repeated experience, empaths develop a response mechanism that envelops on-the-spot compassion and combines it with kindly self-containment. They learn not to be so influenced by the hurt or even the agendas of others, that they don’t get swallowed up or swept away by them. Because they are sensitive, they are susceptible. When empaths are moved by the words or experiences of others, when they react immediately with mercurial feelings of empathy, they can easily lose themselves in the exchange and make themselves vulnerable. The feelings of others can become theirs and be felt within their own physical being.

Elaine writes, “If I go to a party, everyone’s energy slams me. I feel this person’s tension and that person’s anger and that person’s wish to forget pain. I can tell when someone is holding back and I easily get uncomfortable. I start feeling all this and, before I know it, it’s as if they’re my own emotions. Yet, when I arrived, I was feeling fine. rather than in the moment. Through repeated experience, empaths develop a response mechanism that envelops on-the-spot compassion and combines it with kindly self-containment. They learn not to be so influenced by the hurt or even the agendas of others that they get swallowed up or swept away by them. Because they are sensitive, they are susceptible.

Empaths are caught in a daily storm of varying emotive sensations, even in the most casual of exchanges with others. For them, events that anyone else may consider meaningless and forgettable may seem significant. Reflecting on these empathic storms, in which they are inundated with the emotions or thoughts of others, can help them cope with the residual feelings that may surface for them once the interactions have ended and the cloudburst has subsided. This time of reflection helps empaths review their impressions and find their own place for centering again. It helps them to clarify for themselves what they felt during an encounter and try to understand why they felt it. This takes time, but it is time well spent, because it keeps empaths from getting layered with residual emotions to the point of breaking down. When empaths do end up immersed in the energy of others, whether they want it to happen or not, they must then deal with the consequences.

Compassion, empathy and intuition heal your world. Once empaths develop pivotal awareness that allows them to empathize without taking on responsibility for the pain or predicament of others, however, they can more easily manage these emotional onslaughts. By becoming conscious of what is happening while it is happening, and acknowledging that they don’t have to soak it all up in the moment, they realize that the woes they are encountering belong to others and not to themselves. This makes them stronger spiritually, and enables them to be strong for others as well, offering care and listening without being inundated energetically. Instead of drowning in the downpour of impressions, they become able to connect with others through heart-centered healing energy and prayers for their well-being. “When I was a teenager, my mother told me every time I spent time with this one friend, I came home in a terrible mood. I realized I was juggling all of the feelings and energy of that person and that a lot of it was negative. It was going directly from her into me. Sometimes I’d have anxiety from so much energy coming at me. I had to get away from that.” It is not an empath’s job to rescue anyone, although most empaths have tried and perhaps many times over.

But empaths are at their best when for others as well, offering care and listening without being inundated energetically. Instead of drowning in the down pour of impressions, they become able to connect with others through heart-centered healing energy and prayers for their well-being.

Elaine writes, “When I was a teenager, my mother told me every time I spent time with this one friend, I came home in a terrible mood. I realized I was juggling all of the feelings and energy of that person and that a lot of it was negative. It was going directly from her into me. Sometimes I’d have anxiety from so much energy coming at me. I had to get away from that.” Empaths must realize they are not the grand overseers of others’ lives. Nor are they the personal consiglieri of others, although they may very much wish they could help heal those they care about, even those who may try to draw them into every personal drama. Most empaths learn sometimes the hard way that they cannot manage or heal any adult life other than their own. Once they discover ways to take ethical action using their empathic skills without getting enmeshed in the sagas of others, they become more stable and are able to enjoy the many wonderful aspects of being empathic.

Synchronistic events, signs, and mysteriously interesting happenings are what empaths live by and for, even when doing everyday tasks. For empaths, that which is material, physical, or concretely fixed is not just solid mass, because even inanimate objects carry some kind of energetic vibration. Empaths get a surge of energy from everything. For them, objects give off a frequency and a quality of personality that is deeply felt and cannot be ignored. They often attribute human qualities to objects, playfully “seeing into” or even “seeing through” whatever they encounter at any given time. They also know when something feels “good” and when it gives off an unpleasant vibe. In fact, they are spiritually psychogenic toward objects they handle or use.

An example: But how do these impressions arise? “I wanted to enjoy browsing in the antique shop, but found myself in a soup of disturbing feelings, as if I sensed all these people who h/0ad lived and died. There were heavy sentiments attached to the antiques. I had an overwhelming feeling about each thing I laid my eyes on, not to mention when from everything these, objects give off a frequency and a quality of personality that is deeply felt and cannot be ignored. They often attribute human qualities to objects, playfully “seeing into” or even “seeing through” whatever they encounter at any given time. They also know when something feels “good” and when it gives off an unpleasant vibe. In fact, they are spiritually psychogenic toward objects they handle or use. But how do these impressions arise? I touched things. It wasn’t that this was negative energy, but it was all just too much to take in. A silver sable brush or some old oval mirror, a tool chest made of oak—all the objects in the place just weighed me down inside. It was as if I felt the lives of all the people who had used those things and I had to get out and breathe fresh air.”

Empaths receive what may not be visible or immediately obvious to others through a “sixth sense” the mind’s eye, or third-eye visions. They pick up on this wave of feeling, which is often sensed as psychic imagery, internalizing it all and projecting their perceptions back outward. In fact, they “see” in ways that are quite like the way we see when we dream, when our physical eyes are closed. Empaths may receive input from this sixth sense all day long. Empaths receive what may not be visible or immediately obvious to others through a “sixth sense” the mind’s eye, or third-eye visions. They pick up on this wave of feeling, which is often sensed as psychic imagery, internalizing it all and projecting their perceptions back outward. In fact, they “see” in ways that are quite like the way we see when we dream, when our physical eyes are closed. Empaths may receive input from this sixth sense all day long seeing color, details of rooms or spaces, features of landscapes or places, and all kinds of people and animals. These third-eye visions are at times like seeing “through a glass darkly,” and at times as clear as if seen in broad daylight.

Elaine tells us that although empaths may appear to be focusing on events or circumstances in the moment, such as in group conversations, they may also be inwardly seeing what is unfolding on a completely different level on a screen in their minds. They may be listening, but also sensing strongly what is left unsaid, what is felt beneath the surface of people around them. They may be watching the aura of light around others or picking up on some inward sadness that goes unnoticed or appears irrelevant to most. Empaths continually see these mental images these flashes of colorful and impressive visions as information streams in their minds that enter through the third eye or in other forms. This kind of seeing and sensing, without the use of the physical eyes, is most common during the dream state, in which scenes arrive and change in a multi-dimensional or multi-faceted way. In fact, paying attention to dreams is one way we can develop empathic knowing

Seeking wisdom through dreams, signs, and synchronicities is really fun because, when you are open to the expectation and anticipation of these events, you are delighted when you recognize them happening. So much is possible once you develop a strong companionship with your imaginative subconscious self. Often, the line between sleep and wakefulness blurs and you begin to see elements from inside a dream during the day sometimes unexpectedly. Empaths often remark on how exhilarating this can feel when it happens.

Some signs that empaths say they notice regularly include:

  • Cardinals. “It is my grandmother saying hello.”
  • Coins. “I found one in the shower as if it came out of nowhere!”
  • Feathers. “I heard an owl outside my window. In my mind, I asked it for one of its feathers. The next day, while walking the dog in the backyard, I found a huge owl feather beside a tree.”
  • Repeating numbers (3:33, 11:11, 2:22, etc.). “Every time I look at a clock, it’s 3:33!”
  • Ask for signs out loud, with the expectation that you will receive them.
  • Look for signs like a child on a treasure hunt.
  • Get outside in nature with the intention of appreciating every little growing thing.

When I woke up, I asked for a sign that would verify what the spiritual robe in my dream symbolized—that I would come through okay. Later, I went to an art class where the teacher picked up an artist’s smock and said: ‘I’m going to put a robe on you.’ As she put it on me, she explained that it was the most special smock she had ever owned. The fact that she called the smock a ‘robe’ sent a little shock of delight through me. I knew instantly that it was the sign I was looking for.” There are a lot of ways to open yourself up to synchronistic signs.

Here are just a few:

  • Pay attention to numbers, coins, feathers, and other random objects.
  • Pay attention to names, titles, car license plates, etc. as if you’re on a magical journey.
  • Notice things that others say.
  • Open a book at random and point to a word with your eyes closed, then find meaning in the word. ·
  • Journal any thoughts and impressions you have; jot down synchronistic events so you remain in the flow.

Elaine might like readers of The Way of the Empath to take away with them after reading your book that there are many ways to connect to people and explore our human as well as divine spiritual gifts.

Elaine writes, “Sensing what is felt in others and caring empathically about it is, in many ways, the fiber that connects us to one another in our humanity. However, the professional roles people play for example, roles in which they may not be given to seeing beneath surface projections or may never feel inundated with the emotions of others are valuable as well. People get amazing things done and can benefit others greatly without necessarily having an empathic orientation to life. They may be doers-of-great-things and movers-of-mountains; they may be scientists or technical geniuses. They may never immerse themselves in empathic sensing, or they may not come to it until later in their lives. But the world is in need of all kinds of talents, actions, and improvements. And we all have unique gifts and skills that have their own value.”

We Elaine Clayton author of The Way of the Empath for all the beauty she brings into the world through her art her Reiki Healing gifts and this book which most sincerely describes and honors the lives of those whose destiny it is to serve humanity by developing and using their empathic abilities to add a new perspective to the unfolding of everyday events.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Elaine Clayton has shown us that to be an empath is an art form—to discover how our perceptions and feelings guide and inform us, shape us and at times limit us and this requires extraordinary awareness. It takes great courage to walk the path of an empath and to learn how to use spiritual, mystical, and imaginative insight, but, learning ways to protect yourself while living with an open heart is a lifetime experience and one that is not in the least bit boring. Empaths experience synchronicity and coincidences, messages from Spirit that help lead them to use their soul heart centered intelligence in ways that protect, serve, and change old beliefs, as they grow into their awareness and higher consciousness.

Elaine writes, “Cultivate Imagination The imagination is very important as a spiritual conduit and as a creator of human connection and fulfillment. Our imaginations seem to create a momentum that puts our wishes into action on the material plane. The infinite dimensions of possibility invoked by our imaginations help create an intuitive structure, like building an ethereal castle in the air that ultimately engages with the physical world. In fact, the imagination is where it all happens! All good things exist in our minds as ideas first, before we help manifest them on this plane of existence. Cultivating our imaginations is integral to living creative lives and fundamental to living an empathic life.”

Elaine and Sheryl both empaths who have explored the world of spirit and physical life, always trying to merge and use all the awareness and guidance through our duality for best results in our personal lives, and then to share this energy of love and healing, in being observant and helpful at times, discovering that life is a great gift and living it as you have uniquely created it, is being in alignment to the universe and spirit and that was always from the beginning of time the purpose of life.

I am Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders and visionaries in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical and energy healing practices as well as psychologists attorneys and those in the arts and music fields explore the possibilities and probabilities of using awareness as the pathway to knowing ourselves the world and life in its totality. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://elaineclayton.com

The post Empathy and Intuition to Heal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Globals Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but a deep disconnect from our inners soul connection to higher consciousness. Sheryl is delighted today to welcome Andrew Michael Esq. author of Soul Pals; Keep Your Eyes on the Rise who uses story and animal characters Soul Pals to illustrate the environmental and cultural challenges facing earth and its inhabitants and to posit a solution to those challenges-raising consciousness.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her guests share intimate and insightful stories and events that help us become aware of our soul essence and eternal life force that works in cooperation with our physical life and when Universal Laws of Energy are practiced and observed in all interactions and events, it becomes possible to secure a more productive prosperous and healthy life experience. It is in the knowing, not the doing, that we fulfil our soul’s mission to create and manifest the best possible outcome no matter what the challenges are. In our search to understand life we take a metaphysical scientific and spiritual approach to ask age old questions: Who are we? How did life begin? And What happens at the end of a physical life cycle?

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Andrew Michael Esquire author of Arising Soul Pals shows us that Earth is in peril. Severe droughts partch some areas while torrential rains flood others: gargantuan wildfires consume whole territories and freakish ice storms crash on city grids. These and other environmental stresses are flaming human conflict and harming our health and the well-being of the animal kingdom. We will explore these environmental and cultural challenges facing Earth and its inhabitants and try to find viable solutions by raising consciousness and encouraging hope. Andrew describes Soul Pals and as a modern day Aesop exposing his view of the Earth in peril through severe droughts rains floods wildfires ice storms and other environmental stresses flaming human conflict and inflaming the health and well being of the animal kingdom.

Andrew was inspired to become an environmentalist perhaps by knowing that there are many sentient beings in the animal and plant queendom and they must be appreciated for teaching us all about those living in nature. The practice of acknowledging creation is derived from the spiritual practice of being grateful, appreciative and understanding we are all connected at some level. Shamans Mayans Indigenous People Catholic Franciscans Jewish Kabbalists mystics Hindus and Tibetan Buddhists all together are “Thundering Grace,” reigning down inspiration for many of the Soul Pals.

The positive and negative side of acknowledgment is the power to manifest form and reality. Ironically ignoring a certain reality re-enforces the ignored reality and produces more to that you are ignoring. Incomplete positive thinking can expand negative responses. In the negative whatever is resisted actually persists affirming and producing whatever is not liked.

AMP (Acknowledgement Manifest Perception) Be the Cause, cause Reality

In Andrew’s experience, some of the most pressing threats to our environment are not fully appreciating the elements: water, earth fire and air and how we are affected by changes to these life necessary forces. Water; we can’t live without it, and thankfully much of the Earth is made up of it. Yet we face major problems where the life-sustaining liquid is concerned. While there is technically enough freshwater available for all 6.8 billion of us, one-fifth of the world’s population live in areas of physical water scarcity. Vast improvements in infrastructure are required in order provide freshwater to areas which remain without, but also to ensure continued access in the face of widespread pollution, wastage and drought.

The degradation of water quality not only poses supply problems for our population, but also has a huge, inevitable impact on marine life. Whether it’s through storm water runoff from cities or farms, dumping from industry, or ill-regulated efforts to drill for yet more oil (more on that later), we’re increasingly filling our rivers, seas and oceans with toxic pollutants. From dolphins to coral, life in our seas is suffering tremendously. The Pacific Ocean is famously home to the Great Pacific Garbage Patch, while the Gulf of Mexico has a sizable patch of nothing at all — a dead zone resulting from the travels of farmland fertilizers down the Mississippi River. And what happens at sea doesn’t stay at sea. With pollutants entering oceanic ecosystems, they invariably pollute our food.

Deforestation has long posed a threat to our Earth. Forests cover 30 percent of the planet’s land, and provide vital protection from sandstorms and flooding as well as the substantive natural habitat for wildlife. They are one of our greatest resources for offsetting some of our outrageous carbon emissions and without the canopy we leave areas vulnerable to intense heat, further driving climate change. Yet every single year we lose an area the size of Panama.

We’ve all heard it before, but really, we need to stop destroying and start replanting. There are incredible instances of ambitious efforts to replant our woodland areas, from a man in India, Jadav Payeng, who single-handedly planted a 1,360-acre forest, to the South Korean founder of Future Forest, Kwon Byong Hyon, who has led desert tree-planting efforts throughout Mongolia and China.

With forests often cleared to make way for farmland, and worldwide consumption of food expected to increase sharply by 2050, both sides of that particular coin desperately need to be addressed, which leads us to… Food production comes with a hefty carbon footprint, with damage caused by deforestation, the use of fertilizers which pollute our water, and pesticides which kill our bees. And, as we noted, food demand is expected to rise sharply — the Food and Agriculture Organization estimates that by 2050 a population of 8.9 billion will eat, on average, a diet with 340 calories more than the 2000 average of 2790, other studies posit that our food demand will double by that same date. Some of this projected increase is attributed to an expectation that areas which currently have inadequate access to nutrition will see improvements in the coming decades, a huge, important and challenging development.

But as we expect to produce more food to meet the needs of a growing, hungry population, we can expect to see a corresponding increase in our carbon footprint. One recent study called for a 50% reduction in meat consumption by 2050 just to keep emissions from the meat industry where they are now. But at our current rate, we also waste an estimated 30 to 50 percent of all food produced.

Huge changes are needed in agricultural infrastructure to stem this wastage. Lower cost imports of big ag’s often genetically modified crops are causing domestic produce to go to waste in developing countries, and misguided policies are causing food aid to go to waste. But while changes must be made in how we farm and how we then sell that food in order to ensure that the right amount of food is grown for supply food where it is needed, there’s also a great deal of progress we could make by simply avoiding unhealthily oversized portions.

Urban farming initiatives make a significant dent in both food environmental concerns. By converting urban areas into fruitful green spaces, food can be grown directly in the community, provide food security and serve as a hands-on educational experience on where our food comes from and how it’s made.

On a related note, pink slime and tuna scrape are not food, they’re vaguely edible by products of the food industry, laced with chemicals to reduce the chances of poisoning us. They’re by no means the only examples; there are plenty of items finding their way to our plates that in no way should be in our bodies. And that’s wrong on so, so many levels.

ENERGY

In the US alone we’ve made the Gulf of Mexico toxic with oil, we’ve caused earthquakes in the Midwest while fracking for natural gas, and we’ve blasted the tops off mountains in Virginia looking for coal. In the course of turning non-renewable resources into energy we’re releasing all manner of toxic gases into the atmosphere, driving climate change and creating a hazardous environment for all living beings.

The fact that we’re destroying the planet for a short term quick-fix of energy resources that will run out is a pretty good reason to give pause and change course. Yet massive corporations wielding immense political strength continue to drive increased, fundamentally experimental and ill-regulated fossil fuel sourcing missions. Deepwater drilling off the Cuban coast, anyone?

Steps to regulate drilling, fracking, mining and their ozone depleting emissions are certainly a great thing, but it’s time, if not well past the time, that we move wholeheartedly into renewable resources. This year has seen incredible progress in both policy, innovation and adoption of renewable resources, largely solar and wind power. But there’s still a long, long, way to go. The Great Lakes of the US and Canada have the potential to provide power for 210,000,000 homes, and as the US seeks to expedite the approval process for wind farms, we still have to design better turbines to adequately protect wildlife.

There’s a lot we can still do on an individual level to reduce our energy usage, and corresponding responsibility for fossil fuel usage and the generated emissions. Simply switching to LED lightbulbs can cut energy usage of lighting a home by a third. It might not sound like much, but — as with so many easy, individually adopted earth-saving measures — when replicated across a large area it starts to make a very significant impact. Plus, the bulbs are getting cheaper!

TRANSPORTATION

While studies show young people to be driving less, many of us still aren’t going to be doing without cars any time soon. As long as urban developments are built to be un-walkable (we’re looking at you, Apple and your new Cupertino Campus), we’re going to have to find a way for everyone to be able to get from a to b and back again without destroying the planet. As it stands, the Environmental Defense Fund estimates that a full 20 percent of US greenhouse gas emissions come directly out of our tailpipes.

Fuel efficiency is on the up, albeit rather belatedly, with the most recent data suggesting that carbon dioxide emissions from new cars sold in the UK has declined 31 percent since 2007. But we’re invariably better off with the ever improving hybrid electric technologies, and the recent New York Auto Show marked the release of some pretty incredible extended range vehicles. As this technology improves, the cars can only be as green as the grid they draw their power from. It’s one thing to steer clear of gasoline, but even better when we can avoid emissions generating fuels altogether.

Similar emissions-reducing advancements are much needed in the aerospace industry. A coordinated project by the biggest manufacturers to develop affordable biofuel technologies for planes is an encouraging move in the right direction, but as we’ve seen, emissions from agriculture are nothing to get too thrilled about. That said, the whole not-driving idea is also pretty great when one has the chance. And if you’re in an area with exhausting inclines, such as San Francisco, electric bicycles still carry a far lower carbon footprint than many alternatives.

WASTE

As a growing population, we have a lot of stuff. From consumer electronics to clothing to diapers, a worrying proportion of our ‘stuff’ is made using finite resources, with environmentally destructive practices only to be used for a relatively short amount of time before being tossed into landfill. And if you’re reading Inhabitant, chances are you’ve thought about this at least once or twice in your purchasing practices.

The use of reusable and recyclable coffee cups, shopping bags and other ubiquitous items is increasing with widespread awareness of wastage and availability of alternatives. But there are always ways we can do more to use less, use better, reuse and recycle. Mining for metals commonplace in items from consumer electronics to jewelry causes widespread environmental destruction, polluting water and releasing greenhouse gases into the environment. And many of these metals, when used in consumer electronics, still often find their way into landfill, allowing lead, cadmium and mercury to seep into groundwater.

In the instance of consumer electronics, 17 states have taken steps to mandate recycling, but where recycling is not municipally provided, it becomes of even greater importance to take the initiative within our own communities. And for items which don’t need to be new, or disposable, we can keep on recycling, upcycling, salvaging and transforming.

GLOBAL WARMING Everything on this list above is a contributing factor in global warming, and yet we still have elected officials who argue that it isn’t ‘real.’ A poll recently commissioned by Yale University brought some refreshingly reassuring news, as the majority of participants agreed that global warming was worsening an increasing stream of extreme weather events and natural disasters. Earlier this year, surging seas presented evidence that with sea levels predicted to rise 20-80 inches by 2100, 3.7 million residents are at risk from flood waters. Meanwhile scientists looking to the past found that naturally occurring carbon emissions drove the end of the last Ice Age — and that uptick in emissions was far lower than our current surge. Yet we still, absurdly, have politicians who as part of their campaign strategy insist that carbon dioxide emissions do not pose a threat to our environment.

So as we all work towards a greener, more sustainable future, adopting responsible practices to lower and eliminate emissions of all greenhouse gases, it’s time for climate change deniers to finally give in to the evidence.

Andrew tells us why he chooses for most of the characters in your stories to be animals. Play Pals are to create and amp your life. These characters are colorful and powerful. Because Soul Pals are intriguing, they are memorable and able to be transformative. These pals are verbal, visual, musical and emotional cues to rise. You absorb the best in them to be your best. With Soul PALS your life can be about playing at ease.

In the story each character is called a Pal. A Pal from each story is a bridge to the next story with each episode in the upward spiral. The Altitude of characters rise as a player’s “Attitude” can rise to a higher level of consciousness. The core of magnification: acknowledging what you love and having confidence in what you would like more of in your life is possible when you acknowledge thinking and seeing, feeling, and hearing which now grows to become how you live in the future.

We start with the story of The Octopus’s Magical Garden (OMG) which is under attack from environmental pollution caused by Increased Shipping. A Pelican meets Octopus after his mother ventured out to deal with a recent Oil Spill and never returned. Then Pelican bathes in Egret’s Lagoon which is not yet infected by environmental change and they chat as friends. Egrets are present everywhere as with African Elephants Egrets are a calming force for the elephants Next we meet the Rhino native to Northern India and along with Elephant and Hummingbirds mingle with people in the forest but Rhino is in danger as rifles are pointed at him. There is danger for All. The Octopus Magical Garden OMG is an opportunity to offer Practical and Useful Solutions The Octopus has an intelligent predictions that turn true just like intuitive or psychic people

Conscious Attributes are confirmed by 50 notable Scientists in Cambridge Declaration on consciousness.

The arising stories and characters face facts that are true to them as well as to others. It is said that in the end is in the beginning and this circular cycle is true in Arising stories. The Whole is in the smallest of parts: one DNA code holds the blueprint for the whole being. A drop of water when magnified shows elegant crystal patterns and a leaf reveals miniature pathways that mimic grand watersheds where all rivers flow into the ocean. And in this book we begin with the Pelican that dives into the Octopus’s Magical Garden. The pelican was defiant as oil washed tar harmed the fish and birds. Brownie as the pelican was called wanted to correct this situation but died in the process. A pack of wolves took up Brownie’s cause and gave life a chance decreeing, “United we stand, Divided we fall”. The egret was next and the egret’s motto was, “Don’t regret, egret.” A Cycle of Care has been completed between the Soul Pals in these stories.

In the stories we see how each character is connected in ways that support life for all of them and so Soul Pals are energy beings who interact and contribute either to the advancement of all or harm themselves and others. In these stories the hummingbird elephant rhino hippopotamus and Mamba Patrol are members of the Jade Brigade.

These star characters or soul pals have 3 important qualities;

  1. Heart -EQ (Emotional Quotient) Love and Compassion
  2. Intelligence IQ Intelligence Quotient
  3. Courage WE-Q Whole Experience of Respecting. Courage to do the right thing with All: everyone and every being in all situations.

With the power of these 3 qualities on their migration path the characters Rise to the challenge Reach their goals while protecting themselves family friends and their homes. As Soul Pals we learn if you can feel it see it and experience that to which you Aspire the future eventually becomes the present and you can manifest and live what you imagine. Albert Einstein once said, “The imagination is a preview of things to come.”

Andrew’s book makes the case for raising consciousness as the means to fight climate change and the destruction it is causing since these stories are based on facts about people, culture, animals and the environment. When we ask certain questions, we see the synchronicity and continuing forces that make life either work well or not.

For example we may ask,

“Why have pollinators stopped pollinating plants to grow.”
“Why have so many bees died in recent years?”
“Why do elephants continue to migrate to Lake Chad even though it has shrunk to a mere puddle?” ((Now 5% of size it was 50 years ago)
Why do deeply held cultural and spiritual beliefs determine the life and death of elephants and rhinos, Not food Not water Not villagers or farmers, herders Not even rifles.

Your book is full of acronyms. What is it about acronyms that is so compelling? An acronym is a pronounceable word formed from the first letter or first few letters of each word in a phrase or title The newly combined letters create a new word that becomes part of everyday language. Using shortened forms of words or phrases can speed up communication. Explore the useful shorthand with these examples of acronyms.

Some popular acronym examples are:

AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
ASAP As soon as possible
AWOL Absent without official leave
IMAX Image Maximum
LASER Light Amplification by the Stimulated
Emission of Radiation

Ordinary citizens can help in the fight for climate change and the destruction it is causing. Andrew suggests an example of the Mamba Patrols Mission, that protects villagers and elephants and is trained and equipped by the African Park Organization to protect the elephants and surrounding communities from poachers. These patrols have been outfitted with military equipment and technology to have a fair chance against these violent bands of poachers. Prince Harry from England funds the Mamba Patrols in three African countries. Sadly, the demand for elephant tusks and other wildlife who live at the shoreline near bodies of water have also sadly declined. With the loss of life for animals, 10 million people whose work is derived from the water industry has made it nearly impossible for the people in those areas to prosper.

Sheryl says “We will get a lot further toward solving the problem if we focus on solutions rather than continuing to highlight the problem,” Chissell says.

Project Drawdown recently put together a report highlighting 30 behavioral solutions ordinary people can take to combat climate change. The top three include wasting less food, adopting a plant-rich diet and consuming less energy and water.

Readers of Arising Soul Pals might want to take away with them after reading Arising Soul Pals that We all face people with power trips and political games from people at work, in our communities, and even in our family. An example is a Legislator and chair of a committee that oversaw a $50 billion budget was particularly frustrated. It had been two years of explaining and educating others about the importance of a proposal and wide implications for the way priorities had been determined in the budget. This year, he had received the necessary votes in both chambers of the legislature and all that was needed was the governor’s signature. He received a letter from the governor denying the legislation from going into law. It was at this point he brought the crocodile smile and the acronym derived from the word crocodile to focus his attention on getting the bill passed even though it had been rejected. Here is the acronym describing the qualities necessary to support determination and persevere against any negativity in achieving your goal to pass legislation that improves life for the animals and protection of the environment. The key here is, like the animals, we must use all of our skills to survive and never quit.

Calm
Response
Occupies
Conniving
Opposition,
Denying
Intrusion;
Laughter
Empowers!

We thank Andrew Michael Esq. for sharing his book Arising Soul Pals to show us how arising stories and the qualities of animals may achieve a world of compassion and action to realize a globe of healthy people, animals—all sentient beings and a rejuvenated earth and all of its ecosystem.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within, we have discovered the PALs you have met and will meet, demonstrating how to apply the PAL concept, some PALs you might like, and others you may not. In the end, what is most important is you create or adopt PALs that best work for you. the best basic formula for forming your PALs is described this way: First, a problem or challenge is identified for an opportunity for growth. Next, a PAL for whom you already have a special feeling toward is chosen. Then this pal is Applied to the problem, by simply focusing on a picture of the PAL and thinking about this being. Gradually, the repetition of this visual image, its associated word meaning and feelings you experience when bringing this PAL to mind, will liberate you from a thought that has limited your ability to lead your life as you desire.

P-roblem
A-pplication of an AMPed PAL
L-iberation

Whatever PAL you work with, whether it’s a person, animal, or object, it should bring about some special feeling within you, and these feelings can help transform and bring about your desired attitude and actions, making the world one that works in harmony, peace, and balance, and leads to better lives for the sentient beings on the planet.

Andrew writes on the cover of his book: “Rising from the depths of the sea to the heights of the sky in altitude and attitude. Finding ‘deep perceptions (deeperceptions)’ to replenish the positive and diminish negative.”

I am Sheryl Glick, host of Healing From Within, author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening, which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our problems are not economic, political, or societal, they are just a disconnect from our soul inner wisdom and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical, spiritual, scientific, medical, educational, and music and arts, explore the duality of life in its physical and energetic dimensions, helping us rise above the problems of the physical world to live more productive, successful, healthy, and joyful lives.

Today’s Guest

www.amazon.com/

The post Soul Pals to Cure Environmental Crisis appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick, Reiki Master Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening, which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Dr. Rosie Ward, author of Rehumanizing the Workplace which will reinforce the need for leaders to remember that everyone thrives in environments where they feel cared for, safe to create and innovate and part of an organization’s shared purpose.

As listeners of “Healing From Within” have come to expect over the years, Sheryl and her guests share intimate observations and realizations of the true nature of a physical and energetic life experience and ways to know ourselves merging the needs of the heart and mind, so we may become our best version of ourselves, helping us to find peace, love and happiness, in a world of many challenges.

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within,” we will through the information shared by Dr. Rosie Ward begin to realize how our rapidly changing world is becoming increasingly complex and disruptive. While it also brings many opportunities for innovation and the improvement of the human condition, it also triggers people to operate from a place of scarcity and self-protection. This can lead to disconnection and eroding well-being on both the organizational and individual level. We will discuss the Five Rehumanizing Principles we can put into practice to foster a more sustainable future.

Rosie responds to Sheryl when she asked her to think back to her childhood and remember a person, place, event that may have signaled to her or others the values, interests, work and lifestyle she might pursue as an adult and says, “I love that question.” She explains to Sheryl that since she was very young, friends always came to her for advice and support, as many used to lean on her mom, who was a psychologist, so it seems, she was following her mother’s path in wishing to help people by listening to their challenges, and by hoping to now as an adult, call attention to the changing needs of our workplaces and to support a more loving environment at those facilities so we may all grow and evolve into healthier human beings. Healing is needed at all levels and places we work as there is not a moment where we don’t need to be accountable and responsible for growing into the loving souls we already are.

Rosie tells us about her becoming aware of the problems in organized businesses which have not supplied their employees with all the resources to be most productive and happy. Dr. Rosie Ward tells us of the 5 Rehumanizing Practices that can help foster a sustainable future. They are as follows:

Build a Lighthouse: Much like a lighthouse can help cut through the fog and provide clarity for where to go, having a clear purpose and having strong core values can help to do the same. Businesses that are emerging stronger in the face of Covid-19 now have a clear purpose most people feel connected to, which would be a stronger family unit, more cooperative work situations, more appreciation for health, use of free-time, enjoyment of nature, travel, and protecting our planet. Businesses and families have operationalized their core values into clear behavioral anchors that they live by, and leverage that clarity to be flexible about how they serve that purpose. We have to shift from surviving to how we effectively serve our company purpose in a different world.

Create Fearless Environments: The VUCA world inherently brings some discomfort as it demands we do things differently. However, we can only adapt and grow when people feel safe taking the risks required to do transformational work. Research from Harvard professor Amy Edmondson has found that organizations that are intentional about creating psychologically safe environments are more responsive and resilient. If this pandemic has taught us anything, it’s that responsiveness and resilience are critical for organizations to thrive in the midst of disruption.

Wade In The Messy Middle: Change involving humans is complex and evokes discomfort. When we are facing incredible adaptive challenges ( those with no known solutions that demand a complete shift in our mindset) we have to be able to operate differently. This means we need to do the inner developmental work to move from self-protection to self-reflection and then shift our thinking and the stories we tell ourselves: we can’t hit fast forward. The leaders that are rising to the occasion during this pandemic lean into the discomfort and invest in their own development to show up as conscious leaders. We can’t make the adaptive leaps our VUCA world demands of us without intentionally developing ourselves.

Show Up As A Leader: Leadership is a “behavior,” not a title or role. In fact, work from Keyhubs on mapping human networks within organizations has shown that the greatest talent and influencers within your organization are usually not sitting high up in the organizational chart. We need EVERYONE to show up as a leader and make a positive difference. Successful businesses create the conditions for everyone to feel connected to the company purpose, speak up and rally from their own resourcefulness , they call everyone to greatness to behave like a leader.

Find Your Tribe: As a species, we’re hardwired for connection. Social distancing shined a light on just how resourceful people can be to leverage Zoom and other platforms to stay connected. Conscious businesses include the people in decisions that impact them and don’t operate in silos: after all people only tend to support what they’ve helped to create. These businesses are also intentional about creating a structure for people to check in with each other and be in community: they build and nurture relationships.

Rosie and Sheryl might consider how the world is different in light of Covid-19 and possible benefits as a result of a tragic plague to the world.

Sheryl says that she is aware this time and the challenges the world is going through at all levels of life experience, the home, the workplaces, the schools, and businesses, are part of a spiritual revolution that affect businesses and employees, as lockdowns and working from home while having the children at home all the time has provided a way to renew universal values and spiritual awareness of how precious are the people we love and the time we have together. Our technological advancements, social media and the internet have put our humanity and peace of mind, health and quality of life, in jeopardy and many are aware that while there are possible aspects to these technological advancements, there are also dangers. Maintaining open channels of communication personally will always be more valuable than emails and texts, and in these hard times we may come to appreciate FaceTime which allows us to use technology in the best way by seeing our loved ones in a lockdown. Now in these changing times due to economic and health concerns, we must find the balance and return to the core values of what really empowers a person or a business to be effective beyond fear and dysfunction.

So what are those core values?? Rosie tells us that knowing that work plays a vital role in our health and well being, makes us evaluate how to use that knowledge at this time in history. It becomes vital to rethink the workplace and what people need to live happy and healthy lives, in relation to the many tragedies of recent days. We know that the vast majority of people are unfulfilled and removed from achieving their full potential at work due to many flaws in antiquated systems. We are in need of new disruptive models that challenge our conventional thinking and instill a sense of humanity at work. Rehumanizing the Workplace is just that—a powerful blend of research, inspiration, and actionable steps for the changes our workforce needs.

“The bad news for employee health is that the workplace was recently declared the fifth leading cause of death in America.” There is no question that the health of most working people across the globe has been declining at a steady pace for years, and there is no end in sight to this unfortunate trend. Traditional worksite wellness programs have not proven to be the solution. So what’s next? Rosie lays a foundation for creating workplaces that help people thrive, not just survive. Rehumanizing the Workplace takes the reader on a guided journey that, if followed correctly, will create an employee experience that can improve the well-being of people and organizations.

Humanizing the workplace is the greatest imperative of our times. The fact is that our work is literally killing us, when work should be one of the greatest joys and pleasures of a life experience. We must realize that work is the foundation for self-esteem, confidence, and personal growth. When seen correctly and positively, it may be as helpful as our family life, our leisure time, our charitable pursuits, and our spiritual evolution demands we recognize this fact. Recently, our government has paid our people to stay home, incentivizing a lack of love and respect for work. This needs to change, all work needs to be valued. If you have to sweep the floor, sweep the floor to the best of your ability and enjoy it. Do it well, it might be a stepping stone to building your character, your soul development, and to loving life.

Heart attacks are significantly higher on Mondays as people may have anxiety about leaving the sanctuary their homes provide on the weekends. In his book Dying for a Paycheck, Jeffrey Pfeffer estimates that one hundred and twenty thousand Americans die every year due to stress connected to work. It is not the work itself but the ways in which we lead, manage, and organize companies that results in all the suffering. An estimated seventeen thousand Chinese die every day from overwork. It doesn’t have to be this way. We don’t have to hurt people or kill them in order to make money. As we show in our book The Healing Organization, quite the contrary: workplaces where people physically, mentally, emotionally, spiritually, and socially thrive are far more successful workplaces by every measure.

How did the workplace become so dehumanized in the first place? It has to do with how we think about business. Many people think of business as a jungle in which “survival of the fittest” is the cardinal rule. “Kill or be killed.” Some treat business as a dehumanized machine with inputs like physical capital, human capital, and financial capital and outputs like profits and products. Some have reduced business to a math problem, seeking to maximize one thing—shareholder value—while treating everything else as a means to that end. Still others treat business as a game in which you make multiple bets, hoping that some would pay off.

Sheryl says that having had eight careers, she feels herself to be most fortunate to have enjoyed all the experiences, people she met, and people she helped, to realize that work often helps build self-esteem, self-confidence, and a greater appreciation and gratitude for every minute of life. Bringing smiles and joy along with treating everyone at work as a family member, helps to make us one people, and one humanity, supporting our spiritual as well as providing the sustenance to fulfill the physical needs of life.

The fact is that business is one of the most human things that we do, and it impacts our lives as human beings in so many different ways. Rosie attributes these harmful ways of thinking to an excess of masculine energy in the world of business. Adam Smith wrote An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, which laid out the foundational principles for how free markets operate and how individuals pursuing their self-interest will result in many, if not most, of our needs being met through businesses. But Smith also wrote The Theory of Moral Sentiments seventeen years prior to The Wealth of Nations. In that book, he elaborated on our need to care for each other, without regard to self-interest. In a sense, capitalism had a mother and a father, and both were Adam Smith. Unfortunately, we ignored the mother energy—his message about caring—and focused only on the father energy—his message about pursuing self-interest. Today, there are two things hidden away in the corporate closet. The first is unexpressed love. Human beings have a deep need to express their caring for each other, and most workplaces do not allow for that. People are expected to put on their mask and armor and go to battle in the marketplace. The second thing that is hidden in the corporate closet is silent suffering. Life is difficult; people are carrying around enormous burdens as they go through their workday. We need to allow both of these things to come out of the corporate closet. Our innate need to care can help alleviate much of the suffering that people are experiencing in life and in the workplace. By allowing this to happen, we can greatly enhance the amount of joy that people experience at work, which to me is the ultimate expression of what it means to have a fully humanized workplace.

Sheryl says the above ideas offer solutions to the untenable problems that have been exasperated by personal and corporate greed, and the mantra “I’m fighting for my life,” attitude that has supplanted the attitude that “I am a healthy, loving individual that goes out into the world each day to share the blessings of living cooperatively, with my fellow citizens, making them like friends and family, a divine part of my life experience.” Beginning to understand that competition is mostly a personal need to improve yourself rather than to use your ideal of who and you’re becoming in referencing other people. Other people have their needs and life path, but if businesses allow each person to be the best and improve themselves and finding joy in all they do, understanding that there is no perfection and that failure is always part of the journey to success, we will all come to realize that cooperation at all levels of business and life are the keys of success and not raw competition creating dissatisfaction, unhappiness, envy, and greed.

It is important that we come to know who we are and how to use that wisdom to improve our health and levels of happiness.

Rosie writes, “What does it mean to be human? We are divine beings, worthy of being treated as such by each other. We are the only creatures with imagination, a moral compass, and free will. Each one of us has such extraordinary potential that it is hard to conceive of any limits on what we can achieve. Businesses refer to human beings as a resource, but we are not a resource. Human beings are the source, capable of unlimited amounts of caring, creativity, and innovation. But if people are treated as resources, they become that. They get depleted and they burn out, just like lumps of coal. The human seed has never been more potent; people today are more intelligent, more educated, better informed, better connected, and more caring than ever before. But the soil around the human seed remains toxic. Most workplaces do not enable human beings to operate at their peak potential and deliver the gifts they were born to bring to the rest of us. To take the analogy further, we can use seeds in different ways. A seed can simply be used as bird feed, or it can be used to start a whole new forest. Too many of us are being used as bird feed.”

Rosie uses the abbreviation VUCA to explain how businesses have functioned in the past and compare it to how ships function at sea. Businesses have long operated like ships at sea. A single captain is responsible (in name) for everything that happens on the ship; and a small handful of officers oversee key functional areas like navigation, cargo, or propulsion. Meanwhile, a large number of sailors labor away at the day-to-day tasks required to make the ship actually work. However, the seas are “Volatile, Uncertain, Complex, and Ambiguous (also known as VUCA).” Some days, sailing is smooth; but many days, crew and cargo are tossed about the ship as humans work against the awesome power of nature. Sometimes, the VUCA sea even triumphs over the ship, and the sailors are thrown to the mercy of the elements—their only hope is to find a path toward calmer waters or an island that might offer shelter and sustenance.

If there were to be a shipwreck, all the sailors would have to adapt to new experiences and survive in a new way, and work together. But one member of the new-paradigm group stepped forward and called out to the other sailors, suggesting they all work together. After all, everyone shared the same vision of surviving and thriving. This would allow the sailors to create a new fearless environment where they could take a risk and where candor was embraced—and expected, and they would survive and thrive. This is what we must do in the business world: allow our workers to see new possibilities and discard past restrictions that limit individual, personal growth.

This wasn’t about being right; it was about working toward a collective vision to ensure that everyone could thrive in their new surroundings.

Many are observing what seems to be a society in decline. According to Margaret Wheatley, we shouldn’t be surprised. In her book Who Do We Choose to Be?, she describes the pattern of collapse of complex civilizations and suggests that our current dehumanized state is completely predictable. She cites the work of Sir John Glubb who studied thirteen empires all experiencing their decline and fall in the same stages over a two[1]hundred-and-fifty-year period (ten generations). With each stage, there is an increase of materialism; as this happens, morality erodes and the civilization declines into decadence, exhibiting the following characteristics:

  • Money replaces service as the core motivator.
  • Hierarchical leaders focus on maintaining power at all costs.
  • The future disappears from decision-making.
  • The status quo is preserved by the few elites who prosper
  • Relationships disintegrate into distrust, self-protection, and opposition.

Wheatley suggests that our current civilization is in a state of decline. Just look at what is happening in our society with our politics and me-focused celebrity climate. Consequently, we see these characteristics reflected in our workplaces as well; it’s no wonder that we are seeing the ill effects of these dehumanized workplaces.

Sheryl says to Rosie “we are witnessing exactly the above progression of decline in America and perhaps throughout the world.”

We will be seeing the nature of jobs change greatly as technology replaces many people in the workforce so what must we do to combat this trend?

In his 2017 TED Talk, David Lee, VP of Innovation and UPS Ventures at UPS, discusses the role of technology and how it is replacing jobs at a rapid pace. He makes a bold assertion for how we can avoid a jobless future. He suggests we need to take steps now to change the nature of work—to create environments where people love coming to work, and to foster the innovation needed to replace the millions of jobs that will inherently be lost to technology. David believes that the key to doing that is to “rediscover what makes us human and to create a new generation of human-centered jobs that allow us to unlock our hidden talents and passions that we carry with us every day.” He argues that we need to move away from machine-like, task-focused jobs to focus on the skills that people bring to work. However, this new reality can also bring great opportunities. For example, by leveraging technological advances for more machine-like tasks, we can free people to grow, create, and innovate. We need to create the conditions to leverage the creativity and capability that only humans can provide to solve challenges that a VUCA world brings. Besides, “the tolerance” for dehumanized workplaces is shrinking. People are craving better work–life harmony, meaningful and purposeful work, and the ability to show up authentically human. As Erica Keswin writes in her book Bring Your Human to Work, “People are no longer willing to accept work as a soul-crushing, Dilbertesque, cubicled nightmare.” We don’t want to be treated like machines; we want to feel valued as human beings.

Rosie wants readers to take away with them after reading Rehumanizing the Workplace that the good news is that there is a revolution already underway where organizations are operating more like the new-paradigm sailors and breaking the mold of “business as usual.” They are creating psychologically safe work environments and finding success by honoring what it means to be human and putting people first. We are at a tipping point where the old, dehumanized model is rapidly collapsing. A large contributor to this revolution is Conscious Capitalism.

Conscious Capitalism is “part of a growing movement that recognizes the tremendous value and potential of capitalism” and seeks to “elevate this powerful force for potential good to a new level.”9 Conscious Capitalism’s purpose is to elevate humanity through business, recognizing that businesses and their leaders have the potential to do more than just simply make money. In fact, when conducted with a higher level of consciousness, business has an extraordinary potential to create value that does not come at the expense of our own health or the health of our planet. Conscious Capitalism is a rethinking of what business can and should be.

It is changing the narrative of business by anchoring on four key tenets that all work together and reinforce each other:

  • Higher Purpose: Every business should have a higher purpose that transcends making money. In his book Start with WHY, Simon Sinek asserts the importance of clarifying and anchoring our work on a higher purpose. It not only creates clarity, but it fuels energy and passion.10 Yes, businesses need to be profitable in order to exist, but profit is not the purpose.
  • Stakeholder Orientation: Shareholders are only one stakeholder for an organization. Businesses need to consciously create value with and for all its stakeholders (employees, customers, suppliers, shareholders/investors, communities, the environment, etc.). Instead of a binary approach where one stakeholder wins at the expense of another (e.g., conducting mass layoffs to balance the books so the quarterly returns are favorable for shareholders), organizations look for synergies to create win-win relationships among stakeholders.
  • Conscious Leadership: Conscious leaders operate from a place of purpose and service to others rather than power and self-interest. They are self-aware and intentional so they can effectively mentor, develop, and inspire people; consequently, they are able to call others to greatness and foster high levels of engagement, creativity, alignment with the higher purpose, and performance.
  • Conscious Culture: Rather than operating on fear and unhealthy levels of stress, conscious organizations intentionally foster cultures with high levels of trust, authenticity, transparency, and genuine caring. They create environments where people feel valued as human beings and are nurtured to continue to grow. And it doesn’t just start with the C-suite. We need more courageous leaders—at all levels within organizations—to join this revolution! Businesses large and small are leveraging these tenets to become more conscious about the impact they have on people’s lives and the planet.

Sheryl would like to thank Dr. Rosie Ward and co-author Jon Robison of Rehumanizing the Workplace for sharing a clear view of how important the places we spend time in affects our physical, spiritual and emotional development and health. Earning a living simply for money leaves the creative and need to be caring and attentive to all people we interact with out of the equation of the core values or real needs of all human beings. To learn more about creating a working, living loving environment wherever we spend time is the key to living a life of purpose, prosperity and happiness.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have concentrated our attention on learning more about the human dynamics of interaction with others and creating safe healthy work environments not merely for profits but to advance humanity and the evolution of kinder, more creative beings.

We realized that what we’re ultimately called to do is to not just build thriving workplace cultures; that’s an important start. We are called to advocate for humanity. Our purpose is to rehumanize the workplace so that people can bring their best selves to work—and home—each day. Our 7 Points of Transformation blueprint is still an important ingredient for rehumanizing workplaces; and there are so many other facets necessary to have, and advocate for, workplaces that nurture humanity.

Being able to activate and live our purpose also requires us to get clear about our core values—how our behavior helps our purpose be realized. Here is what we created:

  • Embrace your humanity. Honor the complexity and messiness of being human. Strive for excellence, not perfection; give yourself and others grace.
  • We are stronger together. This is not a solo journey. There is power and energy in building community. Operate with an abundance mind[1]set to build and grow relationships and support others’ success.
  • Choose courage over comfort. Be deliberate and intentional in your actions. Embrace the discomfort of challenging the status quo; growth never happens in our comfort zone.
  • Sound science is your friend. Every solution and recommendation must be rooted in sound science appropriate for human beings.
  • Pave a path for others to thrive. Help others see what’s possible. If you’re going to suggest stopping something or moving away from an approach, always provide a more effective, more human alternative.

Dr. Rosie Ward and Sheryl would have you begin to remember that the changes we are living through at the present moment are an opportunity to return to the wiser more loving simpler values of appreciating life people and the natural resources of our beautiful planet Embracing work home and nature are the way to create a world free of just materialism or greed and begin again to appreciate our human quality of Being safe and happy in all our pursuits of learning and sharing.

Sheryl Glick, host of “Healing From Within,” author of a trilogy and the newest book is A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invite you to visit my website to read about and listen to leaders visionaries in the fields of metaphysics science spirituality business psychology medicine and the arts and music to share ways to improve life on all levels individually and collectively. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

https://drrosieward.com

The post Rehumanizing the Workplace appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit showing us soul wisdom. I am delighted to welcome Steven Campbell, author of Making Your Mind Magnificent Flourishing At Any Age.

As listeners of Healing From Within have become aware of during the many years Sheryl and her amazing guests share a love for understanding human nature, evolution, and Universal Source energy to assist us in finding out more about the truth of our eternal human and divine nature for as we use this awareness to improve ourselves, our communities and find greater passion for living amazing lives filled with unending potential to create rejoice in and love all that is.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Steven Campbell who spent twenty years in hospital administration and then went on to pursue his greatest love teaching, shares his latest research on how our brains conform to the messages we give it and understanding this reality opens the door to create success in our health, personal relationships and in business. Life becomes so much better!

When Sheryl asks Steven to think back to his childhood and remember a person place or event that might have signaled to him or to others the life he might pursue and the interests work or lifestyle he would create as an adult Steven tells us he became a Christian at ten years of age and had thought he would be a physician but at 19 years old he was in a horrific car accident and his friend died and he was in a body cast for many months. He began to realize his negative self-talk and unhappiness about the situation were doing him harm so he changed that thinking to something positive and began to heal. He met his wife Mary and they have been married for fifty years and he has enjoyed teaching and writing and helping others find great meaning in living lives of purpose and happiness.

Steven tells us why he wrote Making Your Mind Magnificent and how he discovered what will improve life no matter how hard the challenges. Understanding how the brain and self-talk influence everything we create and manifest into our lives is shown by what Steven wrote, “In fact, as recently as 30 years ago, the brain was still considered a “black box” and there was little hope of ever determining how it worked. What has changed? Through the explosion in technology such as Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) and Positron Emission Tomography (PET), we have discovered astonishing insights about the brain and learning. Plus, there are simply more of us studying the brain as well. In 1969, the International Society of Neuroscience had 400 registered neuroscientists. As of 2006, its membership numbered 37,000! Jeri Janowsky, a top memory neuroscientist at Oregon Health Sciences University in Portland, says, “Anything you learned two years ago is already old information…Neuroscience is exploding.”

Why teach how your brain works? Because if you cannot understand your brain, you cannot guide it, so instead of shaping your own life, your brain ends up doing most of the shaping. And then you end up feeling like a victim or passenger in life, instead of the driver of your own distinctive existence and untapped potential. So, through the wonderful discoveries that fill this book, you now have a guidebook in your hand that teaches how to make your mind your greatest motivator and mentor; your wise and trusted counselor and friend. In other words, your brain can now consistently work for you, not against you!”

The human brain remains the most complex structure in the known universe. Eric Kandel is the scientist mostly responsible for determining how the brain changes. For his work, he shared the Nobel Prize in 2000. He showed that when people learn something, the wiring in their brain changes. He demonstrated that acquiring even simple pieces of information involves the physical alteration of the structure of the neurons participating in this process. Talking broadly, these physical changes result in the reorganization of the brain. This is astonishing. The brain is constantly learning things, so the brain is constantly rewiring itself. This is called plasticity, and it is a startling departure from the old concept of the brain as a self-contained, hard-wired unit that learns from a preset, unchangeable set of rules.

Sheryl shares with Steven her fascination in understanding the origins and spiritual nature of psychology as she has always been most fond of Carl Jung along with Sigmund Freud who are the founders of the practice of Psychology. Sheryl goes on to say that Carl Jung was a spiritual psychologist while Freud was more of the physical world and its influence on human behavior. Carl Jung is known to have had a near death experience and as such had a great awareness of higher consciousness and how we are more than our body, mind or physical life, always moving towards awareness and higher consciousness. As a spiritual psychologist he believed you could create change, rewire your thoughts and mind, to create a life of peace, purposefulness and love and did not have to focus as Freud did on only the traumatic imprints during childhood that were rooted in sexual modes of appraising yourself and others. Jung believed in being in the moment and not reliving the past, creating further trauma and staying in the energy of what was now only a memory. Sheryl as a Reiki Master Energy Teacher during a healing session helps through the channeled energy that flows from her to others to release blockages, fears, false thinking and trauma to remember the depth of our magnificent soul energy and our magnificent potential to create life in any way our thoughts allow.

Steven shares with us that “Your brain believes what you tell it.”

We have learned two primary principles. They are:

  1. The brain has an almost infinite capacity to learn, grow and change.
  2. The human brain is the most complex structure in the universe.

The brain consists of two parts: the conscious and subconscious mind.

The conscious mind is easiest to understand because we are aware of it all day long. One of its functions is called perception through your senses—sight, taste, touch, smell, and hearing. However, you store this information on the subconscious level, not the conscious..

We do NOT record the actual event, but OUR version of the event, and then we call it the “truth”—not “our” truth, but “the” truth. We think that what we experience must be the way life really is. You say, “I see the way life really is!” And I say “No…I see the way life really is!” We’re both wrong;

We behave and act not according to the truth, but the truth as we believe it to be! Let’s me say it again: We behave and act not according to the truth, but the truth as we believe it to be

It seems we have Infinite numbers of self-images.The brain is an amazingly subtle and sensitive pattern-detecting apparatus. It detects, constructs, and elaborates patterns as a basic, built-in, natural function. It does not have to be taught or motivated to do so, any more than the heart needs to be instructed or coaxed to pump blood.

You will want to remember this information forever, because it will have a significant effect on your success as a person who is growing, and a life-long learner. When we look at something, our eyes do not recognize it. That is not their job. Their job is simply to perceive light bouncing off of objects. That light is then sent to the brain, and the brain must then go to work. If I were to display before you a coffee pot, or a paint brush, you would instantly recognize them effortlessly. However, you were not born knowing what these objects are. You learned what they were sometime between your birth and the present. All learning has taken place in the same way.

Steven gives the following example to show how this works, “Let’s look at one isolated illustration to understand the steps it takes to do so. It is Only an Image We raised our two daughters in Rohnert Park, a little enclave 50 miles north of San Francisco. As a result, when they were young, my daughters had no clear concept of what was meant by the word city. Their brains knew about the ‘city.’ Absolutely nothing. They started with a clean slate. If my wife or I tell them that a city is a place where many people live close together, they may fail to see why Rohnert Park is not a city. If they visit San Francisco, they will be impressed by the Golden Gate Bridge, traffic noise, the tall buildings, and all the stores. A trip to the shopping center may also impress them as being a city, since they experience crowded sidewalks, many stores, and our multiplex theatre. Yet Rohnert Park is definitely not a city.

To clarify their concept of the ‘city,’ let’s imagine that I sit with our daughters when they are six and three and read them a book about the city. When I do, their brain records this reading (because it records everything) as an ‘image.’ If they watch Sesame Street, the brain records another image Now if that is all I do because I have erroneously decided that a book and Sesame Street should be sufficient to learn about the city, the brain will keep these images for a while, but over time they will become more and more fuzzy, and they will not become a part of my daughters’ long-term memory. In other words, they will not be learned. As a result, if I ask them to explain a city after I read the book to them, or we watch Sesame Street together, they will be able to explain very little. From an Image to a Pattern However, in addition to the book and Sesame Street, let’s imagine that we provide them with many other experiences regarding a city.

All of these experiences provide input.

  • As we drive to a circus, we look at a road map before and they notice “City Limits” for the first time. They see that a city has boundaries.
  • They hear a news broadcast that the city population has fallen, and exact figures are given. They have never had a clear idea of what a ‘population’ meant, but they get the hint that a city has a lot of people.
  • A family friend works for the Santa Rosa Fire Department, and another works for the San Francisco Fire Department so cities might have fire departments.
  • They watch a documentary on skyscrapers, so they learn that a city might have very large buildings.
  • They visit a Chinese restaurant in San Francisco’s ChinaTown, and see that the city has smells, along with street lights and a lot of noise. All of these images are recorded in your brain. At this point, the images are just images. They are simply recorded in their memory (and we are not yet quite sure how that happens…we think it involves a chemical change in the brain). They were input into my daughters’ brains randomly through my reading a book to them, going to San Francisco, or watching Sesame Street. They are recorded in the same way.

In time, the brain begins to see relationships among the images. There were buildings in the image of a book, just as there were buildings in the image of Sesame Street. It therefore lays down an actual connection (called neural connections) involving axons, dendrites, and synapses—the components of a neuron—between the image of a book and the image of Sesame Street

We learn where our self-images come from. We behave and act not according to the truth, but the truth as we believe it to be. This “truth” is based on how we see ourselves. This “truth” about ourselves is wrapped up in our self-image, of which we have thousands, all stored in our subconscious. The brain is an amazingly sensitive pattern-detecting apparatus that detects, constructs, and elaborates patterns as a basic, built-in, natural function. It does not have to be taught or motivated to do so, any more than the heart needs to be instructed or coaxed to pump blood.

Thinking is really a process of “Making sense of the world.” It is your brain’s attempt to make sense of the mass of information that reaches you throughout the day through what you hear, smell, taste, touch, and feel.

Learning takes place in this chaotic world incessantly and in each individual in a purely individual way. We all learn differently, so comparing ourselves to others is not only silly, but unrealistic. My world is incredibly different from yours

Virtually all of our feelings come from personal evaluations. For instance, a statement such as “Dr. Smith is my personal physician” is simply a fact, with no evaluations or feelings attached. However, “I am glad that Dr. Smith is my personal physician” is more than a fact; it is an evaluation, and this evaluation causes feelings. So, “I regret that Dr. Smith is my personal physician” or “I love Dr. Smith being my personal physician” are all evaluations, and all of these trigger feelings.

Some feelings obviously are quite strong, others not strong at all. In fact, the strength or feebleness of your feelings can be theoretically scaled, where 0 percent means that you have no feelings at all about Dr. Smith being your personal physician, where you feel that “Dr. Smith must be my personal physician or you feel that you will absolutely die!” The feelings which land around the middle of this theoretical scale are called preferences; you could describe these as “appropriate and reasonable.” For instance, “I like Dr. Smith being my personal physician” is a certainly appropriate and reasonable. In contrast, “Dr. Smith must be my personal physician or I feel I’ll absolutely die!” seems rather extreme. It is close to the top of the scale, and is no longer “appropriate and reasonable.” In other words, preferences can become demands when their strength reaches the top. When this happens, the “musts” and “shoulds” can cause some problems

A key to healthy thinking is to realize that having preferences, even strong preferences, is perfectly normal. It is one of the traits of being human. However, turning them to demands puts undue stress in our lives. In fact, the majority of emotional problems arise when individuals believe that something or other MUST be, or not be 100 percent.

Earlier in the show we discovered how Steven helped himself heal after a bad car accident by learning to Control or Change his Self-Talk and indeed improve the content of our thoughts and actions so we can change difficult situations or challenges improving ourselves and our lives.

In learning to change your Self-Talk you will discover that what we believe about ourselves is far more important than what we do. It is for this reason that all meaningful and lasting growth must start on the inside…with our mind. And we have just learned that your brain has almost limitless potential for change and growth…and the more we discover about its capacity, the more we are able to use it as our motivator. So…your very simple assignment is to immediately throw away any notions that you are too old, or too young, or too uneducated, or too stuck in your ways to change. You can grow and change as much as you want to! How exciting!!! We no longer need to think of ourselves as limited in terms of how much we can learn, grow, and change. We simply need to know how to do so.

Change Is so hard because the brain is wired to not change. Learning usually takes time and does not happen overnight. Change takes time to adapt so be careful about listening to your brain’s thoughts. When your brain whispers little innuendos such as, “I am too old” or “I am too slow,” it could usually not be further from the truth. It is simply trying to make sense out of what it has been given, and when it does not make sense, it becomes very defensive. However, because learning can at times take so much time, it sometimes becomes very impatient. When this happens, it often feels “slow” or “dim” or “thick.” We all learn differently, so never compare how you learn with someone else. In large part, how we learn is based on what we already know. Many negative thoughts come in every day and we must learn to dismiss or delete them and embrace only that which we think will bring us an outcome we would benefit by.

Steven tells us of self-images. Every one of the thousands of self-images you have was learned; you were not born with them. Most of them were based on three elements:

What others said to you, how others reacted to you, and what you have said to yourself (i.e., your own self-talk). And as we have learned in this book, the brain accepts all of these unquestionably as the absolute truth.

But you now want more than that. You want to choose how you see yourself. You now want to proactively create your own self-images, rather than wait around for others to tell you who you are and what you can or cannot do. It is for this reason that what we believe about ourselves is far more important than you could possibly imagine. And it is also for this reason that all meaningful and lasting growth must start on the inside…with how you see yourself…with your self-images.

Let’s again review the Principles that show us how.

Principle 1: Your brain is a literal mechanism that accepts what you tell it without argument. This first principle is the foundation of everything that follows. However, with every principle there are both positive and negative elements, the negative is that when you say “I can’t do that!” your brain not only agrees, it blocks out possibilities for you to “do that.” That’s the negative. When you say you can do something, your brain agrees just as quickly. Not only that, it also provides the creativity and the energy to get it done.

The first step then to creating new self-images is to know this: Whatever you tell yourself about yourself and your capabilities, the brain accepts without argument.

Principle 2: Your brain fastens onto what you deem as important. This is another principle of such importance that if it was not true, what follows would be no good to you.

Principle 3 : Our feelings come from what we believe which comes from how we were raised.

One of Steven’s favorite stories in this book is the one about the young boy learning to ride his first bicycle. If you remember, just before his father lets him go on his first ride, he points out a rock 50 feet ahead, and warns, “Now don’t run into that rock!” The little boy agrees, and with his hands clinging to the handle bars, he begins peddling like mad with his eyes fastened on the rock so he won’t run into it. And what happens? BAM! Right into the rock!

Our brains are the same way. Rather than the rock, however, our brains continually hone in on the pictures in your life that you deem as the most important. Our brains are like a guided missile continually correcting itself to follow that strongest target. And what are those targets? They are our own self-images.

This is one of the many reasons why change is so difficult. Some of the strongest pictures in your life are the way you see yourself right now, wrapped up in the thousands of self-images you already have. We must create new self-images in order to continue writing our fabulous life stories. The possibilities are infinite.

We can change the way we think and it goes back to your self-talk. Learning to be optimistic is not a rediscovery of the “power of positive thinking.” It does not consist of simply saying positive things about everything. In fact, in the decades that Dr. Seligman and his colleagues have been doing their research and working with their clients, they have found that simply making positive statements to yourself has little, if any, effect. What is crucial is what you say to yourself when you fail. In fact, changing all those destructive messages we often give ourselves after experiencing setbacks is the central skill behind learning optimism

We thank Steven Campbell for showing us how to use new brain science to transform life, end negative thinking, improve focus and clarity and make our daily life experiences more positive, productive, and happier.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Steven Campbell author of Making Your Mind Magnificent has described and helped us learn how our mind works and the secret to success and happiness in life which is found inside your brain or in the thinking you create as you mature and realize the personal power to create your own thoughts and realities. Based on the science of cognitive psychology we have discovered how to end negative thinking while increasing positive thinking, how to solve problems more easily, how to use the power of affirmations and self -talk to improve results, and how to experience a growing sense of confidence and improved self-image.

Steven would like us to remember how self- images are created and how they can be changed for greater efficacy and a more fulfilling life journey.

Steven writes, “You began this book to change how you see yourself, change some of the things you do, change some habits you have, and change you. You have discovered, however, that your mind often becomes your greatest obstacle. In fact, its job is to keep you from changing; to keep you in your comfort zone; to keep you where you are. And yet—and this is the enigma—your mind is the most satisfied, excited and creative when you are changing! ……Every one of the thousands of self-images you have was learned; you were not born with them. Most of them were based on three elements: What others said to you, how others reacted to you, and what you have said to yourself (i.e., your own self-talk). And as we have learned in this book, the brain accepts all of these unquestionably as the absolute truth. But you now want more than that. You want to choose how you see yourself. You now want to proactively create your own self-images, rather than wait around for others to tell you who you are and what you can or cannot do. It is for this reason that what we believe about ourselves is far more important than you could possibly imagine. And it is also for this reason that all meaningful and lasting growth must start on the inside…with how you see yourself…with “your” self-images

Steven and Sheryl would have you remember that allowing accepting surrendering to all aspects or challenges in your life begins with your perceptions, awareness and growing higher consciousness of Self and how we are all connected and similar in wanting to live a happy productive life. Our mind, our thoughts, our self -image and our desire to grow are the keys to using our mind and thoughts most effectively. It can be done as we think and act in more positive ways, accept ourselves, allow for change, and we grow aware of the magnificent souls we have always been.

Today’s Guest

https://stevenrcampbell.com

The post The Brain Believes what you tell it so end Negative Thinking, Improve Focus, Clarity and be Happier appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our problems are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnection from our true being or soul wisdom. Today I welcome Dr. Aida Harvey Wingfield author of Flatlining focusing on the processes that maintain racial and gender inequality in professional workplaces. We are now in the greatest spiritual evolution of human development and perhaps, the time to correct past inequalities is finally here.

As listeners or “Healing From Within” well know, my esteemed guests and I share intimate awareness of how spiritual life and physical life offer opportunities to recognize our inner potential to thrive beyond the problems of a three -dimensional physical reality and to claim our soul right to live purposeful happy and healthy lives as we learn more about who we are, and how to live in balance and harmony, improve ourselves, our communities, and our world.

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” Dr. Adia Harvey Wingfield a Professor of Sociology at Washington University at St. Louis, Missouri will discuss how the problem of inequality and gender disparity has been here long before Covid19 though the pandemic has magnified it as it has many problems in our institutions and corporations. What happens to black professionals in the new economy, where work is insecure and organizational resources are scarce? Dr. Wingfield will expose how institutions participate in “racial outsourcing,” relying heavily on black professionals to do “equity work,”—extra labor that makes organizations and their services more accessible to communities of color. Yet. often black workers do this labor without recognition, compensation or support.

Dr. Wingfield’s book Flatlining is an analysis of race, gender, work, and inequality in contemporary society. As organizations struggle with their attempts to maximize racial diversity while seeking greater profit margins, their actions have consequences for the black professionals they employ. These outcomes include but are not limited to specific forms of additional, racialized labor; ambivalent or distant relationships with white colleagues; and valiant personal efforts to change and undermine institutionalized racism. This book highlights how both the work black professionals do and the organizational shifts that drive it have far-reaching implications for a society that continues to struggle with reconciling race, work, and opportunity, and it offers ideas for how organizations can resolve some of these issues,

Dr. Wingfield tells us that in many ways, the story of contemporary work is a story of “what is” versus “what used to be.” We hear laments over the loss of “what used to be” when politicians and policy makers talk about “growing the economy,” the importance of “saving middle-class jobs,” and of late, the need to “make America great again.” When these parties make these claims, they are referring to a time when, for white men, the unemployment rate was low; labor force participation rates were very high; work was consistent, stable, and pretty readily available; workplaces were hierarchically organized; and companies paid wages that offered a middle-class standard of living (often on only one income). Workers could easily spend their entire careers with one company that provided decent benefits. While there was a disparity between workers’ earnings and that of the head of the company, it was typically not astronomical. Despite what politicians like to tell us, those days are over.

Starting in the 1970s, wages began to flatten and ceased to keep pace with productivity. What this means is that even as workers continue to produce results, wages have not kept pace with their efforts. Simultaneously, gains from workers’ labor have increasingly gone to very highly placed managers and CEOs (Bivens and Mishel 2015). The US economy, then, is left with record levels of income inequality and limited social mobility (Piketty, Saez, and Zucman 2016). This disparity not only has left a large segment of the population economically insecure but also has helped lay the groundwork for major crises such as the housing crash of 2008, the recession that followed, and the looming student loan debt bubble.

What drives this growing inequality? A significant factor is the neoliberal ideology that became more dominant in the 1970s and 1980s. Neoliberalism, loosely defined, advocates for the primacy of unfettered markets that are neither subject to nor shaped by government regulations. It prizes individualism over collective action, advocates increasing financialization and privatization, and endorses the maximization of profits and shareholder value. Neoliberal agendas encourage limiting the role of the state and promoting austerity measures in order to push for unlimited free market competition.

When policy makers decry government regulations, tout the benefits of tax cuts for the wealthy, attempt to prevent workers from collective bargaining, divert corporate profits to stockholders before (or instead of) workers, and seek to shrink or privatize the public sector, this is neoliberalism in action. With the rise of neoliberalism, major changes in work, organizations and industry followed. Collective bargaining has taken a massive hit, with clear consequences for workers. Whereas in the early 1970s, a quarter of all workers were unionized, by 2016 just over one in ten were. This is significant because the decline in unionization has had a marked impact on workers’ ability to pressure management for greater compensation (Rosenfeld 2013). One result of this wage stagnation and union decline is increased economic inequality between most workers and those at the very top of the economic scale

Dr. Wingfield tells us, “Organizations have also changed in ways that facilitate greater inequality. While they once were strictly hierarchical, they now are flatter and allow workers to be more self-directed. These are organizations that have fewer levels of middle management between executives and staff and, thus, require more independent, unsupervised work—think Google, LinkedIn, and Health Care, Work, and Racial Outsourcing other companies in Silicon Valley that encourage employees to work in ways that allow them to be their most productive. This means workers can have greater autonomy and more control over their career paths than was true for employees in the past.

Organizations now expect workers to be nimbler and more flexible, to change jobs more frequently rather than devoting their entire career to a company, and to take greater responsibility for moving into and out of jobs, organizations, or even the workforce itself. In tandem with giving workers more autonomy, however, organizations also assume much less responsibility for employees than they have in the past.”

Sheryl says Biden and his administration are intent on having diversity and inclusion in all action they take. However, “Meritocracy” is still is a necessary ingredient in appointing the best people, not only because they feel the need to have all races genders represented for social justice purposes but making clear minded and fair action in selecting the right people for the job based on qualifications and talent, not necessary because they are part of certain designated and favored groups of individuals or minorities. Meritocracy seems to be taking a back seat to his appointments. We will have to see how this will all work out.

A few decades after the civil rights movement, however, professional organizations began to heed the call to bring more practitioners of color into the industry. The predominantly white American Medical Association and other organizations now publicly concede, in response to active, consistent pressure from organizations like the predominantly black National Medical Association, that there is a need to attract more practitioners of color. They advocate adopting a racial realism perspective in health care—the view that in some cases, workers of color bring special skills and talents, making greater diversity a concrete benefit . Because of a long history of racism in the medical profession, black doctors and nurses may be more likely than their white peers to engender trust and positive relationships with their black patients, as many patients prefer to see, and respond better to, doctors who share their racial background . As the country stands to become a majority minority nation, the medical population needs to include more doctors of color to serve this more diverse patient population effectively

Dr. Wingfield addresses what she feels needs to change in corporations to start mining different internal spaces for promotion. Perhaps, like in postwar America, organizations might shoulder hefty retirement and medical costs associated with labor, but today these are considered “externality costs” that cut into an organization’s bottom line (Acker 2006). Companies now shift these costs back to employees, who are increasingly responsible for greater shares of their own retirement and health care costs. This allows corporations to boost profits and is consistent with broader norms that now cast labor as a cost to be cut rather than an important investment. These organizational changes have dramatically restructured the way work is done. It now is much more insecure and contingent.

Sheryl suggests that, “Perhaps the bottom line and profits are not as important as taking care of your employees and treating everyone as family.

Perhaps meritocracy and reward for hard work and not diversity alone or trying to make everyone equal which really can never be accomplished for as unique souls we have individual talents and limitations which can affect the quality of life for ourselves and others. Still again in learning acceptance and working cooperatively everyone has a way to pool their resources for the common good which would improve many of the situations being discussed today.

Health care is one of the issues in the need for healing and is an extremely integral part of improving life for all people and for achieving a level of fairness in caring for all our citizens. In the past companies began to offer health benefits to attract workers. This began the trend of linking health care to employment, but it is important to reiterate that these benefits were not widely shared. Organizations began to assume some responsibility for the increasing costs of health care at a time when the workers who could take advantage of this were, owing to employment discrimination, mostly white men. Women of all races, and particularly women of color, faced overt, systemic discrimination that left them underrepresented in jobs that included health care benefits, forcing them to shoulder these costs on their own or rely on a partner’s coverage if available (Branch 2011). Problems with the health care system continued over the latter half of the twentieth century.

Thus, lawmakers were able to pass legislation intended to expand access to care, address rising costs, and increase the number of providers trained to give care. Unfortunately for many Americans, health care still remained tied to work. These changes helped but did not provide a panacea. In the 1970s, factors like inflation, high Medicare costs, and the growing use of technology in medicine meant that costs continued to spiral. At the same time, the number of the uninsured also continued to grow.

Thus, lawmakers were able to pass legislation intended to expand access to care, address rising costs, and increase the number of providers trained to give care. Unfortunately for many Americans, health care still remained tied to work. These changes helped but did not provide a panacea. In the 1970s, factors like inflation, high Medicare costs, and the growing use of technology in medicine meant that costs continued to spiral. At the same time, the number of the uninsured also continued to grow. Today, health care has morphed into a sharply tiered system that is profoundly unequal and in which care is highly commodified. For those who are well off and can afford private insurance, there are extensive treatment options, preventative care, and highly sought-after specialists. For those who cannot afford this, care in the poorly funded, under-resourced public sector is often the only option.

In an increasingly multiracial society, the premise of collective responsibility that underlies the ACA means that wealthy white families will be called upon to show some level of economic, political, and social support for poor black, Asian, and Latino communities. Thus, basing this legislation on the belief that “we’re all in this together” means, in practice, that whites must see racial minorities as people with whom they share not just a fundamental connection, but also a sense of responsibility. Projections that America will become a majority minority nation by 2044 mean that this prospect of mutual connectivity is no longer an abstract hypothetical. Rather, as the US rapidly grows blacker, browner, and more Asian, this collective orientation suggests that these groups are entitled to the benefits of inclusion that they had previously been denied, and that this may call for some sacrifices by white communities

Sheryl says “As a Reiki Master Energy Teacher and formerly a teacher in the New York City schools working in minority communities it is impossible to end racism or foster acceptance of all people as long as the focus is on the differences and not the similarities of all humans. By Identity Politics and separating people into groups according to race, religion or gender or sexual preference you are creating negativity and divisiveness. Segregation, War, Limiting people by class or economic differences, is the real inequality and has been encouraged throughout every society, not only in America. So in order to end racism, we really do need to accept each person as they are, not as government or certain political groups playing the racist or gender card seem to do, and which many people in society deem acceptable. That energy of acceptance and love will heal many of the worst problems we now face. As long as we focus on describing people as black brown women of color Jew or any other label which are blatantly racist, we will never make it right.

In Sheryl’s book A New Life Awaits addressing the labeling and false identification of an individual she wrote, “It goes back to our present-day views of what is important to us materially or spiritually and how society either values or devalues basic human decency. Everywhere we are assigned designations or labels: boy or girl, rich or poor, beautiful or ugly, smart or unintelligent. I feel labeling a situation or a person in this way—or with either an illness or a mental or social disorder other than to help them receive the services they need— might be detrimental. Labeling will set them on a path that is unalterable and will allow fewer opportunities. Our physical life, mind, and ego are obsessed and defined by labels and descriptions of who we think we are based on the perceptions of others, and buying into this thinking makes us forget our inner soul presence and needs.

At no time in my life have I heard more negativity, name-calling, and labeling than in the 2016 Presidential Election campaign. I was quite amazed by people who had achieved so much but who had declined in spiritual values, as evidenced in the way they handled policy and communication of their views about the important plans for the country. Several candidates, party members, and the media wasted so much time and Life –on accentuating personality flaws and attacking past indiscretions. But perhaps the stakes were huge. Corruption and mismanagement of the government by many misguided politicians were now even more overwhelmingly apparent, so a new leader dedicated to restoring the nation to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness for all needed to be chosen. We needed a new vision and a tough leader to address the many problems our nation and world faced!’

Adia and Sheryl discuss that perhaps understanding her breakdown of inequity in business first will eventually lead to a deeper view of life as all individuals are connected by energy and a common divine purpose to cooperate and live in harmony and balance.

Understanding how America is different from any other nation in the world shows us our unique set of circumstances and how to work with them to improve conditions. Perhaps no conservative made this case against the ACA and for the AHCA more clearly than former Representative Joe Walsh. In a May 2017 conversation between Walsh and MSNBC commentator Ali Velshi, Velshi pointed out that health care outcomes, as a whole, in the US healthcare system rank last relative to those of other industrialized nations. Walsh replied, “You can’t compare the rest of the world to us. They do not have the big diverse populations that we have. They do not have the inner city populations that we have. . . . Sweden does not have our inner- city population. Norway, these countries do not have—you’re talking about countries the size of India with homogenous populations. You can’t compare them to what we have.”4 Contrasting the health care systems of Norway and Sweden, with their predominantly white populations, to the health care system of the US, with its “inner-city populations,” Walsh made clear that part of the reason why a more collective orientation to health care would not work is that it would necessarily require whites to be comfortable with their tax dollars paying for a health care system that, in part, supported minority communities. In this framing, then, the ACA involved a black president requiring hardworking white populations to pay for health care for “diverse,” “inner-city” populations whose expensive health care outcomes stem from a failure to lead “good lives.”

What do these divides mean for work in the public sector, which disproportionately services patients of color? To assess this, it is important to explore just how this arena has changed over the past few decades. It used to be that the public sector provided viable employment options that offered black professionals stable work and economic security. Yet in the post–civil rights era, as black workers gained more access to jobs in this sphere that could provide middle-class status and upward mobility, legislators and policy makers began to decry the public sector, characterizing it as a bloated site of wasteful spending that inhibited free enterprise

Privatization followed shortly thereafter. Furthermore, it had the intended effect of shrinking the public sector, where black professionals had been earning comfortable incomes that met or even exceeded the wages their black counterparts earned in the private sector This trend reverses racial and economic progress that had been occurring in the aftermath of the civil rights movement, and creates downward economic mobility for black workers who had previously had access to stable employment and wage parity via public sector.

After reading Flatlining Race Work and Healthcare in the New Economy hopefully readers will become aware of inequality or racist behaviors are definitely improving across this nation and as this nation sets the standards for the free world perhaps it will improve in many other nations.

Yet this point should not be taken to suggest that diversity policies, broadly speaking, have yielded no gains whatsoever. Clearly not every organization places so little emphasis on improving racial and gender diversity. In 2016, in response to the highly publicized police shootings of the unarmed black men Alton Sterling and Philando Castile, PricewaterhouseCoopers’s CEO, Tim Ryan, initiated Color Brave, a series of open, informal workplace discussions about race and racism that address these issues head-on. In other companies, affinity groups—collectives

Dr. Wingfield argues that when organizations wrestle with determining how best to reach diverse communities while, at the same time, trying to maximize market values and minimize the resources they devote to labor, this leads to a process I term racial outsourcing. Racial outsourcing occurs when organizations fail to do the work of transforming their culture, norms, and workforces to reach communities of color and instead rely on black professionals for this labor. As a result, I contend, black professionals do equity work, which I define as the various forms of labor associated with making organizations more accessible to minority communities. Equity work is driven by black professionals’ experiences with workplace racism and shaped by gender and occupational status, so that black men and black women workers in various occupations do this work differently. In some cases, equity work is explicitly mandated by organizations; in others, it is a result of the racial solidarity many black professionals bring to their work.

But ultimately, both racial outsourcing and equity work represent new mechanisms of racial inequality, where organizations abdicate the responsibility for creating diverse institutions and, instead, rely on black professionals to make the institutions and their services available to an increasingly minority population organized around common bonds of race, gender, LGBTQIA status, or other categories—can offer critical social support in settings where these members are underrepresented

Sheryl says that her son has mentioned he is aware of underrepresentation in the corporate structure and that needs to improve as it is and as it will and if we all work as a human spiritual force for fairness and what’s righteous, we might eventually be able to have our focus on the best within ourselves and end prejudice judgement: allowing for equality in the workplace, not allowing any one group to do all the work. Cooperation over competition has always been the key to success on so many levels.

We thank you Dr. Adia Harvey Wingfield, author of Flatlining for tackling a topic which is clearly not well understood by government corporate education facilities where the real changes on the conversations on race must go to begin to heal and unify the nation as a whole.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within” we have attempted to tackle generations of understanding the need in American industries and government to work with African American business people to advance equity in as many workplaces as possible.

Dr. Wingfield writes, “I conclude Flatlining by reiterating my central argument: in the modern work world, organizations engage in racial outsourcing, leaving black professionals to do the equity work of connecting organizations to communities of color. While this process does not render black professionals as economically disadvantaged as their poor or working-class counterparts, it still has adverse consequences. Namely, it creates disappointment and disillusionment with how organizations treat minority communities; leads to racial isolation from white colleagues; and perhaps most importantly, leaves black professionals shouldering the added responsibility of making organizations more accessible and available to communities of color in an increasingly multiracial society. This book identifies racial outsourcing and equity work as new mechanisms of racial inequality for blacks in professional settings. I also use the conclusion to address the implications of this research in three areas. I discuss what these results tell us about the ways health care, as it adjusts to the organizational changes of the modern era, does so through racial, gendered, and classed practices. Following this, I consider what implications my findings may have for black professionals working in other fields. I conclude the book with an assessment of how we can use the results of this research to change workplaces to become better equipped to meet the needs of an increasingly multiracial America.

Adia and I would have those whose hearts are open no matter race socio- economic level. gender or religion stop thinking in terms of differences and begin to see the world and America most especially as a land of transformation and transcendence…a place where light replaces darkness, love replaces hatred, and fairness, kindness and love become emotions and behaviors that speak to everyone and bring harmony, balance and justice for ALL.

Today’s Guest
www.amazon.com

The post Complicated issues of Equity for Black professionals in a New Economy appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Teacher soul energy healer, medium, and author of her new book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guide Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges on Earth are not merely economic political societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. I am delighted to welcome Sam Yau, author of Soul’s Journey, a beautiful collection of poetry that shares the essence of spiritual and physical life as a way to evolve, heal and find happiness by knowing the” truth of life” as this knowledge offers possibilities for completeness and love. The book is beautifully illustrated by Olena Zarakevich with color and intensity that restores working through the chakra energy system for healing and well being as well as Sam’s words which remind us of the true nature of eternal life.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware Sheryl and her insightful and amazing guests share intimate stories that awaken the quiet voice of soul within to remember more fully the true nature of spiritual beings having a physical life and how all in dimensions of life, both on earth and beyond we seek to refine energy and grow in higher vibrations of love and compassion as through the challenges of a three dimensional life, we learn to create our lives with purpose and dedication to the changes necessary for all life to thrive.

In today’s episode of Healing from Within we will discover the thoughts and encouragement provided in Sam Yau’s poetry that help foster personal and collective growth. Poetry is a special type of writing that deals with the deepest part of our emotions and spiritual awareness and can bring a great opening of the heart and soul.

Usually events in our lives guide us to our spiritual path and encourage us to use our gifts of art writing music to share the messages from Spirit into the world. What may have been an event or challenge that made Sam’s spiritual writing more important to him?

Sam wrote “In 2016, my son Ryan killed himself with a bullet through his brain. The moment I heard the news I knew my life was changed forever. To grieve, I retreated into seclusion. All my interests at that time dropped away. For more than 20 years, I had been on a journey of personal and spiritual growth. I always knew that I am a spirit. With Ryan’s death, and my desire to be close to him, simply knowing that I am a soul was no longer enough. One day, a question was stuck in my mind that would not go away. What if I live as a soul in human clothes, rather than as a human who has a soul. That pondering set in motion a startling inversion of priority. Asking my soul that question with persistence and commitment catapulted me into a surprising journey that I could not have imagined just a few years ago. I received clear messages from Ryan and uncanny sources to write poems. I had never written a serious poem in my life. But my soul’s whisper was unceasing. With a series of synchronicities and chance encounters, new friends became the angels in my poetry journey. The calling was unmistakable. I surrendered.”

One of Sheryl’s favorite poems in the book reads as follows:

The day you were born, you were given four gifts: self-awareness, free will, an ego, and forgetfulness.
Who animates your heartbeat, activates your breath, comforts you when you are sad,
celebrates with you when you are joyful, shines light through your darkest days, surprises you with joy in your deepest sorrow?
Who awes you with the sun’s first beam that pierces the hilltop, the sunset cloud that sprays golden rays, the wind that waves the green wheat field, the glint that bounces on a blanket of white snow?
Who nudges you to seek meaning and purpose, expand your circle of love, arrive at the unity in diversity, find your way back to Source?
You surge from the ocean of awareness as a desire of the Divine to experience Itself as the unique you: one strand of the infinite glory and variety of Its creations.
You are a wave rising up to the beautiful dance of life, remerging into eternity

Sheryl was asked to write an endorsement to Sam Yau’s book which came at a moment in her life where she needed to validate her own beliefs of eternal life and Sheryl shares what she wrote so perhaps our listeners will see what Sam and I believe to be true: life is not random and miracles are being given to us in so many ways to help us move through the most challenging moments of life we all experience.

Sheryl wrote “Sam Yau in his infinite beautiful creative and truthful vision of soul eternal life in his new book Soul’s Journey has moved my saddened heart and validates with his poetry and Olena Zavakevych’s artwork what lives within me: an uncompromising spirit of unconditional love for nature man and spirit. This week I sadly buried my younger sister and God in his infinite wisdom sent me this powerful book of love in poetic form to brighten my day and remember my sister lives beyond this physical world. She was a poet and artist also. Sam wrote, “May I cross the bridge between realms. I am a soul. I was never born. I will never die. Love will never end. May I live with awareness of veiled truths while shrouded in human form.” This book shares a message of awareness of the depth of our being that all readers may benefit from. Sheryl Glick Host of Internet Radio Show “Healing from Within” Energy Soul Healer/Medium www.sherylglick.com

Sheryl says….The other day I said to a client that we all come from star dust in the universe and your poem Unity in Diversity clearly shares what I was trying to express as over the many years of receiving messages from souls in Spirit which I can only describe as a language of poetry beauty and being in a place of complete peacefulness and calm when I receive these downloads of loving intention to shed light on the true nature of life here on earth and beyond which is expressed in what you wrote,

Fourteen billion years ago, you and I were born of stardust from the explosive expansion of the singularity.

We shared 99.9% of our genes, co-evolved with all of life in this rich biosphere of amazing beauty and diversity.

Formless divinity preceded the creation of form, imbued it with — and enveloped it in— infinite love, buried a spark in each of us, a light to guide us to our source, which is how the human mind discovers the elegant simplicity of mathematics that hold the secrets of the universe, which is how the human heart knows we are deeply connected— to all humanity, to our divine origin, to our collective imagination and manifestation of our future— in a glorious web.

Let’s rejoice in uniqueness, the intimacy in sameness, the admiration of difference. Each of us, a star shining in the tapestry of galaxies in the celestial dome

When asked to tell us of any authors or mentors who have awakened a greater understanding of himself or what it is he finds most wonderful in life

Sam tells us , “My verses, together with the love from my friends and family, have healed me. My poetic musings clarified, distilled, deepened and ingrained the essence of past spiritual experiences onto my being. As I sculpted my poems, my poems were sculpturing me at the same time. Writing poetry has become a most joyous and uplifting spiritual practice for me. The soul’s journey is one that discovers the true nature of the Divine and each soul is love itself. Peeling off all layers of reality, only awareness and love remain. My poems have healed and transformed me, by sharing them I hope they will heal and inspire others.”

Sheryl says It seems we are all being called to remember who we are and what the purpose of a physical life is all about and ultimately in one way or another, the soul responds to its heart’s needs and surrenders life in its most painful ways as it seeks to know the beauty of eternal life. Some need to leave life early and rejoin the others in Spirit at a time and in a way that they planned long before they incarnated into this lifetime and place. For their loved ones left here in life to complete their own soul’s mission, they actually may have helped them to find their life purpose and redefine their courage, by allowing accepting and surrendering to sometimes the most horrific events and pain. But out of suffering comes greater love and awareness, and a higher consciousness of the real beauty of each person’s soul, never perfect but with the capacity to create greater compassion through the challenges of a physical life. We are all fragile and can only heal through our experiences if all experiences are seen as either good or bad: just experience. Then we can begin to accept anything and grow from it in reflection and by allowing us to learn.

Sam Yau might like readers to take away with them after reading Soul’s Journey. What is in his poem Inner Garden is a thought Sheryl shared with her granddaughter Samantha from the time she was so little and when Grandmama asked Sam as everyone but Sheryl calls her, W do you wish for? ” Samantha answered, wistfully, ” I don’t know.” A week later while flying high into the air on a swing she answered me, “I just want to be happy.” and I told her something very similar to what’s written so beautifully in your poem Inner Garden.

There was a time you worried people would not be kind, life would deal you a bad hand. There is a garden inside of you. You are its sole caretaker.

You can plant flowers of love. You can sow seeds of wisdom.

When your garden is safe, your world is safe.
When it is beautiful, your world is beautiful.
When it is peaceful, you become a peacemaker.
Your happiness comes from within, no one can take it away from you.
When you are full inside, you see the half-full world and fill it.
You see the best in others, so they show their best to you.
People will be drawn to you, events will coalesce into what you envision.
Your outer journey takes you to the four corners of the earth.
Your inner one traverses across the universe. There is no outside world. Every time you look outward, it is a projection.
Tend your garden well.
Live inside-out.
The world you experience is within you.

We thank you Sam Yau for sharing from deep within your soul’s remembrance the quiet truth and drive to find peace and happiness and share with the world your spiritual gift of awakening so that others may move past childhood family or world traumas and live in the warmth and pleasantness of better thoughts actions and reactions and build heaven on earth through sheer perseverance for kindness and goodness which is at the heart of all soul’s awaren

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Sam and Sheryl have tried to convey the feelings emotions traumas suffering of life as well as the beauty joy love of a child a sunset a remembrance of our soul’s eternal nature…feelings bringing us to our physical world of constant change and upheaval, of loss and sadness, but then the reemergence and remembrance that one day we will join our beloved sons and daughters, teachers, angels, and higher vibrational beings, as life and love eternal when we truly experience in both the physical and divine realms that which helps us begin to know that all experience is neither good or bad, but needed as a way to share constant creative awareness and higher consciousness.

Unblemished by Sam Yau Listen as Sam shares the truthful messages of Spirit through his heart and mind that reflect a lifetime of discovering Who We All Are?

Do not cry when I return to spirit. Rejoice.
My heart was broken, but I am not shattered.
My mind was fractured, but I am whole.
My body was wrecked, but my soul is unblemished.
Trauma never tarnished the light emanating from me.
I was perfect in my imperfections.
The toils of living— sagging skin, wrinkled face, sloth-like movement— left no trace on my etheric body.
Forever young and ravishing, I will traverse realms in a flash.
I will see in all directions, be anywhere in an instant with mere intention.
I will soar into the light, a garden exploding with roses and harps, surrounded by peaceful mountains, embraced by all my loved ones on the other side.
I see divinity in all of creation: love is its essence.

Sam and Sheryl will have you join us in opening up to the beauty and miracle of life no matter how long or short, how easy or hard, but the plan of our soul to through the challenges of the physical world come to know we are spiritual beings having a physical life for a journey only the bravest and boldest souls embrace and in their exploration of a physical life of challenges, rise above it all to find and bring the magic of life to all souls throughout the Universe, whether in a body or in Spirit and knowing this makes the magic of life all the more wonderful.

Sheryl Glick is the host of Healing From Within and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and invites you to her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to authors visionaries scientists spiritualists energy healers and medical professionals psychologists as well as artists musicians and poets share their discoveries of infinite life and potential in all it’s magical and purely fantastic ways. Shows may also be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.net

Today’s Guest

http://www.samyau.com

The post Poetry as a Healing Art appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher energy practitioner and author of my newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and am delighted to welcome Lisa Boucher author of Raising the Bottom to discuss best ways to deal with living in troubled times and in a drinking culture. The Coronavirus pandemic lockdowns and schools closed along with economic problems across the nation has increased stress and naturally people trying to deal with it all sometimes overdue drinking leading to many other emotional and health issues.

Hello Lisa and thank you for joining us on Healing From Within to address a subject which many fail to observe or talk about and in almost every family there is some kind of alcohol abuse going on.

Lisa As listeners of Healing From Within know my guests and I share intimate stories that illuminate the duality of spiritual energetic and physical aspects of life so we may come to answer age old questions of Who We are, how life originated and come to create better lives through knowing answers to these relevant questions. Life as an eternal energy force allows us to know that the answers lie within our soul wisdom and real happiness does not come from the outside world or a drink, drugs wealth and hedonistic pursuits.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Lisa Boucher will offer hope to many listeners who may be struggling with alcohol and other addictions letting them know they are not alone during these especially challenging times and will help them examine and become aware of their behaviors identify any problem areas and stop destructive patterns before they make one feel so helpless to find ways to cope.

  1. Lisa I alway around them the lifestyle and work they might embrace as an adult for I believe the life plan and destiny of each of us begins within the soul and we are here to find greater love and peace from within which has nothing to do with the outside world and the problems we perceive realistically or create through fear.

Lisa tells us how grateful she is to choose not to drink and not follow the path of her mother and others who she saw suffer so much from drinking, She wrote, “The biggest testimony that I made a great decision in 1989 to quit drinking is that I’m not the same person I used to be. By God’s grace, my twins have only known a sober mother. I have changed in a big way—and all of the positive modifications allowed me to complete my education, hold a job, stay married to the same man for thirty-plus years, and raise my sons, both of whom went on to become Division I athletes, graduate college, and secure jobs. Not bad for what certainly would have been a very different outcome had I not quit drinking. 2. So how do people who have come from an alcoholic family and maybe genetically predisposed to alcoholism through genetic influences handle living in a boozy culture? Recovery meetings can be found all over the world. They’re free, and they work. Some people find sobriety in the church. Others have tried programs such as Moderation Management (MM), which asks people to set guidelines and women to keep to no more than nine drinks a week.5 The National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism’s guideline for women is no more than seven drinks a week. MM says they want to reach the early problem drinker who doesn’t want to be Women and Alcohol: It’s Complicated 81 labeled an alcoholic—but that panders to the denial and alcoholic ego that needs to be checked anyway. Not labeling yourself an alcoholic when in fact you are an alcoholic nixes any chance for real recovery. Recovery is about getting honest. Addiction causes changes in the brain. It’s a real problem that has nothing to do with willpower, which is another misconception that must be smashed. There are people out there, many working in medicine, who still think alcoholism or drug addiction is just a matter of will power, morals, or the ability to say no. That fallacy does nothing to help the suffering. As chemical dependency counselor John C. points out in his upcoming story, “The saddest thing is when a person asks for help and they’re pointed in the wrong direction.” 3. Why did you decide to write this book at this time?

Lisa always felt destined to write but perhaps her most important project was to use her personal and professional experience to write about alcoholism and help others to see what starts out as supposedly FUN is really a deadly disease with consequences.

Lisa wrote in Raising the Bottom, ”Early or potential alcoholism manifests in ways that, unless you understand the disease, no one labels as alcoholism: multiple marriages, anxiety, health problems, weight problems, lives plagued by resentment, and chaotic relationships with family and friends. I’ve been immersed in alcoholism since my first breath of life. Like others who were once immersed in the mayhem of the disease and now are recovering, I’ve become an expert at recognizing alcoholism and all of the subtleties that I hate: I hate what it does to women, their families, and especially their children, who have little say-so in the matter. We are conditioned to believe that alcohol is synonymous with fun, yet for so many families, alcohol bites back in the form of dysfunctional or broken homes, domestic violence, health problems, fractured relationships, and devastating mishaps. From afar, I recognize the disease swirling around families, yet they remain oblivious to the looming heartaches on the horizon, all because they lack knowledge and don’t understand the many faces of alcoholism 4. What are some of the ways a person can begin to deal with this addiction and what are some of the long -term consequences of those who become alcoholics and overdrink?

Through reading their stories, as well as anecdotes from other women, you’ll come to learn the truth of the statement found in the Big Book of Alcoholics Anonymous that female drinkers experience condemned futures far sooner than males. No one wants to be the downer at the party, but for a lot of women, alcohol is an Introduction xv problem—yet they go to the party anyway. Talk of saturated lives and jaundice elicits nary a blink. Women tell me they drink because they have problems, when the truth is that they have problems because they drink. The solution stares us in the face, but we don’t like the option, so we move on to something else: antidepressants, therapy, self-help books, yoga, holistic healers—the list goes on . . . my God, just don’t tell me to quit drinking.

Is Mixing Alcohol and Drugs Dangerous? Yes. This article starts by discussing the general and specific dangers of mixing alcohol with other popular drugs like benzodiazepines and opioids. Next, we discuss mixing alcohol with drugs to treat common mental health conditions like depression and anxiety. We end the article by exploring addiction treatment options for alcohol use disorders.

Is Alcohol a Drug?

Yes. Alcohol is a drug that affects the central nervous system (CNS). It has a proven ability to temporarily diminish mental capacity and create uncoordinated movement.

Is Alcohol a Depressant?

Yes. Alcohol is a depressant when drunk in excess. It works by blocking certain receptors in the brain. The result is slowed cognitive function.

Is Alcohol a Stimulant?

No. Alcohol is not a stimulant. However, the first few drinks of alcohol cause dopamine (the happy chemical) to be released by the brain. This

General Dangers of Mixing Alcohol and Other Substances

Because alcohol is the most widely available mind-altering substance, it is frequently mixed with other drugs. However, mixing alcohol with other drugs can be dangerous.

Overdose

The risk of overdosing while intoxicated is increased greatly when mixing with alcohol. Alcohol tends to worsen the negative effects of other drugs or reduce their effectiveness. Common causes for overdose include liver failure, severe depression of the central nervous system, blood poisoning, heart failure, and asphyxiation.

Accidents

Alcohol affects decision making, reaction time, and the senses. Because of this, alcohol-impaired drivers cause almost 30 accidents per day. In fact, alcohol causes nearly 28% of all fatal traffic accidents. A majority of drunk driving accidents occur on the weekends or near holidays. The fine for a DUI can cost up to $6,000.00 in some states and can also result in being charged with a felony. Mixing alcohol, even when not operating a vehicle, can lead to accidental bodily harm caused by uncoordinated movement and lowered senses.

Specific Dangers by Class of Drug

Depressants and Alcohol

Depressants and alcohol have compounding effects. Alcohol as a depressant works in conjunction with other depressants to severely slow the CNS. This can result in:

* Labored breathing
* Extreme fatigue
* Poor memory
* Delirium
* Hallucinations
* Liver failure
* Seizures
* Long-term dependency

Depressants and alcohol have compounding effects. Alcohol as a depressant works in conjunction with other depressants to severely slow the CNS. This can result in:
* Xanax (alprazolam)
* Ativan (lorazepam)
* Klonopin (clonazepam)

Depressants and alcohol cause a number of negative effects in the body. The most profound effect they have is on memory. Depressants and alcohol can cause extreme memory loss. This happens due to a breakdown between short and long-term memory more commonly known as a blackout.

Stimulants and Alcohol

There’s a misconception that mixing alcohol with a stimulant can cancel out the effects of both. In actuality, alcohol and stimulates effect completely different parts of the body. This means they’re not so much canceling out but instead are working independently. However, the misconception that stimulants and alcohol cancel out can lead to further abuse of both drugs. The increased chemical intake of mixing alcohol can put massive stress on the liver. The resulting liver failure causes unfiltered toxins to be released back into the body. We’ve listed a few of the commonly abused stimulants:
* Adderall
* Cocaine
* Meth

The main concern when mixing alcohol and stimulants, or even taking stimulants alone, is heart issues. In excess, stimulants and alcohol cause a dramatically increased heart rate, high blood pressure, and confusion. The main causes of death are heart attack, stroke, arrhythmia, and seizure. Long-term abuse of stimulants and alcohol can lead to a permanently weakened heart. This is due to prolonged rapid heartbeats and small, unnoticed heart attacks.

Opiates/Opioids and Alcohol

Opioids vary between prescription medication and controlled substances. Opiates and alcohol have a synergetic effect on the CNS. The side effects of opiates and alcohol are:
* Drowsiness
* Sensory disruption
* Hallucination
* Manic behavior
* Paranoia
* Depressed breathing

Here is a list of common opiates and opioids:
* Fentanyl
* OxyContin
* Methadone
* Heroin

The greatest risk of mixing alcohol and opioids is hypoxia. Hypoxia occurs when insufficient air reaches the muscles and brain. Opiates and alcohol increase the risk of hypoxia by disrupting the CNS. Hypoxia can be fatal within minutes without help.

Painkillers and Alcohol

Tramadol is a name brand opioid that shares the same risk as other opioids. This includes drowsiness, confusion, and hypoxia. Using Tramadol and alcohol increases these risks. Any mixture of painkillers and alcohol can have severe side effects. Furthermore, painkillers are often prescribed after surgery or injury.

However, alcohol lowers the immune system and slows down the healing process. As such, mixing painkillers and alcohol is as counter-intuitive as it is dangerous. Painkillers and alcohol also put a severe strain on the liver. Specific Dangers From Drugs That Treat Medical Conditions

Chronic Pain

Generally, chronic pain medication is a prescription to OxyContin or other opioids. This means they share all of the following side effects:
* Drowsiness
* Sensory disruption
* Hallucination
* Manic behavior
* Paranoia
* Depressed breathing
* Sleep Disorders Sleep disorder medication and alcohol can be especially dangerous. During sleep, the heart rate is lowered along with breathing. Adding a chemical cocktail of depressants can lead to an accidental overdose.

Common sleep disorder medications include:
* Restoril
* Valium
* Ambien

The combination of sleep medicine and alcohol can lead to hypoxia, brain damage from lack of oxygen, comas, and severe lethargy. Long-term mild use of sleep medication and alcohol can prolong insomnia and sleep-related illness. This is due to alcohol’s effect on REM sleep.

Antibiotics and Alcohol

Some antibiotics should be avoided when drinking alcohol. Metronidazole or tinidazole and alcohol can cause the following symptoms:
* Feeling sick
* Hot Flashes
* Stomach pain
* Irregular heartbeat
* Dizziness
* Drowsiness

Combining linezolid and alcohol can cause dangerous increases in blood pressure. While mixing doxycycline and alcohol will reduce the effectiveness of the antibiotic.

Dangers From Drugs That Treat Mental Health Conditions

Anxiety

Despite any short-term euphoria, mixing alcohol and anxiety can have negative effects. Alcohol can lessen the amount of serotonin (the other happy chemical) and wreak havoc on communication between parts of the brain.

Alcohol and anxiety both disrupt logical thought which can make negative thoughts all the stronger. Typically, benzodiazepines are prescribed for anxiety. These drugs include:
* Xanax
* Ativan
* Klonopin
* ValiumThe main shared danger between these drugs is depressed breathing that borders on hypoxia. There is also a high chance of acute liver failure.

Bipolar Disorder

Studies have shown a link between bipolar disorder and alcohol. Alcohol affects mood and chemical balances in the brain. A person with bipolar disorder may already be dealing with issues regarding brain chemistry. This means alcohol runs the risk of furthering these issues. Alcohol can also induce a manic state in someone with a bipolar disorder. A manic state is characterized by a rush of euphoria, rapid speech, and a shorter attention span.

Common medications for bipolar disorder include:
* Equetro
* Depakote
* Lithobid
* LamictalMixing mood stabilizers and alcohol can cause negative effects because alcohol and most mood stabilizers have similar side effects. This includes drowsiness, irritability, and confusion.

Borderline Personality Disorder Unlike bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder changes can occur instantly and disappear within hours. In contrast, changes from bipolar disorder can last months. There isn’t a shared consensus as to what causes borderline personality disorder. However, brain chemistry is assumed to be a major factor. This means mixing alcohol with borderline personality disorder can intensify the effects of the disorder. Borderline personality disorders can be treated with the same drugs as bipolar disorder. It’s worth noting that treatment for this condition can be a combination of medication for antipsychotic, anti-depressant, and anti-anxiety. However, the biggest threat in this case is the harm to natural brain chemistry. Mixing a borderline personality disorder with alcohol can cause severe synaptic misfiring, worsening depression, and more frequent mood shifts.

Depression

Having depression and an alcohol use disorder is a common occurrence. Depression affects millions of people every year. It is one of the most prevalent mental health issues. Depression and alcohol abuse can cause dependency and worsened depression. Alcohol lowers levels of serotonin and dopamine resulting in increased risk or symptoms of depression. Depression could be caused by genetics, environment, brain chemistry, or any combination of the 3. However, it is generally characterized by negative thoughts and moods. Alcohol can not only increase the likelihood of negative thought but also lower cognitive function. This results in negative thoughts that can seem inescapable. Depression medication can include:
* Zoloft
* Prozac
* Lexapro
* Celexa

For the most part, depression medication and alcohol have compounding effects. This means one of the biggest risks when mixing is an overdose from acute liver failure.

PTSD

PTSD is characterized by negative thoughts, uncontrollable mood swings, altered brain chemistry, and hallucinations. Alcohol and PTSD are a volatile combination. Alcohol can counteract PTSD medication and increase the severity of the symptoms. PTSD medication can include:
* Zoloft
* Minipress
* Propranolol
* ProzacMixing these drugs with alcohol can cause heart issues, liver failure, stroke, and high blood pressure. However, the biggest concern is the increased risk of suicide.

All above information taken from Tom Anderson Education Coordinator for www.blueprintsforrecovery.com
  1. What organizations or places or treatments are available to help people find support?

Treating Addiction to Alcohol and Other Substances

Getting treatment for alcohol addiction is better done sooner than later. This is especially true when there are underlying illnesses and other substance use. Addiction rewires the brain and relapse can occur because of emotional triggers, environmental changes, and more. Professional help for addiction will typically include the following.

Therapy

Therapy can help discover the cause of addiction. It can also provide coping mechanisms for dealing with emotional triggers. Therapy also provides a safe space to work through issues. Lastly, therapy can help smooth the transition from addiction to a stable and thriving life.

Medicine

Medicine can help ease the physical symptoms of withdrawal. Addiction can cause a number of life-long illnesses including reduced liver capacity, high blood pressure, heart disease, and compromised immune systems. Medicine helps abate these symptoms.

Support System

Finding a healthy support system is a key step toward recovery. Recovery is a lifelong process and involves a community. Without a support system, the chance of relapse is increased. Lastly, a support system can help separate someone with a dependency from harmful influences. 6. Can you tell us any of the success stories of people you have worked with and maybe some failures as well? First Lisa tells us her own choice to stop drinking and writes, “I quit drinking in my late twenties, and that decision mostly had to do with my then-sober mother, who pointed out that my drinking started to look shady. I chose to listen to her concerns, and because I listened, I saved myself from years of self-manufactured hell. With one healthy decision, the whole trajectory of my life changed. For twenty-three years I’ve been a registered nurse; I have seen and heard it all. I’ve worked in emergency rooms and psych wards, and both departments are magnets for dysfunctional drinkers and alcoholics. Lives implode all over the place, and much of the time the blame is placed on everything but the drinking or the prescription- or xvi Raising the Bottom street-drug use. Furthermore, most doctors know nothing about alcoholism or addiction—they can barely spot a real alcoholic, let alone a budding alcoholic. There, I said it. Health care needs a complete overhaul in this area 7. Is it possible for some people to have a moderate amount of drinking without being compromised or addicted to it? What type of person might this be in your estimation?

Lisa wrote, “ I have come to learn one truth: women who don’t have drinking problems never get accused of having drinking problems. Twenty- eight years ago, when my own mother mentioned my drinking, she recognized a shift—it was in my behavior and the way I drank. When people start to mention your drinking, it’s because they’ve seen a change; your actions are no longer isolated. Your family, your friends, your employer—no one is going to tell you that they think you drink too much, unless of course it’s true that you do. And when they do speak up, what other motive would they possibly have other than that they care?”

Sheryl says that drinking and drug addiction can also present as a genetic predisposition if parents or grandparents had a drinking problem. Could be genetic then.

Lisa says, “I’ve lived with an active alcoholic in one form or another my entire life—and, well, it takes one to know one. Chaos and crises become a way of life that seems normal. Often women recognize they have a problem, but plenty of them are okay with that knowledge and party on until the bottom falls out. I’ve worked with hundreds of women over the years, and the common thread is that most all the women dubbed themselves social drinkers, myself included, until we learned that there was nothing social about the way we drank. In addition, most alcoholics are functional and hold jobs—people don’t realize that either. As for the mothers whose stories are in this book, all said their biggest regret was that they were not present for their children, mentally and/ or emotionally. They all agreed they got caught up in their selfishness, depression, and self-centeredness, and that they turned inward, failing to recognize that right under their noses their children were in jeopardy.

Sheryl says in becoming an alcoholic or addict some person from a drinking background or family may have a predisposed or genetic factor and may take that one drink and the switch is turned on and they need to continue infusing their bodies with the addictive substance. Often these people come from families where parents or grandparents had a problem with substance abuse. So the key might be to tell children not to start in the first place. The consequences to health prosperity and long- term relationships are major and affect all areas of a person’s life once the disease spirals out of control. For listeners who would like to hear more about families handling this from Marc Treitler and his daughter Lianna who wrote about his family’s genetic predisposition to alcoholism and how they conquered it, read their book Alcohol Drugs You and Your Children and listen to the interview that can be found on Healing From Within website www.sherylglick.com November 2019 Special Edition.

What would you tell your kids or teenagers in general about drinking or doing drugs? The women Lisa writes about range from the über bright—a board certified surgeon who holds a PhD in neurophysiology (she admits she learned nothing and knew nothing about alcoholism despite all her education and medical training)—to a former Washington DC socialite, to a teacher, nurses, a massage therapist turned jewelry maker, and another physician who admits she used to pass out while breastfeeding her fourth child.

Most of the women had no idea their problems were caused by alcohol. None felt they fit the stereotypical mold of what they thought a problem drinker or alcoholic looked like. All of them, like me, were baffled by their behavior, confused by serial marriages, broken by an unexplained emptiness, and devastated by a loneliness and spiritual bankruptcy that only an alcoholic or addict can understand.

Through all the misery, anyone peering at our lives from the outside in might see suburban normalcy, privilege, or even wealth. I purposely sought out women who were like me when they quit drinking—women who looked like they could not have a problem with alcohol. For most of us, it was inner turmoil that precipitated our higher bottoms.

Families often contribute to the problem. It takes courage to stand up to the family members whose only idea of fun includes copious amounts of drinks, even when you insist that you want a better quality of life than cocktails, bars, and getting blotto on the beach.

Sheryl says It has been discovered that the younger you become involved with alcohol or drugs the greater the risk of becoming addicted to it. 8. What would you like readers of Raising the Bottom Making Mindful Choices in a Drinking Culture to take away with them after reading the book?

Lisa might want women to remember why they might not show up fully mature and independent and need alcohol as a crutch to face life’s challenges. What would a grown-up do? Sometimes we roar through life and have no idea how to show up as an adult.

All of the women in this book showed up for life in a less-than-adorable manner. It’s not so much the things that happened to us in life that hurt us, it’s our reaction to those things and the way we think about our struggles that caused all the pain.

If you think you’d benefit from not drinking but the thought of not drinking elicits a loud groan and an overwhelming sense of panic, keep reading. Maybe you will discover some shadowy but necessary truths about yourself.

Women who drink too much or abuse prescription or illegal drugs seem to possess one of several unhealthy mindsets, and most of those mindsets are governed by fear. Fear wears hundreds of different outfits

Fear may show up as a control freak who tries to micromanage everyone’s life, including family, coworkers, lovers, spouses, and friends. This woman wants to control the uncontrollable. She is terrified of letting go.

Fear may also show up as a perfectionist. This is the woman who fears she won’t be good enough and genuinely wants people to like her. However, she may go about it the wrong way. She forces her will on people, places, and situations that she has no business trying to control. Then, when people push back, this same woman cries and wonders why everyone is so mean!

Fear may show up with low self-esteem, and it can manifest in other ways too. For example, I felt entitled to bitch about everyone and everything, without ever looking at my part in the chaos. Other people crave special attention just so they can feel normal. Sure, women who don’t drink may have some of these personality defects, but we need not worry about the women who can have one or two glasses of wine and be done for the month. We’re talking about the woman riddled with deep-seated fears, emotions, and/or unresolved longings who has found her solution to be alcohol.

I want to thank you Lisa Boucher RN author of Raising the Bottom for addressing a topic I have been concerned about for a long time and now in these unusually heightened stressful times for mothers and other women dealing with a deadly plague that has affected every country every family and workplace in the world increasing political religious and economic changes happening just like a tennis ball machine shooting their balls out at rapid speed dealing with overkill tendencies towards alcoholism or other addictions or full blown alcoholic episodes which over the long haul damage the health and lifespan of the abuser is a must talk about story and we must find help for as many as we can. To read more about detecting and helping those with alcohol abuse go to www.raisingthebottom.com

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have discussed the signs, symptoms and long term effects that excessive use of alcohol or other addictions can have on the health of family life, children relationships and work status that will all be affected if the disease is not addressed and conquered.

Lisa wrote, “ I’ve worked in emergency rooms and psych wards for over twenty years. That’s a lot of undocumented research; I have friends who work in hospitals all over the country. Their experiences mirror my own—substance abuse in one form or another contributes to an overwhelming amount of hospital admissions, either directly or indirectly. What I’ve seen is that people end up in emergency rooms and psych wards because of substance abuse. The traumas, the wrecks, the falls, the esophageal varices, the bad livers, the cocaine-induced heart attacks, the fights, the shootings and stabbings, the depression, the anxiety, the generalized malaise that seems to overtake too many young people and sends them in search of antidepressants and disability checks—all too often, these have the common denominator of alcohol and/or drugs.

Lisa and Sheryl would have our listeners know that life is a precious gift and the birthright of our soul is happiness and health, but the physical world relationships and economic stresses put a burden on the heart and mind of so many people often traumatized in childhood who carry the wounds of life that can lead to alcoholism and abuses. Finding sources that can help is the key to conquering this disease and Please begin to ask for help from family, friends and Spirit. Help will come.

I am Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to metaphysicians changemakers spiritualists scientists healers energy workers educators and those in the arts and music fields who seek to support the evolution of our human and divine process. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisions7radio.com

Today’s Guest

www.raisingthebottom.com

The post Making Mindful Choices in a Drinking Culture appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” and Sheryl Glick your host and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages to show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom and is so glad to have our regular listeners always with us to hear from amazing authors and changemakers, visionaries and leaders from around the world share their courageous and interesting stories discovering more about themselves and the human condition and am delighted to welcome Dr. Greg Hammer Author of Gain Without Pain The Happiness Handbook for Health Care Professionals for we all know you can’t do your best unless you are at your best, and that is the goal for all of us.

As listeners of Healing From Within are well aware I am a Reiki Master Teacher energy practitioner/medium as well as a long-time Hospice volunteer who has spent the last 25 years searching for a clearer truth of our human and spiritual connections or “the duality of life” to help find ways to enhance all areas of our emotional, physical and spiritual life to improve health, find happiness and positivity, no matter what challenges we face. It becomes clear and easier to cope with any situation when we truly know that life is unlimited in opportunities for continuous soul expansion and our thoughts and actions generate much of what we experience. So in that sense we must learn to pay attention to what we think and do and improve many circumstances both personally and collectively.

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within,” Dr. Greg Hammer a pediatrics intensive care physician, anesthesiologist and professor at Stanford University Medical Center, will share his search for truth and the mysteries and realities of life healing and love. He will also discuss utilizing a non-duality and mindfulness based approach including the “Gain Method” he has devised to improve health and well-being. Dr. Hammer discusses ways to look at these challenging times rejuvenate and restore health as we try to help ourselves and others.

When Dr. Hammer is asked to think back to his childhood and remember a person place or event that might have signaled to him or others the life path and interests he might pursue as an adult he responds that nothing remarkable comes to mind about his childhood but at seventeen he began to question life and wanted to know the truth of “Who are we? ““Why do we have a physical life?” and “What are we supposed to do during our lifetime?” Already a born healer he wished to give as much to the world and help people and so he became a doctor helping others to develop a respect for and love of life and our uniqueness as spiritual beings having a physical life.

Dr. Greg Hammer wrote this book to explore what deeper thoughts and realizations readers of “Gain Without Pain” could become aware of which could lead them beyond suffering loss and illness. This book is filled with fascinating interviews with leading experts on relevant topics such as sleep, forgiveness, and nutrition. The elements of the book are artfully woven together by our physician guide, Dr. Greg Hammer. Dr. Hammer provides insights into how to transform personal and professional challenges into strength and wisdom. This helpful toolbox will provide important practical steps for any health care professional to find a more healthful way to live and work.

This book also and importantly presents a transformative path to happiness, resilience, and thriving that takes as little as three minutes a day, which is especially necessary for people in the health field to maintain their own well-being, health and happiness while dealing with serious illness and families in distress. There is nothing revolutionary in this book. Most of you already know the facts that follow. But there is a chasm between knowing and doing. It’s not your fault. To implement all of the mainstream medical advice about stress reduction, sleep, exercise, and diet is daunting. It appears to be far too time-consuming for an overloaded doctor, nurse, or any other busy health care professional.

Greg Hammer is a doctor, father, professor, and entrepreneur and people reading this book, like Dr. Hammer, are likely bright, well-educated, and well-trained medical professionals. Yet in spite of the plethora of expertise and experience, most health care professionals have not bridged the gap between science and practice. Most doctors have not translated their understanding of the mind and body into a peaceful, present mind, and a vibrant, healthy body. Burnout is on the rise, and that is a problem we cannot afford to ignore. This book can be your solution. It is an antidote to burnout. It took Dr. Hammer many years to distill the essence of the process that he is going to share with you. It is a rapid and easy path towards happiness, including a transformative three-minute daily practice.

In talking about Covid-19, an unexpected and tragic worldwide plague affecting the health economic well-being and creating an inability to do what humans must do for their emotional well-being be close to one another and socialize, disturbed because of social distancing and lockdowns imposed by governments, stresses/demands causing burnout in healthcare professionals has increased tenfold. Adding to these specific timely challenges Dr. Hammer points out another aspect of pain for many people and says in a conversation, “ I think that most of us feel inadequate in some ways much of the time. We try to make ourselves whole by reaching for relationships, substances, objects. This never brings more than very temporary relief. So, we strive for more—hence a cycle of needing and acquiring that never fulfills us. Much of this feeling of inadequacy probably stems from our early childhood experiences. This is not to lay blame on our parents—they had their own sense of longing and inadequacy, largely from their parenting. The cycle goes on and on. But we can stop the cycle. The greatest barrier to happiness is failure to believe that we deserve happiness. We do deserve happiness—it is our true divine soul nature and birthright. Sadly, this has been veiled by experience. The good news is that we can unveil our true nature and be happier if we turn our attention—and our intention—to doing so.“

Sheryl says the key to resolving much doubt and distress is simply to” know” we were born with everything within our soul memory and guidance system that we need to complete our soul mission in this time and place and by simply remembering that truth, we can stop thinking about what we don’t have, and focus on what we do have to accomplish our soul mission which need not be monumental but could be as simple as learning the GAIN method of reflection for finding peace and well being. We must realize our wondrous potential to create with our thoughts the best for ourselves and others while conquering the fears and limitations of the outside world. By simply changing our mindset and actions we create a path to well-being, peace, harmony, and happiness. Everything is indeed a state of mind and a good attitude is greater than any painful or challenging circumstance that presents itself.

Happiness has taken a plunge during this time of tremendous worldwide change. Happiness was recorded at 69% before Covid, and 49% after Covid. Perhaps it’s because in this fast moving technological society we have lost sight of our inner intuitive guidance or soul awareness and our ability to conquer even a horrendous disease like Covid. We are often not aware of our inner wisdom. All that we ever want is within each of us. There is nothing, “no thing” for which to search. All we need to do is sink into the awareness with which we are all born. Becoming more aware is a process. In fact, life is a process—there is no destination. Let’s take it one step at a time. Baby steps can transform your life when repeated as a daily practice. Sometimes we can take the slow and steady way to reach a new understanding of the world, and other times it feels like we’re on a bullet train. I have had both experiences.

Sheryl says it is quite possible that this deadly plague happened because we had moved too far away from our spiritual source and needed to slow down and return to simple values once again having more meaningful interactions with people, not just computers, cell phones and technological games.

Dr. Hammer tells us that his son Max helped him find the truth. As a boy, Max was full of personality, full of life. He was joyful and present. But as he grew up, he became increasingly troubled and distracted. He would ruminate over his past and resist its realities. He was fearful and anxious about what the future might bring. He was no longer fully present. How did he go from being a happy child, living in each present moment, to being a self-conscious, anxious adolescent and young adult? Was social media to blame? My divorce? Hormones? Other factors?

Dr. Hammer writes “Max moved from Palo Alto, California, to Portland, Oregon, in his mid-20s. California was full of unwanted memories. Portland held the promise of a brighter future. Unfortunately, it did not pan out that way for Max. He continued to be unsettled, living life on the edge, reckless. He was descending into a dark place. Concerned, I visited him. I convinced him to fly down to Stanford to allow me to assist him in getting help. Then he stopped answering my calls and texts. Days passed. I was home on a Monday morning, catching up on some work when the phone rang. It was the hospital operator calling to tell me that the Stanford police wanted to talk to me. A few minutes later, the doorbell rang. I let in two campus police officers. They asked me, “Are you the father of Max Hammer?” “Yes, I am.” They came in and introduced themselves, and we sat down at the dining table. One of them said to me, “I am very sorry to tell you that he passed away yesterday.” Silence. Those words made no sense. Yet they did. After they left, I sat in my chair for what seemed to be a long time before calling his mother. No answer. I left a message asking her to call me. I sat there for an hour, numb, the only one in the family to know of this terrible new reality. Max was dead. I would never welcome him back home, never attend his wedding, never laugh with him again. A myriad of hopes and dreams for the future came crashing down like a house of cards. My son had died. Grief overcame me. Later, it became clear that he died of sleeplessness. His obsession with the past and the future was unbearable. He simply could not sleep.”

We must understand how emotional exhaustion is tied to burnout and a tendency to self-defeating emotional stresses. Dr. Hammer writes, “Medical professionals are in a unique position to help others, and most of us relish this opportunity. Nevertheless, more than half of the physicians in the United States are experiencing professional burnout. It may well be that other health care professionals are experiencing the same crisis. The costs of burnout are staggering. Clinicians who feel burned out make more medical errors. They often reduce their work hours, resulting in reduced access to medical care for patients. Physicians with burnout are more likely to change jobs—this disrupts the continuity of care. Replacing physicians is very expensive for institutions, costing up to $1,000,000 per physician at Stanford. Physicians experiencing burnout are more likely to leave medicine altogether. Turnover is disruptive not only to patients but also to staff, and the loss of respected doctors may diminish the prestige of institutions.”

Physicians at the “front line” are the most afflicted, e.g., internal medicine, family practice, emergency medicine, but most specialties across the board show similar trends. Sadly, rates of physician suicide are rising among physicians who are experiencing burnout. Burnout among doctors, attorneys and law enforcement remains higher than in other professions. As physicians, we are in a category all by ourselves, with nearly half of us suffering from varying degrees of work-related stress. Doctors absolutely must become more resilient. Burnout is stealing our minds, bodies, relationships, and threatens to take our very lives. This book describes the antidote to burnout. It provides a simple path to personal resilience that can be implemented by anyone, anywhere, in just a few minutes a day. Increased resilience could save your practice, your patients, your marriage—or even your life. In our rapidly changing world, personal resilience is not a “nice to have,” but an essential skill.

Sheryl says in her new book A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening as well as taking responsibility for our own well being and state of happiness vs. suffering she has found resilience to be indispensable to a well balanced lifestyle.

Sheryl wrote, “Therefore, it seems in one way or another, we are being given messages to elevate our hearts. As we tap into our intuition supported by meditation practices, we can strengthen personal resolve or resilience. Resilience is a great force, in my estimation, for spiritual growth. Recently Sheryl found an article in Time Magazine, the June 1, 2015 edition, in the section “Frontier of Medicine” and read “Bounce Back,” written by Dr. Dennis Charney Dean, Icahn School of Medicine, who wrote, “For resilience there’s not one prescription that works. Find what works for you.” As a psychiatrist, Dr. Charney knows there are many benefits to moving beyond your comfort zone for the development of resilience, which he says is a set of necessary skills. Compelling new research about resilience also is now focusing on “the state of mindfulness” that we are hearing so much about, as today’s culture is consumed with seeking a greater awareness of Self, energy, and a means to improve health and longevity. Mindfulness can be considered to be a state of conditioning or training in order to stay focused in the moment on the activity or event being engaged in rather than allowing the mind to wander and think about other distracting influences.”

Besides encouraging resilience and a happier state of mind for their physicians, it is also important for facilities or the institution (or department, division, etc.) to bear responsibility for creating a culture of wellness and for increasing the efficiency of physicians’ practices. It must develop and continue to invest in programs serving to improve the health and welfare of the doctors who support them. Examples include providing classes in mindfulness and physical fitness, doctors’ lounges where food and coffee may be served and where collegiality may be fostered, and physician retreats that include family members. The “mother ship” is also responsible for finding ways to improve the efficiency of practice, including providing ample IT training and support for EMR systems, sufficient access to computers and printers, and the right number of clinic rooms and personnel. It is demoralizing for physicians to be forced to interrupt their contact with a patient to race around the clinic, retrieving a printed treatment plan for the patient simply because there are no printers in the treatment rooms. Some solutions are apparent and straightforward. Failing to take remedial action sends a strong negative message to doctors. While the institution or department must provide resources that define a culture of wellness and the infrastructure to maximize practice efficiency, we are responsible for the third component of wellness: our own resilience.

Some concrete solutions to mitigate anxiety are one of the most important elements in correcting many of the problems our physicians deal with. The first course of events involves a clear view of who we are and what we are happy and grateful for. This is the first solution to mitigating any unhappiness or anxiety.

Dr. Hammer wrote, “I knew from my meditation practice that happiness was found only in the present. But I was unable to be present. I was unable to be happy. I was not myself. I am a doer, a pragmatist, a nurturer — a healer of the sickest of the sick children and their families. But I became a somber, directionless sufferer stuck in the past and worried about the future. How could I become myself again? How could I become present? I intended to get back to my true nature. I had an epiphany. I began to consider myself fortunate to have had 29 years with my beautiful boy, with this engaged, powerful, stubborn, big-footprint guy. Never a dull moment! I felt so much love for my son. My heart warmed with gratitude. I felt grateful for the wonderful daughter who was very much still full of life and personality, so brilliant, hilarious, and loving. Thankful for my health and prosperity, for the opportunity to work at a place as wonderful as Packard Children’s Hospital. Grateful for my family and so many wonderful colleagues and friends. Instead of trying to push my feelings aside, I began to sit with the pain. It started to become clear to me that to suffer less, I needed to let go of any resistance to the painful reality in which I was mired. I realized that suffering is pain multiplied by resistance, and that was another epiphany.”

“I continued to sit with the pain. Not only the pain of losing my son, but the pain and suffering of generations of enslaved brothers and sisters, of the ravaging of the earth’s ecology, of the families separated at our southern border. Pain and suffering are as much a part of life as joy and happiness.

It became clear that in order to be present and happy, I needed to accept the pain—that acceptance meant letting go of the resistance that amplifies suffering. Acceptance meant to let the pain come closer, to embrace it, to let it in. To befriend reality requires acceptance. We can use the power of our intention to face our pain and even to embrace it. We can rewire our brains to be more present and, therefore, happier. Intention matters. I understood with crystal clarity that the world is neither good nor bad—it simply IS exactly as it IS. I did not create it, nor did I cause the pain in the world, and I could not cure it. I saw that I needed to let go of any judgments of the world and its inhabitants. Nonjudgment was key.

Max led me to the truth. The house of happiness rests firmly on four pillars, four choices, four mindsets. I saw the simplicity of Gratitude, Acceptance, Intention, and Nonjudgment—GAIN. It was a natural acronym. Only four letters.

“GAIN” refers to Gratitude, Acceptance, Intention, Non Judgment. What a concept—What a concept—GAIN Without Pain.

Dr. Hammer began incorporating these four pillars of gratitude, acceptance, intention and non judgment into his life. As a result, he built a solid foundation of well-being. He began teaching GAIN as a 3-minute meditation to his trainees, and they were astonished by the rapid results. Everyone serious about improving their life can get up 3 minutes earlier, sit comfortably, and do a 3-minute GAIN meditation before heading off to work.

A Mindfulness practice mitigates anxiety. A Mindfulness practice finds ways to understand happiness and Dr. Hammer writes, “What is happiness? Although every person on the planet wants happiness, its definition is elusive. Happiness has been described as “the experience of joy, contentment, or positive well-being.” Peace, contentment, joy, wellbeing—these are often used as synonyms of happiness. It may have a variety of definitions, but we know it when we see (or feel) it. A growing body of research tells us that happiness improves physical health, including our cardiovascular and immune systems. This is a bidirectional process—fitness, in all of its manifestations, makes us happier; and happiness makes us more able to achieve and maintain functional fitness.

Two types of happiness may be described: well-being that arises from a sense of devotion or service to others (eudaimonic happiness); this is associated with long-lasting well-being and other benefits, including better immune health. The other version is hedonic happiness, which comes from making love, having a great meal, receiving a salary bonus, or acquisition of material goods. Hedonic happiness is not enduring.

Happiness leads to living a longer, healthier life. It is associated with longer telomeres, the tiny caps. By connecting with other people, by devoting ourselves to serving others, by meditating, by being present, we can “grow” our telomeres and longevity. Functional imaging of the brain when people focus on happy thoughts or meditation shows activation of neurons in the prefrontal cortex, where happiness “lives.” By learning to be more optimistic, we can lower the likelihood that we will develop cardiovascular disease and stroke. We can reap these benefits just by smiling and pretending to be happy! In other words, we can change the way we think, rewire our own brains, and become healthier and happier.

Since happiness is what we seek and we know it will make us better, what are the essential underpinnings of happiness? “The discovery that peace, happiness, and love are ever present within our own Being, and completely available at every moment of experience, under all conditions, is the most important discovery that anyone can make,” wrote Rupert Spira, a teacher of nonduality (Advaita). He teaches that being present means being happy. So, how can we learn to be more present? Human beings have been wired to think incessantly about the past and future, so being more present will require a substantial amount of unlearning or rewiring of the brain.

Sheryl often says to her students that there is no past present future. Life is happening in a continuous flow of experience and our energy can be in perhaps the past and well as the future and even a part of our spirit can be looking down and learning from this present moment. Learning that nothing is “good or bad” is just experience for the soul which is necessary to raise the soul vibration to generate greater love and compassion into the world in the present moment, and even beyond this life or in eternal life is essential for personal growth and happiness. As a medium, Sheryl is able to retrieve information from many stages of a person’s life and perhaps even while our soul experiences this physical life, a part of our soul energy resides in the afterlife and watches our progress achieved from our physical past, present, and future life experiences. As a medium Sheryl knows that “Consciousness’ survives physical death and we are very much more than our physical being.

Dr. Hammer wrote, “Mindfulness training is a well-established and straightforward way to increase our ability to be present. When you notice that you are becoming distracted, that your mind is time-traveling in an unproductive manner, bring your attention back to right here, right now. Easy-to-learn techniques include focusing on the breath, slowing it down, fully experiencing the passage of air as you inhale and exhale. When you walk, pay attention to the feeling as your feet connect with the ground. When you eat, savor your food as a sensuous pleasure. Close your eyes and appreciate the flavors, textures, warmth, sweetness, or saltiness. Understand the miracle of food being grown, nurtured, harvested, transported, prepared, and delivered to your table. When you shower, close your eyes, and delight in the sensation of the warm water cascading down your skin, the miracle of indoor plumbing. Life is pretty amazing when we slow down, become present, and fully sense these wonders.”

Older individuals seem to chuckle so much because perhaps life experience has helped them appreciate the present, not worry so much about the past and know the future will be okay. Maybe they have a sense of metaphysical values and don’t fear dying. Or perhaps they have conditioned themselves to be happy conquering the negativity quotient we all have within us.

Dr. Hammer writes, “The good news is that we can rewire our brains and teach ourselves to think more rationally—and more positively. More than 40 years ago, a study was conducted in a group of junior college students enrolled in a psychology class to determine whether personal happiness could be increased if the participants modified their behaviors and attitudes to approximate more closely the characteristics of happier people. The students that completed a self-study program, designed to increase personal happiness and life satisfaction, increased their happiness to levels significantly higher than those in the control group, in which students performed incremental regular class assignments. What was it about the program that helped the students become happier? The students developed sensitivity to their own happiness—this increased awareness was beneficial in and of itself. The participants came to value happiness more and realize its importance in their lives.”

As a pediatric intensive care physician Dr. Hammer might think one of the biggest issues parents in the U S are experiencing now could be social media, political inferences to racism, mainstream media being aggressive with opinions and cancelling culture being judgmental, being cruel to many types of people as well as bullying. Parents should want to set an example to their children in how to be kind, nonjudgmental, accepting, and to serve their families and society in more loving ways, Hatred has become an emotion and force destroying the health, happiness, and resilience of many of our young people.

Sheryl says she feels bullying has been a serious problem always, but in these times we are dealing with radical political indoctrination in our schools and social media systems Cancel Culture or the destruction of our history and civilized way of life now beset by violence, anger and induced racism by political factions trying to destroy constitutional freedoms and these problems should be the concern of every parent. We cannot improve anything through anger, negativity and pure hatred for that as we should know leads to dysfunction, disease and lower levels of well-being. History cannot be destroyed. We cannot wipe away what has happened. We can only be in the present as this show has shown, and that is what we wish to teach children.

Dr. Hammer might like readers to take away with them after reading Gain Without Pain, that remembering self-compassion is an essential ingredient to happiness, in all aspects of our lives. We have more than ample opportunity to beat ourselves up, to wallow in our failures. But the bottom line is listed here:

  • Notice what you are feeling and thinking, i.e. become more self-aware.
  • Rewire your brain to be more present, i.e., mindful Happiness
  • Reconnect your brain to dwell on happier thoughts (try Three Good Things at bedtime!).
  • Focus on gaining time more than money.
  • Buy experiences more than “things.”
  • Spend time with friends and family

We thank Dr. Greg Hammer, author of Gain Without Pain: The Happiness Handbook for HealthCare Professionals, for sharing a wonderful look at his GAIN Method for a way to reconnect to the real values of our lives, moving past any assumed pain or failures to allow, accept and surrender to challenges so we may move in the present moment to create new perceptions and hopes improving life professionally and collectively.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within Dr. Greg Hammer has provided many ways to incorporate a spiritual methodology to everyday life in order to help not only healthcare professionals but all people to understand that life with it’s many challenges must still be appreciated for the gift that it is and beyond suffering and loss, acceptance and finding grace and gratitude soothe the heart, mind and soul.

Greg when asked what made him happy today after expressing that his relationship with his father made him a people pleaser and always feeling a little inadequate as he could never really be perfect, shares what makes him feel happy today and wrote, “I gradually realized that the key to success in my personal and professional life was to be present. I was always searching for something—for the “truth.” I began to be aware that there is literally nothing for which to search. It is right here, right now. This was an epiphany. We do not have to please anyone or find anything. Peace and happiness are already “built-in.” Living with this awareness has made me a much more calm, genuine, loving person. That seems to please others, though this is no longer a goal.”

Greg and Sheryl would have you remember that each life has the right experiences needed to empower that soul to rise above their present vibration to vibrate at levels of greater love and compassion. Knowing that nothing is either good or bad but necessary experience brings about positive change and action. We cannot control what happens to us but we can control our reactions and always try to find reasons to return us to our natural state of being, which is our birthright, “To Be Happy.”

Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of her newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits invites you to her website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders visionaries changemakers share the magic and secrets of our soul and phyiscal lives in order to begin to merge the two for greater efficacy and happiness. Shows may also be heard on www.dreamvisions7radio.com and www.webtalkradio.com.

Today’s Guest

https://greghammermd.com/about/

The post Happiness Resilience Mindfulness through Gratitude Acceptance Intention Non-Judgement appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick RMT author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories of healing, miracles, and messages from Universal Source that shows us our challenges are not economic political societal but a disconnect from our true being or inner wisdom. Sheryl as an intuitive Reiki energy practitioner is delighted today to have Dr. Michael J. Young author of The Illness of Medicine Experiences of Clinical Practice shares the significant obstacles patients endure as well as the exasperation many of the truly dedicated medical professionals feel.

Michael as listeners of Healing From within have discovered over the years my esteemed guests and I share many stories miracles and truths about the nature of both physical and spiritual life and how merging both as well as merging allopathic and alternative healing methods offer people to discover more about life happiness and living with hope beyond any of the physical challenges. Life is a journey of self -discovery and refining many of our misguided or misinterpreted beliefs and thinking as we find new perspectives and heal all trauma. Beyond pain, suffering and limitations is the path to freedom from fear and the journey and discoveries are never ending.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within Dr. Michael Young will discuss the controlling efforts of the insurance industry and the clout pharmaceutical companies have over us which has become overwhelming. Dr. Young remembers a time in his 30 year medical practice when these industries worked for us and the physicians. We will explore how to navigate through our healthcare system beyond the mechanism of profit that it has become.

When Dr. Young is asked to think back to his childhood and remember a person place event that may have shown him or others the lifestyle work or interests he might have an as adult he remembers going to his pediatricians office and loving the smells and feeling deeply fond of the doctor who always told him the truth such as the injection would hurt but it was necessary to keep him healthy and safe. Paul Young actually wanted to be that kind of doctor- one who would help their patients manage their health issues honestly and with support from the practitioners and the system. That was the way it was but technology, the insurance pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and government and the need for greater profits have limited the personal aspect to healthcare at this juncture in time.

Michael Young M.D. tells us about the hopes and intentions you had as a young doctor, about his training and interests and how the system was then and what is going on now. In other words he tells us what goes on behind the scenes in the medical health delivery system in the USA. Dr. Young tells us of deciding to be a urologist as he felt they are confronted with few emergencies, have a myriad of procedures and technological tools at their disposal and enjoy a broad mix of office and hospital exposure. It is also one of the fields popular with medical students interested in a surgical career.

Dr. Young also tells us the hardest experience a young physician has to deal with and one never forgotten is the first patient’s death for which he or she feels accountable. Mine was a man in his mid-sixties recovering from open heart surgery for a redo or the second time around. He was also a brittle diabetic, obese and had COPD or pulmonary disease. Dr. Young kept checking on him all day but while his pulse oximeter indicated he was maintaining a reasonable level of blood oxygenation but what was not obvious was his effort and amount of energy being expended by him to maintain that steady oxygenation. As the day progressed his saturation levels were slowly diminishing. He expressed he was fine, until he really wasn’t, and by 11 pm in the evening he was really working hard to get oxygen in and out. He was losing the battle to breathe. There was a code blue called. He was connected to the ventilator and while his body had sustained the arrest, his brain had not. Eventually months later, it was known the patient would not recover and that cognitive function was not evident. The family elected to disconnect him from life support. He died and Dr. Young was saddened by this event and angry that the system had put him in this position—alone on a weekend, just over a year after graduating medical school, without any support or supervision.

We can discuss how Medical Care is perceived on both sides by the patient and practitioner. In the past children were prepared to respect going to see their pediatrician. The doctor spent time helping the parent and child to relax before getting to the examination or any test necessary at that visit. Actually, it was seen as a visit or something more intimate and doctors were important to the health of the entire family. Fast -forward decades later now doctors enter the office an hour before patients are scheduled to boot up their computer and review the onslaught of new tasks—reviewing lab results, pathology reports and x-ray reports, and good results are often reported quickly and a bad result might wait till after the weekend . The art of medicine began with the basics: knowing how and when to inform a patient of his or her medical information. Also, now we have endless pages of information we must solicit from patients related to everything from their current medical complaint to their lifestyle and even psychological status. Much of this is mandated by insurance providers. What the doctor wants to know from the patient is where things hurt and when.

But in this modern technological era we have become prisoners to our own attempts to improve understanding. No longer does a patient come to the office with his or her insurance information sign in and wait. Then their blood pressure is taken and usually it’s a little high and we wonder why They might be told the referral is missing or outdated and the patient is worried about their condition and has to complete an encyclopedia in a tablet he could barely read. Thankfully nearly every referral initiated by a primary care physician is granted by the insurer or HMO but remember to bring that referral or there will be delays or problems in receiving the test or treatment needed.

Often patients have no control over their own healthcare choices and doctors have lost the ability to be self-directed in-patient care as well. During the Covid epidemic or plague as Sheryl likes to call it many doctors were told not to us Hydrochloroquine a drug which has been in use to treat malaria and rheumatoid arthritis for years. The CDC and other agencies while they had no treatments to offer limited offering what later on was known to be very helpful in lowering the deaths from Covid in many patients. Some doctors were able to prescribe it but others were not allowed. Many other inconsistencies in treating Covid victims were also contributive to the many deaths and people infected. In reviewing the whole process we will find out that political influences and financial concerns also were part of the decision making processes.

Going on with problems in the new systems employed we begin with a new patient comes into the exam room after dealing with the front desk and giving any information or medical insurance cards and is then seen by a medical assistant who will take vital signs, temperature, blood pressure, pulse rate, and record weight and height, and update the computer record of the patient’s profile, pertaining to changes in medications and other personal information. By this time often the patient is exhausted from the intake process that he is like a lamb or so wired up and angry at the process that apologies and reassurances are necessary. Now the doctor says, Now what are you here for today? And now it begins.

Sheryl says that recently she saw a new pulmonologist for a continuing problem with phlegm or clearing of the throat which had gotten worse after having Covid April 2020. For the past 25 years Sheryl had trouble with allergies and at times bronchitis and had at that time seen a pulmonologist who told her that her cough was innocuous and not a real problem…but since having covid and some breathing problems that persisted, Sheryl was checking everything out. The assistant who took her blood pressure asked her if she could take her shirt off. A red flag went up and Sheryl responded that of course she could, but why would she take blood pressure and told the aid her request was unreasonable and she didn’t know how to communicate with a patient. She apologized. Then the woman roughly pulled up her sleeve and told Sheryl her blood pressure was 176 over 90. That was very unlikely, but Sheryl was agitated by the aide’s behavior. The aid left the room and Sheryl started to feel the air in the room very toxic and uncomfortable. Sheryl is an empath and picks up emotions, pain and negativity.

Sheryl had never had an experience like this before and was confident enough to stand up to the erratic behavior of the aid but was still made uncomfortable by the experience. When the doctor came in the energy shifted for the better and the experience with the doctor was quite remarkable. Sheryl asked the doctor if anyone had been in the room who was very ill or had an emotional problem as the energy in the room had been very heavy and physically uncomfortable for Sheryl. The doctor responded, “She alright.” I have myself been in offices where there are people who are very negative and upset with the functioning of the office, but often the doctors are unaware, as they are too busy or are not as sensitive as Sheryl to weed out people who don’t belong there.

There are significant obstacles patients endure and the exasperation of the healthcare system is systemic.

Dr. Young writes, “Teaching someone who wants to be a surgeon to sew is not difficult. Likewise teaching a young surgeon to cut here and repair something else there is tedious but achievable. Teaching that same young person, the judgment to know whether to operate is difficult.

Learning to understand one’s limitations as a surgeon, as a physician with the responsibility to consider all options in caring for one’s patient—including the option not to intervene—is, I believe, the hallmark of a surgical education. Certainly, a physician may physically treat his last patient similarly to his very first. Same procedure for the same problem. But the process of understanding the situation, the nuances that may differ consequently between treating the first and last patient, defines the experience of practicing medicine that cannot be taught. It cannot be read in a book or gleaned from articles in a journal. The experience of understanding medicine must be lived through while making a considerable effort to learn and retain each event and outcome that transpired.

Then there is knowing how much time depends upon the doctor’s individual assessment of the patient.

There are two extreme types of reactions, always a bit curious and troubling to deal with. On the one hand there were patients who assumed no responsibility for treatment and would delegate this entirely to the doctor. Whatever you say Doc. This was never good and rarely led to the desired outcome without significant bumps along the way. When problems resulted, the patient would immediately claim that nobody told him anything.

The other difficult patient type was the overly suspicious individual. He wanted records of everything. He brought in realms of printed material from the internet and he always had a family member somewhere on the planet who was an expert in the field. These patients were difficult because everything for them was a challenge as was dealing with problems. Making decisions was a challenge as was dealing with problems. Progress was slow and tedious as this type of patient had literally too much information to process and rarely delegated decision making to anyone. Deciding what to eat for dinner was probably an arduous task for this personality type.

Sheryl tells the listening audience that it is important they become proactive in their own treatment plans and can say no or get a second opinion if uncomfortable or unsure of what is being suggested to them.

Sheryl tells of going to a dermatologist for a small bump in her thigh that had been there for some time. Her sister was being treated for pancreatic cancer so she thought she should check it out. Her original dermatologist doctor asked if it hurt and if it did not he would leave it alone. Sheryl should have listened to him for when she said it hurt a little when she moved it around he sent her to the surgeon in the office to remove it. It was extremely painful and Sheryl was traveling far away in a week and would not have done this procedure then if she knew it could be a problem.

When she returned to have the stitches out weeks later, the doctor and another doctor who had entered the room for support, it seemed told her she would need two more surgical procedures in that leg. The scar was healing strangely and Sheryl asked, “Is it cancer?” “No,” the doctor responded and Sheryl said, “So Why would you want to do more surgery?” and the doctor responded, “Because we’re doctors and that’s what we do.” Well what might it be? Well it might be a fungus? How would you treat it if it were a fungus? The doctor responded with, “I would treat it with antibiotics.” So you would do two more minor surgeries looking for something, but you don’t know why? Sheryl said, “No.” left that office and never returned. She had the results sent to her primary care doctor and years later had no reaction from that spot. This story shows you how as a patient you must take charge of your own care if something doesn’t feel right. But as an intuitive energy practitioner and empath, Sheryl followed a spiritual sense for her own treatment needs.

What might be ways to perhaps reform the system and return to a more personalized individualized way to deal with patients? It might work if all the main players in the health field insurance companies’ pharmaceutical government agencies physicians and patients were able to be more humane and less focused on the bottom line, the money or profit mode. As it is now hospitals are closing and many doctors have been forced to join hospital systems or multi-practice organizations.

Dr. Young writes,” It is said that he who owns the gold makes the golden rules: In the case of medical care in the United States, it is the insurance companies that own the gold. Looking at the skyline they seem to have the highest and largest buildings. Obtaining insurance approval for a surgical procedure can be difficult for the insurers will not only assess the need for the procedure, but will also determine the appropriate number of days the patient will be allowed to stay in the hospital, have rehabilitation services, etc.

The fact is the assessor deciding the appropriateness of the procedures is highly unlikely to be someone capable of doing the procedure, meaning the insurance approval expert is generally not a practicing physician in the area in which we are trying to get approval. Often, I have found that the medical directors of insurance companies are semi-retired or part time physicians, perhaps of limited clinical experience. Certainly, most don’t have the equal training and expertise in each and every medical scenario on which they are rendering judgment. Yet they are the ones determining if a patient can undergo a particular treatment or procedure.

Often patient demand for procedures or medications which can derive significant revenue encourages overuse of certain treatments. It is no surprise that a number of non-urology trained physicians began prescribing medicine for erectile dysfunction, some with rather limited experience of their side effects. A general rule in surgery is that if you can’t manage the complication, then you shouldn’t be performing the procedure.

Similarly, from Dr. Young’s point of view if a physician doesn’t understand or know how to manage the complication of a drug, then he or she should not prescribe it. Dr. Young tells of going into the rehabilitation floor of a particular hospital which made him aware of problems at the hospital he was becoming frustrated with. Many of the patients were past the acute phases of their illnesses undergoing occupational speech or physical therapy to regain independence but were at different stages. As a result of these differences life on the floor was disjointed. This set up definitely needs some rethinking and changes.

There is also a growing disconnect between physicians and the majority of floor nurses and it is not because of a lack of dedication or interest in health care but the hospital system has gotten in the way of caring for patients. Floor nurses now spend more time on computer terminals documenting what has transpired in their patient encounters than actually developing an understanding of the patient’s diseases and processes. Simply put, less time is being spent with the actual patient.

However, nurse practitioners NP are an invaluable asset to doctors for managing their practice. These are nurses with advanced training and they can truly facilitate patient care. Dr. Young says he has rarely met NP’s that weren’t competent and dedicated. They can perform many of our fundamental floor procedures and often communicate effectively with patients regarding health conditions and treatment plans. Perhaps more important they are able to interact very efficiently with floor nurses. We need to see more well trained Nurse Practitioners and hospitals should provide incentives for advancing their skills with further education.

Technology is affecting the changing nature of medicine. Dr. Young tells us he knows it sounds cliché when the older generation reflects on the current state of affairs and feels that the olden days were better. I think in the case of medicine it is true. Yes there have been significant improvements through our technology. We have better instrumentation, improved diagnostic capabilities, a more refined understanding of physiology, and greater ability to intervene with disease processes. But I feel the situation is somewhat analogous to the current state of interpersonal communication. Today we have fax machines text messaging e-mails voicemail but we don’t communicate any better In fact because of these options we talk less to each other and important information and context can be lost or misinterpreted via text messages.

Our technology has also forged new roads of confusion and concern among patients. There once was a time when a patient could talk to the doctor after hours for concerns about a new or ongoing treatment. Now answering machines pick up the call and many elderly patients simply cannot adapt to the communication changes and also many calls are lost or improperly routed. Among other technological wonders in the world of medicine are the now mandated portal systems by which patients can access their medical records online 24/7. The patient may decide to read their recent lab reports not necessarily understanding them but they do have this option.

However I think the most significant change in patient access to health care information has involved the internet in general which is filled with innumerable sites related to health care, the lot of them offering bounteous medical verbiage for the interpretation or misinterpretation of all who click in…Often the patient might decide which approach to choose regardless if it is appropriate or possible in terms of their condition or needs. I support self-education and encourage patients to learn about their conditions. But a little bit of knowledge without a complete grasp of the context and processes involved can lead to misunderstandings that are potentially dangerous. Example: A man with prostate cancer who needed surgery chose herbal treatment instead and three years later returned and the cancer had metastasized and moved into his bones and lymph nodes.

Sheryl suggests that some people would choose alternative treatments before surgery if it possibly was early in the diagnosis and could help in addition to western medicine and might want the most gentle approach before surgery which we all know can have many complications. Using judgment is necessary by both doctor and patient to achieve the best results.

We thank Dr.Michael J. Young author of The Illness of Medicine for sharing a most expansive detailed look at the life of a surgeon and the changing issues facing the medical profession, insurance companies, pharmaceutical, government interests, and last of all, which should always be first, the patient.

In summarizing today’s episode of “Healing From Within” we have seen how Dr. Michel Young whose father, grandfather, and great grandfather were all physicians has brought details and examples of changing doctors’ practices hospital and medical institutions so we can see the necessity for the balancing of technology, corporations, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, with the personal involvement of medical professionals and their patients and remember to merge the best of progress with the gentleness of past times so medicine doesn’t decline into an impersonal exchange between the parties where respect, honor, and faith, for the needs of all participants are no longer honored. True healing is not merely moving beyond symptoms through medicine surgery or therapy. It is the ability of the patient and physician to form a human bond for healing the mind body.

We are now aware that corporations control the financing of much of the healthcare delivery system and that is becoming a greater problem. You have only to watch episodes of The Resident on national television to see the implications of the many problems facing dedicated doctors, nurses and patients trying desperately to navigate the laws of the corporation hospital insurance companies trying to provide a level of care that is acceptable and profitable. The Physician is no longer in charge of his or her patient’s health care delivery. He or she is told how many patients must be seen and in what time frame and what interventions are allowed. Consequently, the doctor’s office is no longer a health care sanctuary, a place to go for comfort and healing. It has become a monitored managed pathway for billing. Like our Law Enforcement agents, the system is taking away their personal power to respond to difficult confrontational events with their hands tied behind them, Often the offenders or criminals are treated as victims and the police as the problem. These changes in society mainly political and economic are not for the benefit of the parties involved and I think we must all stand up for what is rightful action for best results looking not to judge or blame, but to learn as humans we can only do our best for each other and we must encourage through legislation and the courts to uphold the rights of all people in all situations, so we can do better than just surviving in a world that is losing it’s love of individual excellence. To have and give the best care, restoring the best in the practice of self-care and care for others, reminds us we are human and unique. In our differences we must find ways to restore our faith in humanity and find healing beyond systems but through love.

Dr. Michael Young and I would have you remember not to be overwhelmed by the changes happening now as there is indeed, spiritually speaking, a personal plan for each of us and a collective plan to advance the soul to greater levels of higher consciousness. Through facing the challenges, we learn gratitude, acceptance, intention, and non-judgment, and find peace beyond any challenge we are given. Change is necessary and often leads to improving our sense of knowing who we are and what values are really important in a human life cycle.

I am your host Sheryl Glick author of A New Life Awaits and invite you to visit my website www.sherylglick.com to read about and listen to leaders in the metaphysical scientific spiritual medical legal education and music and arts fields who share their discoveries and interest in knowing humanity evolution and the search for higher consciousness in more exact ways. Shows may also be heard on www.webtalkradio.net and www.dreamvisons7radio.com

Today’s Guest

www.amazon.com/

The post Medical Treatments as seen in Changing Times for Patient and Practitioner appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal, but a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Sheryl welcomes […]

The post Desire as a Transformational Ingredient appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are often not economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. In today’s show I welcome […]

The post Shifting Old Views to Understand Anxiety and Support Well Being appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided insights to Support Global Awakening, a new book in the trilogy which shares through messages and stories from Spirit that our challenges are not economic political or societal but a disconnect from our inner soul wisdom and true being. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Dr. Allen Buchanan […]

The post Tribalism is Not Our Moral Fate appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit to show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal, but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Today we welcome Turiya, author of Unreasonable Joy Awakening […]

The post Enlightenment Is Real And Exists Within Us All appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spiritual Guided insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a disconnection form our true being […]

The post A Story of Good Medicine and Bad Medicine to Help the Earth appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher medium and author of the newest book in my trilogy A New Life Awaits Spiritual Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit showing us our challenges are not economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from […]

The post Afterlife Reincarnation and Proof that Rings True appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher Medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights To Support Global Awakening which shares stories messages from spirit that shows us our challenges are not merely economic political societal but a disconnect […]

The post A Doctorpreneur Creates a World Class Hospital Chain appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shows us that our challenges are not economic political societal but often a disconnect from our inner wisdom or soul being and that understanding our dual nature as both spiritual and physical […]

The post The Hardest Decision a Mother Must Make: Giving a Child up for Adoption appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick RMT energy practitioner/medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and spiritual messages to show us our challenges are not economic political or societal simply a disconnect from our true inner being or soul wisdom I […]

The post Discover the Power of Energy Healing appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect […]

The post Finding a new Life in Costa Rica appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening. Many of us are aware there have been tremendous shifts in all events happening globally economically, politically and socially but the real challenge now is […]

The post Scientific Evidence That Mind Can Influence Matter in Body and Beyond appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Messages to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but often […]

The post Life is as it Should Be Joyful and Always Changing appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of A New Life Awaits, the final book in a trilogy that shares the thought that our challenges are not economic, political or societal, but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Today Sheryl welcomes Professor Robert M. Hardaway author of […]

The post Why the National Popular Vote Would Undermine Democracy: Save the Electoral College appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the last book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening. Today I welcome Malcolm Stern, author of Slay Your Dragons with Compassion, a psychotherapist, author and co-founder of Alternatives, a spiritual […]

The post Meaning Can Exist Within our Worst Tragedies appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories and messages from Spirit showing us the challenges we are facing are not merely economic political or societal, but a spiritual disconnect from our inner soul wisdom and sense […]

The post Channeled Messages from Wise Spirits of the Collective appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Global Awakening which shares the notion that our challenges personally nationally and worldwide are not economic, political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul […]

The post Finding Yourself, Compassion and Universal Freedom appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal but a spiritual disconnect from our inner source of soul awareness or true being. Today Sheryl is delighted […]

The post Cut the Worry Fear and Live with Awareness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in her trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our problems are not economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom and Sheryl is delighted today to welcome actor Royce Christyn from the […]

The post A form of Self-Journaling and Scripting for Achieving Success appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick, Reiki Master Teacher/medium and author of her newest book in a trilogy: “A New Life Awaits,” which shares stories and messages from Spirit showing us that our challenges are not economic, political, or societal, just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Today Sheryl is delighted to welcome Danah Mor, author of “Shine Brighter Everyday,” a nutrition […]

The post Supercharge Your Health with Ayurvedic and Morlife Practices appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of the final book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which suggests that by observing our inner soul energy and merging that with the challenges of the physical world, we can achieve a peaceful purposeful and […]

The post What is Reality? appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our modern day challenges are not economic political societal but a disconnect from our inner true being spiritual soul wisdom. Sheryl is delighted to welcome musician Bob Hillary, author of Simplify […]

The post Unhook from the Matrix of Modern Life to Heal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to ‘Healing From Within.’ I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher/medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages that show us the challenges we are now facing are not economical political or societal […]

The post Embrace the Idea of Living Now appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick, author of her newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits which shares stories and messages from Spirit to show us that our challenges are not merely economic, political or societal issues but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. In today’s episode Julia Keys and Jacqueline Coles authors of The MANscript will share how finding out about her […]

The post Dealing with Emotions During and After an Affair appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Author of the final book in my trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit showing us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a deep dissociation from our true being or inner soul wisdom. I am delighted today to welcome […]

The post Escaping our old way of Suffering: Finding the Feminine Within appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spiritual Insights To Support Global Awakening which shares many stories and messages from Spirit showing us that our challenges are not economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. […]

The post Our Souls Evolution Before and After Physical Death appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher Medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but […]

The post How Do You Turn Your Life Around? appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick a Reiki Master Teacher energy practitioner, medium, and author of her newest book in a trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening sharing messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not merely economic political or societal but a […]

The post Overcome Defensiveness and Build Successful Relationships appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy practitioner, medium author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a metaphysical view of the duality of energetic and physical life and ways to understand the challenging fast moving changes of present times as […]

The post Losing a Child through Suicide and Finding Life is Eternal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick author of my newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories showing us our challenges are not simply economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom […]

The post Embrace the Idea of Living Now appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories of our connection to eternal Universal Life Force Energy that reminds us when accessed that we are capable of creating wonderful experiences […]

The post How to Cure Illness Using a Subconscious Mind appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick author of my newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us that our challenges are not merely economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from […]

The post The Realities of Grief From Loss of a Son appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher, medium, and author of the newest book in my trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares the notion that as infinite beings the possibility to create a healthy prosperous physical life journey lies within, […]

The post Dreams to Enhance Your Waking Life appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Energy Master Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits which shares stories and messages from Spirit showing us that our challenges are not merely economic, political or societal, just a spiritual disconnect from our true […]

The post Release Anxiety and Energize Joy appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within! I am your host Sheryl Glick author of my newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories showing us our challenges are not simply economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom […]

The post Embrace the Idea of Living Now appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick a Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a broad and bold view of these changing times to discover our problems are not merely economic political or societal but a separation from our spiritual […]

The post Investment in Your Own Personal Growth Strategy appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within, I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki empathic Master Teacher medium and author of the last book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening exploring awakening of higher consciousness transformation to higher levels of functioning and transcendence or knowing that our soul energy is eternal and […]

The post Empaths Represent the New Human Blueprint appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Global Awakening which shares the notion that our challenges personally nationally and worldwide are not economic, political or societal but a disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. I am delighted […]

The post Finding Yourself, Compassion and Universal Wisdom appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of my just released book in a trilogy that I was told I would write 20 years ago before that thought was a reality for me. A New Life Awaits Spiritual Guided Insights for Global Awakening shares new ways to perceive the challenges of 2020 and […]

The post Miracle Minded Managers for Life and Business appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher medium and author of my newest book the last in a trilogy entitled A New Life Awaits Spiritual Guide Insights to Support Global Awakening which shows us that our challenges are not economic political or social but a spiritual disconnect from our inner true being […]

The post Tabaquero: One Who Heals with Tobacco appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy practitioner, medium author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a metaphysical view of the duality of energetic and physical life and ways to understand the challenging fast moving changes of present times as we seek […]

The post Losing a Child Through Suicide and Finding Life is Eternal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite love and Sheryl’s newly released book, completing the trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Share Global Awakening which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to understand life in both its physical and […]

The post Negative Emotions, All Emotions Have Much toTeach Us appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick RMT Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and spiritual messages that show us our challenges are not and economic political or societal but a disconnection from our inner soul […]

The post Covid 19 brings Oneness from Duality: A Spiritual Awakening appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with Sheryl Glick your host Reiki Energy Master Teacher and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Share Global Awakening which share stories and messages from Spirit to let us know our challenges are not merely economic political societal just a spiritual disconnect from our inner soul wisdom and […]

The post Moving Past Life – Threatening Challenges with Courage and Love appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick a Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shows through many shared stories and interactions with others, that it is not political social religious or economic challenges undermining our potential for happiness health and […]

The post Peace, Love, Action by Worldwide Changemakers appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of my newest book A New Life Awaits sharing an understanding of our Universal connection to all of life, both here and beyond, and ways to align our energetic and physical world for greater efficacy. Today I […]

The post The Hidden Mystery of Human Connectiveness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher medium and author of her newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares the spirit of divinity that lives within each of us that yearns to know itself as love and infinite possibilities, seeking to champion the challenges […]

The post Love Shouldn’t Hurt appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki energy practitioner medium and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares the wisdom of creating life anew in each experience each day and each challenge as we begin to know ourselves in both our total energetic and physical aspects as […]

The post Changing Aspects of Married Life, Family and Self appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Energy Teacher Medium and author of my newest book A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening sharing a plan for creating through your thoughts and actions new approaches for living out the duality of soul and physical life in its most advantageous possibilities […]

The post How Do We Explain The Origins of Consciousness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Healer and Medium and author of the third book completing the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Messages to Support Global Awakening shares a way to imagine past economics politics social or religious issues healthy happy people working to understand life and beyond, through […]

The post Write Your Stress Away appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Global Awakening which shows our challenges are not economic, political or societal, just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Sarah Mane author of Conscious Confidence and a Sanskrit scholar as a means […]

The post The Ancient Wisdom of Sanskrit as a Means to Life Mastery appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of the final book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which suggests that by observing our inner soul energy and merging that with the challenges of the physical world, we can achieve a peaceful purposeful and […]

The post What is Reality appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master and medium and have just released the newest book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guide Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a higher awareness of our true soul nature and human qualities that are the basis of all our choices and our […]

The post A New Life Awaits appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of the newest book in the trilogy, A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening and like her esteemed guest William Arntz author of How to Suffer in 10 Easy Steps and Producer of the film What the Bleep Do We Know has explored the […]

The post EVERYONE SUFFERS BUT LET’S CHOOSE THE BEST WAY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher and author of her newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are no economic political or societal but a disconnect from our true being and soul wisdom, or […]

The post One God One World One People appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a view of a soul’s journey in life and beyond as it comes to know that whether in a body or out of a body there is life love […]

The post Life and Death Side by Side appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing from Within I am Sheryl Glick your host and author of my newest book A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a contemporary look at the world social landscape of dysfunction as a result of a separation from our natural spiritual nature and ways to find our way to an […]

The post Transform Trauma with Body Awareness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing from Within. I am Sheryl Glick your host a Reiki Master Teacher and Practitioner medium and author of Life Is No Coincidence, The Living Spirit and my soon to be released in February 2020 the third book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global […]

The post Find Forgiveness and Love by Remembering the Truth of Your Being appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence, The Living Spirit and my newly released book A New Life Awaits February 7, 2020 which shares an in order of discovery the awakening process, transformation of energy for healing and personal growth and a daily transition to living […]

The post The Path to Love Lies Within Waiting to be Found appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Thank you for joining us on “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit and her newly released book A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories of an intuitive spiritual path to know life in its soul and physical potential so we may evolve and […]

The post Engaging Your Inner Self for Healthy Living appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit and my soon to be released third book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories of awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to go within to your intuition for […]

The post Reconnect to Personal Connections-Friendships for a Meaningful Life appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us our challenges are not economic political or societal just a spiritual disconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Sheryl […]

The post Finding a New Life in Costa Rica appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love and her newly released new book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories of knowing how your alignment to the world of Universal Energy and intuition offer opportunities to create […]

The post Moving from Indecision to Smart Choices appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and medium and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories of spiritual connection and ways to understand and improve these changing challenging times as we remember our deepest soul intuition and inner wisdom assisting […]

The post Understanding Death to Live Life More Fully appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love and as a Reiki Master Teacher and energy practitioner am delighted to discuss another alternative healing modality that allows a connection to Universal Energy and can redirect or unblock the flow of energy […]

The post Unblocking Energy with the Fingertips/The Art of Jin Shin appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to ‘Healing From Within.’ I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher/medium and author of the newest book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares stories and messages that show us the challenges we are now facing are not economical political or societal just a […]

The post Embrace The Idea of Living Now appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within ” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual communication awakening to your full potential and intuitive wisdom as well as miracles and ways to increase health, prosperity and happiness. I am delighted to welcome Dr. […]

The post Limiting Stress for Healthy Living appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit and her soon be released book A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening tales of remembering our soul divinity so we may value our life and relationship to the earth for our human and soul […]

The post Divine Equals in Every Way Striving for an Ecologically-Based Society appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence The Life and Afterlife Connection and also The Living Spirit Answers to Healing and Infinite Love which share stories of spiritual awakening communication healing energies and miracles to attune your energy your intuition and to a higher consciousness and awareness of human and spiritual forces welcomes […]

The post Find Healing Happiness On the Road To Life appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies and miracles along with ways to discover your intuition and to use it for creating a healthy prosperous joyful life experience. Today Sheryl is […]

The post Depression and Ways to Live With It. appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Give Up Crack and Drug Dealing or Die Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of my new book in a trilogy A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a look at 2020 and modern day challenges to realize we are not having an […]

The post Give Up Crack and Drug Dealing or Die appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Twin Connections Twin Loss Fate and Free Will Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to discover and use intuition for creating healthier happier more productive life experiences and today Sheryl welcomes Linda “Moonrabbit” Zlotnick author of […]

The post Twin Connections Twin Loss Fate and Free Will appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit, which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to begin to know intuition and inner guidance for producing a healthier, more prosperous and joyful life experience. Today Sheryl welcomes Tito Abao, author of The Monograph […]

The post We are Immortal appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to discover and use intuition for creating healthier happier more productive life experiences and today welcomes Travis Ruskus author of The Rock Balancers Guide which demonstrates a new form of […]

The post The Mindful Art of Rock Balancing appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” with your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love who is delighted to welcome Arun K. Singh M.D. author of Your Heart My Hands a story of an immigrant’s remarkable journey to find the American dream and become one of America’s preeminent cardiac […]

The post Making a Difference as an Immigrant in America appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to reconnect to your intuition and soul guidance system for living a healthier happier life welcomes e Jeff Cox editor […]

The post Spiritual Living for Healing Joy Prosperity appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love a story of spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles, and ways to know you intuition for creating a healthier happier life experience and today am delighted to have Kimberly Friedmutter author of Subconscious Power help […]

The post Use Your Subconscious Mind for Creating Your Best Life appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within.” with host Sheryl Glick author or The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to discover and utilize your intuition for improving the quality of life and today welcome Eric Ehrke author of The Promise of […]

The post Immortal Principles of Mind Body Wisdom appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love, a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication and transformation and ways to use your intuition for living your best life. Today we welcome James Templeton, author of I Used to Have Cancer a story of not giving up, especially […]

The post Cancer Conquered Health Restored appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings communication healing energies miracles small and large, along with ways to discover and use intuition for a healthier more prosperous life journey. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Mina Samuels author of Run Like a Girl 365 Days […]

The post A Guide for Women Athletes Seeking Wholeness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love stories that shares a metaphysical approach to understanding spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and intuition for well being progress health prosperity and happiness and is delighted to […]

The post Sensory Solutions for Herbal Evolution appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love and welcome Debra Landwehr Engle author of Be The Light that You Are which shares an approach to moving from bitterness and divisiveness to peace during these highly charged political and emotional issues […]

The post Be The Light That You Are appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master teacher medium and author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual communication, healingenergies, miracles, and ways to know and utilize intuition to improve the quality of your personal life and our world and am most happy today to welcome […]

The post Tune into Your Inner Wisdom: Intuition appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher, intuitive healer and author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual communication healing energies miracles and finding intuition for creating your most purposeful joyful and healthy life. Today Sheryl welcomes Rev. Constance McClain author of Mindful Paths: Steps Towards a Living Spirituality which is based on a […]

The post MINDFUL PATHS LEADING TO HIGHER AWARENESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence, The Living Spirit and my soon to be released third book in the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which share stories of intuition Higher Self and our dual nature as spiritual beings having a […]

The post INTUITION LEADS TO HEARTFELT INTENTIONS/HIGHER WISDOM appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy practitioner medium and author of Life Is No Coincidence and also The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to heighten your intuition for manifesting a better quality of health and life prosperity and am delighted to […]

The post Energy Medicine Yoga and Health Care System appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing from Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of ANew Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakeningwhich shares stories and messages from Spirit that show us that ourchallenges are not economic, political, or societal just a spiritualdisconnect from our true being or soul wisdom. Sheryl is delighted towelcome Nikki Gresham […]

The post CLEARING CHAKRAS CHANGING BELIEFS IMPROVING LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing And Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication healing energies miracles and shares ways to discover and utilize intuition for greater awareness and a true knowing of Self. Today Sheryl welcomes Martin Rutte to discuss his […]

The post Heaven on Earth appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick a Reiki energy practitioner and author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awareness, communication, miracles, and ways to discover and utilize intuition, as a guide for your personal well being, healing and productive life journey. Sheryl is […]

The post WAYS FOR REVERSING DISEASE WITH NUTRITION/LIFESTYLE AWARENESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual communication healing energies miracles and discovering intuition for creating ways to expand inner wisdom and compassion from within. Today Sheryl is delighted to welcome Kurt Koontz author of Practice and […]

The post SPIRITUAL WISDOM THROUGH A SOUL INTROSPECTION PRACTICE OF YOGA AND TRAVEL appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies, miracles, and a way to remember our deeper selves through intuition and higher consciousness and today we welcome Tarra Judson Stariell author of Sanity Lost and Found which shares a true […]

The post FALLING PREY TO A PSYCHOPATH /MIND CONTROL: A RECIPE FOR DISASTER appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite love and Sheryl’s newly released book, completing the trilogy, A New Life Awaits: Spirit Guided Insights to Share Global Awakening which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to understand […]

The post NEGATIVE EMOTIONS ALL EMOTIONS HAVE MUCH TO TEACH US appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication, healing energies miracles and discovering and using intuition to navigate the journey of a physical life. Today I welcome G. Brian Benson author of Habits For Success […]

The post EMERGING CREATIVITY FOR THE JOURNEY OF SELF-REALIZATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which share stories of spiritual awakening communication healing energies miracles and ways to use intuition and inner guidance to navigate the world making better choices and decisions welcomes, once again, John Vespasian author of […]

The post HIGHLY EFFECTIVE PEOPLE DEAL WITH “DISRUPTION” IN UNIQUE WAYS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am Sheryl Glick your host a Reiki Master Teacher and Medium and author of Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to use intuition to gather a more accurate view of life […]

The post BORN TO SHARE MESSAGES FROM HEAVEN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit and her recently released part of the trilogy A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global which share stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication […]

The post FREEDOM IS YOUR BIRTHRIGHT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher and author of Life Is No Coincidence The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to recognize and use intuition or inner wisdom for improving life. John J. […]

The post COURAGEOUS HEALING STORIES FOR HOSPITALIZED CHILDREN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies and miracles along with ways to discover your intuition and to use it for creating a healthy prosperous joyful life experience. Today Sheryl is […]

The post DEPRESSION AND WAYS TO LIVE WITH IT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit who as a medium and energy practitioner shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to use your intuition to expand your senses and to reach beyond to the mysteries of life is delighted to […]

The post Finding Life Exists After Death appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers to Healing and Infinite Wisdom which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to discover and utilize your intuitive wisdom for helping live life to its fullness. I am delighted to welcome Lee Mc Cormick a former valued guest and author of […]

The post SUFFERING HEARTBREAK/FINDING YOUR WAY TO WHOLENESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Energy Teacher medium and author of A New Life Awaits Spirit Guided Insights to Support Global Awakening which shares a new path forward for those opening to the truth of our divine and physical duality so we may improve health prosperity and happiness through awareness and higher […]

The post A DRAMATIC RESURGENCE OF FEMININE POWER AS IT MUST BE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to know intuition for higher awareness and consciousness. Today I welcome Swami Saradananda author of The Cleansing Power of Yoga which explains how removing stuck energy can […]

The post YOGA, HOLISTIC DETOX TECHNIQUES FOR HEALTH AND WELL BEING AND MORE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening communication healing energies miracles and ways to know and utilize intuition for health prosperity and a less fearful life experience. Today Sheryl welcomes once again, Dr. John J. Miller to discuss what has become a threatening […]

The post The Measles Epidemic appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love, and the newest in the trilogy, A New Life Awaits which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to find and use intuition for improving decision making and living with […]

The post THE HEART AND SOUL OF BEING A CARETAKER appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies and miracles which lead us to discover our intuitive nature and ways to know ourselves so we may live in accordance with our life plan […]

The post WHAT’S BEYOND MINDFULNESS? WAKING UP TO THIS PRECIOUS LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares through personal encounters a look at the world of Spirit through the intuitive healing messages of a medium who helps people recognize their soul potential and their life story. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Bruce Olav Solheim known as […]

The post STORIES OF THE PARANORMAL AND SUPERNATURAL appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick Reiki Master Teacher an author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings spiritual communication and an understanding Of Universal Energy Laws for remembering your dual nature as both physical and spiritual beings and my new book A New Life […]

The post TAO HEALING WISDOM appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication healing energies miracles and ways to develop and utilize your intuitive wisdom. Today I welcome Marc Treitler author of Alcohol Drugs and You which his daughter Lianna worked with him on […]

The post ALCOHOL DRUGS YOU AND YOUR CHILDREN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit Answers For Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to utilize your intuition for greater health and prosperity and welcome to Amy Beth Ballon author of […]

The post ARRESTED UNJUSTLY JUST BECAUSE OF AN ACCUSATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick a Reiki Master Teacher and medium and author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakening coincidences synchronicity spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to know and use your intuition to create a healthy positive productive life journey and is delighted to welcome Melanie […]

The post YOU CAN THRIVE AFTER NARCISSISTIC ABUSE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” and join your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to remember your intuition and connection to Universal Energy. Today I welcome Felicity Eliot and Julian Crème who will discuss Maitreya and the Masters so we […]

The post A NEW WORLD TEACHER ON THE HORIZON appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and a way to know and use your intuitive abilities for a healthier and more purposeful life journey welcomes Kristen Grayce McGary author of Holistic Keto for Gut […]

The post CUTTING EDGE HEALTH CARE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing alternative energies, miracles and ways to know or perceive yourself, the world and life in expansive ways. Today I am delighted to welcome Hillary Raimo award winning photographer artist writer and radio show host […]

The post CONVERSATIONS ON TECHNOLOGY, TIME TRAVEL, ET’S, CONSCIOUSNESS AND REALITY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to ‘Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings spiritual communication healing energies intuition and ways to understand your energetic and human aspects. Today we welcome Dr. Julia Mossbridge co-author with Theresa Cheung of The Premonition Code which addresses an unprecedented shift in scientific understanding of […]

The post THE SCIENCE OF PRECOGNITION- SENSING THE FUTURE CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers For Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening, communication healing energies and intuition miracles and ways to empower your life with the truth of your inner soul being and today welcomes Nomi Bachar a former guest on the show and author of her […]

The post THE HEART FOR SOUL ALIGNMENT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which share stories of awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies miracles and ways to use intuition or connections to Universal Source for personal and collective healing and […]

The post MIND BODY FEARS: RECOGNIZING A FEAR FREE MIND SET FOR SUCCESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to welcome back Penney Peirce author of her newest book Transparency describing what real radical transparency is and how we can employ it for success in our own lives relationships and organizations. Listeners may go […]

The post TRANSITION FROM THE INFORMATION AGE TO INTUITION AGE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” With your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication healing energies and the way to understand metaphysics for a clearer view of who you are and how to work with your own energies for an improved life condition and am […]

The post FREQUENCY-INFUSED AUDIOS FOR HEALING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within”. I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings spiritual communication healing energies miracles and a clear view to using intuition to understand your spiritual and energetic life force and today welcome Feroze Dada author of […]

The post A SPIRITUAL JOURNEY TO BURMA BUDDHISM AND FREEDOM appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers to Healing and Infinite Wisdom which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to discover and utilize your intuitive wisdom for helping live life to its fullness. I am delighted to welcome Lee Mc Cormick a […]

The post Suffering Heartbreak/Finding Your Way to Wholeness appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love that shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and a way to empower yourself for greater health prosperity and happiness welcomes Jonathan Robinson author of his new book MORE LOVE […]

The post COMMUNICATION FOR SUCCESSFUL RELATIONSHIPS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within”, your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love, which shares stories of spiritual awakening to intuition and to inner wisdom or truth which sets up possibilities for creating a life of personal growth prosperity and love. Sheryl is delighted to welcome […]

The post A PHILOSOPHY THAT MAKES SENSE OF LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication healing energies miracles and ways to utilize your intuition for prosperity health and happiness and today we welcome Patricia Hammond –Gonzalez author of The […]

The post WISDOM AND TRUTH FROM WITHIN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and keys to your own soul transformation is delighted to welcome Deirdre Hade author of The (not so) Little Book of Surprises known as the Mystic of Montecito who […]

The post LIVING/THRIVING IN THE AGE OF SURPRISE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within”, your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Intimate Love which shares remarkable stories of awakening to spiritual communication and to a clearer understanding of the human and divine connection which ultimately allows us to renew and refine our energies for an improved […]

The post CHANNELING PROPHECIES FROM MASTER GUIDES IN SPIRIT: HELP FOR CHALLENGES AHEAD appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, communication with the Divine, healing miracles and ways to connect to your intuition and Higher Self and am delighted to welcome Dena Merriam author of My Journey […]

The post REMEMBERING PAST LIVES FOR YOUR BEST LIFE NOW appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence- The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and soul life awareness, is delighted to welcome Jon Miller author of Dream Patterns which teaches us to identify […]

The post RECOGNIZING DREAM PATTERNS FOR TRANSFORMATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit that shares stories of spiritual awakening, communication with higher souls and vibrational beings, energy healing, and miracles is delighted to welcome Kathleen O’Keefe-Kanavos co-author with Larry Burke M.D. of Dreams that Can Save Your Life. Kathleen shares how her […]

The post PRECOGNITIVE DREAMS WITH EARLY WARNINGS OF DISEASE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within.” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and also The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and ways to know your intuitive self for greater well being and happiness is delighted to welcome Karen […]

The post MINDFUL COLLABORATIONS FOR AUTHENTIC RELATIONSHIPS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication, healing energies, and ways to use intuition for personal growth and success. Today I am delighted to welcome May McCarthy author of The Gratitude Formula which […]

The post GRATITUDE PRACTICE FOR SUCCESS IN RELATIONSHIPS CAREER FINANCES HEALTH AND SPIRITUAL GROWTH appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within.” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and a guide to inner intuition for higher consciousness is delighted to welcome Chrissie Astell author of Seven Steps Into Angel Light and her new Guardian Angel Oracle Cards […]

The post MILLENNIALS TURNING TO ANGEL CARDS/READINGS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to begin to know your intuitive sixth sense and connection to Universal Energy. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Elaine Clayton a return guest to the show to […]

The post ANGELS, FAIRIES, GUIDANCE AND MAGIC appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit who as a medium and energy practitioner shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to use your intuition to expand your senses and to reach beyond to the mysteries of life is delighted to […]

The post FINDING LIFE EXISTS AFTER DEATH appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles along with ways to tap into your inner self and intuition for greater awareness of what you and life really are all […]

The post HAPPY PEOPLE ARE MORE SUCCESSFUL-BE LIKE THEM appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within.” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to rediscover your true soul essence and the meaning of your life is delighted to welcome Debra Silverman noted astrologer and author of The Missing Element […]

The post MASSIVE CHANGES FOR 2018 INSPIRING COMPASSION FOR THE HUMAN CONDITION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and a way to know your soul presence for intuitive guidance and direction. Today I welcome a former guest of the show […]

The post AN INNATE PERSONAL POWER WITHIN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Thank you for joining us on Healing From Within as our host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love welcomes Dr. Kac Young a return guest to the show and author of her newest book The supposedly Enlightened Person’s Guide to Raising a Dog. Caring for a pet most […]

The post THE HUMAN-ANIMAL BOND appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which share stories of awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies miracles and ways to use intuition or connections to Universal Source for personal and collective healing and […]

The post MIND BODY FEARS: RECOGNIZING A FEAR FREE MIND SET FOR SUCCESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From With your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication healing energies miracles and ways to develop and utilize your intuitive wisdom. Today I welcome Marc Treitler author of Alcohol Drugs and You which his daughter Lianna […]

The post ALCOHOL, DRUGS, YOU AND YOUR CHILDREN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies miracles and a guide to soul development and soul maturity welcomes Tricia Nelson author of Heal Your Hunger which offers seven steps to understand and end emotional eating. Our physical […]

The post HEAL EMOTIONAL EATING – HEAL YOURSELF appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening and communication healing energies miracles and developing intuition and universal awareness is delighted to welcome Anthony Cummins author of Ninja Skills a leading expert in the discovery […]

The post NINJA SKILLS FOR EMPOWERING UNIVERSAL AWARENESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares an awakening to the potential of all souls beyond any labels assigned to us in the physical world due to religion race ethnicity gender political preference to reclaim our true spiritual […]

The post BREAK FREE FROM SELF-SABOTAGE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing from Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit, which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing, miracles and ways to go within to find your true soul essence. I am delighted today to welcome Reverend Thabiti to talk about a new film “The Illumined Ones” that […]

The post ANGELS NOW AND FOREVER appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication and finding ways to empower yourself using intuition as a tool to making better choices for health happiness and success. Sheryl is delighted to welcome John Vespasian author of his newest books Rationality is […]

The post A HIGHLY EFFECTIVE PRESCRIPTION FOR PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication, healing energies miracles and discovering and using intuition to navigate the journey of a physical life. Today I welcome G. Brian Benson author of Habits For Success […]

The post EMERGING CREATIVITY FOR THE JOURNEY OF SELF-REALIZATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to today’s episode of “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, and miracles for discovering your practical and effective intuitive life and today I welcome Reverend Keiko Hoshino as spokesperson for […]

The post COMMON SPIRITUAL WISDOM FOR CREATING PEACE AND ONENESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and miracles in the search for your intuitive soul wisdom and a sense of eternal knowingness is delighted to welcome Raana Zia author of Your Hidden Light as she […]

The post WISDOM FROM CLASSICAL TO MODERN DAY THINKERS FOR SELF-DISCOVERY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love welcomes Sally J. Duffell author of Grow Your Own HRT who suggests if you are a woman of a certain age and feeling menopausal you might want to forget expensive hormone replacement therapy […]

The post HEALTH DURING AND BEYOND MENOPAUSE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles, and ways to access your intuition and higher Self is delighted to welcome Dean Sluyter author of his newest book Fear Less a seasoned spiritual teacher and leader in […]

The post LEARNING HOW NOT TO FREAK OUT: FINDING PEACE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and a way to put together in your thoughts an understanding of the physical and spiritual life for a clearer awareness of […]

The post SCIENCE MEETS SPIRITUALITY FOR TRUTH AND RESULTS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and miracles is delighted to welcome Ray Brooks author of The Shadow That Seeks the Sun to share his amazing awareness of what lies within each of us and […]

The post OUR NATURAL STATE OF BEING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

MOTHER MARY’S MESSAGES OF LOVE HEALING UNITY In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit, which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing miracles and ways to find your true self welcomes Anna Raimondi a like-minded soul guided author of Conversations with Mary who will offer […]

The post MOTHER MARY’S MESSAGES OF LOVE HEALING UNITY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, ways to understand our connections to souls long past, miracles, and ways to remember our true self is delighted to welcome Clementina Marie Giovannetti author of Jesus And A Roman Centurion […]

The post A PAST LIFE EXPERIENCE THAT BRINGS US CLOSER TO JESUS AND HIS SPIRITUAL INTENTIONS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing, miracles, and a guide to inner soul intuition is delighted to welcome, once again, a most gifted and insightful visionary entrepreneur investor Rizwan Virk […]

The post SUCCEED IN LIFE BY FINDING YOUR TRUE SOUL’S PATH appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with you host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and also The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to find and know your divine soul essence and am delighted today to welcome Les Jensen author of Forgiven Sinner a […]

The post God’s Last Savior appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to have Lisette Schuitemaker join us as a returning guest to discuss her newest book The Childhood Conclusions Fix. To hear her former show The Eldest Daughter Effect go to my […]

The post CHILDHOOD CONCLUSIONS THAT LEAD TO NEGATIVE SELF-TALK appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles, and ways to go within to find your true self. Today I am delighted to welcome Nancy Van Dyken author of Everyday Narcissism -Yours Mine and Ours. Listeners […]

The post NARCISSISM IN SELF/OTHERS: RESPOND IN HEALTHY WAYS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles, and ways to enhance your intuition relationships and awareness of Universal Energy and am most delighted to welcome Pastor Tobin Crenshaw author of The […]

The post AUTHENTIC ANSWERS FOR FAITHFUL SEEKERS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection which shares her journey from skeptic to a believer in life and its unending eternal possibilities known and understood by coincidences synchronicity and miracles from messages from our loved ones in Spirit who […]

The post RELATIVES SHOW US THE AFTERLIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is joined by Dr. David Braun co-author with Dr. Troy Amdahl of OOLA For Woman offering their 7 key areas of Life to have less stress, more purpose, and to reveal the greatness […]

The post OOLA: A PHENOMENON FOR FINDING YOUR PURPOSE, LESS STRESS AND PERSONAL POWER appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which share stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing, miracles, synchronicity and ways to connect to intuition and higher consciousness. I am delighted to have an opportunity to […]

The post DIRECT CONNECTIONS TO GOD appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to welcome Diane Goble, Co-author with Dr. Penny Satori and Kelly Walsch of The Transformative Power of Near Death Experiences. Diane Goble a former guest of the show continues to share […]

The post THE FUNDAMENTAL MESSAGE OF ALL NEAR DEATH EXPERIENCES appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. Your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love a tale of spiritual awakening healing energies miracles and ways to find your inner self which is worthy of love and holds infinite possibilities for success and is delighted to welcome Barbara Jaffe author of […]

The post A REPLACEMENT CHILD’S JOURNEY TO HEALING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within”  your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love and is delighted to welcome Maresha Donna Ducharme author of The Way Home To Love.  In these changing challenging times we must embrace our inner sense of knowing or soul wisdom to find […]

The post SACRED MYSTERIES OF SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within with host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence: The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening and communication and ways to improve through intuition our personal and collective life story guiding us to health happiness […]

The post SURVIVING THE HOLOCAUST WITH WILL TO SURVIVE: SOUL INTACT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening communication from Higher Source, healing energy, miracles and soul awareness is delighted to welcome Joseph L. Burgess to discuss dimensions of consciousness. Joseph is the founder of UBU a non -profit organization which teaches awareness through […]

The post LIFE OR DEATH THAT IS THE QUESTION? appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within where your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and Sheryl like her guest Ruth Anderson author of One Love has been fortunate and gifted with a very amazing truth which is their greatest joy and responsibility to share […]

The post TRULY KNOW THERE IS LIFE AFTER LIFE! appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, intuition, spiritual communication, healing on multi-dimensional levels, and ways to find your soul life welcomes Cindy Mazzaferro author of Powerful Beyond Measure who shares her experiences as a physical therapist and intuitive energy […]

The post THE POWER WITHIN GUIDES US TO HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies and ways to know your intuitive soul guidance system. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Sue Lilly author of The Practical Guide to Crystal Healing co-authored with her husband Simon to […]

The post CRYSTAL HEALING FOR A BETTER QUALITY OF LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within.” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love a story of awakening to your true energetic and physical duality and finding ways to know yourself and the world with clarity awe and wisdom is delighted to welcome a Mary Shores to […]

The post CONSCIOUS COMMUNICATION FOR LIVING PAST LIFE’S OVERWHELMING CHALLENGES appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, communication, healing energies, miracles and a soul approach to understanding your true potential is happy and delighted to welcome award winning stuntman Curtis Rivers author of The Fearless Path. Curtis as you and our […]

The post SMASH THROUGH FEAR TO TRANSFORM YOUR LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings Universal Laws of Energy for healing and multi-dimensional awareness and for realizing our soul potential in the physical world. I am delighted to welcome Julie JD Cross […]

The post PROPHECIES THAT EXPLAIN MODERN DAY CHALLENGES appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and soul awareness is delighted to welcome Michael Peter Langevin author of Secrets of the Ancient Incas and other books who is a visionary, entrepreneur who befriends shamans magicians […]

The post NEW AGE THOUGHT AND SHAMANIC TRANSFORMATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within. Your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and a guide to inner soul awareness for effective living in these changing times is delighted to welcome Maureen J. St. Germain author of Waking Up in 5 D which offers eye […]

The post MULTIDIMENSIONAL TRANSFORMATION: BECOMING 5TH DIMENSIONAL appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit- Answers to Healing and Infinite Love and as a Reiki Master Teacher and medium have studied many modalities that open the mind and heart to the endless miracles and wisdom of Spirit and Creation. Today I am delighted to […]

The post CHAKRA WISDOM ORACLE/CARDS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence- The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and soul life awareness, is delighted to welcome Jon Miller author of Dream Patterns which teaches us to identify […]

The post RECOGNIZING DREAM PATTERNS FOR TRANSFORMATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and miracles is delighted to welcome Barry Eaton author of The Joy of Living Postponing the Afterlife who will share his story of […]

The post SURVIVING THROAT CANCER: ALTERNATIVE/TRADITIONAL /WESTERN MEDICINE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of awakening, spiritual communication, healing, miracles and a guide to intuition and soul presence. Today I am delighted to be talking with Brian Peyton Joyner author of The Wisdom of Stones, an interesting story of a grandson […]

The post LIVE LIFE BY YOUR RULES appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing “From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and soul rediscovery and today we welcome Kate O’Connell author of Beyond the Imprint. Dr. O’Connell is a child and family therapist […]

The post EXPLORE IDENTIFY AND DISSOLVE IMPRINTING AT CELLULAR LEVEL appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Hello and welcome to Healing From Within I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of awakening spiritual communication healing energies and miracles and am delighted to welcome Teresa Mishler the wife of Dr. Guy Joseph Ale a former guest of “Healing From […]

The post MASTER MIND BODY SPIRIT FOR HOWEVER LONG YOU LIVE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to go within to know your intuitive Self and interconnectedness to all living things welcomes Keith Anthony Blanchard author of The Divine Principle offering readers the […]

The post THE DIVINE PRINCIPLE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to discover your inner soul wisdom is delighted to welcome Olympia Le Point author of Answers Unleashed which offers an […]

The post UNLEASHING YOUR BRAIN POWER appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and a way to inner soul awareness welcomes Carla Savetsky a holistic women’s health expert and owner of Natural Healing For Women. As listeners of this show are well […]

The post WOMEN OF SENSITIVITY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to ‘Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love and am delighted to welcome Patti Conklin author of God Within who will address in our discussion today what the real source of health and healing are. As listeners of this show are […]

The post CHOOSE TO HEAL WITH GOD WITHIN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In this episode of Healing From Within, your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit, a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies, afterlife, miracles and a guide to soul wisdom is delighted to have as her esteemed guest P.M.H. Atwater, one of the original researches in the field of near death studies. […]

The post THE TRUTH ABOUT LIFE/BEING HUMAN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” with host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit which share stories of awakening spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles, and ways to use intuition and inner guidance for happiness and prosperity. Today Sheryl welcomes Nick Seneca Jankel a former guest of the show to share […]

The post SPIRITUAL ATHEISM/LOVE TO OVERCOME TRAUMA AND HEAL appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to Healing From Within, Your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to welcome Marie Delanote author of Acorns to Great Oaks: Meditations For Children with tools to help children cope with real life. Sheryl and her guests share intimate stories and experiences in order […]

The post RAISING CHILDREN WHO COPE WITH LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing from Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love welcomes Professor Onoso Imogene author of Beyond Expectations which shares a look at the multifaceted identities of second generation Nigerian adults in the United States and Britain and offers an understanding of the […]

The post IMMIGRATION RACE ETHNICITY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to “Healing From Within” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit which share stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication healing energies and soul development and am honored and delighted to welcome Dr. Nauman Naeem author of Healing From The Inside Out a medical doctor who […]

The post HEALING CHRONIC ILLNESS IS POSSIBLE WHEN HEALING FROM THE INSIDE OUT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a true tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and miracles and a guide to inner soul wisdom is delighted to welcome Camilla Sacre-Dallerup author of Reinvent Me who will share her 8 step program to make it […]

The post CHANGE YOURSELF EITHER BY CHOICE OR CIRCUMSTANCE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within.” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing miracles and a guide to soul awareness is delighted to welcome Mia Tomikawa a representative for Master Ryuho Okawa author of The Unhappiness Syndrome which suggests that despite our proclamation to […]

The post A SUBCONSCIOUS LOVE OF UNHAPPINESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Welcome to ³Healing From Within.² I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of awakening, spiritual communication, healing, intuition and soul guidance, and today am delighted to welcome Nita Kasan who as a former Lieutenant Commander in the United States Naval Reserve Corps, to Chief Nursing Officer and currently President […]

The post FROM LIEUTENANT COMMANDER TO C.E.O LEGACY OF EXCELLENCE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, maturing soul life and a guide to cooperative and purposeful life experiences for everyone, is delighted to welcome for a third time on this show Roberta Grimes author of The Fun of Living Together […]

The post Living Together in Brotherhood appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within”, your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and miracles, is delighted to welcome Joan Gregerson author of Tuning Into Inner Peace- How to Overcome Your Struggles with Food Listeners of the show are well aware Sheryl and […]

The post FOOD FOR LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

TOOLS TO SHIFT TRANSFORM AND ASCEND   Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Jim Self Sheryl Glick welcomes you to “Healing From Within” Sheryl is your host and author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakening spiritual communication healing energies miracles and ways to find and refine your inner source and is […]

The post TOOLS TO SHIFT TRANSFORM AND ASCEND appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Paul Jeffrey Davids In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to further develop your intuitive sense is delighted to welcome a former guest of the show Paul […]

The post LSD HYPNOTHERAPY METHODS: EXPERIMENTATION BY THE CIA FOR EXPANDING CONSCIOUSNESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Debra Meehl D.D. In this episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to welcome Debra Meehl D.D. author of Joyful Transformation which integrates the principles of Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) with the tenets of […]

The post EMOTIONAL PHYSICAL SPIRITUAL APPROACHES FOR JOYFUL TRANSFORMATION appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Lisa K PhD In today¹s episode of ³Healing From Within² your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energy and a guide to your soul¹s destiny is delighted to welcome Dr. Lisa K author of Intuition on Demand and if […]

The post INTUITION AS GUIDANCE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Dr. Joe Gallenberger In this episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which is a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual healing, spiritual communication, and a guide to intuitive functioning is delighted to welcome a fellow traveler on the journey of love and […]

The post HEAVEN AND EARTH ARE FOR HEALING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Kari Wagner Peck In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick and Author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, intuition, healing and miracles and is a guide to soul awareness welcomes Kari Wagner Peck author of Not Always Happy a memoir […]

The post AN UNUSUAL PARENTING JOURNEY (CELEBRATING THE QUIRKINESS OF LIFE) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Dr. Julia Sloan I am Sheryl Glick host of ‘Healing From Within” and author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, right thinking and action, understanding Universal energy, and ways to know ourselves both physically and spiritually. Today I welcome Dr. Julia Sloan author of Learning to […]

The post THE VALUE IN THINKING STRATEGICALLY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Dr. Donna M. Orange In this episode of Healing From Within Sheryl Glick your host and author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication healing Universal Energy and a guide to soul awareness and evolving intuition and am delighted to welcome Donna M Orange author […]

The post CLIMATE CRISIS MIGRATION AND RESPONSIBLE WAYS TO PROCEED appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Atherton Drenth Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing energies and miracles and a guide to soul awareness. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Atherton Drenth from Ontario, Canada who is a certified […]

The post INTUITION AND PSYCHIC CONNECTIONS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Curtis Rivers In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, communication, healing energies, miracles and a soul approach to understanding your true potential is happy and delighted to welcome award winning stuntman Curtis Rivers author of […]

The post SMASH THROUGH FEAR TO TRANSFORM YOUR LIFE appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Anita Russell Welcome to ³Healing From Within² I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual healing and communication, miracles, and a guide to your inner soul wisdom. Today I am delighted to welcome Anita Russell an independent consultant and network […]

The post YOUTH COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP AND MINISTRY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Nan S. Russell In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of awakening to your true soul nature, spiritual communication, healing energy, miracles and intuition today welcomes Nan S. Russell author of It’s Not About Time: How to Thrive […]

The post BUSYNESS MAY BE A SYMPTOM OF SELF-UNAWARENESS appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Roberta Grimes In today¹s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of awakening, spiritual communication, healing and the truth of our being as well as a guide to Inner Soul Development is most delighted to welcome back for a chance […]

The post FIND THE REASON FOR LIVING FOREVER appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Mark Antonacci I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication and energy miracles and a guide to your intuitive soul nature and today am delighted to welcome Mark Antonacci author of Test the Shroud which supports the theory that […]

The post THE SHROUD OF TURIN appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Elizabeth Joyce On today’s episode of “Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love a story that shares a look into the world of psychic mediumship, intuition, healing energies, miracles and ways to know your soul nature is delighted […]

The post THE GIFT OF KNOWLEDGE AND NATURAL HEALING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Mark Thurston, Ph.D. Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual awakening, spiritual communication, healing, miracles and a guide to your inner soul awareness is delighted to welcome Dr. Mark Thurston author of Discovering Your Soul’s Purpose and we will […]

The post SOUL PURPOSE: THE EDGAR CAYCE WAY appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Volume (4) |Episode (68) September 3, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Marc Treitler In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of awakening, spiritual communication healing and understanding our physical and energetic energies for greater intuition and happiness in life welcomes Marc Treitler […]

The post ALCOHOLISM IS A DISEASE LET’S TREAT IT appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Ellen Tadd Welcome to “Healing From Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which is a real life tale of spiritual communication, healing, miracles and of course, a guide to our inner Soul Awareness and am delighted to welcome Ellen Tadd author of The […]

The post VIEW LIFE THROUGH A SPIRITUAL LENS TO SUCCEED ON EARTH appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Volume (4) |Episode (41) August 13, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Michelle Deen Welcome to “Healing From Within.” Your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, healing energy and miracles and is a guide to your soul awareness is delighted to welcome Michelle Deen […]

The post REMEMBERING AMERICAN VALUES appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Adele Paula Royce In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing And Infinite Love a tale of learning to connect to the vibrations of emotion in order to know more about life and death, healing miracles and […]

The post WHAT MAKES ONE CONSIDER SUICIDE? Volume (4) |Episode (58) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Clayton John Ainger Welcome to “Healing from Within.” I am your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication healing energies miracles and awareness of soul intuitive guidance and am delighted to have Clayton John Ainger author of The Ego’s Code […]

The post THE EGO’S CODE Volume (4) |Episode (96) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Cindy Locher In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakening spiritual communication healing miracles and is a guide to your inner soul essence welcomes Cindy Locher a certified Hypnotherapist and master NLP Practitioner whose passion is […]

The post SPIRITUAL HYPNOSIS TRANSFORMATIONS Volume (4) |Episode (62) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Janie Boisclair Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of The Living Spirit a tale of healing energies, spiritual communication miracles and a guide to your inner soul awakening welcomes Janie Boisclair author of The Clairvoyant Gourmet who like Sheryl an intuitive healer-medium uses all five senses…. […]

The post CLAIRVOYANT OFFERS FOOD MESSAGES FOR HEALING/LOVE Volume (4) |Episode (61) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

RIGHT MINDSET/ATTITUDE FOR HEALING DIABETES/ANY HEALTH CHALLENGE Volume (4) |Episode (93) July 9, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Dr. Emma Mardin In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a story of spiritual awakenings spiritual communication healing energies miracles and an awakening to soul potential […]

The post RIGHT MINDSET/ATTITUDE FOR HEALING DIABETES/ANY HEALTH CHALLENGE Volume (4) |Episode (93) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

USING SHAMANIC AND JUNGIAN TECHNIQUES FOR HEALING Volume (4) |Episode (65) July 2, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Dr. Carl Greer Welcome to Healing From Within. I am your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence and The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares a tale of […]

The post USING SHAMANIC AND JUNGIAN TECHNIQUES FOR HEALING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Edward Viljoen Sheryl Glick host of “Healing From Within” and author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love a tale of healing, miracles, spiritual communication and a guide to your soul awareness is delighted to welcome Edward Viljoen author of Ordinary Goodness a guide to living […]

The post LIVING WITH ORDINARY GOODNESS FOR HAPPINESS Volume (4) |Episode (50) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: John Vespasian In this episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit: Answers for Healing and Infinite Love a tale of spiritual communication, healing, miracles, and of course, a guide to your Soul presence welcomes John Vespasian joining us today from the Netherlands […]

The post RATIONAL LIVING IS THE WAY TO HAPPINESS Volume (4) |Episode (54) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Volume (4) |Episode (88) June 11, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Angela Dawn   In today’s episode of “Healing From Within”, your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit a tale of spiritual communication, healing, miracles and of course, a guide to your inner soul awareness is delighted to welcome an accomplished metaphysician […]

The post UNRAVELING THE TRUTH OF LIFE-DEATH appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

PEOPLE AT ALL LEVELS OF SOUL JOURNEYING Volume (4) |Episode (28) June 4, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Rashmi Khilnani Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of Life Is No Coincidence The Life and Afterlife Connection and The Living Spirit which is a tale of healing, spiritual communication, miracles, and […]

The post PEOPLE AT ALL LEVELS OF SOUL JOURNEYING appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

May 28, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Rhys Thomas Sheryl Glick host of “Healing From Within” and author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love which shares stories of awakening and possibilities for manifesting a healthier world is most delighted to welcome Rhys Thomas author of Discover Your Purpose who […]

The post DISCOVER YOUR LIFE PURPOSE Volume (4) |Episode (56) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Tara-Jenelle Walsch In today’s Episode of “Healing from Within”, your host Sheryl Glick Author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, energy healing, miracles, spiritual communication, and ways to develop greater soul awareness welcomes Tara-jenelle Walsch author of Soul Courage who tells us we have the […]

The post TOUCH THE HEART OF YOUR SOUL Volume (4) |Episode (53) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

UNIVERSAL ENERGY, PRAYERS, GUIDANCE FROM ABOVE Volume (4) |Episode (49) May 14, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Nancy E. Yearout Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to welcome Nancy E. Yearout author of Wake Up! The Universe is Speaking to You whose book clearly […]

The post UNIVERSAL ENERGY, PRAYERS, GUIDANCE FROM ABOVE Volume (4) |Episode (49) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

FINDING HOPE AND POSSIBILITY IN UNCERTAIN TIMES Volume (4) |Episode (48) May 7, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Allison Carmen In today’s episode of “Healing from Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of Life Is No Coincidence, The Living Spirit and her next book New Life Awaits, which offer stories of awakening, transforming, […]

The post FINDING HOPE AND POSSIBILITY IN UNCERTAIN TIMES appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

ONE SPIRIT FLOWING WITHIN Volume (4) |Episode (81) April 30, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Eileen Workman In today’s episode of Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers to Healing and Infinite Love is delighted to welcome Eileen Workman author of a completely unique story of love […]

The post ONE SPIRIT FLOWING WITHIN Volume (4) |Episode (81) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Professor Onoso Imogene In today’s episode of “Healing from Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love welcomes Professor Onoso Imogene author of Beyond Expectations which shares a look at the multifaceted identities of second generation Nigerian adults in the United […]

The post IMMIGRATION RACE ETHNICITY Volume (4) |Episode (83) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

TEACHINGS OF THE BUDDHA FOR LIVING WITH PURPOSE Volume (4) |Episode (45) April 24, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Kiyoshi Shimada Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of The Living Spirit a tale of finding spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles, and of course a guide to your Inner Soul awareness is most delighted to have once again as an esteemed guest Minister Kiyoshi Shimada, a representative of “Happy Science”, to discuss Master Ryuho Okawa’s book The Essence of Buddha. Sheryl was delighted to attend a wonderful event in New York City where Master Ryuho Okawa presented his universal themes of achieving prosperity and happiness in a changing world as represented in his many books. Everyone was so gracious and kind and today we will share lessons from the ancient Buddha and his philosophy which can in these challenging times show the way to find personal resolve and bring peace to the world. Sheryl’s guests share their experiences and search for the meaning, purpose and ways to live harmoniously in their spiritual and physical life and explore Universal Energy as for ways to reach higher consciousness and awareness of our multi-dimensional life force. All ancient and modern spiritual teachers share this knowingness and a way to see the truth of our dual nature as spiritual beings having a physical life. Kiyoshi Shimada explores the need for self-reflection, the nature of karma and reincarnation, and other teachings of Buddha. He offers a contemporary interpretation of the way to enlightenment which is an expansion of consciousness moving from material concerns to an increased awareness of the “Unseen” spiritual reality. This and the practice of a love that gives, rather than just expecting to be loved, is the only path to happiness and a better world. Kiyoshi tells us about his own transformation journey and how it lead him to work with Master Ryuho Okawa and “The Happy Science” organization and also what the mission and/or goals of this school of thought is about. Master Ryuho Okawa, an author in Japan and founder of Happy Science, has a simple goal: to help humankind overcome religious and cultural conflicts and achieve peace. Okawa started receiving spiritual messages from Heaven in 1981. Holy beings appeared before him with impassioned messages urging him to deliver God’s messages to Earth. Sheryl says years ago if she had heard that, she would have thought that it would be impossible to speak with souls in Spirit, but about twenty years ago her grandfather reached out to her in a dream and warned her of her father’s passing. That began Sheryl’s own search to discover more about spiritual communication and mediumship. Sheryl receives messages from above and channels Spiritual Teachers and knows that they long to help us all to reconnect heal and remember we are a Soul. Knowing this is necessary for feeling greater love, for achieving one’s spiritual goals and to find true happiness. These communications with Heaven have deepened the understanding of how to peacefully and calmly face challenges of the physical world and shows us how we can begin to interact with higher beings who can help us live our best life. Kiyoshi tells us the story of Siddhartha’s life and his inner journey to great enlightenment and how he discovered his calling. Gautama Siddhartha later became the Buddha after renouncing his secular life as a prince and going into the world, living in public to learn the truth of the inner-most self. As was common for a leader of his culture, he had four wives and couldn’t understand why women were so unromantic and gossiped. Of course if he would have thought about the many restrictions for women at that time and still, he might have understood their human need to find ways to control or improve their lives. In time he preferred to be alone as he was a philosophical genius and the mysteries of the world intrigued him more than the workings of his palace. Some of the areas in his great enlightenment program included: The Renunciation, The Search for A Teacher, The Ascetic Life and other topics. We can discover three reasons for renunciation of the secular life to attain enlightenment. The first one is that he could not fulfill his yearning for something greater in the context of modern society much like his wives and the women in his nation. The second one is the search for the Four Pains: Birth, Aging, Illness and Death. The third is the strong desire to be alone in contemplation and meditation. In his search for a teacher, Siddhartha, like many people in India, seemed to be in search of someone with superhuman qualities. The goal for higher understanding and to have superhuman behavior was necessary to escape the afflictions of the world, and to find a trend towards achieving happiness. Siddhartha found that the teachers offered different approaches, but none suited him. Siddhartha eventually discovered that taking his own heart and mind as his teacher and achieving self-discipline was the way for him to connect to his inner truth. He also discovered another truth about human beings. Human beings had various sorts of desires and when one grew disproportionately large, the others became less distinct. In other words, for example, if you don’t eat for days, food will become the only motivating goal and your desire for sleep or sexual desire will fade. Siddhartha discovered that it was only through self reflection or self-investigation that we could find the reason for having a human life. In search for the reason of a physical life, Siddhartha went into seclusion and lived a life of deprivation. After years of ascetic discipline, Siddhartha was reduced to skin and bones and nearing death, when quite suddenly he met a girl who offered him a bowl of milk and he noticed how brilliantly she was shining, as if she were from heaven. This young women was living joyfully, and he was at the end of his life. He discovered “Everything in this world must exist as material first to serve something more exalted.” The rigorous discipline he had been undergoing to attain enlightenment was not as valuable as the young girl’s efforts to live life fully and naturally. He now appreciated life in its beauty and wholeness… the grass, flowers, trees, animals and all of nature. He also realized that he had been too independent, and now he accepted help, offerings and food, allowing for peace and harmony to develop within his life. Furthermore, he realized the importance of moderation. In India it was believed supporting seekers who abandoned their secular life was one way of storing treasure in heaven. Sheryl thinks that is perhaps why we have so much homelessness these days and refugees being displaced in many parts of the world…As we are undergoing a spiritual revival and evolution, these people may be disengaging from materialism voluntarily or unvoluntarily, seeking enlightenment like Siddhartha did as he lived in poverty long ago. As Gautama became able to relax and observe people he learned, “A human being can never experience happiness in the next life without enjoying life to the fullest in this life. Self-reflection is when you remove the dust or impurities that overshadow your soul and return to a state of bright light. The Path to Enlightenment includes expanding spiritual awareness and practicing moderation and a greater love for life and others and acceptance of a Higher plan. In the inner most core of a person’s mind, in the recesses of the subconscious, are guardian spirits and guides, BUT evil also lurks. People can be manipulated. To find more refined states, the mind must become free of attachment. Concentrating on any one thought, whether good or bad, loses one’s peace of mind. With the ability to see through PAST PRESENT FUTURE Gautama penetrated the secrets of the Universe and the history of Earth, rise and fall of civilizations, and the future history of humanity. His spiritual body expanded and he had an out of body experience allowing for the freedom of his soul through a spiritual lens allowing for a greater understanding of the soul and physical body as different, marked the first step of Enlightenment. In order to convey enlightenment Siddhartha had attained, he needed an expedient method to appeal to the hearts of people and to show them how to achieve a “Right State of Mind” and find the “True Self.” He called this method The Eight-fold Path. The plan is a positive day to day guide to self-reflection and inner discovery. The Eight checkpoints to focus on are….. 1. Right View 2. Right Thought 3. Right Speech 4. Right Action 5. Right Livelihood 6. Right Effort 7. Right Mindfulness 8. Right Concentration. “Right View” allows us to see the world without any bias, free of prejudice, but with deep spiritual wisdom. Most human suffering originates with the act of seeing: desires connected to other people (opposite sex, money, expensive items, greed, excess…) When you feel one with Buddha, it is easier to sort through the visual data, and have powerful calmness and light flow through you. Seeing in right view, eventually comes down to decisions about how to perceive what you have seen. Each person has a different view of the actions of others. Observe both views to find out what is closer to the truth. Observe your own reaction and feelings. To understand the concept of the “Void” is essential to understand the Buddhist concept of human beings, of life and death, and of the world. Matter is Void. Void is matter. This is a truth that comes through the Heart Sutra—the most important saying in Buddhism. The meaning of reincarnation, a very important term in Buddhism, shows us the transition from an “invisible soul state” to a physical form or “visible state.” We move from the unseen state of energy to a visible state of physical life again and again. Now this understanding is meant to clarify the concept of the Void or Real World (Spirit World) in order to know yourself as a human, and also a soul being. The discovery of the real world during meditation prayer or being in nature at times, allows your mind to leave the body and travel to the upper dimensions of life or the “Real World.” Siddhartha became aware of the highly advanced spirits on other planets and learned they are undergoing spiritual discipline in order to improve themselves as are we here on earth. As he experienced the infinite expansion of his spiritual self he became able to identify with the entire universe. It was through Astral travels that he came to understand the purpose of human life and reincarnation. Religion after all is nothing more than the science of the Real World. In relation to the Real World, we become aware that this three-dimensional physical world seems a bit odd. Why does such a transient and futile world exit? It appears it is simply for our Spirit or Soul to evolve and refine itself. As our perception of the seen and unseen views of the world deepens, we come to understand that both this world and the other are essentially the same, but just manifest or present differently. One is of a higher vibration and energy, and the other is denser and physical. Siddhartha defined the human being in a revolutionary new way. In India the prevailing belief was that a human being was born with a burden of karma-predestined, and their fate already determined. Siddhartha argued there definitely is a flow of destiny determined by Karma, but there is a way to overcome destiny through the spiritual disciplines for attaining enlightenment. In India it was thought at that time there were 4 categories of humans or 4 castes… 1. Braham were Priests 2. Kshatriya were Warriors 3. Vaisya were Merchants 4. Sudras were Slaves (Servants) Siddhartha questioned this system. He believed regardless of class or caste, seekers were given an equal opportunity to practice self-discipline and attain enlightenment and this could open a path to true happiness. To understand life and death, it helps to know more about reincarnation. Reincarnation is the idea of telling people they have lived before and will reincarnate in the future. It is hard for many people to understand this as it is connected to the mechanism of a world nobody can see hear or validate, the void or unseen world of energy or spirit. The idea of reincarnation is not unique to Buddhism though it is important to understanding many of their beliefs. An understanding of reincarnation, afterlife, and the unseen world, brings about a revolutionary change in our perspective of life. A large proportion of human suffering occurs because people think they only live once. As it becomes clear that future life will depend on present life actions we consequently learn that if you wish to live happily in the world after death, or in the next incarnation you need to sow the seeds of happiness NOW. Doing the best you can, making conscious choices. and following your soul destiny, accepting and surrendering to the demands of life with good nature and less resistance, all aid in bringing forth peace, love, compassion, and refine your soul. The concepts of Heaven and Hell and the reality of Heaven and Hell are interesting in the Buddhist philosophy. Buddhism details the various realms of Heaven and Hell in greater detail than Christianity. Siddhartha was a powerful psychic as were his disciples and they experienced the dark realm of the other world known as hell in astral travel and meditation. The concept of Hell is useful to educate and to realize that over attachment to the material world is not valuable. Another reason for the concept of Hell is to clarify the real true nature of human existence which is to refine and live according to doing more good while alive, and finding more happiness in relationships. The Upper World is made up solely of thoughts. It is thought by Buddhists that those with lower thoughts will roam as devils and those of vengeful thoughts will be vengeful ghosts-Vileness gives rise to vileness. Hell is nothing more than a continuous nightmare. Heaven and Hell exist in this world, not the next might be suggested. The concept of Heaven according to Buddhists is divided into 3 Regions 1. Good Natured human beings 2. Highly Advance Souls in their Discipline and Radiance 3. Realm of Bodhisattvas and Gods There are also different levels in the afterlife dimension. The realm of the Good is the 5th Dimension and the Light Realm is the 6th Dimension while the Bodhisattva Realm is the 7th and the Tathagata Realm is the 8th. Heaven is said to be filled with Brilliant Light-bliss, joy, innocence. Those who have a smile on their face are sincere and give love to many and are liked by many. Because no matter what spiritual system you follow the truth is the same for all: we are spiritual beings having a physical life in order to learn more about ourselves and to shine more light where there is darkness or negativity. Buddhism which is over 2500 years old sought to find answers to age old questions, “Who are we?, Where did life come from?, and Where do we return at the time of physical death? These questions still hold a great deal of magic mystery and intrigue for us. Kiyoshi Shimada shares Master Ryuho Okawa’s wonderful insightful look at an ancient masters search for truth and Universal Source , making it relevant in these challenging modern times. In his book The Essence of Buddha it becomes clear that the answers for true seekers has been available to All since the beginning of time. It is not in the physical world that you will find the answers or a way towards enlightenment, but in your alignment to Universal Energy and the Unseen World. Through self-discovery and your soul wisdom or eternal life force and through a personal connection with prayer and meditation you may connect to Universal Guidance. In our discussion of Heaven and Hell today it was observed that our thoughts and actions determine the state we exist in, both here on earth and beyond. It is in sincerity, smiles, liking others and being liked by others, that we will enter the Kingdom of heaven. It is truly time to move past man-made self-aggrandizing policy and be more humane. We will not and cannot allow bullies of any kind under the guise of religious or political dogma to stop the progress of normal evolution and higher spiritual consciousness. We must all do the work to improve ourselves in this life as we do create our next experience beyond this incarnation. Learn about yourself, improve your actions, thoughts and words, as you improve relationships with others. Begin to enjoy life as it presents, offering you many opportunities to create more goodness within, shine more light from your spirit to the world, and bring more of Heaven to earth. The post TEACHINGS OF THE BUDDHA FOR LIVING WITH PURPOSE Volume (4) |Episode (45) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

LIVING- CREATING- CONNECTING- DESPITE DEMENTIA Volume (4) |Episode (40) April 17, 2018 Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Deborah Shouse In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick, author of The Living Spirit, which shares stories of spiritual awakenings, spiritual communication, and Universal Healing energies, welcomes Deborah Shouse, author of Connecting in the Land of Dementia. Deborah a condition that is a fast growing health challenge of modern times. Deborah’s book offers very practical useful daily activities and plans and resources to rely on that show caretakers how to make life better for themselves and their loved ones while living actively with this health challenge. Deborah Shouse is a writer, speaker, editor, and dementia advocate who shares her journey with her mother which led to her realization that caring for someone with dementia required enormous creativity, letting go of the past and embracing the new reality. In wishing to help those who are challenged by dementia, we can recognize that incorporating innovative thinking into the caretaking journey may make all the difference in how well your loved one experiences life and indeed their final days. How much you are both able to grow and embrace responsibilities with a fresh perspective and new found love. Sheryl suggests to Deborah that through the experience with her mother she most certainly discovered “There are many paths to finding out more about the complexities of our human and spiritual essence but none are the only way or right way and as long as we continue to seek happiness and wellbeing no matter the challenge….the human spirit triumphs.” Many people have a limited understanding of the differences between Alzheimer’s disease and dementia whose labels are often used interchangeably. In fact the distinction between the two diseases often causes confusion on the behalf of patients, families and caretakers. At least five million Americans are living with dementia. They are cared for by more than fifteen million unpaid caretakers and by thousands of healthcare professionals and support staff. According to World Alzheimer’s Report by the year 2030 74.7 million people worldwide will be living with dementia…at this time there is no cure. But there is hope and many ways to stay connected and creative and honor the spirit reminding us we can all make a difference…one painting one smile one song…one shared experience Dementia is the term applied to a group of symptoms that negatively impact memory and daily activities impacting the ability to function independently but Alzheimers is a progressive disease of the brain and affects language and thought. Neither is considered a normal part of aging…People with dementia have trouble keeping track of time and tend to lose their way in familiar settings. As dementia progresses forgetfulness and confusion grow…it becomes harder to recall names and faces. Personal care becomes a problem..Other signs include repetitious questioning inadequate hygiene, and poor decision making. In the advanced stages behavior continues to change and can turn into depression and aggression. Some causes of dementia include infections such as HIV, vascular disease, stroke, depression, and chronic drug use. Deborah says there are probably many misconceptions regarding dementia. She writes, “Many people may underestimate the abilities and also the need for the person dealing with this disease to stay connected active and sharing love with those around them…Love is a powerful communicator and helps the inner being or soul to express itself in ways that may be limited physically but spiritually another side of the person could be seen and valued at this time…instead of seeing loss it may be important to see what can be learned perhaps even cherished in this new way of being with a person you have known in other ways prior to this experience of dementia…For those who spiritually believe we are having the experience we need to resolve karma and refine our inner energetic essence or soul, we know dementia or any disability may be an experience that is needed in our life journey for our soul growth and so it must be accepted …..” Deborah describes a few qualities of music, visual art, and other forms of creativity that make them so valuable. Some of the benefits readers and caretakers can look forward to when they do the activities in this book together——increased energy, increased socialization, reduced anxiety, and changes to express yourselves in new and meaningful ways. The ideas are easy to do and they are adaptable to all ages and abilities. Caregivers can simply incorporate them into the daily routine and these shared activities will enrich their time together. Deborah writes that nature based activity is therapeutic and is essentially a form of treatment for dementia symptoms, helping people remain at home longer. Sheryl says, “Then all of the creative arts music story telling using nature to stimulate and uplift the mood and memories are all powerful motivators for achieving a sense of accomplishment and some control over a situation that has its own projector and in essence these attempts to help should make the caretaker feel he has done his best in providing valuable moments in the life of their family member or friend. “Months into my journey with my mother, Deborah realized that caring for someone with dementia required enormous creativity. Every day required loving flexibility, the ability to problem solve and the willingness to let go of the past and embrace the new. I often asked myself: How can I connect with Mom? How can I help Mom have the best possible life as her abilities and mind change? How can I take care of myself while still being there for her?” “Many care partners struggle to stay connected with their loved ones and they struggle to stay connected to their own goals and dreams. My creative outlook kept me centered and helped me truly appreciate my mother during our fascinating and challenging journey. The journey through dementia is described by Deborah like a trip she took to an Ecuadorian jungle where beauty and danger existed in a chaotic and unknown environment. The journey through dementia can be similar. My partner Ron and I trekked through the dementia jungle with 3 of our four parents. We tried to keep our parents stimulated and engaged and learned the power of creativity and imagination. We also learned that even when people can no longer drive to the grocery store or remember their grandchildren’s names, their lives can still be rich. In fact, because their reactions are sometimes less filtered and more honest, their creative powers are often heightened.” Deborah says that “A creative approach is a sincere belief in people’s potential. It’s about helping people express themselves. Increasingly studies show that painting, drawing and other arts and crafts reduce cognitive impairment. Additional activities such as music movement gardening and social interactions strengthen the body brain and spirit. The spark can be lit by storytelling theatre dance movement cooking, technology, art or gardening..all are good for making connections. Meaningful activities have to be as big a priority as medicine, bathing and meal times.” All people with disabilities are entitled to choice, privacy, respect, and autonomy..Any assistance should be centered on their personal preferences and values. Deborah shares some of Laura Becks firsthand observations of the wonders of creativity and dementia. She wrote, “Where words no longer brought us together, something richer did…a universal expression, a deeper knowing a place where the resilient human spirit against all odds rises to meet itself and seek another.” Laura Beck says, “Once you recognize your own fears about dementia and aging you feel stronger..tells the story of finding her dad in bed chanting like a shaman or warrior…she began to engage him and also chant saying I hear you…later she realized her Dad brought her into the present and invited me to play…those where the most connected moments I ever had with him…Laura learned ,”Every moment, we’re both recipient and giver.” In Sheryl’s book, The Living Spirit, she wrote what seems to respond to that thought of connectedness and the beauty of being able to receive and give love. “In the physical world, it is hard for most people to show love for each other without wanting something in return…However this is egocentric thinking…..Indeed I have learned as a result of deep meditation practices and the messages received from Spirit that the giving and receiving of LOVE is the major reason a soul welcomes a physical life…in one way or another all interaction revolve on being able to extend past fear and the fear of losing love so we can be more loving regardless of how the other person responds. The giving of love may not necessarily include grand gestures: rather it is communicated through glances, words, music undivided attention and concern and the time invested in others.” Sheryl then tells a story of one of her clients, a young student going off to college and feeling some anxiety so her mom, a nurse, booked a Reiki session for her. Immediately upon placing my hands above her eyes, I heard in my inner being a song and mentioned it to girl who started crying. She told me her grandmother had Alzheimer’s and didn’t remember her anymore and that made her sad. The song from the soul of her grandmother that Sheryl heard was telling this young woman that she was the same grandmother within her heart who loved her when she sang to her as a child and now and forever. So we are never lost in Spirit thought the physical world gives us other challenges. Deborah says Connecting in the Land of Dementia offers many practical activities and insights for accepting people on the level or experience they are able to have, allowing for any guilt or recrimination to fall away.. It truly teaches you to honor the human spirit and allow and accept with higher emotions of love and compassion, rather than anger and grief the situation you may find yourself in as a caretaker or as the person with the health challenge Some ways to engage are to develop a Reading Round Table Group discussions with topics such as basketball, the life of Leonardo da Vinci, the history of the chocolate chip cookie and so on. Each participant receives a booklet with bold print and color and then participants add their own remembrances…Treat people as we wish to be treated..enjoying responsibilities purpose and meaningful social roles .CREATING CARDS FOR CONVERSATION with a shared memory, a line from a favorite song or a family joke are other activities that can lift spirits as are talking about dreams and preferences. Some include; 1. What’s on your bucket list? 2. What are your favorite songs, singers bands, foods, hobbies and activities. 3. Look at old pictures and show me your favorites. 4. Tell stories about growing up your family, jobs friends sports you played vacations you took tell what’s important in your daily routine..reading the newspaper, morning coffee an afternoon walk etc.” When communicating with a person living with dementia…Go with the flow Don’t contradict argue or question Don’t hold onto the past, don’t insist on our loved ones being normal..they are normal in their world and we need to step into their arena to connect Also Allow for Silence..sometimes we don’t know how to respond so maybe we have to say NOTHING We might utilize music…We believe music has unique powers to heal rehabilitate and inspire..We may forget facts, but we never lose feelings and associations. Shared music can forge a sense of connection between people. Associated memories and feelings are preserved and evoked when we hear certain tunes again. Creative way to use music include 1 Make a catalogue of songs your partner and family like– Sing Disney tunes with the grandchildren. 3 Seek community concerts 4 Invite friends to sing songs. 5 Explore opportunities with music therapists 6 Reduce resistance and increase a feeling of safety …sing along during daily care routines such as bathing and getting ready for bed. Deborah Shouse has shared a detailed and helpful look at a challenging health issue that faces so many families. She has offered a positive loving creative way to continue to value and connect to loved ones regardless of changes in their mental functioning. We have taking a look at making connections with loved ones living with dementia finding that perhaps creativity thoughtfulness and love are the best approach to reaching the hearts or souls of others. Deborah suggests that music is a way people connect to their fears and their most pleasant remembrances and suggests people with dementia and cognitive issues connect through rhythmic activities using percussion instruments, chanting and movement. She tells us about Marlon Sobol a music specialist who writes “Even when people have memory issues their lives still have rhythm. Their heartbeat breathing and walking are rhythmic. Their daily schedules typically have a regular cadence. Rhythmic movements boost communication reduce anxiety improve mood and enhance motor skills….they offer a safe way to express emotions and create music.” Deborah and Sheryl would like our listeners to remember that whatever challenges cross your doorstep embrace the opportunity to find the courage within your soul and simply do the best you can to help yourself and those you care for find the silver lining in the challenge and still remain positive and appreciative of life……No one has to do more. The post Healing From Within – LIVING- CREATING- CONNECTING- DESPITE DEMENTIA appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Barbara Mulvey Little In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit, a tale of spiritual communication, spiritual awakenings, healing, miracles and of course a guide to your inner soul awareness. Sheryl is delighted to welcome Barbara Mulvey Little co-author of Opening Hearts with Dr.Lester R. Sauvage, a cardiovascular surgeon whose passion for life and true healing wished to leave a healing legacy to readers. Barbara shares the time she spent with Dr. Sauvage both the man and doctor during the last eighteen months of his life. One of the books primary topics the spirituality of consciously choosing love no matter what challenges faced, shows readers that a faith- filled life was tremendously valued by him, and proved to be his greatest gift as he performed over 10,000 surgeries and helped his patients bring to their consciousness a motivation to live and heal. Barbara Mulvey Little is an author editor and has written Scripture and Meditations for the Rosary and Three Minus One: Parents Stories of Love and Loss. During Dr. Sauvage’s long career as a pioneering cardiovascular surgeon and researcher he was credited with many life saving breakthroughs. As a husband and father of eight children he was devoted and loved. All of these exemplary achievements made him beloved and a shining example to follow, but ultimately his faith made him exceptional..His faith humbly practiced throughout nearly nine decades of life enabled him to be successful in his professional life and his relationships. Believing service to others ultimately leads to happiness, mindful attention, and knowing your innate self-healing power. He believed optimal health incorporates a vital body an active mind and a vibrant spirit because life is not merely a physical process or an intellectual exercise. Within his definition of optimal health he also included those with physical or mental challenges and wrote, “It is not perfection that defines optimal health but rather a dynamic and responsive engagement in life even within our challenges. This thinking and understanding of our ability to live love and triumph no matter what life handed us was the true measure of his faith and love of God and that made him knowledgeable beyond the mind, but within the heart and soul and that made him an extraordinary doctor…God was doing the healing through him.” Sheryl Says… “I have often interviewed people who mention Carl Jung one of the original founders of modern day Psychology. Jung was very interested in metaphysical subjects including his belief of life exisiting beyond the physical realm. Jung believed in order to help his patients he had to have them discover who they really were: both physical and spiritual beings and to help them find joy in life rather than just grapple with physical or emotional health issue. In other words he knew in learning to know themselves in their entirety they could conquer their fears and live a more productive life. Jung had a Near death experience and afterwards was filled with awe and faith in our eternal life force. Sheryl thinks Dr Sauvage was a multidimensional seeker of truth as was Dr. Carl Jung. Sheryl has interviewed other surgeons and doctors including Dr. Eben Alexander, Dr. Raymond Moody, Dr. Maurice Pressman Dr. Vernon Sylvest,who all understood the multidimensional aspects of our energetic life force or the body-mind-spirit connection.” Working with a man of incredible goodness, kindness and love for Self and others and being in the energy and support of that sensibility was very positive and enlightening for Barbara. Dr. Sauvage purpose and mission was to do the best for every patient and he always turned to God as his constant companion, his faith steadied him, he never appeared stressed and responded to one crisis after another without anger yelling or obvious frustration. He never seemed to tire or lose his concentration. His approach to patient care wasn’t just to the person who needed surgery, but to the whole family and he was honest with the families. People believed in him. He eventually was led to the conclusion that we could keep patients out of surgery with modifications in diet exercise and stress. Life style did matter Sheryl says “There is a beautiful endorsement By Mother Teresa sent to Dr. Sauvage just two years before she died…She wrote, “God love you for the beautiful way you bring His love into the lives of patients you serve. You have given not only your hands to serve, but your heart to love with kindness and humility. In doing so you touch God Himself….the practice of medicine can become real love in action….not just curing bodies, but helping people to know the joy of loving, of giving, and of being loved in return.” Dr. Sauvage discovered that optimal health involves more than the mere absence of disease.Good health involves being all we can be physically mentally emotionally and spiritually. Traditional Western Medicine is beginning to recognize what Eastern medicine has understood and practiced for centuries- the body mind and spirit are not three separate elements, but a Unified whole with each part interdependent upon the others. It is also known that a happy mind and spirit helps heal an ailing body and then assists in keeping it healthy even after a physical trauma has passed. Since the surgeries Lester performed extended people’s lives, he was also concerned with the level of happiness patients could experience. Lester helped patients realize the power they had for self-healing. Before surgeries he would ask them Why they wanted to live? He was helping them discover the spiritual love that motivated him and a greater appreciation for themselves and life. In helping his patients find their inner being or Soul he helped them change attitudes, life styles and encouraged them to see life in a way that supported their success and personal growth while also giving them hope and encouraging healing themselves and the world. Dr. Sauvage wrote, “ It has been my experience and I have observed that a person feels most spiritual when he or she has goals beyond material concerns. A person feels most fulfilled when connected to and doing some good for the world at large. That more spiritual aspect of life was something I always tried to nurture in my patients because without spiritual well-being a repaired aorta is a temporary fix at best.” Dr. Sauvage’s purpose was to live a faith driven life of purpose and love for himself family patients life and God. By asking his patients to consider the implications of a longer life he gave them encouragement to consider matters such as love happiness and meaning. He wrote “Science is the basis for my orientation to my work and to the world, and faith is the basis for my orientation to my life and my relationships. This creates no conflict for me.” Though science has been pitted unnecessarily against faith yet may great scientists believed in God. Luminaries such a Max Plank, Charles Darwin, Rene Descartes, Isaac Newton, Carl Jung all believed in a Creator..Other scientists such as Albert Einstein, a deist rather than a theist..Deists believe in an indifferent non-supernatural Creator who set universe in motion rather than a personal God who intervenes in human affairs but a Creator none the less. Dr. Sauvage felt while spiritual matters are too fleeting and personal for laboratory conditions standards of proof for them must be different than for material things… Just because love or happiness or the meaning of life can’t be measured in a laboratory doesn’t make them less real. He offered the following suggestions to point towards the existence of God. SIGNPOSTS POINTING TO EVIDENCE OF GOD IN THE NATURAL WORLD: 1 Functional Order Gravity and the order of the earth solar system and Universe cannot be described as random. The staggering complexity of interdependent systems and interplay between forces that created and maintained of life sustaining universe suggests a guiding benevolent intelligence. Death pain and decay are part of that order but in the grand scheme of things our universe tends towards growth and order not stagnation and chaos. That the universe has an incredible sense of balance provides a potent argument for divine existence 2 Water The basis for human life and the life of our planet…depending on age sex health water constitutes between 45 to 70 percent of the body. From the planets formation until the present time the miraculous cycles of nature have preserved the earth’s water supply in gaseous liquid and solid states…depending on climate and conditions water moves through these states continuously.. Everything in God’s creation is interdependent not wasted only transformed. 3 Life Cycles Life does not stand still…inception growth maturity and physical death…followed by decay into component elements to nurture the next cycle of life for other beings….Nothing really dies suggesting again a divine hand. Dr Sauvage discovered and wrote that miracles can be commonplace if you know where to look. Science and faith intersect with healing and love, and we come to see that we all stand on the threshold of life and death every day, whether we are aware of it or not. Most people will never stand with someone’s heart literally in their hands as Dr Sauvage did but every one of us holds figuratively hearts our own, and the hearts of family friends and even strangers. And as we do we choose between life and death because every decision we make chooses one or the other. As God said in Deuteronomy 30:19 “I set before you life and death: a blessing and a curse. Choose life that you may live.” He also believed that Love is the cornerstone of human emotions difficult to define adequately yet powerful enough that when put into action can change the world. The power of love fascinated Lester..Mother Teresa went to the heart of the matter when she wrote, “There is no other meaning to our lives than this—loving and being loved. Another simple but important discovery was …The simple truth that underlies our lives is that we all need one another. Whether rich or poor, religious or secular, and regardless of gender or skin color, we are one human family We are truly a single united body of humanity. Dr Sauvage also thought much about happiness and concluded one doesn’t go out and find it but creates it from within their own thoughts and actions. “Sheryl says…In my book The Living Spirit Answers for Healing and infinite Love in regard to happiness I wrote… “Since I receive intuitive messages for my clients many of them have asked me, “How can I find peace and happiness in my life? This is the answer I give them: Before there can be peace and happiness in a person’s life and in the world, every person must be responsible to do their own work and acknowledge what needs to change within their attitudes or actions so they may better relate to the outer world. Finding true happiness and joy is the natural outcome of self-investigation. There are no shortcuts. No one can make you happy or unhappy unless you give him or her the power to do that by surrendering or giving you own power away…..It is only by our own efforts and choices that each of us can develop a sense of accomplishment and self-growth recognizing the greater whole of our being and the role we play in creating everything in our lives.” Barbara Mulvey Little has shared Dr. Sauvage’s deep felt heart based love of life and Spirit as he discovered the purpose for his life and indeed hopefully for all of us to eventually discover that as evolving souls who incarnate to remember who we are, and where we come from, and to live a purposeful life ultimately results in refining our Soul and living Consciously. We have followed Dr. Lester Sauvage’s life time search for answers to What is the purpose of my life? How can I live a life of meaning? What is happiness and how do I find it? What do my actions reveal about whom or what I love? and Why does it all matter? Dr Sauvage was blessed to find truthful answers as a result of his wonderful life lived with love compassion and healing as he shared his passion for serving Spirit no matter how hard the challenges were, always retaining the courage and fortitude to use his spiritual gifts and help others. Barbara and Sheryl would have you remember to look within and discover the rainbow of beauty hope healing and love for yourself and the world. You can serve others and delight in the physical beauties that are right in front of your eyes….children music art nature all gifts from above and know that we live within the Divine and the Divine lives within us. The post LOVE IS THE ULTIMATE MEDICINE Volume (4) |Episode (52) appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T. Special Guest: Blake D. Bauer In today’s episode of Healing From Within , your host Sheryl Glick author of The Living Spirit, which shares stories of spiritual awakenings spiritual communication, healing energies, miracles and ways to go within to find your true self and your life’s destiny, welcomes Blake D. Bauer an internationally recognized author counselor and alternative medicine practitioner. Blake’s bestselling book You Were Not Born to Suffer and work focuses on loving yourself unconditionally as the key to healing yourself, fulfilling your life purpose and realizing your full potential, your true nature and reason for living. Blake and Sheryl explore our inner world of Being as we balance our spiritual and physical world realities. We offer methodologies and actual triumphs over challenging conditions where fear and limitations, social programming and childhood patterns have been recognized, transcended, and the best version of each individual allowed to surface with courage, hope and trust that life is indeed a great gift to be appreciated and lived well. Blake Bauer will share ideas relating to various forms of meditation qigong and qigong energy medicine as his training includes traditional Chinese medicine: nutritional and herbal healing, psychology, past life regression therapy, hypnosis and other forms of traditional and alternative medicine. Blake writes, “I saw a great deal of suffering as a child. In fact, I watched many of my own family members unintentionally destroy themselves, their lives, and their loved ones. I saw a lot of sadness, anger, and pain in the eyes of those around me. I saw people who didn’t smile nearly as much as they would cry. I saw people who weren’t happy or satisfied with their jobs, their relationships, or the lives they had created.” “As a young man I had no idea I was just like all of these people. I didn’t know I was already heading down the same self-destructive path they were on. Instinctually, what I did know was that I wanted something different. Deep in my heart I somehow knew it was possible to create a fulfilling life that I loved, even if no one was going to show me how to make it happen. Deep down, I believe we all come into this world knowing that we were not born to suffer. I believe that in our heart of hearts we all know that life is meant to be lived and enjoyed with purpose, awareness, respect, and love.” As a drug addict hell bent on destruction, a decade after hitting rock bottom as a Chicago Native, Blake now teaches others the secrets to turning their lives around. By the age of 18 Blake had been arrested 3 times for drug possession and driving under the influence of alcohol suspended from high school several times and kicked off my senior year football club as team captain. Blake was clearly out of control. Blake pushed people away, attended 5 different universities as he embarked in numerous professional trainings and studied countless forms of alternative medicine psychology Chinese medicine nutrition herbal remedies hypnosis and meditation as well as studying with spiritual teachers and masters. Eventually, he discovered a self-healing approach addressing the root cause of his mental emotional and physical pain. Bauer states, “It has been liberating for me and thousands of people like me to understand that underlying all addiction, depression and illness there is simply unresolved mental and emotional pain—all of which is connected to that fact that we have never learned how to love and care for ourselves practically day to day.” Sheryl says… “Blake quite simply that is the truth. The sense of freedom and of a child’s awe of life and high level of happiness and self-love is hammered and altered by the fears of caretakers early on in life creating a divided state of reality…one where the imagination and hope of the child which soared so freely above the restraints of the physical world is torn down and bombarded by the reality of what their parents or teachers deemed best for them…. Therein lies the confusion and emotional pain that often leads to Self Destruction through Addictions. The child begins to think they are unworthy of love success and happiness…Addictions are simply an escape from pain and the false input of those who have lost their own inner Wisdom and sense of Being.” You Were Not Born to Suffer was written in a heart-centered, easy-to-read language. This book will guide you through difficult obstacles you will face in your life while on your quest for healing, purpose, success, and freedom. You Were Not Born to Suffer will allow you to relate to yourself with unconditional love, kindness, and compassion so you can alter the psychological, emotional, and physical blocks that are disrupt your health, happiness, and overall wellbeing. Sheryl says… “I often say to clients or friends that as spiritual beings with free will having a physical life every day is a opportunity to make choices…happiness or suffering is merely a choice. Accepting life, yourself and others, without negative emotions such as anger blame jealousy or fears is the way to find peace and to draw the best life experiences your way….In my book “The Living Spirit I wrote…”I believe that a well-balanced healthy lifestyle requires being surrounded by supportive people and situations that enhance our positive thinking and produce positive results in our endeavors. Even when some forces may disrupt the flow of events, if we are working within the framework of spiritual of higher values, our choices will be wiser, our recovery from any tragedy will be faster, and we will have a chance for a better outcome and a more lasting impact on others…..it would serve us well to understand how positive thoughts can bring us feelings of self-empowerment, self-esteem, self-love and acceptance and contribute to how our lives unfold.” Learning to love ourselves is so important. “Underneath all of the situations and relationships in which we currently compromise ourselves there is simply a very old and deep survival mechanism/ fear operating that has its roots in our early years as children. Growing up, most of us never felt safe enough to fully be ourselves or to express everything that we felt, thought, wanted, or needed. As a result, our instincts led all of us to compromise, abandon, fragment, and betray ourselves in exchange for the conditional love, approval, acceptance, attention, security, and support that we felt we needed from our parents, our teachers, our peers, and our caregivers just to survive. These old and deep fears that we all carry to some degree then lead each of us to compromise and betray ourselves throughout our adult lives….Whether it’s with our parents, our children, other family members, our spouses, our partners, our friends, our colleagues, our employers, or our employees, most of us still abandon our inner truths in exchange for something.” “Learning to love and honor the very deepest parts of ourselves is often a painful stage in our awakening through which we finally claim the intrinsic value and worth of our lives in and of themselves. Thus, regardless of how it appears from the outside, we all live with parts of ourselves that are like dark rooms in which fragments of our soul feel mistreated or abandoned, and it seems as though no one is listening to our pain-filled cries. Ironically, it is we ourselves whom we’re calling out to, asking our higher selves to turn on the lights and flood these dark spaces within us with a deep self-love and respect.” Some people would think self love is selfish. Blake says, “If we look at ourselves honestly, most of us will see that we often do not honor and value what we truly think, feel, want, and need, because we’re afraid to, we don’t know how to, or we don’t feel that we deserve to. In other words, we all compromise ourselves to varying degrees on a daily basis just to “keep the peace” and to avoid confrontation. Some of us compromise ourselves in every situation and relationship because we unconsciously believe that we must always please others or make others happy in order to be loved, accepted, approved of, attended to, or supported. Some of us don’t compromise ourselves nearly as much but still find it challenging at times to love, honor, and value ourselves fully.” Our world today seems to be in the middle of chaos and turmoil but Blake says he actually feels the world is more secure than in past times and that I believe is a sign of his hopeful and positive intentions. Sheryl says “As many of us know, first we might find peace within ourselves and a greater understanding of who we are as spiritual and physical beings interconnected to each other throughout the boundaries of nation, country, race, religion and gender. In recognizing what is good for you it is also good for me. Ultimately for the survival prosperity and well being of all of us, we have to put aside fears and uncontrolled excesses of ego to come to an understanding of the Oneness and Unity of life. Then we will work cooperatively with leaders of the free or under developed nations of the world. It will be done with progressive incentives to all the countries. After studying with spiritual teachers, healers, and masters from all over the world, Blake now practices and teaches many forms of meditation, qi gong, qi gong energy medicine, and dao yin (a health and longevity yoga) and have also formally studied traditional Chinese medicine, five-element Chinese medicine, nutritional medicine, herbal healing, psychology, past life regression therapy-hypnosis, and various other forms of traditional healing and alternative medicine. Blake wrote, “Ultimately, each day our commitment to ourselves and our faith in life are tested merely to show us the fear that still remains alive within us so we can transform it, heal it, and come to love ourselves and our lives more deeply. This process continually reveals the inner strength that we’re all born with to fearlessly love, honor, and value ourselves in every moment, situation, and relationship, and in so doing create the liberated, joyful, and fulfilling life that we’re all destined to live. ” We hope we have touched your hearts minds and souls helping you remember that a physical life offers challenges that guide us and move us towards our birthright or normal state of being which includes happiness and the means for a life worthy of introspective viewing of possibilities to manifest our expressive voice of Creation and Love. We discover a world that is beautiful and ever evolving but to see it in that way requires an individual to reclaim their childhood love of life, Self, and what is best for their time on this planet…It means reviewing perceptions and mind based realities or personality and delving into the core or Source of existence which is your greatest ally and friend. In other words Blake and Sheryl would ask you to open your minds and hearts to creating peace success love cooperation and happiness while having each day begin with hope and the search for adventure… as you explore yourself, new possibilities for improvement, and the wondrous world around you. The post Healing From Within – Know Your True Nature – Conquer Suffering appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T.

Special Guest: Joanne DiMaggio

Sheryl Glick host of Healing From Within and author of The Living Spirit which shares stories of awakening, energy techniques and tools for transforming and manifesting clear thinking for a healthier life is delighted to welcome Joanne Di Maggio author of Karma can be a real Pain.

Joanne and Sheryl share their experiences and views on metaphysical interests going beyond the physical world to observe the Universal Laws of Energy discovering our dual nature as energetic beings exploring a physical world and reality. By knowing our true soul heart essence we can value ourselves and others from a less physical perspective to create a purposeful, healthy, happy life experience. The goal is to let go of limited thinking and fear from our minds and embrace the unknown world of spiritual possibilities.

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” Joanne Di Maggio shares her discovery that physical and mental illnesses may be the result of karma acquired in a past life, and if so, uncovering that lifetime may help to resolve the problems and allow for healing now. Joanne has been actively involved with Edgar Cayce’s Association for Research and Enlightenment (ARE) since 1987, has a Masters Degree in Transpersonal Studies and is a graduate of the Eastern Institute of Hypnotherapy. Usually Sheryl has many coincidences with her guests and today she shares a similar journey to Joanne’s as Sheryl began her Reiki Training at A.R.E. in New York, studied hypnotherapy, reflexology, cranio-sacral therapy, and psychic communication searching for healing for her clients through greater self awareness of soul life, and the understanding Universal Energy.

Joanne goes on to tell us about Soul Writing and how it is connected to Edgar Cayce’s ideas on inspirational writing. Cayce considered inspirational or soul writing as coming from the divine source within, and as such it is a means for soul development. Automatic writing on the other hand, comes from an outside source which is comprised of other influences.

The differences in the two are shown in the chart below:

| SOUL WRITING | AUTOMATIC WRITING | | Includes mediation | No meditation | | Total awareness | No awareness | | Allow and consciously watch writing proceed | No control of hand-happens by itself | | Handwriting the same | Handwriting different | | Prayer of Protection | Prayer Omitted | | Writing guides soul | Writing directs or impels |

Joanne goes on to give us the FOUR STEPS TO BEGIN YOUR SOUL WRITING

  1. Find a Sacred Place

  2. Set the stage( music candles chimes incense etc.)

  3. Same time, same place: whether first thing in morning, mid day, or before bedtime. Establish a pattern

  4. Pen vs keyboard

  5. Focus on an ideal such as to be a catalyst for change, to be a truth seeker, to attract prosperity, to manifest love. Then step aside and allow the response in accordance with that ideal

  6. Meditation is key Soul Writing is a written form of meditation.

  7. Say a prayer of protection

Joanne tells us how the idea of combining soul writing with past life work come about. She always had an uncanny feel for the 18th century and did not attribute it to reincarnation though she had read books about reincarnation in her teenage years. Curious why she felt a kinship to this time period after graduating college she and a friend traveled from Virginia to Massachusetts. In Virginia she began to feel heart palpitations and shortness of breath accompanied by a strong sense of déjà vu. She filed away this feeling for later down the road. Joanne felt such a strong kinship to 18th century that she returned to Virginia in 1993 and this time had such a sharp burning sensation in her lower spine. X-rays showed nothing. Pain killers did no good. Finally, she consulted with a gifted channeler who read soul stories from the Akashic Record.The Akashic Record is the Universe’s super computer containing every thought, word, deed, of our soul since creation. I was told in that lifetime long ago, I was hit in the back with a fireplace poker and later, Betty Riley another gifted intuitive confirmed this scenario. After learning this I was able to release the pain.

While I never forgot that incident I did not yet think about it in the context of physical karma.

Eventually my interest in reincarnation brought me to become a past life therapist and hypnotherapist. During regression sessions Joanne paid attention to synchronistic events as Carl Jung had called them meaningful coincidences. During these sessions clients who suspected that their present life ailments were rooted in previous lives started to make connections that implied present life conditions were the result of karma. As a student of Edgar Cayce the most renowned psychic of the 20th century and the father of holistic medicine Joanne began researching hundreds of readings with people who came to him with physical complaints. These people had life readings which explained their present life condition was the result of actions they took in a previous life. Joanne also heard talk of spontaneous healings that occurred as a result of past life regression. It’s like once the cause of the physical malady was known it was if Spirit was saying, “So now you know, and now it’s OVER.” Joanne’s skeptical side thought this not possible so she decided to begin an investigation using volunteers.

Joanne studied the work of C Norman Shealy MD one of the world’s leading experts in holistic medicine and Caroline Myss a medical intuitive believed that all disease or illness was past-life related and karmic in nature. When Joanne decided that physical karma would be the topic for this book she thought about how to create a research project that would include case histories to prove that the subject’s current physical condition was indeed the manifestation of karma acquired in a prior lifetime. To do this, the project was divided into three parts. The first involved a screening process of volunteers with a questionnaire asking about their chronic condition, and why they felt they were a good fit for the project. Those who qualified came to Joanne’s office for a consultation, followed by a past-life regression session and soul writing session.

Joanne used a body scan as part of the preparation before sessions. The purpose of a body scan is for the client and practitioner to see where excessive pain or energy is located. Michael Talbot, author of Your Past Lives, A Reincarnation Handbook wrote: “Unusual sensitivities about certain parts of your body can indicate body karma”. He wrote, “An aversion to things pointed to your eyes or head may indicate a latent past-life memory of a head injury. If you are especially sensitive about wearing scarves or items of clothing which fit snuggly around your neck you may have suffered a neck injury; or if there is a slight nervousness about a certain part of your body it may be a clue to a past life memory.” Dr Ian Stevenson suggested that physical as well as emotional conditions could be transferred from one life to another.

Some highlights of the sessions Joanne found most compelling showed Consciousness is at the highest point of intensity at the time of death with the results that thoughts and feelings that occur in this transition are deeply imprinted on the transmigrating consciousness. Case in point A young woman came to me wanting to know the origin of her psoriasis that covered nearly every part of her body. Her soul showed us that in the old west she was a prostitute and her last thought at the time of her death was that she did not want to be touched. Her karma in this life would focus on her sexuality.Quite literally, she had put out to the Universe that she did not want to be touched. So she came back with a condition that kept people at a distance. Francine after losing her finance thought “I’ll never be happy.” Jack after being crucified died thinking.”I could trust nobody” and Meg who died of a drug overdose said her last thoughts were, “My life was worthless.” These thoughts planted seeds that blossomed in their current lives. We can also discover in past life regression sessions similar behavior patterns and if we focus on the individuals in the previous life and get in touch with the essence of their souls we can see the same energy in someone in our present life.

Joanne shows us how physical conditions often change for a client after their regression sessions. Dr Harold Reilly a world renowned physiotherapist and pioneer in the field of massage addressed the topic of physical karma and wrote: “if a man continues to dissipate for an entire life without taking corrective measures you would not expect to see him emerging in another life with a brand new perfect body in all parts and functioning as if it had never been misused. Then if you believe in reincarnation with its law of karma, an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth as you sow so you shall reap – you must include the body in that plan.” Can chronic conditions heal after a past life regression ABSOLUTELY. Marilyn Ferguson quotes an anatomist “The Healer inside us is the wisest most complex integrated entity in the universe. It became so wise perhaps because it is the efflorescence of numerous lives of experience. If so there is always a doctor in the house.”

Overall volunteers in Joanne’s studies found conclusively yes Karma is tricky but there is a cure. Understand your deeper sense or soul and that you have brought into this life certain challenges which you now have the opportunity to face and conquer. In describing many of the common ailments and their causes from our past lives it becomes easier to let go and create a state of well being hope and joy for our life NOW take for example Arthritis and joint disease; over 50 million Americans have it. One of the underlying reasons is brought about by attitude; many admit to being rigid in their thinking, unable to show flexibility when having their beliefs challenged. They do not allow their minds to expand and this immobility manifests in the body too.

Joanne DiMaggio author of Karma Can Be A Real Pain shares her journey towards true healing which is ultimately the collaboration of mind body spirit to remember its eternal essence and to refine our soul as we experience events in the physical world, in real time, bringing out in our thinking past life experiences and using this knowledge as an opportunity to release fears, and the limitations of our past life experiences. Joanne has been able to share with us the details of a regression session, the transcript of the soul writing and the results of the follow-up interview to determine whether the session resulted in the condition being healed, improved or remained the same. We have seen how ordinary men and women met their past life aspects and discovered the karmic origin of their chronic conditions resulting in a healthier happier life in these present times that will be carried beyond into the next life. Karma can be challenging but learning that there is a cure can be life altering.

Joanne shares in her book a quote by Mary Ann Woodward author of Healing Your Past Lives, Exploring the Many Lives of the Soul which said “past life memories become embedded in the subtle body, defined as layers of energy that surround and penetrate the physical body – they re-imprint in the living body as rashes, deformities birthmarks weaknesses in certain limbs, or organic disorders such as weak bladder, heart, gynecological problems etc.; examining attitudes from a previous life takes introspective work and over time, once the connection is made, healing can occur.”

Joanne and I would have you remember that this life is a chance to repair and improve your soul essence and the relationships you have with those who share some of your karmic residue. If we can live our most loving compassionate and hopeful life today, we do not need to create new karma for us to take with us into our New Life which awaits us. Put your thoughts and energy into living boldly and courageously, rightfully, and create good karma in this lifetime. We are the sum total of all of our life experiences and our past lives and are only present in a new life so we can refine, refresh, and renew the greatest truth of life which is Love.

The post Healing From Within – Karma and Past Life Clues to Present Day Challenges appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T.

Special Guest: Dondi Dahlin

In Healing From Within your host Sheryl Glick author of Life is No Coincidence and my second book The Living Spirit and just concluding New Life Awaits…the three books discuss awakening, transformation and higher consciousness and finally transitioning to our purest form of soul life. Today I am delighted to welcome Dondi Dahlin author of The Five Elements who brings the wisdom of an ancient healing system to people who are interested in knowing themselves better and to understand the individual rhythms that go beyond the influence of our genetic structure and upbringing.

Dondi will share a greater understanding of the elements: water wood fire earth and metal, an important theme in ancient Chinese medicine

As listeners of Healing From Within know my guests and I share our experiences and ways to view life beyond merely the physical aspects of life to determine how energy and Universal Laws encourage our personal and collective life journey and also the role of duality in understanding ourselves, our families, and world for greater clarity and for creating our most healthy prosperous and purposeful life experience.

In today’s episode of Healing From Within we will attempt to answer…. “Why we do the things we do…”and how understanding the elements of our physical world help us stay balanced physically mentally spiritually and emotionally. Dondi is an internationally acclaimed dancer teacher and member of Screen Actors Guild. She is the co-author of The Little Book of Energy Medicine with her Mother Donna Eden and teaches at the OMEGA Institute in New York.

Dondi shares with us in her childhood she was observant and free to explore nature and energy and her wonderful mother and energy healer was open minded open hearted and allowed Dondi to find her own spiritual gifts and express her joy through dance.

When Dondi refers to The Five Elements,” she is describing an ancient health art and science. The Five Elements are both a personality type’ system and a health system and they are profound. This system has been used in China for over 2000 years and help people navigate their way through life and relationships. When someone discovers what their primary element is and what their friends and family are, a person will have less stress in interactions because they will have found a road map for all of their relationships.

Drawing from many psychological and spiritual systems to make sense of human differences the most ancient of them the Chinese Five Element theory is like having a pair of special glasses that allows you to peer into the deep workings of what you see on the surface, so when you witness people either flowing as a team, or fighting like enemies, you can gain a bit of understanding about what drives them. It is the intensity of their element or inner being more attuned to certain ways of relating to the world that makes them easier for some to get along with then others. It is like the law of attraction we are more comfortable with those more in tune with our values and ideas and indeed, energy resonance.

While each of us contains all 5 elements one or a combination will be dominate you and you will vibrate more easily with people environments and activities whose element matches your own. Two very different aspects of human experience are explained by the elements. First is your basic nature and second is that in the human life cycle we travel through periods or phases that are analogous to the elements of seasons of nature. For example the element of water corresponds with the season of winter, wood with spring, fire with summer, earth with the time of the solstice or equinox and metal with autumn.

Dondi shares detailed descriptions or characteristics of each of the different element signs… water, wood, fire earth and metal.

THE WATER PERSONALITY TYPE

The cafes in Paris and the urban coffee houses in America are magnets for them and the hookah lounges in the Middle East are packed…Waters love lounging with good friends and waxing about all that is right and wrong with the world. The deeper the conversation is the better. They are your most alluring poets, your wisest writers, your most hypnotizing musicians and your sagest philosophers. Life can look warped to a Water who tends to live deep within themselves where they feel secluded and alone. Imagine diving into a swimming pool and opening your eyes under water to look up. You can see the sides of the pool and even the people but everything seems distorted. This is how life can seem to a Water…With their unending thoughts they can be prone to depression and then everything can be exaggerated and look like a very different reality than the reality of others.

THE WOOD PERSONALITY TYPE

Wood people often get the fuzzy end of the lollipop because they are often misunderstood as harsh or intimidating. They are actually funny and kind but they wield a lot of power and they are often honest to a fault. Woods are fearless. They are like the sudden expansive growth of spring after a long slow winter. Woods lead with determination and will that surpasses all limits. Wood people also see the bigger picture find solutions seek out the best in things and make changes. They are strong sturdy stable fearless logical reasonable bold independent and unapologetic. They are also fair minded and nothing upsets them more than injustices. This makes them powerful

THE FIRE PERSONALITY TYPE

Is there a person at work or among your friends who seems to always be happy joyful or excited all the time. You know: They walk into a room with a huge smile almost dancing as they walk. There is an uplifting lively rhythm to their existence and they seem to not get stuck in the muck that slows down the rest of us. Life is a party and living is a ball. Pleasure fun and anything that feels good is what Fires are drawn to, However Fires often abandon people or events that lack excitement passion romance and fun. They are loyal and dedicated until something doesn’t feel good and then they move on to the more pleasurable experience. They may end up being serial monogamists. It may also seem like a Fire Person loves everyone and their love isn’t special or sincere. They can appear to be everyone’s best friend. Fires are constantly chasing the next shiny object. When faced with displeasure from others a Fire’s joy can turn to panic.

THE EARTH PERSONALITY TYPE

Earth’s are the angels of compassion and caring. Earth people almost always have children but if they don’t they will pour their love into caring for animals or teaching children. They will also pour their love into their relationships. If you know an Earth Person you have probably received homemade bread, a pie some chicken soup or a hand stitched quilt..Their nurturing nature comes from deep within their heart and shows itself through generosity. They quilt sew garden cook or paint so they can give handmade gifts. They want to make you feel comfortable safe and to know you are loved. They want to give to the whole world. Deep inside they are hoping for love in return.

THE METAL PERSONALITY TYPE

The Metal way is a reverent way. The Metal person is a master at meeting life where it is at and rising above it. They are above the fray of it’s up and downs and never get too ruffled. Metals are spiritual seekers often looking to the next guru or to the next mind-body spirit connection. If the most spiritually elevated gurus are in India that is where the Metal will go. the next mind-body spirit connection. If the most spiritually elevated gurus are in India that is where the Metal will go. There is no argument no debate they will go quietly to find one on one connections with others who seem to also be on their path of higher consciousness. The Metal will say “farewell,” and move on to something and someone at the level they require. It can feel cold and detached but for the Metal it is a path of the highest respect for themselves and their journey.

Dondi goes on to tell us a bit about her background and how it lead to researching and writing about the ancient Chinese Personality system of The Five Elements. Dondi’s mother Donna Eden is a well known healer who works with the nine energy systems in the body. You can think of the energy systems much like the other systems: the endocrine system, the lymphatic system and the nervous system. All of these systems help the body and mind to stay healthy, well and vibrant. In growing up with these systems my sister and I gravitated and resonated with one that became our passion…Chinese medicine …The Five Elements. By the time I was in my 20’s the Five Elements system was helping me figure out my boyfriends and why I was attracting imbalanced Water Types.

Dondi wanted to write a book for laypeople about how practical and life-changing the Five Elements can be for all of us. Most people are a mixture of several elements, often being stronger in one or two…Some examples of celebrities Dondi offers are Barbara Streisand Wood, Simon Cowell Fire, Ellen De Generes Earth, Mister Rogers Metal.

There are some misconceptions about using this personality categorization For instance, what might be a reason people don’t identify with their primary element, but with their secondary element. The main misconception is that this system will box people in, categorize then and paint them as one dimensional. Actually it is just the opposite. The system opens the windows to all of the multi-dimensional layers that make up a person. When we don’t understand the inner workings of a person’s personality we make assumptions and draw ill-fated conclusions. I am a person who identifies with my secondary element. I am a WOOD/WATER. People see my wood aspects because I am often in the public eye and Wood is what I lead with when working under stress or handling life. But behind closed doors and with friends I am quite, like to stay home and get stuck on the couch. I like deep conversation and have to mentally over-prepare for public moments because I’m shy.

Another example of how one might compensate for having a certain element and rely on their secondary aspect is an EARTH MAN . They may hide it for if their father is stern, militaristic, strict and believes that boys should be boys. Then he will probably not be pleased with a gentle EARTH BOY. Boys who are primarily Earth often get their gentle personalities rough- housed or bullied out of them by the time they get to middle school.

People often think these systems are mostly for romantic compatibility but Dondi explains it’s useful to understand and work more cooperatively with coworkers, family and especially parents and children’s relationships. An example of this is in regard to the parent- child experience begins with Dondi’s own story. She began to home school her son for many reasons. One of the reasons was Dondi didn’t do well with the strict time-lines, grading systems and rigidity of the schools she was in. When she was younger she was very strong in the WATER ELEMENT and couldn’t access her WOOD muscle so she withered in school. Dondi decided to home school her son and decided not to use grades…but at some point he wanted to know if his work was an A B C or D. HE WAS FLEXING HIS WOOD MUSCLE. WOOD kids actually do well with some rules, evaluations and guidelines as long as they still have choices. Other kids like EARTHS do not do so well with regulations, rules or even authority. It behooves us to know the rhythms of our kids and raise them as individual as are their rhythms.

Dondi tells us more about her primary and secondary elements and whether they were the same as her mother’s elements. Well the affect of my Wood element is that I like to talk about myself. My Wood/water elements are very balanced and it is an interesting combo making me at times feel like I have a split personality. My Wood is a go-getter and doer, but my water is a procrastinator and happy to lie back stay home and do very little. I am grateful for my Wood aspect because it keeps me on task and I am grateful for my water because it keeps me creative, while my wood element is fairly black and white. My third element is EARTH which keeps me in my heart so no matter how judgmental my wood personality is, my Earth brings compassion to the table. Self growth is never easy and understanding your elemental personality can be incredibly helpful for living a more aware and productive life. Sheryl shares with the audience that she is a wood/fire/water mixture and Dondi has a story of a Sheryl in her book whose description and attributes are very similar to her own. Sheryl even shared the description with her daughter and also purchased a copy of the book for her so she could explore the different elements and understand her children and clients in a realistic and authentic way.

Dondi would like readers to take away with them after reading The Five Elements that life is a complex mixture partially affected by our nature or personality, which is a form of our inner soul life and also our interactions with people the environment and culture. If we learn to understand that people can only react to life according to their perceptions, life experiences and elemental tendencies we can develop greater acceptance and compassion, have less fear or anger towards anyone who may be very different than us. Even if we are not a Metal person, we may at times, use their ability to go above the fray and remain composed and loving no matter what. We can respect our own needs and path without selfishness and with respect for others: for their passions, abilities and choices, even if they are different than ours…this is the way to harmony and peace within and in the world eventually.

In summarizing today’s episode of Healing From Within we have examined an ancient system, “The Five Elements” aimed at giving us a way to understand why we respond the way we do and how to be more comfortable with our personalities greatly dictated by the state of the elemental proclivities that are strongest in our energy. Knowing whether we are a fundamentally a Water Wood Fire Earth or Metal Element and learning that we are usually a combination of several does affect our interactions choices and interests. Knowing about this personality system can help you understand and improve your psychological emotional physical and spiritual balance. This system can also help parents to understand the way their children perceive the world and themselves and offers helpful tips for encouraging your children to develop their strengths according to their elemental aspects and needs so they may find harmony, balance and peace in their daily activities.

Once we allow accept and surrender to our internal heart based destinies and the way we function as a result of our inner landscape determined largely by the degree of either Water Wood Fire Earth or Metal elements that are at work within affecting our relationships we can fully engage life and any challenge in a more realistic and successful way. Isn’t that indeed what we were born to do. We must learn what makes us tick and why others respond as they do not only from events or conditions of the outside world, but from the essence of Being that comes from within and must be allowed to be expressed into the world through our actions and reactions.

Dondi and I would have you learn to appreciate the good in all the Five Element People who frequent your life and become aware of how you are learning to use your new found awareness of Self and others as we are simply expressing ourselves through the energy of soul being aligned to 1 or more of the elements. Since there is no good or bad just experiences we can learn to allow everyone to be themselves, without judging or blaming them. Then we can find a way for greater compassion and love which ultimately is the way we can live our best life .

The post Healing from Within – Using the Elements to Decipher Your Personality appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.

View Details

Host: Sheryl Glick R.M.T.

Special Guest: Dimitri Moraitis

In today’s episode of “Healing From Within” your host Sheryl Glick author of the Living Spirit Answers for Healing and Infinite Love welcomes Dimitri Moraitis co-author with Barbara Martin of their new book Change Your Aura Change Your Life.Dimitri is a former guest of the show and a cofounder of the Spiritual Arts Institute. Dimitri and Sheryl will discuss the aura your spiritual blueprint and discover your source of unlimited spiritual energy. We will find that by changing the quality of your aura which reflects everything you think feel and do you can automatically change the quality of life.

Dimitri tells us about the aura and how it may work to give us a better quality of health and life. He writes, “Your aura is energy. Everything you feel think and do radiates a spiritual energy that comes through in various colors and hues – this essence is the aura. It is through the aura that the Divine Light expresses itself in you. Your aura then is an individual expression of the Divine Light in Action. Just as your spiritual reservoir is your divine bank account, your aura is a spiritual bank statement that registers and keeps a record of how you’re using that spiritual energy.”

The aura can give you a better quality of life as it reflects the energy work you do, and the refinement to your thinking and actions as you clear away past emotions, beliefs, and misguided thinking that restricts you from reflecting a more balanced loving energy into the world.

Right now you have the ability to tap an unlimited spiritual reservoir of energy that can help you in every aspect of your life. This is your spiritual bank account – this power can be perceived as brilliant iridescent light with colors far more splendid than anything in the physical spectrum. Spiritual light has its own source and purpose which is different from the light we see with our physical eyes.Light can heal relationships, pull people out of suicidal depressions, heal physical mental and sexual abuse, create harmonious marriages, overcome addictions and perversions, get people out of financial disasters, and lift you so

spiritual heights never dreamed possible can be achieved.

Throughout all time spiritual light has been depicted in scriptural writing literature and art. In the New Testament the dove of peace blesses humanity by beaming rays of light from its mouth. There are countless pictures of angels and archangels beaming light to suffering souls to heal and restore them. People who have reported near death experiences almost always acknowledge the presence of a magnificent light.

The ‘white light’ is specially used for protection and to dispel darkness and is part of your spiritual reservoir or bank account.

Whether you see auras or not, they are there and the various colors of the aura mean different things. Spiritual light is part of the divine radiations that emanate from the very heart and mind of God. It is this energy that sustains all life and is the power behind activities physical and spiritual. As Divine light flows from a celestial source into your aura, it generates the spiritual power necessary to create whatever you are focusing your attention on. Example: Older brother Philip wished to be

an opera singer. In his aura I could see a bright electric blue light, also a deeper royal blue energy that showed determination to succeed at his art. These colors were the beginnings of what would become the fulfillment of his spiritual purpose. As I watched his aura through the years of training and struggle, his aura colors brightened turning to a sparkling turquoise, indicating prosperity even though it had not yet happened.He did eventually become very successful in his field. Life gives us all the

time to achieve the great goal of improving ourselves and then pursuing our spiritual unfoldment. However, light is not a genie or magic wand designed to service your every whim, but a tool in your spiritual arsenal. It’s an opportunity to invite God to come closer in your life.

Colors: Electric blue and powder blue show talent and inspiration, gold and white light show spiritual potential, grey shows fear and worry, scratchy tan-colored energy shows lethargy, dark brown dark green and little black energies reflect dark feelings an desire for revenge, emerald green shows life more balanced, deep rose pink light shows loving nature, bright orange shows optimism, bright red shows an obsessive desire for material things, and cocoa brown is pettiness. A Vitiated Red could be

aggression.

The light works for everyone even if we do not see auras, most people start by feeling the light as a rush of energy a physical vibration or heat.. Dimitri’s book offers 90 meditations to deepen personal relationships, advance your career, and transform destructive emotions. Whether you wish to strengthen a relationship kick a bad habit, or come closer to God and your divine source, the spiritual process that can bring about these changes begins in your aura.

The Three keys for working with spiritual energy are;

  1. Decide what you want the light to do for you.

  2. Draw the light into your Aura.

  3. Apply the light to effect the change you desire.

Before meditating, have a purpose. Preparing your meditation ahead of time will help be more effective in your light work, the clearer you are about what you want the light to do for you, the more definite your results will be. You also have to recognize there are parts of you that need improvement. It’s not easy to recognize a fault or weakness or indeed a great personal strength.

You cannot go far in your spiritual growth unless you take responsibility for your actions and do not assign your troubles to other people or outside circumstances.

A PLACE TO START IS WITH THE ORANGE RED FLAME OF PURIFICATION TO CLEAR OUT ANGER AND NEGATIVE ENERGY.

Then blue-white fire to build up a new life force of more loving energy in your consciousness.

Then follow up with the forgiveness prayer. ONCE YOU KNOW WHERE YOU WANT TO FOCUS THE LIGHT YOU’RE READY TO MEDIATE!

Dimitri recommends meditating for twenty minutes and to do so daily. It needs to be a routine and this builds momentum in your aura. The other key is the depth of your meditation. It is an experience with the Divine Light. When you finish a meditation you should feel different than when you started. The idea of working with the Divine Light is to uplift your consciousness which will give you a new perspective on things. Example- If you are working with the love ray in your meditation then it’s your job to

be loving. If your working with the emerald green ray for balance then it’s your job to express balance in your life. You want to bring enough spiritual energy to affect a change. Occasionally a meditation alone can make the change you desire, but usually you’re going to have to actively apply the light after receiving it. Think of your meditation like you’re a spiritual warrior getting ready for battle.

Dimitri tells us about the Metaphysical Tradition. Often people do not understand what the term metaphysics means. The study of the aura and spiritual energy may appear new, but it is actually part of an ancient heritage. This ancient study is called metaphysics. Metaphysics is the study of the spiritual root of physical life. It comes from the ancient Greek meaning that which comes after the physical. In this way metaphysics deals with philosophy, general spirituality, theology, mysticism, theosophy, ontology. There are 2 branches of metaphysic. In the study of the aura Dimitri is concerned with Practical metaphysics based on

knowledge and direct spiritual observations and experiences. In its purest form, higher metaphysics is a sacred art, practiced by trained mystics who can see beyond the physical veil of life.

Dimitri uses certain terms in the book, The Enlightened and Unenlightened, Consciousness, Positive and Negative Energy, Spiritual Evolution and Devolution, and Divine and Spiritual.

Enlightened consciousness expresses the divine awareness while unenlightened consciousness does not have this spiritual awareness.

  1. Positive and negative energy..Positive energy is spiritual energy charged with Divine essence constructive and operates at a very high frequency. Negative energy is positive energy corrupted through misuseŠ.can be draining and destructive effect on the aura

  2. Evolution in metaphysics means the building up and unfolding of our soul qualities. Devolution means the tearing down and stagnation of the soul life. The evolution of the soul is not usually a vertical line upward. There are highs and lows as the soul evolves and devolves in its growing process until it becomes strongly dedicated to the spiritual life.

  3. The word divine pertains directly to the world of God, our original source. The divine light and the spiritual emanations as they flow from God. The word spiritual is from Latin, meaning breath, air breath of life and refers to all realms that are non-physical.

The aura is the energy field that emanates from us and gives tremendous insight into who we are spiritual beings. The aura is crucial to our spiritual growth because it is where we make changes in our lives first. To create any condition, we must first have the spiritual energy present.

The aura may be defined as invisible to the physical eye, vibratory essence that surrounds all living things. Humans animals, plants, and all objects in nature give forth a vapor or cloud, indicative of their real constitution. A person’s state of mind, physical health, emotional nature and spiritual makeup all radiate energy, which together constitute the aura. The aura is a blueprint of our active soul qualities. It is not the actual soul but an expression of the soul.

You don’t have to actually see the aura to know its operation and power. Most of us feel the aura, because the aura vibrates. People say, “Oh, I don¹t like that person’s vibe.” Why? Although you may not see an aura, you intuitively react to its energy field. As a result, a person with a rarefied aura will feel uncomfortable around someone with a dark aura and much happier around a person who has a similarly bright aura. Likewise a person with a very dark energy field will feel more at home with someone

of like vibration than with someone whose aura is very bright. The old adage, “Like attracts like”, holds very true with aura.

Understanding the energy centers or chakras are necessary to understanding the aura. To understand one of the most important aspects of the aura as it relates to working with spiritual energy, we take a look at the chakras or energy centers. The aura links up with spiritual power through the energy centers. The centers are actually spheres of light sparkling out rays of various colors..like miniature suns varying in size and have dominant colors particular to their individual purpose and character. These energy centers are vital in the process of spiritual transformation because they are where you will be making changes in your aura first. When you draw light into your aura, the first place the light makes contact with is in these energy centers. If the aura is the first place you make changes in life,the chakras are the first place you make changes in your aura.

Each chakra center is responsible for a different aspect of your consciousness, activity, and spiritual expression. They are given to you when you are born and stay with you throughout your life. The reason you have these points is to receive and transmit energy and you’re constantly doing one or the other. The chakras are indispensible in your light work and have an immediate effect on your life. Improving the flow of light through these centers will facilitate swift improvement in your outer world.

There is much talk about the root chakra and the Kundalini energy and there may be misconceptions about this very important chakra.

The root chakra located at the base of the spine toward the tailbone is gold in color with carnation red nucleus and does not rotate but stays stationary. This chakra has 3 important functions. One is to deal with experiences of the past..these are memories that are still carried in the consciousness and need to be worked out. By hanging on to negative energies the root chakra can become congested and weakened. Once cleared it can be a powerful ally. The second job the root chakra does is to

harness spiritual power appropriately and is bright red when healthy. The chakra energy stimulates your creative drive, part of the holy act of conceiving children. Thirdly, the root chakra plays an important part for sexual expression and is essential in building up the spiritual drive needed to ascend from your lower earthly life to your higher divine nature.

The root chakra works with another well-known energy called the kundalini. Kundalini is a spiraling serpent like energy rising upward along the spine. Kundalini is a spiritual power already within us. The purpose of this energy is to strengthen and energize the spiritual centers, it is famously connected to the process of spiritual enlightenment. Kundalini is a spiritual fire and must be used correctly physically or spiritually. Used correctly it can be beneficial. Mishandled, it can be the cause of much distress. The beauty is the kundalini opens in its own time and rhythm without conscious intervention, as you work with the Divine light.

Dimitri tells us about the Mixed, Devolved, and Enlightened Auras. The majority of humans have mixed auras. Even souls that are higher on the spiritual ladder will have the mixed aura until they near the spiritual pinnacle and have both positive and negative energies active at the same time. A soul with this type of aura is going through the normal human condition and is in the process of evolving. Examples; a fine artist who has a drinking problem or someone smart and inventive, but also selfish and mean, or a person who is fundamentally good, yet weak-willed and gullibleŠendless combinations.

The Devolved Aura reflects a soul that has consistently misused its spiritual powers so many energies have been corrupted. Such an aura becomes square shaped because it fails to connect to its higher nature, retards evolution, and may have reverted back to a more primitive instinctual state of consciousness. We are not born with an aura like that.

We should aspire to the Enlightened AuraŠthe evolved aura has the beautiful pointed oval shape that can radiate an additional two feet above body creating a great expansion..all is in full operation, well developed and organized, there is a lack of dark colors. But this doesn’t mean this type of aura is perfect. Unenlightened energies can and do show up. This soul has reacted a magnificent level of spiritual maturity and perfection and a pinnacle of human achievement.

Dimitri Moraitis, co-author of Change Your Life Change Your Aura, has shared a detailed and organized way for readers to understand the Aura and its connection to the Divine Source and sharing meditations and the rays of light to influence thought and action for personal change in all areas of consciousness.

Dimitri and Sheryl have discovered your source of unlimited spiritual energy that shows us that everything we think feel and do radiates a spiritual energy that comes through in various colors and hues. Known as your aura, your spiritual blueprint or the map to your strengths and weaknesses, you can learn how to change the quality of your aura, uplifting yourself from fear or self-doubt, to create more positive thinking empowering actions and improve the quality of your spiritual/physical lives. You can advance your career, deepen personal relationships, transform destructive emotions, and become more spiritual and closer to God.

Dimitri wrote “All life is teeming with spiritual energy. Even what appears to be empty space is filled with spiritual activity. Because you live in this sea of energy, you¹re constantly intermingling with other energy flows. Think of how many people you interact with on a daily basis. Each one of the people has his or her own auric field, which may be enlightened or devolved or mixed. So in developing your aura, you need to be aware not only of your own vibration, but of how you are interacting with other vibrations. To maintain your spiritual equilibrium strive to maintain a healthy interaction with the world around you.”

Dimitri and Sheryl would have you use meditation, the use of color, positive thought, protection methods, visualizations, contemplate spiritual energy as the conduit of consciousness, and work with the chakras and aura to create the best results in your life relationships, career, health, and general soul growth. Find your greater connection to Higher Self and God.

The post Healing From Within – Unfolding Your Spiritual Power Expressing Your Aura appeared first on WebTalkRadio.net.